Engine Control System: Section

B ENGINE
EC
SECTION
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM C
E
CONTENTS
QG18DE (EXC CALIF CA) Symptom Matrix Chart .......................................... 101 F
Engine Control Component Parts Location .......... 106
INDEX FOR DTC ...................................................... 21 Circuit Diagram ......................................................111
Alphabetical Index .................................................. 21 ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........... 113 G
DTC No. Index ....................................................... 24 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 113
PRECAUTIONS ........................................................ 27 CONSULT-II Function ........................................... 122
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ....................... 137
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- H
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
SIONER” ................................................................ 27 . 138
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor
A/T .......................................................................... 27 Mode ..................................................................... 141 I
Precautions ............................................................ 27 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE. 143
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ................ 30 Description ............................................................ 143
PREPARATION ......................................................... 31 Testing Condition .................................................. 143 J
Special Service Tools ............................................. 31 Inspection Procedure ............................................ 143
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 31 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 144
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .................................. 33 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
System Diagram ..................................................... 33 K
DENT ....................................................................... 147
Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................... 34 Description ............................................................ 147
System Chart ......................................................... 35 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 147
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System .................... 36 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM ................... 148 L
Electronic Ignition (EI) System ............................... 38 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 148
Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................... 39 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 150
Fuel Cut Control (at no load & high engine speed)... 39 Component Inspection .......................................... 153 M
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE .............................. 40 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ..................................... 154
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .................... 40 Description ............................................................ 154
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Adjustment ............................................................. 42 . 155
Idle Air Volume Learning ........................................ 56 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 155
Fuel Pressure Check .............................................. 58 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 155
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ............ 60 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 156
Introduction ............................................................ 60 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 157
Two Trip Detection Logic ........................................ 60 Component Inspection .......................................... 159
Emission-related Diagnostic Information ................ 61 Removal and Installation ...................................... 159
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ........................... 75 DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 HO2S1 HEATER. 160
OBD System Operation Chart ................................ 76 Description ............................................................ 160
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ............................................ 81 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................... 81 . 160
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................ 85 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 160
Fail-safe Chart ........................................................ 86 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 160
Basic Inspection ..................................................... 87
EC-1
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 161 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 203
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 163 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 204
Component Inspection .......................................... 165 Component Inspection .......................................... 205
Removal and Installation ...................................... 165 Removal and Installation ....................................... 205
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER. 166 DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION ................. 206
Description ............................................................ 166 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 206
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Possible Cause ..................................................... 206
. 166 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 206
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 166 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 206
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 166 Component Inspection .......................................... 207
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 167 Removal and Installation ....................................... 207
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 169 DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1 ..................................... 208
Component Inspection .......................................... 170 Component Description ........................................ 208
Removal and Installation ...................................... 171 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC P0101, P0102, P0103, P1102 MAF SENSOR. 172 .208
Component Description ........................................ 172 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 208
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 209
. 172 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 210
Overall Function Check ........................................ 174 Removal and Installation ....................................... 215
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 175 DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1 ..................................... 216
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 176 Component Description ........................................ 216
Component Inspection .......................................... 179 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Removal and Installation ...................................... 179 .216
DTC P0112, P0113, P0127 IAT SENSOR ............... 180 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 216
Component Description ........................................ 180 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 217
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 180 Overall Function Check ......................................... 218
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 180 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 219
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 182 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 221
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 183 Component Inspection .......................................... 224
Component Inspection .......................................... 185 Removal and Installation ....................................... 225
Removal and Installation ...................................... 185 DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1 ..................................... 226
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 186 Component Description ........................................ 226
Component Description ........................................ 186 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode .226
. 186 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 226
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 186 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 226
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 187 Overall Function Check ......................................... 227
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 188 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 229
DTC P0121, P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............... 191 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 ..................................... 235
Component Description ........................................ 191 Component Description ........................................ 235
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 191 .235
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 192 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 235
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 192 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 235
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 195 Overall Function Check ......................................... 236
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 196 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 237
Component Inspection .......................................... 199 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 239
Removal and Installation ...................................... 200 Component Inspection .......................................... 241
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR ...................................... 201 Removal and Installation ....................................... 242
Component Description ........................................ 201 DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 ..................................... 243
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Description ........................................ 243
. 201 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 201 .243
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 202 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 243
EC-2
Overall Function Check ........................................ 244 Removal and Installation ...................................... 305 A
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 246 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ..................... 306
Component Inspection ......................................... 250 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 306 EC
Removal and Installation ...................................... 251 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 306
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 307
FUNCTION .............................................................. 252 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 308
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 252 Component Inspection .......................................... 311 C
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 252 Removal and Installation ...................................... 311
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 254 DTC P0350 IGNITION SIGNAL .............................. 312
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 256 Component Description ........................................ 312 D
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 312
FUNCTION .............................................................. 261 Possible Cause ..................................................... 312
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 261 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 312 E
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 263 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 316
DTC P0181, P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR ............. 270 Removal and Installation ...................................... 320 F
Component Description ........................................ 270 DTC P0400 EGR FUNCTION ................................. 321
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 270 Description ............................................................ 321
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 270 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode G
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 272 . 322
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 273 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 322
Component Inspection ......................................... 274 Possible Cause ..................................................... 322 H
DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 325
ENRICHMENT PROTECTION ................................ 275 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 326
I
System Description .............................................. 275 DTC P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE ..... 328
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Description ............................................................ 328
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 276 . 329 J
Possible Cause .................................................... 276 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 329
Overall Function Check ........................................ 276 Possible Cause ..................................................... 329
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 279 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 329 K
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 287 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 331
Component Inspection ......................................... 288 Component Inspection .......................................... 332
L
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MIS- Removal and Installation ...................................... 334
FIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE ..................... 290 DTC P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR ...................... 335
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 290 Component Description ........................................ 335
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 290 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 335 M
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 290 Possible Cause ..................................................... 335
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 291 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 336
DTC P0327, P0328 KS ........................................... 296 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 338
Component Description ........................................ 296 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 339
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 296 Component Inspection .......................................... 340
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 296 Removal and Installation ...................................... 340
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 297 DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNC-
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 298 TION ........................................................................ 341
Component Inspection ......................................... 298 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 341
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .......................... 300 Overall Function Check ........................................ 342
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 300 DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 345
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 300 System Description ............................................... 345
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 301 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 345
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 302 Possible Cause ..................................................... 345
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 345
EC-3
Overall Function Check ........................................ 346 DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 409
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 353 On Board Diagnostic Logic ................................... 410
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 353 Possible Cause ..................................................... 410
Possible Cause ..................................................... 353 Overall Function Check ......................................... 410
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 354 DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ........... 412
Component Inspection .......................................... 363 On Board Diagnostic Logic ................................... 412
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOL- Possible Cause ..................................................... 412
UME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...................... 364 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 412
Description ............................................................ 364 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 413
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 414
. 364 DTC P0500 VSS ...................................................... 416
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 364 Component Description ........................................ 416
Possible Cause ..................................................... 364 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 416
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL DTC P0505, P0506, P0507 ISC SYSTEM ............... 420
VALVE ..................................................................... 369 Description ............................................................ 420
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode .420
Possible Cause ..................................................... 369 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 422
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 369 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 423
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 370 Component Inspection .......................................... 426
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 371 Removal and Installation ....................................... 427
Component Inspection .......................................... 373 DTC P0510 CTP SWITCH ....................................... 428
DTC P0452, P0453 EVAP SYSTEM PRESSURE Component Description ........................................ 428
SENSOR .................................................................. 375 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Component Description ........................................ 375 .428
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 428
. 375 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 428
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 375 Overall Function Check ......................................... 429
Component Inspection .......................................... 382 DTC P0600 A/T COMMUNICATION LINE .............. 435
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 383 System Description ............................................... 435
Possible Cause ..................................................... 383 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 435
DTC P0456, P1456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .... 393 DTC P0605 ECM ..................................................... 438
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 393 Component Description ........................................ 438
Overall Function Check ........................................ 395 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 438
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 405 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..... 440
On Board Diagnostic Logic ................................... 405 Operation .............................................................. 440
Possible Cause ..................................................... 405 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 405 .440
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 406 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 440
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 407 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 440
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 442
EC-4
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 443 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ........ 481
Component Inspection ......................................... 444 System Description ............................................... 481 A
Removal and Installation ...................................... 444 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC P1140 IVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR . 445 . 481
Component Description ........................................ 445 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 482 EC
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 445 Overall Function Check ........................................ 482
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 446 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 485
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 447 Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 492 C
Component Inspection ......................................... 448 Component Inspection .......................................... 493
Removal and Installation ...................................... 449 DTC P1402 EGR FUNCTION ................................. 494
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1 ..................................... 450 Description ............................................................ 494 D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 495
. 450 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 495 E
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 450 Possible Cause ..................................................... 495
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 451 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 495
Overall Function Check ........................................ 451 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 498
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 452 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 499 F
Component Inspection ......................................... 454 DTC P1442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 501
Removal and Installation ...................................... 455 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 501
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1 ..................................... 456 Possible Cause ..................................................... 501 G
Component Description ........................................ 456 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 502
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 502
. 456 DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME H
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 456 CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ............................... 503
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 457 Description ............................................................ 503
Overall Function Check ........................................ 457 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
I
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 459 . 503
Removal and Installation ...................................... 461 Possible Cause ..................................................... 503
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2 ..................................... 462 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 504 J
Component Description ........................................ 462 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 505
. 462 Component Inspection .......................................... 509 K
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 462 DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 462 VALVE ..................................................................... 510
Overall Function Check ........................................ 463 Component Description ........................................ 510
L
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 464 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Removal and Installation ...................................... 469 Possible Cause ..................................................... 510 M
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2 ..................................... 470 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 510
. 470 Component Inspection .......................................... 513
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 470 DTC P1448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
Overall Function Check ........................................ 471 Component Description ........................................ 515
Removal and installation ...................................... 478 Possible Cause ..................................................... 515
DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL .... 479 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 515
Overall Function Check ........................................ 479 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 519
EC-5
DTC P1464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 522 Component Description ........................................ 554
On Board Diagnostic Logic ................................... 522 .554
DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE. 525 POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH ..... 560
Description ............................................................ 526 Component Description ........................................ 560
. 526 .560
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 526 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 561
Possible Cause ..................................................... 526 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 562
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 527 Removal and Installation ....................................... 563
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 528 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .................. 564
Component Inspection .......................................... 529 Description ............................................................ 564
DTC P1491 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE. 531 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 565
Description ............................................................ 531 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 566
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ................................ 569
Overall Function Check ........................................ 532 MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR ...................... 577
Component Inspection .......................................... 536 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ..................... 578
DTC P1605 A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION Description ............................................................ 578
LINE ......................................................................... 538 Inspection .............................................................. 581
System Description ............................................... 538 How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage ...................... 582
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 538 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 538 (ORVR) .................................................................... 584
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 539 System Description ............................................... 584
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH ...................................... 541 Component Inspection .......................................... 588
Component Description ........................................ 541 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ................ 591
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Description ............................................................ 591
. 541 Inspection .............................................................. 591
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 541 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 593
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 541 Fuel Pressure Regulator ....................................... 593
Overall Function Check ........................................ 542 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing .............................. 593
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 543 Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 593
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 544 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor .................... 593
INJECTOR ............................................................... 546 EGR Temperature Sensor ..................................... 593
Component Description ........................................ 546 Fuel Pump ............................................................. 593
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode IACV-AAC Valve ................................................... 593
. 546 Injector .................................................................. 593
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 547 Resistor ................................................................. 593
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 548 Throttle Position Sensor ........................................ 594
Component Inspection .......................................... 549 Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater (Front) .............. 594
Removal and Installation ...................................... 550 Calculated Load Value .......................................... 594
START SIGNAL ...................................................... 551 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 594
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Valve ........ 594
. 551 Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater (Rear) ............... 594
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 552 Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ....................... 594
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 553 Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor ............................. 594
FUEL PUMP ............................................................ 554
System Description ............................................... 554
EC-6
QG18DE (CALIF CA) DENT ....................................................................... 711
Description ............................................................ 711 A
INDEX FOR DTC .................................................... 595 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 711
Alphabetical Index ................................................ 595 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM ................... 712
DTC No. Index ..................................................... 597 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 712
PRECAUTIONS ...................................................... 601 EC
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 713
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ..................................... 719
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Description ............................................................ 719
SIONER” .............................................................. 601 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode C
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and . 720
A/T ........................................................................ 601 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 720
Precautions .......................................................... 601 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 720 D
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .............. 604 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 722
PREPARATION ....................................................... 605 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 723
Special Service Tools ........................................... 605 Component Inspection .......................................... 724 E
Commercial Service Tools .................................... 605 Removal and Installation ...................................... 724
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................ 607 DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER ..................... 725
System Diagram ................................................... 607 Description ............................................................ 725
System Chart ....................................................... 608 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode F
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System .................. 609 . 725
Electronic Ignition (EI) System ..............................611 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 725
Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................. 612 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 725 G
Fuel Cut Control (at no load & high engine speed). 612 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 726
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ............................ 613 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 727
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .................. 613 Component Inspection .......................................... 728 H
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Removal and Installation ...................................... 728
Adjustment ........................................................... 614 DTC P0043, P0044 HO2S3 HEATER ..................... 729
Idle Air Volume Learning ...................................... 622 Description ............................................................ 729
Fuel Pressure Check ............................................ 623 I
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 729
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .......... 625 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 729
Introduction .......................................................... 625 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 731
Two Trip Detection Logic ...................................... 625 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 732 J
Emission-related Diagnostic Information .............. 626 Component Inspection .......................................... 733
NVIS (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS) Removal and Installation ...................................... 733
. 639 DTC P0101, P0102, P0103, P1102 MAF SENSOR. 734 K
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ......................... 639 Component Description ........................................ 734
OBD System Operation Chart .............................. 641 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .......................................... 646 . 734
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................. 646 L
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 734
DTC Inspection Priority Chart .............................. 650 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 734
Fail-safe Chart ...................................................... 652 Overall Function Check ........................................ 737
Basic Inspection ................................................... 652 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 738 M
Symptom Matrix Chart ......................................... 666 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 739
Engine Control Component Parts Location .......... 670 Component Inspection .......................................... 742
Circuit Diagram .................................................... 675 Removal and Installation ...................................... 742
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........... 677 DTC P0107, P0108 BARO SENSOR ...................... 743
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 677 Component Description ........................................ 743
CONSULT-II Function .......................................... 686 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 743
Generic Scan Tool (GST) ..................................... 700 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 743
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 744
. 701 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 745
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Removal and Installation ...................................... 747
Mode .................................................................... 704 DTC P0112, P0113, P0127 IAT SENSOR ............... 748
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE. 707 Component Description ........................................ 748
Description ........................................................... 707 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 748
Testing Condition .................................................. 707 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 748
Inspection Procedure ........................................... 707 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 750
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 708 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 751
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
EC-7
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 754 DTC P0144 HO2S3 ................................................. 789
. 754 .789
Removal and Installation ...................................... 758 Component Inspection .......................................... 793
DTC P0121, P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............... 759 Removal and Installation ....................................... 794
Component Description ........................................ 759 DTC P0145 HO2S3 ................................................. 795
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Description ........................................ 795
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 763 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 796
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 764 Overall Function Check ......................................... 797
Component Inspection .......................................... 767 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 798
Removal and Installation ...................................... 768 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 799
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR ...................................... 769 Component Inspection .......................................... 801
Component Description ........................................ 769 Removal and Installation ....................................... 801
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION.802
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 771 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 805
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 772 DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION.809
Component Inspection .......................................... 773 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 809
Removal and Installation ...................................... 773 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 809
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION ................. 774 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 811
Possible Cause ..................................................... 774 DTC P0181, P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR .............. 816
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 774 Component Description ........................................ 816
Removal and Installation ...................................... 775 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 816
DTC P0138 HO2S2 ................................................. 776 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 818
Component Description ........................................ 776 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 819
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Inspection .......................................... 820
. 776 Removal and Installation ....................................... 820
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 776 DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 776 ENRICHMENT PROTECTION ................................ 821
Overall Function Check ........................................ 777 System Description ............................................... 821
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 778 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 779 .821
Component Inspection .......................................... 780 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 822
DTC P0139 HO2S2 ................................................. 782 Overall Function Check ......................................... 822
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 826
. 782 Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 833
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 782 Component Inspection .......................................... 834
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 783 DTC P0300 - P0304 NO. 4 - 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE,
Overall Function Check ........................................ 783 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE ............................ 836
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 785 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 836
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 786 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 836
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 837
EC-8
DTC P0327, P0328 KS ........................................... 843 DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION . 893
Component Description ........................................ 843 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 893 A
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 843 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 893
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 843 Overall Function Check ........................................ 894
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 844 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 894 EC
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 845 DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 897
Component Inspection ......................................... 846 System Description ............................................... 897
Removal and Installation ...................................... 846 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 897
DTC P0335 CKP SENS0R (POS) .......................... 847 Possible Cause ..................................................... 897 C
Component Description ........................................ 847 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 897
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 847 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 900 D
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 848 DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 908
Component Inspection ......................................... 851 Possible Cause ..................................................... 908 E
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ..................... 852 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 910
Component Description ........................................ 852 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOL-
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 852 UME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...................... 922 F
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 852 Description ............................................................ 922
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 854 . 922 G
DTC P0350 IGNITION SIGNAL .............................. 857 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 922 H
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 857 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 925
Possible Cause .................................................... 857 DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
I
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 858 Component Description ........................................ 928
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 861 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Removal and Installation ...................................... 865 . 928 J
DTC P0400 EGR FUNCTION ................................. 866 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 928
Description ........................................................... 866 Possible Cause ..................................................... 928
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 928 K
. 867 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 929
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 867 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 930
Possible Cause .................................................... 867 DTC P0452, P0453 EVAP SYSTEM PRESSURE
L
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 867 SENSOR ................................................................. 934
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 870 Component Description ........................................ 934
DTC P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE ..... 877 . 934 M
Description ........................................................... 877 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 934
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Possible Cause ..................................................... 934
. 878 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 934
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 878 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 936
Possible Cause .................................................... 878 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 937
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 879 DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 944
DTC P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR ...................... 884 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 945
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 884 DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 957
Possible Cause .................................................... 884 Component Description ........................................ 957
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 885 On Board Diagnostic Logic ................................... 957
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 887 Possible Cause ..................................................... 957
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 888 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 957
Removal and Installation ...................................... 892
EC-9
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 958 DTC P1103, P1104, P1108 MAP SENSOR ............. 997
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 961 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 997
Component Description ........................................ 962 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 997
On Board Diagnostic Logic ................................... 962 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 999
Possible Cause ..................................................... 962 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1000
Overall Function Check ........................................ 962 Removal and Installation ......................................1002
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR .......... 964 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .... 1003
Component Description ........................................ 964 Component Description .......................................1003
On Board Diagnostic Logic ................................... 964 Operation .............................................................1003
Possible Cause ..................................................... 964 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 964 1003
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 965 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1003
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 966 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1003
DTC P0500 VSS ...................................................... 968 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1005
Component Description ........................................ 968 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1006
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 968 Component Inspection .........................................1007
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 968 Removal and Installation ......................................1007
Overall Function Check ........................................ 968 DTC P1132 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE .................. 1008
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 969 Component Description .......................................1008
DTC P0505, P0506, P0507 ISC SYSTEM .............. 971 1008
Description ............................................................ 971 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1008
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Possible Cause ....................................................1008
. 971 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1008
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 972 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1010
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 972 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1011
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 974 Removal and Installation ......................................1012
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 975 DTC P1137 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL
Removal and Installation ...................................... 979 POSITION SENSOR ...............................................1013
DTC P0510 CTP SWITCH ....................................... 980 Component Description .......................................1013
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 980 1013
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 980 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1013
Overall Function Check ........................................ 981 Possible Cause ....................................................1013
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 982 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1013
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 983 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1014
Removal and Installation ...................................... 987 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1015
DTC P0600 A/T COMMUNICATION LINE .............. 988 Removal and Installation ......................................1018
System Description ............................................... 988 DTC P1138 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE .................. 1019
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 988 Description ...........................................................1019
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 988 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 989 1020
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 990 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1020
DTC P0605 ECM ..................................................... 991 Possible Cause ....................................................1020
Component Description ........................................ 991 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1021
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 992 Removal and Installation ......................................1025
DTC P1031, P1032 A/F SENSOR HEATER ........... 993 DTC P1140 IVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR ..1026
Description ............................................................ 993 Component Description .......................................1026
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1026
. 993 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1026
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 994 Component Inspection .........................................1029
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 995 Removal and Installation ......................................1030
Component Inspection .......................................... 996 DTC P1146 HO2S2 ................................................. 1031
Removal and Installation ...................................... 996 Component Description .......................................1031
EC-10
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Wiring Diagram ....................................................1078
1031 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1079 A
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1031 Removal and Installation .....................................1079
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1032 DTC P1272 A/F SENSOR ......................................1080
Overall Function Check .......................................1032 Component Description .......................................1080 EC
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1034 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1035 1080
Component Inspection ........................................1036 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1080
Removal and Installation .....................................1037 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1080 C
DTC P1147 HO2S2 ................................................1038 Overall Function Check .......................................1081
Component Description .......................................1038 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1082
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1083 D
1038 Removal and Installation .....................................1084
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1038 DTC P1273 A/F SENSOR ......................................1085
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1039 Component Description .......................................1085 E
Overall Function Check .......................................1039 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1041 1085
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1042 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1085
Component Inspection ........................................1043 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1085 F
Removal and installation .....................................1044 Overall Function Check .......................................1086
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ...............1045 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1088
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1045 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1089 G
DTC P1169 HO2S3 ................................................1046 Removal and Installation .....................................1090
Component Description .......................................1046 DTC P1274 A/F SENSOR ......................................1091
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Description .......................................1091 H
1046 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1046 1091
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1047 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1091
I
Overall Function Check .......................................1047 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1091
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1049 Overall Function Check .......................................1092
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1050 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1094
Component Inspection ........................................1051 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1095 J
DTC P1170 HO2S3 ................................................1053 Removal and Installation .....................................1096
Component Description .......................................1053 DTC P1276 A/F SENSOR ......................................1097
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Description .......................................1097 K
L
Overall Function Check .......................................1054 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1097
Component Inspection ........................................1058 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1101 M
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......1060 Removal and Installation .....................................1101
System Description .............................................1060 DTC P1278, P1279 A/F SENSOR .........................1102
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Description .......................................1102
Overall Function Check .......................................1061 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1102
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1063 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1102
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1064 Overall Function Check .......................................1103
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ..........................1072 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1105
Component Inspection ........................................1073 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1106
DTC P1271 A/F SENSOR .....................................1075 Removal and Installation .....................................1109
Component Description .......................................1075 DTC P1402 EGR FUNCTION ................................1110
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Description ...........................................................1110
Overall Function Check .......................................1076 Possible Cause ....................................................1111
EC-11
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1113 Possible Cause ....................................................1152
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1114 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1153
DTC P1442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................1119 Overall Function Check ........................................1154
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1119 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1155
Possible Cause ....................................................1119 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1156
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1120 DTC P1605 A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1120 LINE ........................................................................1162
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME System Description ..............................................1162
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..............................1121 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1162
Description ...........................................................1121 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1162
1121 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1164
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1121 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH ......................................1165
Possible Cause ....................................................1121 Component Description .......................................1165
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1122 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1123 1165
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1165
VALVE ....................................................................1130 Overall Function Check ........................................1166
Component Description .......................................1130 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1167
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1168
1130 INJECTOR ..............................................................1169
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1130 Component Description .......................................1169
Possible Cause ....................................................1130 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1130 1169
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1131 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1170
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1132 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1171
DTC P1448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL Removal and Installation ......................................1172
VALVE ....................................................................1136 START SIGNAL ......................................................1173
Component Description .......................................1136 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1173
1136 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1174
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1136 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1175
Possible Cause ....................................................1136 FUEL PUMP ...........................................................1176
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1136 System Description ..............................................1176
Overall Function Check .......................................1137 Component Description .......................................1176
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1138 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC P1464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ......................1143 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1177
Component Description .......................................1143 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1178
On Board Diagnostic Logic ..................................1143 Component Inspection .........................................1181
Possible Cause ....................................................1143 Removal and Installation ......................................1181
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1143 POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH ....1182
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1144 Component Description .......................................1182
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1145 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE1146 1182
Description ...........................................................1147 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1183
1147 Component Inspection .........................................1185
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1147 Removal and Installation ......................................1185
Possible Cause ....................................................1147 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .................1186
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1147 Description ...........................................................1186
DTC P1491 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE1152 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ...............................1191
Description ...........................................................1152 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1191
1152
EC-12
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1192 Speed) .................................................................1240
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1194 CAN communication ............................................1241 A
MIL & DATA LINK CONNECTORS .......................1200 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ............................1242
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1200 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .................1242
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ....................1201 Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio EC
Description ..........................................................1201 Adjustment ...........................................................1243
Component Inspection ........................................1204 Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning ...1253
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage ....................1205 Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ..............1253
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY Idle Air Volume Learning .....................................1253 C
(ORVR) ...................................................................1207 Fuel Pressure Check ...........................................1255
System Description .............................................1207 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .........1258
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1208 Introduction ..........................................................1258 D
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ..............1217 Two Trip Detection Logic .....................................1258
Description ..........................................................1217 Emission-related Diagnostic Information .............1259
Component Inspection ........................................1217 NVIS (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS) E
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ...1219 1273
Fuel Pressure Regulator .....................................1219 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ........................1273
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................1219 OBD System Operation Chart .............................1276
Mass Air Flow Sensor .........................................1219 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .........................................1282 F
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ..................1219 Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................1282
EGR Temperature Sensor ...................................1219 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ..............................1286
Fuel Pump ...........................................................1219 Fail-safe Chart .....................................................1288 G
IACV-AAC Valve ..................................................1219 Basic Inspection ..................................................1289
Injector ................................................................1219 Symptom Matrix Chart .........................................1294
Resistor ...............................................................1219 Engine Control Component Parts Location .........1298 H
Throttle Position Sensor ......................................1220 Circuit Diagram ....................................................1302
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater ..................1220 ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ..........1304
Calculated Load Value ........................................1220 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1304
I
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ...........................1220 CONSULT-II Function ..........................................1314
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Valve .......1220 Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ......................1327
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater ........................1220 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ......................1220 1329 J
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor ...........................1220 Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor
Heated Oxygen Sensor 3 Heater ........................1220 Mode ....................................................................1332
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE1335 K
QR25DE Description ...........................................................1335
Testing Condition .................................................1335
INDEX FOR DTC ...................................................1221 Inspection Procedure ...........................................1335
L
Alphabetical Index ...............................................1221 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1336
DTC No. Index ....................................................1224 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
PRECAUTIONS .....................................................1228 DENT ......................................................................1339
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System Description ...........................................................1339 M
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1339
SIONER” .............................................................1228 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM ..................1340
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and Wiring Diagram ....................................................1340
A/T .......................................................................1228 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1343
Precaution ...........................................................1228 Component Inspection .........................................1347
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .............1231 DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE1348
PREPARATION ......................................................1232 Description ...........................................................1348
Special Service Tools ..........................................1232 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1348
Commercial Service Tools ...................................1232 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1348
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ...............................1234 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1349
System Diagram ..................................................1234 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1350
Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................1235 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ....................................1351
System Chart ......................................................1236 Description ...........................................................1351
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System .................1237 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Electronic Ignition (EI) System ............................1239 1351
Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................1240 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1352
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine
EC-13
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1352 DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR ..................................... 1387
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1352 Description ...........................................................1387
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER ....................1354 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1387
Description ...........................................................1354 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1387
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1354 Removal and Installation ......................................1389
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1354 DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR .......................................1390
Component Inspection .........................................1358 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1390
Removal and Installation .....................................1358 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1391
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER ....................1359 Component Inspection .........................................1391
Description ...........................................................1359 Removal and Installation ......................................1392
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION ................1393
1359 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1393
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1359 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1393
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1359 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1393
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1361 Component Inspection .........................................1394
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1362 Removal and Installation ......................................1394
Component Inspection .........................................1363 DTC P0132 HO2S1 ................................................1395
Removal and Installation .....................................1363 Component Description .......................................1395
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR ....................................1364 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Component Description .......................................1364 1395
1364 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1396
Overall Function Check .......................................1366 Component Inspection .........................................1399
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1367 Removal and Installation ......................................1400
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1368 DTC P0133 HO2S1 ................................................1401
Component Inspection .........................................1370 Component Description .......................................1401
Removal and Installation .....................................1370 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ........................1371 1401
Component Description .......................................1371 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1401
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1402
1371 Overall Function Check ........................................1403
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1373 Component Inspection .........................................1407
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1374 Removal and Installation ......................................1409
Component Inspection .........................................1376 DTC P0134 HO2S1 ................................................1410
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ..........................1377 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1377 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1410
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1377 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1411
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1379 Overall Function Check ........................................1411
Component Inspection .........................................1381 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1414
Removal and Installation .....................................1381 Component Inspection .........................................1415
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .........................1382 Removal and Installation ......................................1416
Component Description .......................................1382 DTC P0138 HO2S2 ................................................1417
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1382 Component Description .......................................1417
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1384 1417
Removal and Installation .....................................1386 Overall Function Check ........................................1418
EC-14
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1419 Component Inspection .........................................1467
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1420 Remove and Installation ......................................1468 A
Component Inspection ........................................1421 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ...........................1469
DTC P0139 HO2S2 ................................................1423 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EC
1423 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1469
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1423 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1471 C
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1423 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1472
Overall Function Check .......................................1424 Component Inspection .........................................1474
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1425 Remove and Installation ......................................1474 D
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1426 DTC P0226 APP SENSOR ....................................1475
Component Inspection ........................................1428 Component Description .......................................1475
Removal and Installation .....................................1429 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode E
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION1430 1475
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1430 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1475
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1430 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1475
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1432 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1477 F
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1433 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1478
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION1436 Component Inspection .........................................1480
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1436 Remove and Installation ......................................1481 G
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1436 DTC P0227, P0228 APP SENSOR ........................1482
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1438 Component Description .......................................1482
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1439 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode H
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR .....................................1442 1482
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1442 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1482
I
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1442 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1484
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1443 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1485
Component Inspection ........................................1443 Component Inspection .........................................1487
Removal and Installation .....................................1443 Remove and Installation ......................................1487 J
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR ........................1444 DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MIS-
Component Description .......................................1444 FIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE ....................1488
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1444 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1488 K
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1445 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1489
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1446 DTC P0327, P0328 KS ..........................................1493
L
Component Inspection ........................................1447 Component Description .......................................1493
Removal and Installation .....................................1447 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1493
DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1493
ENRICHMENT PROTECTION ...............................1448 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1494 M
System Description .............................................1448 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1495
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Inspection .........................................1496
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1449 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .........................1497
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ..........................1460 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1497
Component Inspection ........................................1461 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1497
DTC P0221 TP SENSOR .......................................1462 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1499
Component Description .......................................1462 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1500
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Inspection .........................................1502
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1462 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ....................1504
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1462 Component Description .......................................1504
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1464 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1504
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1465 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1504
EC-15
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1505 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1552
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1506 Component Inspection .........................................1555
Component Inspection .........................................1508 DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................1557
Removal and Installation .....................................1509 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1557
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION1510 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1557
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1510 DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................1565
Overall Function Check .......................................1511 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1565
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................1514 Overall Function Check ........................................1567
System Description ..............................................1514 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1568
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1514 Component Inspection .........................................1573
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1514 DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ......................1574
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................1520 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1574
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1522 Remove and Installation ......................................1578
Component Inspection .........................................1528 DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ......................1579
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOL- Component Description .......................................1579
UME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .....................1529 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1579
Description ...........................................................1529 Overall Function Check ........................................1579
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ..........1581
1529 Component Description .......................................1581
Component Inspection .........................................1534 Removal and Installation ......................................1584
Removal and Installation .....................................1534 DTC P0500 VSS .....................................................1585
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL Description ...........................................................1585
VALVE ....................................................................1535 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1585
Component Description .......................................1535 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1585
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Overall Function Check ........................................1585
1535 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1586
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1535 DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM ......................................1589
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1537 Description ...........................................................1589
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1590
SENSOR .................................................................1542 DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM ......................................1591
Component Description .......................................1542 Description ...........................................................1591
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1542 DTC P0605 ECM ....................................................1593
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1594
SENSOR .................................................................1549 DTC P0650 MIL ......................................................1596
Component Description .......................................1549 Component Description .......................................1596
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1551
EC-16
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY ......................1600 DTC P1143 HO2S1 ................................................1633
Component Description .......................................1600 Component Description .......................................1633 A
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1600 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1601 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1633 EC
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1602 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1634
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR ....................................1604 Overall Function Check .......................................1634
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Inspection .........................................1637 C
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1604 DTC P1144 HO2S1 ................................................1639
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1604 Component Description .......................................1639 D
Component Inspection ........................................1609 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1639 E
Removal and Installation .....................................1609 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1640
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...1610 Overall Function Check .......................................1640
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Inspection .........................................1643 F
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1610 DTC P1146 HO2S2 ................................................1645
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1610 Component Description .......................................1645 G
Component Inspection ........................................1613 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1645 H
Removal and Installation .....................................1613 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1645
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL Overall Function Check .......................................1646
ACTUATOR ...........................................................1614 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1647
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1614 Component Inspection .........................................1650
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1614 Removal and Installation .....................................1651
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1615 DTC P1147 HO2S2 ................................................1652 J
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL Component Description .......................................1652
FUNCTION .............................................................1616 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Description ..........................................................1616 1652 K
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1616 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1652
L
Component Inspection ........................................1622 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1655
Remove and Installation ......................................1622 Component Inspection .........................................1657
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR Removal and Installation .....................................1658 M
RELAY ...................................................................1623 DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ...............1659
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1659
1623 Overall Function Check .......................................1659
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1623 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1660
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1623 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE .......1661
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1625 System Description ..............................................1661
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1626 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Component Inspection ........................................1627 1661
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR .......1628 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1662
Component Description .......................................1628 Overall Function Check .......................................1662
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1628 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1664
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1628 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1665
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1629 Main 12 Causes of Overheating ..........................1672
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1630 Component Inspection .........................................1673
Component Inspection ........................................1631 DTC P1223, P1224 TP SENSOR ...........................1674
Remove and Installation ......................................1632 Component Description .......................................1674
EC-17
1674 1709
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1676 Overall Function Check ........................................1711
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR .......................................1680 DTC P1456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................1717
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1680 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1718
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1680 Overall Function Check ........................................1719
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR .......................................1682 DTC P1464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ......................1726
Component Description .......................................1682 Component Description .......................................1726
Remove and Installation ......................................1683 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1728
DTC P1227, P1228 APP SENSOR ........................1684 Removal and Installation ......................................1728
Component Description .......................................1684 DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE1729
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Description ...........................................................1729
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1684 1729
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1686 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1729
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ...............1690 DTC P1491 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE1736
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1690 Description ...........................................................1736
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1691 1736
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1737
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..............................1694 Overall Function Check ........................................1737
Description ...........................................................1694 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1739
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1695 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ...............1745
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1695 Component Description .......................................1745
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1696 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Component Inspection .........................................1701 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1745
Removal and Installation .....................................1701 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1745
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL Wiring Diagram ....................................................1747
VALVE ....................................................................1702 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1749
Component Description .......................................1702 Component Inspection .........................................1750
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .....................1752
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1702 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1704 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1752
Component Inspection .........................................1707 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1754
DTC P1448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1755
VALVE ....................................................................1709 Component Inspection .........................................1760
Component Description .......................................1709
EC-18
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ...1761 POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH ....1806
Component Description .......................................1761 Component Description .......................................1806 A
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1761 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1762 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1807 EC
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH .....................................1763 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1809
Component Description .......................................1763 Component Inspection .........................................1810
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Removal and Installation .....................................1810
1763 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .................1811 C
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1763 Component Description .......................................1811
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1763 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1812
Overall Function Check .......................................1764 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1813 D
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1765 Removal and Installation .....................................1815
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1766 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ...............................1816
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ...............................1767 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode E
Description ..........................................................1767 1816
1767 Diagnostic Procedure for Lighting Switch ............1818
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1767 Diagnostic Procedure for Rear Window Defogger1820 F
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1767 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ........................................1823
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1768 Component Description .......................................1823
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1769 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode G
Component Inspection ........................................1771 1823
IGNITION SIGNAL .................................................1772 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1824
Component Description .......................................1772 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1825 H
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1773 ASCD INDICATOR .................................................1831
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1778 Component Description .......................................1831
Component Inspection ........................................1781 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
I
Removal and Installation .....................................1782 1831
VIAS .......................................................................1783 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1832
Description ..........................................................1783 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1833
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DATA LINK CONNECTOR .....................................1835 J
1784 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1835
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1785 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ....................1836
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1787 Description ...........................................................1836 K
Component Inspection ........................................1790 Component Inspection .........................................1839
Removal and Installation .....................................1790 How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage .....................1840
INJECTOR CIRCUIT ..............................................1791 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY
L
Component Description .......................................1791 (ORVR) ...................................................................1842
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode System Description ..............................................1842
1791 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1843
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1792 Component Inspection .........................................1845 M
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1793 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ..............1848
Component Inspection ........................................1796 Description ...........................................................1848
Removal and Installation .....................................1796 Component Inspection .........................................1848
START SIGNAL .....................................................1797 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)1850
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode System Description ..............................................1850
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1798 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ...1852
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1799 Fuel Pressure ......................................................1852
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT ...........................................1801 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................1852
Description ..........................................................1801 Calculated Load Value .........................................1852
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Mass Air Flow Sensor ..........................................1852
1801 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................1852
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1802 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ..................1852
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1803 Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater ........................1852
Component Inspection ........................................1805 Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater ........................1852
Removal and Installation .....................................1805 Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ......................1852
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ...................1852
EC-19
Throttle Control Motor ..........................................1852 Injector .................................................................1853
Fuel Pump ............................................................1853
EC-20
INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (EXC CALIF CA)]
INDEX FOR DTC PFP:00024
A
Alphabetical Index UBS001C1
DTC*1*2
Items
CONSULT-II Reference page EC
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
GST
Unable to access ECM — EC-86
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 AT-132 C
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 AT-137
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 AT-142
D
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 AT-147
A/T COMM LINE P0600 EC-435
A/T DIAG COMM LINE P1605 EC-538 E
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 AT-160
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 AT-119
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 EC-300
F
CLOSED LOOP-B1 P1148 EC-479

CLOSED LOOP-B2 P1168 EC-479 G
CLOSED TP SW/CIRC P0510 EC-428
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT P0340 EC-306
CYL1 MISFIRE P0301 EC-290 H
CYL2 MISFIRE P0302 EC-290
I
ECM P0605 EC-438
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT P0117*3 EC-186 J
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT P0118*3 EC-186
ECT SENSOR P0125 EC-201
K
EGR SYSTEM P0400 EC-321
EGR TEMP SEN/CIRC P0405 EC-335 L
EGR TEMP SEN/CIRC P0406 EC-335
EGR VOL CON/V CIR P0403 EC-328
M
ENG OVER TEMP P0217 EC-275
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 AT-128
EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 EC-383
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 EC-345
EVAP SMALL LEAK P0442 EC-353
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0452 EC-375
EVAP VERY SML LEAK P0456 EC-393
EVAP VERY SML LEAK P1456 EC-393
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0182 EC-270
EC-21
INDEX FOR DTC
DTC*1*2
Items
CONSULT-II Reference page
GST
FTT SENSOR P0181 EC-270
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH P0460 EC-405
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 EC-409
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P1464 EC-522
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 EC-252
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 EC-261
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 EC-208
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 EC-216
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 EC-226
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 EC-450
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 EC-456
HO2S1 (B2) P0152 EC-208
HO2S1 (B2) P0153 EC-216
HO2S1 (B2) P0154 EC-226
HO2S1 (B2) P1163 EC-450
HO2S1 (B2) P1164 EC-456
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0031 EC-160
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0032 EC-160
HO2S1 HTR (B2) P0051 EC-160
HO2S1 HTR (B2) P0052 EC-160
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 EC-235
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 EC-243
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 EC-462
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 EC-470
HO2S2 (B2) P0158 EC-235
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 EC-243
HO2S2 (B2) P1166 EC-462
HO2S2 (B2) P1167 EC-470
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 EC-166
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 EC-166
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0057 EC-166
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0058 EC-166
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 EC-180
IAT SENSOR P0127 EC-180
IGN SIGNAL-PRIMARY P0350 EC-312
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 EC-154
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 EC-440
INTK TIM S/CIRC-B1 P1140 EC-445
EC-22
INDEX FOR DTC
DTC*1*2
Items
CONSULT-II Reference page A
GST
ISC SYSTEM P0506 EC-420
ISC SYSTEM P0507 EC-420 EC
ISC SYSTEM/CIRC P0505 EC-420
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 EC-296
C
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 AT-170
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0101 EC-172 D
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0102*3 EC-172
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0103*3 EC-172
E
MAF SENSOR P1102 EC-172
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 EC-290
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE F
P0000 —
REQUIRED.
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 AT-192
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 EC-541 G
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 AT-114
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 EC-364
H
SFT SOL A/CIRC P0750*3 AT-176 I
SFT SOL B/CIRC P0755*3 AT-180
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 AT-155
J
THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 EC-206
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705*3 AT-184
TP SEN/CIRCUIT P0121 EC-191 K
TP SEN/CIRCUIT P0122*3 EC-191
TP SEN/CIRCUIT P0123*3 EC-191
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 EC-341 L
TW CATALYST SYS-B2 P0430 EC-341
VC CUT/V BYPASS/V P1491 EC-531
M
VC/V BYPASS/V P1490 EC-525
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT P0720*5 AT-124
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC P0500*5 EC-416
VENT CONTROL VALVE P0447 EC-369
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.
*3: When the fail-safe operation occurs, the MIL illuminates.
*4: These DTCs are displayed with CONSULT-II only.
*5: The MIL illuminates when both the “Revolution sensor signal” and the “Vehicle speed sensor signal” meet the fail-safe condition at
the same time.
EC-23
INDEX FOR DTC
DTC No. Index UBS001C2
DTC*1*2
Items
GST
— Unable to access ECM EC-86
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE
P0000 —
REQUIRED.
P0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 EC-154
P0031 HO2S1 HTR (B1) EC-160
P0032 HO2S1 HTR (B1) EC-160
P0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) EC-166
P0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) EC-166
P0051 HO2S1 HTR (B2) EC-160
P0052 HO2S1 HTR (B2) EC-160
P0057 HO2S2 HTR (B2) EC-166
P0058 HO2S2 HTR (B2) EC-166
P0101 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT EC-172
P0102*3 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT EC-172
P0103*3 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT EC-172
P0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-180
P0117*3 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-186
P0118*3 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-186
P0121 TP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-191
P0122*3 TP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-191
P0123*3 TP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-191
P0125 ECT SENSOR EC-201
P0127 IAT SENSOR EC-180
P0128 THERMSTAT FNCTN EC-206
P0132 HO2S1 (B1) EC-208
P0133 HO2S1 (B1) EC-216
P0134 HO2S1 (B1) EC-226
P0138 HO2S2 (B1) EC-235
P0139 HO2S2 (B1) EC-243
P0152 HO2S1 (B2) EC-208
P0153 HO2S1 (B2) EC-216
P0154 HO2S1 (B2) EC-226
P0158 HO2S2 (B2) EC-235
P0159 HO2S2 (B2) EC-243
P0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 EC-252
P0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 EC-261
P0181 FTT SENSOR EC-270
P0182 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-270
EC-24
INDEX FOR DTC
DTC*1*2
Items
CONSULT-II Reference page A
GST
P0217 ENG OVER TEMP EC-275
P0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE EC-290 EC
P0301 CYL1 MISFIRE EC-290
C
P0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-290 D
P0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-290
P0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-300
E
P0340 CMP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-306
P0350 IGN SIGNAL-PRIMARY EC-312
P0400 EGR SYSTEM EC-321 F
P0403 EGR VOL CON/V CIR EC-328
P0405 EGR TEMP SEN/CIRC EC-335
G
P0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 EC-341

P0430 TW CATALYST SYS-B2 EC-341 H
P0441 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON EC-345
P0442 EVAP SMALL LEAK EC-353
P0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-364 I
P0445 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-364
P0447 VENT CONTROL VALVE EC-369
J
P0452 EVAP SYS PRES SEN EC-375
P0455 EVAP GROSS LEAK EC-383 K
P0456 EVAP VERY SML LEAK EC-393
P0460 FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH EC-405
L
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR EC-409
P0462 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC EC-412
P0463 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC EC-412 M
P0500*5 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC EC-416
P0505 ISC SYSTEM/CIRC EC-420
P0506 ISC SYSTEM EC-420
P0507 ISC SYSTEM EC-420
P0510 CLOSED TP SW/CIRC EC-428
P0600 A/T COMM LINE EC-435
P0605 ECM EC-438
P0705 PNP SW/CIRC AT-114
P0710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC AT-119
P0720*5 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT AT-124
P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG AT-128
P0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN AT-132
P0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN AT-137
EC-25
INDEX FOR DTC
DTC*1*2
Items
GST
P0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN AT-142
P0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN AT-147
P0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC AT-155
P0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN AT-160
P0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC AT-170
P0750*3 SFT SOL A/CIRC AT-176
P0755*3 SFT SOL B/CIRC AT-180
P1102 MAF SENSOR EC-172
P1111 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 EC-440
P1140 INTK TIM S/CIRC-B1 EC-445
P1143 HO2S1 (B1) EC-450
P1144 HO2S1 (B1) EC-456
P1146 HO2S2 (B1) EC-462
P1147 HO2S2 (B1) EC-470
P1148 CLOSED LOOP-B1 EC-479
P1163 HO2S1 (B2) EC-450
P1164 HO2S1 (B2) EC-456
P1166 HO2S2 (B2) EC-462
P1167 HO2S2 (B2) EC-470
P1402 EGR SYSTEM EC-494
P1456 EVAP VERY SML LEAK EC-393
P1490 VC/V BYPASS/V EC-525
P1491 VC CUT/V BYPASS/V EC-531
P1605 A/T DIAG COMM LINE EC-538
P1705*3 TP SEN/CIRC A/T AT-184
P1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT EC-541
P1760 O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC AT-192
*4: These DTCs are displayed with CONSULT-II only.
the same time.
EC-26
PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS PFP:00001
A
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER” UBS001C3
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along EC
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual. C
WARNING:
● To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be per-
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. D
● Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-
sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section. E
● Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harness connec-
tors. F
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T UBS001C4
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the G
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
● Be sure to turn the ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect the negative battery terminal before any H
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves,
etc. will cause the MIL to light up.
● Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease, I
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
● Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-
locking type harness connector. J
For description and how to disconnect, refer to EL section, “Description”, “HARNESS CONNEC-
TOR”.
● Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness K
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
● Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the EGR system or fuel injection system, L
etc.
● Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer. M
Precautions UBS001C5
● Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

● Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
● Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative
battery terminal. Failure to do so may damage the ECM
because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition
switch is turned off.
● Before removing parts, turn off ignition switch and then dis-
connect battery ground cable.
SEF706Y
EC-27
PRECAUTIONS
● Do not disassemble ECM.
● If a battery terminal is disconnected, the memory will return
to the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal is dis-
connected. However, this is not an indication of a problem.
Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.
SEF707Y
● When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it

securely with a lever as far as it will go, as shown at left.
SEF908W
● When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM
pin terminals when connecting pin connectors.
● Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A Poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge)
voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in
damage to ICs.
● Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in)
away from adjacent harness, to prevent a engine control SEF291H
system malfunctions due to receiving external noise,

degraded operation of ICs, etc.
● Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
● Before replacing ECM, perform Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly.
Refer to EC-113, "ECM Terminals and Reference Value" .
MEF040D
EC-28
PRECAUTIONS
● After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform
“Overall Function Check” or “DTC Confirmation Proce- A
dure”.
The DTC should not be displayed in the “DTC Confirmation
Procedure” if the repair is completed. The “Overall Func-
EC
tion Check” should be a good result if the repair is com-
pleted.
SEF217U
D
● When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never
allow the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and E
damage the ECM power transistor.
● Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
● Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor. F
● Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of deter-
gent.
● Do not disassemble IACV-AAC valve. G
● Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause seri-
ous problems.
● Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), H
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
SEF348N
K
● Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.

● Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque. L
SEF605X
EC-29
PRECAUTIONS
● Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.
● Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unneces-
sarily.
● Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
SEF709Y
● When installing C.B., ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure

to observe the following as it may adversely affect elec-
tronic control systems depending on installation location.
– Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic
control units.
– Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
– Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-
wave ratio can be kept smaller.
SEF708Y
– Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
● Regarding model B15, “-B1” indicates cylinders number 1
and 4 and “-B2” indicates cylinders number 2 and 3.
SEF440Y
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis UBS001C6
When you read Wiring diagrams, refer to the following:

● GI-13, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams"
● PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" for power distribution circuit
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
● GI-10, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES"
● GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident"
EC-30
PREPARATION
PREPARATION PFP:00002
A
Special Service Tools UBS001C7
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
EC
(Kent-Moore No.) Description
Tool name
KV10117100 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sen-
(J36471-A) sor 1 with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut C
Heated oxygen sensor wrench
NT379
KV10114400 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sen- E

(J-38365) sor 2
Heated oxygen sensor wrench a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
NT636
G
Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve open-
(J-45356) ing pressure
NT815 I
Commercial Service Tools UBS001C8
Tool name Description J

Leak detector Locating the EVAP leak
(J41416)
K
L
NT703
EVAP service port adapter Applying positive pressure through EVAP ser-
(J41413-OBD) vice port M
NT704
EC-31
PREPARATION
Tool name Description
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner Reconditioning the exhaust system threads
(J-43897-18) before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use
(J-43897-12) with anti-seize lubricant shown below.
a: J-43897-18 18 mm with 1.5 mm pitch
dia., for Zirconia Oxygen Sensor
b: J-43897-12 12 mm with 1.25 mm pitch
dia., for Titania Oxygen Sensor
NT778
Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning

(PermatexTM 133AR or equivalent tool when reconditioning exhaust system
meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907) threads.
NT779
EC-32
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:23710
A
System Diagram UBS001C9
EC
PBIB0641E
EC-33
Vacuum Hose Drawing UBS001CA
BBIA0073E
EC-34
System Chart UBS001CB
A
Input (Sensor) ECM Function Output (Actuator)
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel injection & mixture ratio control Injectors
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Electronic ignition system Power transistor EC
● Mass air flow sensor Idle air control system IACV-AAC valve
● Engine coolant temperature sensor
Intake valve timing control sole-
● Heated oxygen sensor 1 Intake valve timing control C
noid valve
● Ignition switch
Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay
● Throttle position sensor
Malfunction indicator lamp
● PNP switch On board diagnostic system D
(On the instrument panel)
● Air conditioner switch
EGR control EGR volume control valve
● Knock sensor
Heated oxygen sensor 1 and 2 heater con-
● EGR temperature sensor*1 Heated oxygen sensor heater E
trol
● EVAP control system pressure sensor*1
EVAP canister purge volume con-
● Fuel tank temperature sensor*1 EVAP canister purge flow control
trol solenoid valve
● Battery voltage F
Cooling fan control Cooling fan relays
● Power steering oil pressure switch
Air conditioning cut control Air conditioner relay
● Vehicle speed sensor
● Intake air temperature sensor G
● Heated oxygen sensor 2*3
● TCM (Transmission control module)*2
● EVAP canister vent control
● Closed throttle position switch*4 H
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS for EVAP system valve
● Electrical load ● Vacuum cut valve bypass valve
● Intake valve timing control position sensor*1
● Fuel level sensor*1 I
● Refrigerant pressure sensor
*1: These sensors are not used to control the engine system. They are used only for the on board diagnosis.
*2: The DTC related to A/T will be sent to ECM. J
*3: Under normal conditions, this sensor is not for engine control operation.
*4: This switch will operate in place of the throttle position sensor to control EVAP parts if the sensor malfunctions.
K
EC-35
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System UBS001CC
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

ECM func-
Sensor Input Signal to ECM Actuator
tion
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed and piston number
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position
Throttle position sensor
Throttle valve idle position
Fuel injec-
PNP switch Gear position
tion & mix-
Injector
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed ture ratio
control
Ignition switch Start signal
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition
Electrical load Electrical load signal
Battery Battery voltage
Power steering oil pressure switch Power steering operation
Heated oxygen sensor 2* Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
* Under normal conditions, this sensor is not for engine control operation.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from both the camshaft position sensor and the mass air flow
sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
● During warm-up
● When starting the engine
● During acceleration
● Hot-engine operation
● When selector lever is changed from “N” to “D” (A/T models only)
● High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
● During deceleration
● During high engine speed operation
● During high vehicle speed operation
● Extremely high engine coolant temperature
EC-36
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
A
EC
SEF503Y D
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses a heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor if the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the E
injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about the heated oxygen
sensor 1, refer to EC-226 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel
mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition. F
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst. Even if the switching characteristics
of the heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the
heated oxygen sensor 2. G
Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion. H
● Deceleration and acceleration
● Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit I
● Insufficient activation of heated oxygen sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
● High engine coolant temperature
J
● During warm-up
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL K
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from the heated oxy-
gen sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close
to the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as L
originally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot film) and characteristic
changes during operation (i.e., injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
M
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN com-
pared to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and
an increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
EC-37
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
SEF337W
Two types of systems are used.

Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The four injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds.
Electronic Ignition (EI) System UBS001CD

ECM func-
tion
Throttle position Ignition
Throttle valve idle position timing con- Power transistor
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed trol

Knock sensor Engine knocking
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-
fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine. The ignition tim-
ing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the map shown
above.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and
camshaft position sensor (PHASE) signal. Computing this informa-
tion, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
e.g., N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec
A°BTDC
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the
SEF742M
ECM according to the other data stored in the ECM.
● At starting
EC-38
● During warm-up
● At idle A
● At low battery voltage
EC
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions.
If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition. The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The C
ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
Air Conditioning Cut Control UBS001CE
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART D
ECM func-
tion
E
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner “ON” signal
PNP switch Neutral position
Throttle position sensor Throttle valve opening angle F
Air condi-
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed tioner cut Air conditioner relay
control
Ignition switch Start signal G
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION H
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
● When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed. I
● When cranking the engine.
● At high engine speeds.
● When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high. J
● When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
● When engine speed is excessively low.
K
● When the refrigerant pressure is excessively high or low.
Fuel Cut Control (at no load & high engine speed) UBS001CF
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART L

ECM func-
tion
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed M
Throttle position sensor Throttle position Fuel cut
Injectors
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature control

If the engine speed is above 2,500 rpm with no load, (for example, in Neutral and engine speed over 2,500
rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 2,000 rpm, then fuel cut is cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-36, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
System" .
EC-39
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE PFP:00018
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check UBS001CG
IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-II
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEF058Y
With GST
Check idle speed in “MODE 1” with GST.
IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used.
Method A
1. Slide the harness protector of ignition coil No.1 to clear the wires.
2. Attach timing light to the wires as shown in the figure.
3. Check ignition timing.
LBIA0079E
Method B
1. Remove No. 1 ignition coil.
2. Connect No. 1 ignition coil and No. 1 spark plug with suitable
high-tension wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to this
wire.
SEF451Y
EC-40
EC
SEF166Y
D
EC-41
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment UBS001CH
PREPARATION
1. Make sure that the following parts are in good order.
– Battery
– Ignition system
– Engine oil and coolant levels
– Fuses
– ECM harness connector
– Vacuum hoses
– Air intake system
(Oil filler cap, oil level gauge, etc.)
– Fuel pressure
– Engine compression
– EGR valve operation
– Throttle valve
– EVAP system
2. On models equipped with air conditioner, checks should be carried out while the air conditioner is “OFF”.
3. On models equipped with automatic transaxle, when checking idle speed, ignition timing and mixture
ratio, checks should be carried out while shift lever is in “P” or “N” position.
4. When measuring “CO” percentage, insert probe more than 40 cm (15.7 in) into tail pipe.
5. Turn off headlamps, heater blower, rear window defogger.
6. Keep front wheels pointed straight ahead.
7. Make the check after the cooling fan has stopped.
EC-42
OVERALL INSPECTION SEQUENCE
A
EC
PBIB0642E
NOTE:
If a vehicle contains a part which is operating outside of design specifications with no MIL illumina-
tion, the part shall not be replaced prior to emission testing unless it is determined that the part has
been tampered with or abused in such a way that the diagnostic system cannot reasonably be
expected to detect the resulting malfunction.
EC-43
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. INSPECTION START
1. Visually check the following:
– Air cleaner clogging
– Hoses and ducts for leaks
– Electrical connectors
– Gasket
– Throttle valve and throttle position sensor operation
2. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points to the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
SEF976U
3. Open engine hood and run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about
2 minutes under no-load.
4. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF977U
2. REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding “Diagnostic Procedure”.
>> GO TO 3.
EC-44
3. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Select “ENG SPEED” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
3. Check idle speed.
C
M/T : 650±50 rpm
A/T : 800±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
D
E
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II F
G
M/T : 650±50 rpm
A/T : 800±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” posi-
tion) H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 4. I
4. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING

Refer to EC-56, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . J
Which is the result CMPLT or INCMP?
CMPLT or INCMP
CMPLT >> GO TO 5. K
INCMP >> 1. Follow the construction of “Idle Air Volume Leaning”.
2. GO TO 4.
L
EC-45
5. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
With CONSULT-II
SULT-II.
M/T : 650±50 rpm
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
M/T : 650±50 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6. REPLACE IACV-AAC VALVE

Replace IACV-AAC valve.
>> GO TO 7.

Refer to EC-56, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
CMPLT or INCMP
CMPLT >> GO TO 8.
INCMP >> 1. Follow the construction of “Idle Air Volume Learning”.
2. GO TO 4.
EC-46
8. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN A
With CONSULT-II
EC
SULT-II.
C
M/T : 650±50 rpm
D
E
SEF058Y
G
M/T : 650±50 rpm
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.
I
9. CHECK ECM FUNCTION
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a problem, but this is
rarely the case.) J
>> GO TO 4.
K
10. CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. L
2. Check ignition timing at idle using a timing light.
M/T : 9°± 5° BTDC
M
A/T : 9°± 5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 11.
LEC245
11. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-28, "Installation" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> 1. Repair the timing chain installation.
2. GO TO 4.
EC-47
1. Start engine and let it idle.
M/T : 9°± 5° BTDC
A/T : 9°± 5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 13.
LEC245

CMPLT or INCMP
CMPLT >> GO TO 14.
INCMP >> 1. Follow the construction of “Idle Air volume Learning”.
2. GO TO 13.

With CONSULT-II
SULT-II.
M/T : 650±50 rpm
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
M/T : 650±50 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.

rarely the case.)
>> GO TO 13.
EC-48
16. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN A
Check ignition timing again. Refer to Test No. 12.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18. EC
NG >> GO TO 17.
17. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION C

OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 15.
2. GO TO 13. E
18. ERASE UNNECESSARY DTC
After this inspection, unnecessary DTC No. might be displayed. F
Erase the stored memory in ECM and TCM (Transmission control module).
Refer to EC-73, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" and AT-39, "HOW
TO ERASE DTC" .
G
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 19.

Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 20. H
19. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 2) SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II I
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
2. See “HO2S1 MNTR (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
J
3. Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (engine is warmed
up to normal operating temperature.), check that the monitor
fluctuates between “LEAN” and “RICH” more than 5 times dur-
ing 10 seconds. K
1 time: RICH → LEAN → RICH
2 times: RICH → LEAN → RICH → LEAN → RICH
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 23.
NG (Monitor does not fluctuate.)>>GO TO 28.
NG (Monitor fluctuates less than 5 times.)>>GO TO 21. SEF449Y
M

Without CONSULT-II
2. Set voltmeter probe between ECM terminal 62 and ground.
3. Make sure that the voltage fluctuates between 0 - 0.3V and 0.6 - 1.0V more than 5 times during 10 sec-
onds at 2,000 rpm.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.
NG (Voltage does not fluctuate.)>>GO TO 28.
NG (Voltage fluctuates less than 5 times.)>>GO TO 21.
EC-49
With CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 2).
4. Run engine at approx. 2,000 rpm for approx. 2 minutes under no-load.
6. Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.),
check that the monitor fluctuates between “LEAN” and “RICH” more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine.
onds at 2,000 rpm.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 23.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 24.
NG >> GO TO 22.
22. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
1. Check fuel pressure regulator. Refer to EC-59 .
2. Check mass air flow sensor and its circuit. Refer to EC-172 .
3. Check injector and its circuit. Refer to EC-546 .
Clean or replace if necessary.
4. Check engine coolant temperature sensor and its circuit. Refer to EC-186 .
5. Check ECM function by substituting another known-good ECM.
(ECM may be the cause of a problem, but this is rarely the case.)
>> GO TO 3.
EC-50
23. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 1) SIGNAL A
With CONSULT-II
EC
2. Maintaining engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (engine is
warmed up to normal operating temperature.), check that the
monitor fluctuates between “LEAN” and “RICH” more than 5
times during 10 seconds. C
OK or NG D
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (Monitor fluctuates less than 5 times.)>>GO TO 25. E
SEF449Y

F
Without CONSULT-II
G
onds at 2,000 rpm.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V H
OK or NG
NG (Voltage does not fluctuate.)>>GO TO 27. I
NG (Voltage fluctuates less than 5 times.)>>GO TO 25.
25. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 1) SIGNAL J
With CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine. K
4. Run engine at approx. 2,000 rpm for approx. 2 minutes under no-load. L
6. Maintaining engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.),
check that the monitor fluctuates between “LEAN” and “RICH” more than 5 times during 10 seconds. M
Without CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine.
onds at 2,000 rpm.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 26.
EC-51
● Check fuel pressure regulator. Refer to EC-59 .
● Check mass air flow sensor and its circuit. Refer to EC-172 .
● Check injector and its circuit. Refer to EC-546 .
● Check engine coolant temperature sensor and its circuit. Refer to EC-186 .
● Check ECM function by substituting another known-good ECM.
>> GO TO 3.
27. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 1) HARNESS

1. Turn off engine and disconnect battery ground cable.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1) harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 94 and heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con-
nector terminal 1.
Refer to EC-210, "BANK 1" .
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 30.
NG >> GO TO 29.
28. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 2) HARNESS

1. Turn off engine and disconnect battery ground cable.
3. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 2) harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 62 and heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 2) harness con-
nector terminal 1.
Refer to EC-211, "BANK 2" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 30.
NG >> GO TO 29.

Repair or replace harness between ECM and heated oxygen sensor 1.
>> GO TO 3.
EC-52
30. PREPARATION FOR “CO” % CHECK A
With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
EC
2. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
3. Select “ENG COOLANT TEMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Set “ENG COOLANT TEMP” to 5°C (41°F) by touching “DWN” C
and “Qd”.
SEF172Y
F
Without CONSULT-II
2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. G
3. Connect a resistor (4.4 kΩ) between terminals of engine coolant
temperature sensor harness connector.
H
>> GO TO 31.
I
SEF982UA
EC-53
31. CHECK “CO” %
SEF976U
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-
load, then run engine at idle speed.
3. Check “CO” %.
Idle CO : 0 - 8%
4. Without CONSULT-II
After checking CO%,
– Disconnect the resistor from terminals of engine coolant temper-
ature sensor.
– Connect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector SEF978U
to engine coolant temperature sensor.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 32.
NG >> GO TO 33.
32. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
5. See “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
6. Maintaining engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.),
check that the monitor fluctuates between “LEAN” and “RICH” more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine.
5. Set voltmeter probe between ECM terminal 62 or 94 and ground.
6. Make sure that voltage fluctuates between 0 - 0.3V and 0.6 - 1.0V more than 5 times during 10 seconds at
2,000 rpm.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 33.
EC-54
33. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
● Connect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connectors to heated oxygen sensors 1.
● Check fuel pressure regulator. Refer to EC-59 . EC
● Check mass air flow sensor and its circuit. Refer to EC-172 .
Clean or replace if necessary. C
D
>> GO TO 3.
E
EC-55
Idle Air Volume Learning UBS001CI
DESCRIPTION
“Idle Air Volume Learning” is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the spe-
cific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
● Each time IACV-AAC valve, throttle body or ECM is replaced.
● Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
PRE-CONDITIONING
Before performing “Idle Air Volume Learning”, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
● Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle)
● Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 95°C (158 - 203°F)
● PNP switch: ON
● Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, if the parking brake is applied before the engine is
started the headlamp will not be illuminated.
● Cooling fan motor: Not operating
● Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
● Vehicle speed: Stopped
● Transmission: Warmed-up
For A/T models with CONSULT-II, drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/
T” system indicates less than 0.9V.
For A/T models without CONSULT-II and M/T models, drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic EC-56, "PRE-CONDITIONING" are in good order.
6. Start the engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.
7. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
SEF452Y
EC-56
8. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
A
EC
SEF454Y
D
9. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-II screen. If
“INCMP” is displayed, “Idle Air Volume Learning” will not be car-
ried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the problem
E
by referring to the NOTE on next page.
10. Rev up the engine two or three times. Make sure that idle speed
and ignition timing are within specifications.
F
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed M/T: 650±50 rpm
A/T: 800±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position) G
Ignition timing M/T: 9°±5° BTDC SEF455Y
A/T: 9°±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
Without CONSULT-II H

2. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds. I
4. Check that all items listed under the topic EC-56, "PRE-CONDITIONING" , are in good order.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds. J
7. Disconnect throttle position sensor harness connector (brown),
then reconnect it within 5 seconds. K
8. Wait 20 seconds.
9. Make sure that idle speed is within specifications. If not, the
result will be incomplete. In this case, find the cause of the prob- L
lem by referring to the NOTE below.
10. Rev up the engine two or three times. Make sure that idle speed
and ignition timing are within specifications. M
ITEM SPECIFICATION
SEF837X
A/T: 800±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
Ignition timing M/T: 9°±5° BTDC
A/T: 9°±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
NOTE:
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows:
1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
2. Check PCV valve operation.
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
4. Adjust closed throttle position switch and reset memory. (Refer to EC-87, "Basic Inspection" .)
5. When the above four items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condi-
tion are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the problem.
It is useful to perform EC-143, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
EC-57
6. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the
problem and perform “Idle air volume learning” all over again:
– Engine stalls.
– Erroneous idle.
– Blown fuses related to the IACV-AAC valve system.
Fuel Pressure Check UBS001CJ
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE

Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “FUEL PRES RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Remove fuse for fuel pump.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
PEF823K
Without CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
pressure.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and reconnect fuel pump fuse.
LEC298
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

● When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.
● Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
● Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.
● Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
● Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/
C, etc.) Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine loads and changes
in manifold vacuum.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Disconnect fuel hose at fuel tube (engine side).
EC-58
3. Install pressure gauge between fuel filter and fuel tube.
4. Start engine and check for fuel leakage. A
5. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
If results are unsatisfactory, perform EC-59, "FUEL PRESSURE
REGULATOR CHECK" . EC
LEC314
D
FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR CHECK
1. Stop engine and disconnect fuel pressure regulator vacuum hose from intake manifold.
2. Plug intake manifold with a rubber cap. E
3. Connect variable vacuum source to fuel pressure regulator.
4. Start engine and read indication of fuel pressure gauge as vac-
uum is changed.
F
Fuel pressure should decrease as vacuum increases. If results
are unsatisfactory, replace fuel pressure regulator.
G
H
SEF718B
EC-59
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM PFP:00028
Introduction UBS001CK
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
Emission-related diagnostic information SAE Mode
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Mode 3 of SAE J1979
Freeze Frame data Mode 2 of SAE J1979
System Readiness Test (SRT) code Mode 1 of SAE J1979
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Mode 7 of SAE J1979
1st Trip Freeze Frame data
Test values and Test limits Mode 6 of SAE J1979
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
X: Applicable —: Not applicable
Freeze Frame 1st trip Freeze
DTC 1st trip DTC SRT code Test value
data Frame data
CONSULT-II X X X X X —
GST X X*1 X — X X
*1: 1st trip DTCs for self-diagnoses concerning SRT items cannot be shown on the GST display.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-86 .)
Two Trip Detection Logic UBS001CL
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL,
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
MIL DTC 1st trip DTC
1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip
Items
Lighting Lighting display- display- display- display-
Blinking Blinking ing ing ing ing
up up
Coolant overtemperature enrich-
— X — — X — X —
ment protection — DTC: P0217
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is X — — — X — X —
being detected
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 — — X — — X — —
has been detected
Closed loop control
— X — — X — X —
— DTC: P1148
Fail-safe items (Refer to EC-86 .) — X — — X*1 — X*1 —
Except above — — — X — X X —
*1: Except “ECM”
EC-60
Emission-related Diagnostic Information UBS001CM
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS A

Test value/ Test
Items
DTC*1 SRT code limit 1st trip DTC*1 Reference page EC
(GST only)
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FUR-
THER TESTING MAY BE P0000 — — — —
C
REQUIRED.
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 — — X EC-154
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0031 X X X*2 EC-160 D
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0032 X X X*2 EC-160
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 X X X*2 EC-166
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 X X X*2 EC-166 E
HO2S1 HTR (B2) P0051 X X X*2 EC-160
HO2S1 HTR (B2) P0052 X X X*2 EC-160
F
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0057 X X X*2 EC-166
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0058 X X X*2 EC-166
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0101 — — X EC-172 G
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0102*3 — — — EC-172
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0103*3 — — — EC-172
H
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 — — — EC-180
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0113 — — — EC-180
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT P0117*3 — — — EC-186 I
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT P0118*3 — — — EC-186
TP SEN/CIRCUIT P0121 — — X EC-191
J
TP SEN/CIRCUIT P0122*3 — — — EC-191
TP SEN/CIRCUIT P0123*3 — — — EC-191
ECT SENSOR P0125 — — X EC-201 K
IAT SENSOR P0127 — — X EC-180
THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 — — X EC-206
L
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 X X X*2 EC-208
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 X X X*2 EC-216
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 X X X*2 EC-226 M
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 X X X*2 EC-235
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 X X X*2 EC-243
HO2S1 (B2) P0152 X X X*2 EC-208
HO2S1 (B2) P0153 X X X*2 EC-216
HO2S1 (B2) P0154 X X X*2 EC-226
HO2S2 (B2) P0158 X X X*2 EC-235
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 X X X*2 EC-243
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 — — X EC-252
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 — — X EC-261
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 P0174 — — X EC-252
FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 P0175 — — X EC-261
FTT SENSOR P0181 — — X EC-270
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0182 — — X EC-270
EC-61
Test value/ Test
Items
DTC*1 SRT code limit 1st trip DTC*1 Reference page
(GST only)
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0183 — — X EC-270
ENG OVER TEMP P0217 — — X EC-275
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 — — X EC-290
CYL1 MISFIRE P0301 — — X EC-290
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 — — — EC-296
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 — — X EC-300
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT P0340 — — X EC-306
IGN SIGNAL-PRIMARY P0350 — — X EC-312
EGR SYSTEM P0400 X X X*2 EC-321
EGR VOL CON/V CIR P0403 — — X EC-328
EGR TEMP SEN/CIRC P0405 — — X EC-335
EGR TEMP SEN/CIRC P0406 — — X EC-335
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 X X X*2 EC-341
TW CATALYST SYS-B2 P0430 X X X*2 EC-341
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 X X X*2 EC-345
EVAP SMALL LEAK P0442 X X X*2 EC-353
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 — — X EC-364
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0445 — — X EC-364
VENT CONTROL VALVE P0447 — — X EC-369
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0452 — — X EC-375
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0453 — — X EC-375
EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 — X X*2 EC-383
EVAP VERY SML LEAK P0456 X*4 X X*2 EC-393
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH P0460 — — X EC-405
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 — — X EC-409
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0462 — — X EC-412
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC P0500*5 — — X EC-416
ISC SYSTEM/CIRC P0505 — — X EC-420
ISC SYSTEM P0506 — — X EC-420
ISC SYSTEM P0507 — — X EC-420
CLOSED TP SW/CIRC P0510 — — X EC-428
A/T COMM LINE P0600 — — — EC-435
ECM P0605 — — X EC-438
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 — — X AT-114
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 — — X AT-119
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT P0720*5 — — X AT-124
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 — — X AT-128
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 — — X AT-132
EC-62
Test value/ Test
Items
DTC*1 SRT code limit 1st trip DTC*1 Reference page A
(GST only)
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 — — X AT-137
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 — — X AT-142 EC
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 — — X AT-147
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 — — X AT-155
C
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 — — X AT-160
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 — — X AT-170
SFT SOL A/CIRC P0750*3 — — X AT-176 D
SFT SOL B/CIRC P0755*3 — — X AT-180
MAF SENSOR P1102 — — X EC-172
E
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 — — X EC-440
INTK TIM S/CIRC-B1 P1140 — — X EC-445
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 X X X*2 EC-450 F
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 X X X*2 EC-456
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 X X X*2 EC-462
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 X X X*2 EC-470
G
CLOSED LOOP-B1 P1148 — — X EC-479

HO2S1 (B2) P1163 X X X*2 EC-450 H
HO2S1 (B2) P1164 X X X*2 EC-456
HO2S2 (B2) P1166 X X X*2 EC-462
HO2S2 (B2) P1167 X X X*2 EC-470 I
CLOSED LOOP-B2 P1168 — — X EC-479
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 — — X EC-481
J
EGR SYSTEM P1402 X X X*2 EC-494
EVAP SMALL LEAK P1442 X X X EC-501
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P1444 — — X EC-503 K
L
EVAP VERY SML LEAK P1456 X*4 X X*2 EC-393
VC/V BYPASS/V P1490 — — X EC-525 M
VC CUT/V BYPASS/V P1491 — — X EC-531
A/T DIAG COMM LINE P1605 — — X EC-538
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705*3 — — X AT-184
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 — — X EC-541
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 — — X AT-192
*2: These are not displayed with GST.
*4: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG.
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip
DTC will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
EC-63
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in EC-73, "HOW
TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-61 . These items are required by legal reg-
ulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are
also displayed on CONSULT-II.
1st trip DTC is specified in Mode 7 of SAE J1979. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the MIL and
therefore does not warn the driver of a problem. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the vehicle
from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in “Work Flow” procedure Step II, refer to EC-82 . Then perform “DTC Confirmation Proce-
dure” or “Overall Function Check” to try to duplicate the problem. If the malfunction is duplicated, the item
requires repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-II
With GST
CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P1148, P1706, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
● 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
● Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST does not indicate whether the malfunction
is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-II can identify
malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunc-
tion is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times
the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be “0”.
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be “[1t]”.
SEC745C
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA

The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, throttle valve operating angle,
base fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST. For
details, see EC-128 .
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
EC-64
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data. A
Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0304
1 EC
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
3 1st trip freeze frame data
C
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal- D
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the E
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-73, "HOW TO ERASE EMIS- F
SION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Mode 1 of SAE J1979. G
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed. H
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains I
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items. J
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours. K
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
L
NOTE:
If MIL is “ON” during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection. M
EC-65
SRT Item
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
SRT item Perfor-
(CONSULT-II indica- mance Pri- Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” Corresponding DTC No.
tion) ority*
CATALYST 3 Three way catalyst function P0420, P0430
EVAPORATIVE SYS- 2 EVAP control system P0442
TEM
3 EVAP control system P0456, P1456
EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441
HO2S 3 Heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1)/(bank 2) P0132, P0152
Heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1)/(bank 2) P0133, P0153
HO2S HTR 3 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater (bank 1)/(bank 2) P0031, P0032,P0051,
P0052
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (bank 1)/(bank 2) P0037, P0038, P0057,
P0068
EGR SYSTEM 3 EGR function P0400
1 EGR function P1402
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for
models with CONSULT-II.
EC-66
SRT Set Timing
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is A
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
Example EC
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2) C
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
D
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1) E
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
F
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG G
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC H
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MIL “ON”)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK. I
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will J
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
K
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indi-
cate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state L
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary of each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons:
● The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result. M
● The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
● When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagno-
sis memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
● If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
SRT Service Procedure
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.
EC-67
SEF170Z
*1 EC-64 *2 EC-69 *3 EC-69
EC-68
How to Display SRT Code
A
With CONSULT-II
Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with
CONSULT-II.
For items whose SRT codes are set, a “CMPLT” is displayed on the EC
CONSULT-II screen; for items whose SRT codes are not set,
“INCMP” is displayed.
C
D
SEF713Y
E
With GST
Selecting Mode 1 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)
A sample of CONSULT-II display for SRT code is shown below.
F
“INCMP” means the self-diagnosis is incomplete and SRT is not set. “CMPLT” means the self-diagnosis is
complete and SRT is set.
How to Set SRT Code G
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each
diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions.
With CONSULT-II H
Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on “Performance Priority” in the table
on EC-66 .
Without CONSULT-II I
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page. The
driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.
J
EC-69
Driving Pattern
PBIB0643E
● The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driv-
ing habits, etc.
EC-70
Zone A refers to the range where the time required, for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the
shortest. A
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed
within zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following: EC
● Sea level
● Flat road
● Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F) C
● Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diag-
nosis may also be performed. D
Pattern 1:
● The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminals 70 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V). E
● The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than
70°C (158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminals 70 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
● The engine is started at the fuel tank temperature of warmer than 0°C (32°F) (where the voltage F
between the ECM terminal 82 and ground is less than 4.1V).
Pattern 2:
● When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be con- G
ducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
Pattern 3:
● The driving pattern outlined in *2 must be repeated at least 3 times. H
Pattern 4:
● Tests are performed after the engine has been operated for at least 17 minutes.
I
● The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
● If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal J
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Operate the vehicle in the following driving pattern.
1. Decelerate vehicle to 0 km/h (0 MPH) and let engine idle. K
2. Repeat driving pattern shown below at least 10 times.
– During acceleration, hold the accelerator pedal as steady as
L
possible.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 until the EGR system SRT is set.
M
SEF414S
*3: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.

Suggested Transmission Gear Position for A/T Models
Set the selector lever in the “D” position with the overdrive switch turned ON.
Suggested upshift speeds for M/T models
Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear. These suggestions relate to fuel
economy and vehicle performance. Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions, the weather
and individual driving habits.
For normal acceleration in low altitude For quick acceleration in low altitude areas and high
areas [less than 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]: altitude areas [over 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]:
Gear change ACCEL shift point km/h (MPH) km/h (MPH)
1st to 2nd 24 (15) 25 (15)
2nd to 3rd 40 (25) 40 (25)
EC-71
For normal acceleration in low altitude For quick acceleration in low altitude areas and high
areas [less than 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]: altitude areas [over 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]:
3rd to 4th 65 (40) 65 (40)
4th to 5th 75 (45) 75 (45)
Suggested Maximum Speed in Each Gear

Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.
Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed (shown below) in any gear. For level road driving, use the high-
est gear suggested for that speed. Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road condi-
tions to ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause
engine damage or loss of vehicle control.
Gear km/h (MPH)
1st 48 (30)
2nd 84 (52)
3rd 128 (80)
4th —
5th —
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY — NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-II)
The following is the information specified in Mode 6 of SAE J1979.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is “OK” or “NG” while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
Items for which these data (test value and test limit) are displayed are the same as SRT code items (13 test
items).
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be dis-
played on the GST screen.
Test value (GST display)
SRT item Self-diagnostic test item Test limit Application
TID CID
Three way catalyst function (bank 1) 02H 81H Min. X
CATALYST
Three way catalyst function (bank 2) 02H 81H Min. X
EVAP control system (Small leak) 05H 03H Max. X
EVAP SYSTEM
EVAP control system purge flow monitoring 06H 83H Min. X
EC-72
SRT item Self-diagnostic test item Test limit Application A
TID CID
09H 04H Max. X
0AH 84H Min. X EC
Heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1) 0BH 04H Max. X
0CH 04H Max. X
0DH 04H Max. X C
11H 05H Max. X
12H 85H Min. X
D
Heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 2) 13H 05H Max. X
14H 05H Max. X
HO2S
15H 05H Max. X E
19H 86H Min. X
1AH 86H Min. X
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) F
1BH 06H Max. X
1CH 06H Max. X
21H 87H Min. X G
22H 87H Min. X
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)
23H 07H Max. X
H
24H 07H Max. X
29H 08H Max. X
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater (bank 1)
2AH 88H Min. X I
2BH 09H Max. X
2CH 89H Min. X
HO2S HTR J
2DH 0AH Max. X
2EH 8AH Min. X
2FH 0BH Max. X
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (bank 2) K
30H 8BH Min. X
31H 8CH Min. X
32H 8CH Min. X L
EGR SYSTEM EGR function 33H 8CH Min. X
34H 8CH Min. X
M
35H 0CH Max. X
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION

How to Erase DTC ( With CONSULT-II)
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-21 ), skip steps 2 through 4.
1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
2. Turn CONSULT-II “ON” and touch “A/T”.
3. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. [The DTC in the TCM (Transmission control module) will be erased.] Then touch “BACK”
twice.
5. Touch “ENGINE”.
7. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
EC-73
● If DTCs are displayed for both ECM and TCM (Transmission control module), they need to be erased indi-
vidually from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module).
SEF823YA
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF-
DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
How to Erase DTC ( With GST)
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-21 ), skip step 2.
2. Perform “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-II)” in AT section titled “TROUBLE
DIAGNOSIS”, “Self-diagnosis”. (The engine warm-up step can be skipped when performing the diagnosis
only to erase the DTC.)
3. Select Mode 4 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting Mode 4 with GST.
● If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost after
approx. 24 hours.
● The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
1. Diagnostic trouble codes
2. 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
3. Freeze frame data
4. 1st trip freeze frame data
5. System readiness test (SRT) codes
6. Test values
EC-74
7. Others
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all A
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) UBS001CN
EC
DESCRIPTION
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON with-
C
out the engine running. This is a bulb check.
● If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-24, "WARNING
LAMPS" or see EC-577 .
D
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
E
SEF217U
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION F

The on board diagnostic system has the following two functions.
Diagnostic Test KEY and ENG. Function Explanation of Function
Mode Status G
Mode I Ignition switch in BULB CHECK This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown,
“ON” position open circuit, etc.).
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit. H
Engine
stopped I
J
Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is
WARNING detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip
detection logic), the MIL will light up to inform the driver K
that a malfunction has been detected.
The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MIL in
the 1st trip.
● Coolant overtemperature enrichment protection L
● “Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage)”
● “Closed loop control”
● Fail-safe mode
M
Diagnostic Test Mode I — Bulb Check

In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to DI-
24, "WARNING LAMPS" or see EC-577 .
Diagnostic Test Mode I — Malfunction Warning
MIL Condition
ON When the malfunction is detected or the ECM's CPU is malfunctioning.
OFF No malfunction.
EC-75
OBD System Operation Chart UBS001CO
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
● When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
● When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to EC-60, "Two Trip Detection
Logic" .
● The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times with no malfunction. The drive is counted only when
the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting,
the counter will reset.
● The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A)
without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and
Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times
(driving pattern C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-II will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
● The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in “OK” for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other
MIL (goes off) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no
80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
display)
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
*1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
(clear)
For details about patterns “B” and “C” under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see EC-78 .
For details about patterns “A” and “B” under “Other”, see EC-80 .
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
EC-76
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MIS-
FIRE” <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A
EC
SEF392S
*1: When the same malfunction is *2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips, 3 times (pattern B) without any mal- detected in two consecutive trips, the
MIL will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will
be stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) the 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip vehicle is driven once (pattern C)
freeze frame data will be cleared. without the same malfunction after
DTC is stored in ECM.
EC-77
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORA-
TION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
Driving Pattern B
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
● The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
● The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
● The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”)
Driving Pattern C
Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows:
1. The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) × (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:
● When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), “T” should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
● When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), “T” should be higher than or
equal to 70°C (158°F).
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C
(158°F)
● The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1).
● The C counter will be counted up when (1) is satisfied without the same malfunction.
● The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80.
● The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
EC-78
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR
“MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A
EC
SEF393S
be stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and vehicle is driven once (pattern B)
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) the 1st trip freeze frame data will be without the same malfunction.
*7: When the same malfunction is
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.
EC-79
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY
DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
Driving Pattern A
AEC574
● The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
● The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
● The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
Driving Pattern B
● The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
● The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”).
EC-80
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PFP:00004
A
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction UBS001CP
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con- EC
trol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essen-
tial that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no problems such as vac- C
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other problems with the engine.
MEF036D
E
It is much more difficult to diagnose a problem that occurs intermit-

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent problems are F
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace-
ment of good parts.
G
SEF233G
I
A visual check only may not find the cause of the problems. A road
test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the “Work Flow” on EC-82 . J
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
tomer can supply good information about such problems, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under K
what conditions they occur. A “Diagnostic Worksheet” like the exam-
ple on next page should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” problems first. This L
will help troubleshoot driveability problems on an electronically con-
SEF234G
trolled engine vehicle.
M
EC-81
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
WORK FLOW
SEF510ZE
*1: EC-86 *2: If time data of “SELF-DIAG *3: If the incident cannot be duplicated,
RESULTS” is other than “0” or “1t”, refer to EC-147, "TROUBLE DIAG-
refer to EC-147, "TROUBLE DIAG- NOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
NOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- DENT" .
DENT" .
*4: If the on board diagnostic system *5: If the malfunctioning part cannot be *6: EC-70
cannot be performed, check main found, refer to EC-147, "TROUBLE
power supply and ground circuit. DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
Refer to EC-148, "POWER SUPPLY INCIDENT" .
CIRCUIT FOR ECM" .
*7: EC-143
EC-82
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Description for Work Flow
STEP DESCRIPTION
A
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
STEP I
EC-84, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" .
EC
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II or Generic Scan Tool) the (1st trip)
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) and the (1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the code and the data. (Refer to EC-
73 .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip) freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III &
IV. C
STEP II
If the incident cannot verified, perform EC-147, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer.
(The “Symptom Matrix Chart” will be useful. See EC-101 .)
Also check related service bulletins for information. D
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The “DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET” and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II
STEP III to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results. E
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
Try to detect the (1st trip) Diagnostic Trouble Code by driving in (or performing) the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
Check and read the (1st trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II or GST. F
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)
mode and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP IV
G
In case the “DTC Confirmation Procedure” is not available, perform the “Overall Function Check” instead. The (1st
trip) DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified “check” is an effective alternative.
The “NG” result of the “Overall function check” is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV. H
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to trouble diagnosis for DTC PXXXX.
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-87 .) If CONSULT-II is available,
STEP V
perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II and proceed to the “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — SPECIFI-
I
CATION VALUE” . (If malfunction is detected, proceed to “REPAIR/REPLACE”.) Then perform inspections according
to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-101 .)
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) “Harness Layouts”. J
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-113 , EC-138 .
K
STEP VI
The “Diagnostic Procedure” in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to GI-26, "How to Per-
form Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" . L
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-147, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
DENT" .
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and M
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the “DTC Confirmation Procedure” and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident
STEP VII is still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a different method from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM
and TCM (Transmission control module). (Refer toEC-73, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" and AT-39, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" .)
EC-83
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a problem. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the malfunction indicator lamp to come
on steady or blink and DTC to be detected. Examples:
● Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire. SEF907L
● Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel
to evaporate into the atmosphere [for the models with EVAP (SMALL LEAK) diagnosis].
Worksheet Sample
MTBL0017
EC-84
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
DTC Inspection Priority Chart UBS001CQ
A
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
Priority Detected items (DTC)
EC
1 ● P0100, P0102, P0103, P1102 MAF sensor
● P0112, P0113, P0127 IAT sensor
● P0117, P0118, P0125 ECT sensor C
● P0121, P0122, P0123 TP sensor
● P0128 Thermostat function
● P0181, P0182, P0183 FTT sensor D
● P0327, P0328 KS
● P0335 CKP sensor
● P0340 CMP sensor E
● P0350 Ignition signal
● P0403 EGR volume control valve
● P0460, P0461, P0462, P0463, P1464 Fuel level sensor F
● P0500 VSS
● P0605 ECM
● P1605 A/T diagnosis communication line G
● P1706 PNP switch
2 ● P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 HO2S1 heater
● P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 heater H
● P0132, P0133, P0134, P0152, P0153, P0154, P1143, P1144, P1163, P1164 HO2S1
● P0138, P0139, P0158, P0159, P1146, P1147, P1166, P1167 HO2S2
● P0217 Coolant overtemperature enrichment protection I
● P0405, P0406 EGRT sensor
● P0441 EVAP control system
J
● P0444, P0445, P1444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
● P0447, P1446, P1448 EVAP canister vent control valve
● P0452, P0453 EVAP system pressure sensor
K
● P0510 CTP switch
● P1111 IVT control solenoid valve
● P1140 IVT control position sensor
L
● P1490, P1491 Vacuum cut bypass valve
3 ● P0011 IVT control
● P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175 Fuel injection system function
M
● P0300-P0304 Misfire
● P0400, P1402 EGR function
● P0420, P0430 Three way catalyst function
● P0442, P0455, P0456, P1442, P1456 EVAP control system
● P0505, P0506, P0507 ISC system
● P0600 A/T control
● P1148, P1168 Closed loop control
● P1217 Engine over temperature
EC-85
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Fail-safe Chart UBS001CR
The ECM enters fail-safe mode if any of the following malfunctions is detected due to the open or short circuit.
When the ECM enters the fail-safe mode, the MIL illuminates.
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103
P0117 Engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
P0118 sensor circuit ignition switch “ON” or “START”.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-II
Condition
display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON
40°C (104°F)
or Start
More than approx. 4 minutes after
80°C (176°F)
ignition ON or Start
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
P0122 Throttle position sensor cir- Throttle position will be determined based on the injected fuel amount and the engine
P0123 cuit speed. Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
Unable to ECM ECM fail-safe activating condition
access ECM The computing function of the ECM was judged to be malfunctioning.
When the fail-safe system activates (i.e., if the ECM detects a malfunction condition in
the CPU of ECM), the MIL on the instrument panel lights to warn the driver.
However it is not possible to access ECM and DTC cannot be confirmed.
Engine control with fail-safe
When ECM fail-safe is operating, fuel injection, ignition timing, fuel pump operation and
IACV-AAC valve operation are controlled under certain limitations.
ECM fail-safe operation
Engine speed Engine speed will not rise more than 3,000 rpm
Fuel injection Simultaneous multiport fuel injection system
Ignition timing Ignition timing is fixed at the preset valve
Fuel pump relay is “ON” when engine is running
Fuel pump
and “OFF” when engine stalls
IACV-AAC valve Full open
Replace ECM, if ECM fail-safe condition is confirmed.
EC-86
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Basic Inspection UBS001CS
1. INSPECTION START
EC
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related problem, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
C
– Harness connectors for improper connections
– Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
– Wiring for improper connections, pinches and cuts D
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical roads are not applied. E
– Head lamp switch is OFF.
– Air conditioner switch is OFF. SEF983U
– Rear window defogger switch is OFF. F

– Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
G
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK THROTTLE OPENER OPERATION-I

H
Confirm that there is a clearance between throttle drum and stopper.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. I
NG >> GO TO 3.
K
SEF456Y
3. CHECK THROTTLE OPENER FIXING BOLTS L

Check throttle opener fixing bolts for loosening.
OK or NG
M
OK >> 1. Repair or replace throttle body assembly.
2. GO TO 2.
NG >> 1. Retighten the fixing bolts.
2. GO TO 2.
EC-87
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
4. CHECK THROTTLE OPENER OPERATION-II
2. Confirm that throttle opener rod moves backward and there is a
clearance between throttle drum and throttle opener rod.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 5.
SEF457Y
5. CHECK VACUUM SOURCE FOR THROTTLE OPENER

1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to throttle opener.
2. Check vacuum existence with engine running.
OK or NG
OK >> 1. Repair or replace throttle body assembly.
2. GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 6.
SEF458Y
6. CHECK VACUUM HOSE

1. Stop engine.
2. Remove the vacuum hose.
3. Check the vacuum hose for splits, kinks and clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> 1. Clean vacuum port by blowing air.
2. GO TO 4.
NG >> 1. Replace vacuum hose.
2. GO TO 4.
SEF109L
7. CHECK THROTTLE DRUM OPERATION

Confirm that throttle drum moves to contact the stopper.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 8.
LEC317
EC-88
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
8. CHECK ACCELERATOR WIRE INSTALLATION A
1. Stop engine.
2. Check accelerator wire for slack.
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> 1. Adjust accelerator wire. Refer to ACC-2, "Adjusting Accelerator Wire" .
2. GO TO 7. C
9. CHECK THROTTLE VALVE OPERATION

D
1. Remove intake air ducts.
2. Check throttle valve operation when moving throttle drum by hand.
OK or NG E
OK >> 1. Retighten the throttle drum fixing nuts.
2. GO TO 7.
NG >> 1. Clean the throttle body and throttle valve. F
2. GO TO 7.
10. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH CLOSED POSITION-I G
NOTE:
Always check ignition timing before performing the following.
H
1. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine.
3. Remove the vacuum hose connected to the throttle opener. I
4. Connect suitable vacuum hose to vacuum pump as shown
below.
5. Apply vacuum [more than −40.0 kPa (−300 mmHg, −11.81 J
inHg)] until the throttle drum is free from the throttle opener rod.
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 11. K

Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 17.
L
SEF793WA
EC-89
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
11. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH CLOSED POSITION-II
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “TP SW/TP SEN IDLE POSI ADJ” in “WORK SUPPORT”
mode or “CLSD THL/P SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Read “CLSD THL/P SW” signal under the following conditions.
SEF715Y
● Insert a 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) and 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) feeler

gauge alternately between stopper and throttle drum as shown
in the figure and check the signal.
“CLSD THL/P SW” signal should remain “ON” while
inserting 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) feeler gauge.
“CLSD THL/P SW” signal should remain “OFF” while
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 12. SEF459Y
EC-90
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
12. ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH CLOSED POSITION-I A
With CONSULT-II
1. Loosen throttle position sensor fixing bolts.
EC
2. Confirm that proper vacuum is applied. Refer to test No. 10. During adjustment, vacuum should be
applied.
3. Insert 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) feeler gauge between stopper and
C
throttle drum as shown in the figure.
SEF459Y
F
4. Turn throttle position sensor body counterclockwise until “CLSD THL/P SW” signal switches to “OFF”.
G
SEF717Y J
>> GO TO 13.
K
EC-91
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
13. ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH CLOSED POSITION-II
With CONSULT-II
1. Temporarily tighten sensor body fixing bolts as follows.
– Gradually move the sensor body clockwise and stop it when “CLSD THL/P SW” signal switches
from “OFF” to “ON”, then temporarily tighten sensor body fixing bolts.
SEF718Y
2. Make sure two or three times that the signal is “ON” when the throttle valve is closed and “OFF” when it is
opened.
3. Remove 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) feeler gauge then insert 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) feeler gauge.
4. Make sure two or three times that the signal remains “OFF” when the throttle valve is closed.
5. Tighten throttle position sensor.
6. Check the “CLSD THL/P SW” signal again.
The signal remains “OFF” while closing throttle valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 12.
EC-92
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
14. RESET THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IDLE POSITION MEMORY A
With CONSULT-II
NOTE:
Always warm up engine to normal operating temperature. If engine is cool, the throttle position sensor EC
idle position memory will not be reset correctly.
1. Confirm that proper vacuum is applied. Refer to Test No. 10.
C
2. Attach blind cap to vacuum port from which vacuum hose to throttle opener was disconnected.
3. Start engine.
D
5. Select “TP SW/TP SEN IDLE POSI ADJ” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
6. Stop engine. (Turn ignition switch “OFF”.)
7. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 5 seconds. E
SEF864V H
9. Repeat steps 7 and 8 until “CLSD THL POS” signal changes to

“ON”. I
>> GO TO 19.
J
SEF715Y
EC-93
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Without CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect closed throttle position switch harness connector.
2. Check continuity between closed throttle position switch termi-
nals 5 and 6 under the following conditions.
LAT193
● Insert the 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) and 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) feeler
gauge alternately between the stopper and throttle drum as
shown in the figure.
“Continuity should exist” while inserting 0.05 mm (0.0020
in) feeler gauge.
“Continuity should not exist” while inserting 0.15 mm
(0.0059 in) feeler gauge.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 16.
SEF459Y
EC-94
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Confirm that proper vacuum is applied. Refer to Test No. 10. During adjustment, vacuum should be
applied.
C
SEF459Y
F
LAT193
4. Turn throttle position sensor body counterclockwise until conti- J

nuity does not exist.
>> GO TO 17. K
SEF460Y M
EC-95
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Without CONSULT-II
– Gradually move the sensor body clockwise and stop it
when the continuity comes to exist, then temporarily
tighten sensor body fixing bolts.
2. Make sure two or three times that the continuity exists when the
throttle valve is closed and continuity does not exist when it is
opened.
3. Remove 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) feeler gauge then insert 0.15 mm
4. Make sure two or three times that the continuity does not exist
when the throttle valve is closed.
SEF460Y
6. Check the continuity again.
Continuity does not exist while closing the throttle valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 16.
18. RESET THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IDLE POSITION MEMORY

Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
Always warm up engine to normal operating temperature. If engine is cool, the throttle position sensor
3. Start engine.
6. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 5 seconds.
8. Repeat steps 6 and 7, 20 times.
>> GO TO 19.
SEF864V
EC-96
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
19. CHECK (1ST TRIP) DTC A
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Release vacuum from throttle opener.
3. Remove vacuum pump and vacuum hose from throttle opener. EC
4. Reinstall original vacuum hose to throttle opener securely.
C
6. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times.
7. Make sure no (1st trip) DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST.
OK or NG D
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 21
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 22
NG >> GO TO 20
E
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding “Diagnostic Procedure”. F

Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 22. G
21. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED

H
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “ENG SPEED” in “DATA MONITOR” mode. I
M/T : 650±50 rpm
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 30. K
NG >> GO TO 23.
22. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED L
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. M
M/T : 650±50 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 30.
NG >> GO TO 23.

CMPLT or INCMP
CMPLT >> GO TO 24.
INCMP >> 1. Follow the instruction of “Idle Air Volume Learning”, EC-56 .
2. GO TO 23.
EC-97
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT-II
1. Read “ENG SPEED” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
M/T : 650±50 rpm
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
M/T : 650±50 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 28.
NG >> 1. Replace IACV-AAC valve.
2. GO TO 25.

CMPLT or INCMP
CMPLT >> GO TO 26.
INCMP >> 1. Follow instruction for “Idle Air Volume Learning”, EC-56 .
2. GO TO 23.

With CONSULT-II
1. Select “ENG SPEED” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
M/T : 650±50 rpm
Without CONSULT-II
M/T : 650±50 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 28.
NG >> GO TO 27.
EC-98
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
27. CHECK ECM FUNCTION A
rarely the case.)
EC
>> GO TO 23.
28. CHECK IGNITION TIMING C
Check ignition timing at idle using a timing light.

Ignition timing: 9°±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position) D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 38.
NG >> GO TO 29. E
SEF984U
29. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION G

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 25.
NG >> 1. Repair.
2. GO TO 23. I

J
Check ignition timing at idle using a timing light.
Ignition timing:
M/T = 9°± 5° BTDC K
A/T = 9°± 5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 38.
NG >> GO TO 31.
M
SEF984U

CMPLT or INCMP
CMPLT >> GO TO 32.
2. GO TO 31.
EC-99
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT-II
1. Read “ENG SPEED” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
M/T : 650±50 rpm
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
M/T : 650±50 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 36.
NG >> 1. Replace IACV-AAC valve.
2. GO TO 33.

CMPLT or INCMP
CMPLT >> GO TO 34.
INCMP >> 1. Follow instruction for “Idle Air Volume Learning”, EC-56 .
2. GO TO 31.

Without CONSULT-II
M/T : 650±50 rpm
Without CONSULT-II
M/T : 650±50 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 36.
NG >> GO TO 35.
EC-100
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
rarely the case.)
EC
>> GO TO 31.
36. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN C
Check ignition timing again. Refer to Test No. 30.

OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 38.
NG >> GO TO 37.
37. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION E

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 35.
NG >> 1. Repair.
2. GO TO 31. G

H
After this inspection, unnecessary DTC No. might be displayed.
Refer to EC-73, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" and AT-39, "HOW
TO ERASE DTC" . I
>> INSPECTION END

J
Symptom Matrix Chart UBS001CT
SYSTEM — ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SYMPTOM K
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
L
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
M
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code A A A A A H

AA AB AE AF AJ AK AL
C D G H M A
Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-554
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-59
Injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-546
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-578
EC-101
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
C D G H M A
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-591
tem
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 EC-87
IACV-AAC valve circuit 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-420
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-87
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-312
EGR EGR volume control valve circuit 2 2 3 3 3 EC-328
EC-321, EC-
EGR system 2 1 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 3
494
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 EC-148
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 MTC section
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)
SYMPTOM


Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-306
circuit
Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-172
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-226
EC-102
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
A


EC


Reference C
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E

Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-186, F
1 1 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2
circuit EC-201
Throttle position sensor circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-191
G
Incorrect throttle position sensor
3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-87
adjustment
Intake valve timing control system 3 3 3 3 3 EC-154
H
Vehicle speed sensor circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-416
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-296
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-438 I
Start signal circuit 2 EC-551
PNP switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-541
J
Power steering oil pressure switch cir-
2 3 3 EC-560
cuit
Electrical load signal circuit 3 3 EC-569
K
EC-103
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
C D G H M A
Fuel Fuel tank FL section
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5
Vapor lock
5
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Low octane)
—
Air Air duct
Air cleaner
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — throttle
5 5 5 5 5 5
body)
5 5 5 5
Throttle body, Throttle wire FL section
Air leakage from intake manifold/
—
Collector/Gasket
Cranking Battery
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Generator circuit SC section
Starter circuit 3 1
Flywheel/Drive plate/Signal plate 6 EM section
PNP switch 4 AT section
EC-104
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
A

EC



C
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E

C D G H M A F
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
G
Cylinder block
Piston 4
EM section
Piston ring H
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Connecting rod
Bearing
I
Crankshaft
Valve Timing chain
mecha-
Camshaft J
nism 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM section
Intake valve
3
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
K
Gasket 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EX section
Three way catalyst
L
Lubrica- Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil fil- MA, EM and
tion ter/Oil gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 LU sections
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil
M
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
Thermostat 5 CO section
Water pump
Water gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Cooling fan 5 EC-481

Coolant level (low)/Contaminated
MA section
coolant
EC-105
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Engine Control Component Parts Location UBS001CU
BBIA0070E
EC-106
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
WEC828
EC-107
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
BBIA0071E
EC-108
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
BBIA0216E
EC-109
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SEF879Z
EC-110
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Circuit Diagram UBS001CV
EC
BBWA0103E
EC-111
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
BBWA0266E
EC-112
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout UBS001CW
EC
SEF970W D
ECM Terminals and Reference Value UBS001CX
PREPARATION E
1. ECM is located in the right side of the cowl top (behind the strut
tower).
For this inspection:
F
● Remove engine control harness bracket on the strut tower.
H
SEF553Y
● Remove quick connector on the ventilation hose. I
JEF096Y L
● Remove ECM fixing bolts and pull ECM out all the way.
M
SEF097Y
EC-113
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
● Remove ECM cover fixing bolts.
SEF504Y
● Remove ECM fixing bolts.

● Remove ECM with the harness from the cover.
SEF098Y
2. Remove ECM harness protector.

3. Perform all voltage measurements with the connector con-
nected. Extend tester probe as shown to perform tests easily.
● Open harness securing clip to make testing easier.
● Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
● Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's
transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as
the ground.
SEF367I
ECM INSPECTION TABLE

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-114
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Intake valve timing con- ● Intake valve timing control is operating EC
1 Y/R
trol solenoid valve [Engine is not running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Intake valve timing control is not operating (11 - 14V)
C
Vacuum cut valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
2 L/B [Ignition switch “ON”]
bypass valve (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
D
3 W/R 0 - 1.0V
Heated oxygen sensor ● After driving for 2 minutes at a speed of 70 km/h
2 heater (bank 2) (43 MPH) or more.
Heated oxygen sensor [Ignition switch “ON”]
E
2 heater (bank 1) ● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
30 G/Y
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm.
F
[Engine is running]
4 R/B Heated oxygen sensor 0 - 1.0V
1 heater (bank 2) ● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
G
Heated oxygen sensor [Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
49 GY/L 1 heater (bank 1)
● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm. (11 - 14V)
6 R H
7 LG [Engine is running]
IACV-AAC valve 0.1 - 14V
15 P ● Idle speed
16 OR
I
8 SB
9 W/B EGR volume control [Engine is running]
0.1 - 14V
17 R/Y valve ● Idle speed
18 Y J
[Engine is running]
10 Y/B A/T signal No. 3 0 - 1.0V
● Idle speed
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
K
● Cooling fan is not operating (11 - 14V)
12 LG/B Cooling fan relay (High)
[Engine is running]
0 - 0.6V L
● Cooling fan (High) is operating
13 LG/R Cooling fan relay (Low) M
[Engine is running]
0 - 0.6V
● Cooling fan is operating
EC-115
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
EVAP canister purge SEF462Y

14 GY/L volume control solenoid
valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More than 100
seconds after starting engine).
SEF461Y
[Engine is running]
19 BR/W A/T signal No. 5 Approximately 8V
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
● For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch “ON” 0 - 1V
[Engine is running]
20 B/P Fuel pump relay
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than 5 seconds after turning ignition switch (11 - 14V)
“ON”
[Ignition switch “ON”] 0 - 1.0V
Malfunction indicator
22 OR/L [Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
lamp
● Idle speed (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Both A/C switch and blower switch are “ON” 0 - 0.6V
23 L/W Air conditioner relay (Compressor operates)
● A/C switch is “OFF” (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “OFF”] 0 - 1.0V
ECM relay (Self shut- ● For 7 seconds after turning ignition switch “OFF”
31 W/G
off) [Ignition switch “OFF”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● 7 seconds passed after turning ignition switch (11 - 14V)
“OFF”
EC-116
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 4 - 5V
EC
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed C
SEF463Y
32 L/OR Tachometer
Approximately 4 - 5V D
[Engine is running] E
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
SEF464Y F
Approximately 0.3V
[Engine is running] G
● Idle speed
H
35 BR
36 PU SEF465Y
Ignition signal
37 L/R Approximately 0.5V
38 GY/R I
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm J
SEF466Y
K
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Throttle position switch (11 - 14V)
40 Y/PU ● Accelerator pedal fully released L
(Closed position)
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
● Accelerator pedal depressed
[Ignition switch “ON”] Approximately 0V M
41 B/Y Start signal
[Ignition switch “START”] 9 - 12V
● Gear position is “Neutral position” (M/T models) Approximately 0V
42 G/OR PNP switch ● Gear position is “P” or “N” (A/T models)
[Ignition switch “ON”] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Except the above gear position (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch “OFF”] 0V

43 B/R Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
● Both A/C switch and blower switch are “ON”
44 L/R Air conditioner switch
EC-117
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Power steering oil pres- ● Steering wheel is being turned.
46 PU
sure switch [Engine is running]
Approximately 5V
● Steering wheel is not being turned.
[Engine is running]
48 B ECM ground Engine ground
● Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Lighting switch and/or rear window defogger (11 - 14V)
switch “ON”
50 R/W Electrical load signal
● Lighting switch and rear window defogger switch 0V
“OFF”
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
● Heater fan switch “ON”
51 LG/B Heater fan switch
[Engine is running]
Approximately 5V
● Heater fan switch “OFF”
[Engine is running]
54 Y/R A/T signal No. 1 Approximately 0 - 1.0V
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
55 Y/G A/T signal No. 2 Approximately 0 - 1.0V
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
56 G/Y A/T signal No. 4 Approximately 0 - 1.0V
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
58 B Sensor's ground ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 1.3 - 1.7V
● Idle speed
61 G Mass air flow sensor
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sensor 0 - Approximately 1.0V
62 W
1 (bank 2) (Periodically change)
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sensor
94 W ● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
1 (bank 1)
SEF059V

63 W [Engine is running]
2 (bank 2)
● Warm-up condition 0 - Approximately 1.0V
95 R/L ● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
2 (bank 1)
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Intake air temperature
64 R/Y [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
sensor
air temperature.
EC-118
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0.5 - 0.6V
EC
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed C
Intake valve timing con- SEF191Z

65 R
trol position sensor Approximately 0.5 - 0.6V D
SEF192Z F
Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
67 W/L [Ignition switch “OFF”]
(Back-up) (11 - 14V)
Approximately 0 - 4.8V G
Engine coolant temper-
70 BR/W [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with
ature sensor
engine coolant temperature.
[Engine is running] H
● Warm-up condition Approximately 0.4V
Throttle position sen-
71 GY ● Accelerator pedal fully released
sor signal output
[Ignition switch “ON”] I
Approximately 4V
● Accelerator pedal fully depressed
[Engine is running]
J
● Warm-up condition Less than 4.5V
EGR temperature sen- ● Idle speed
72 PU
sor [Engine is running]
K
● Warm-up condition 0 - 1.5V
● EGR system is operating
[Engine is running] L
Mass air flow sensor
73 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
ground
● Idle speed
[Engine is running] M
Refrigerant pressure ● Warm-up condition
74 R/L 1.0 - 4.0V
sensor ● Both A/C switch and blower switch are “ON”
(Compressor operates)
EC-119
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
Crankshaft position SEF979W

75 R
sensor (POS) Approximately 3.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
SEF980W
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
Camshaft position sen- SEF977W

R
76 sor (PHASE) Approximately 2.0 - 3.0V
[Engine is running]
SEF978W
[Engine is running]
81 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.5V
● Idle speed
Fuel tank temperature
82 G/OR [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with fuel
sensor
tank temperature.
83 G Fuel level sensor [Ignition switch “ON”] Output voltage varies with fuel
level.
EVAP control system
84 P [Ignition switch “ON”] Approximately 1.8 - 4.8V
pressure sensor
0 - Approximately 4.2V
[Engine is running]
● Lift up the vehicle
86 PU/R Vehicle speed sensor
● In 2nd gear position
● Vehicle speed is 40 km/h (25 MPH)
SEF003W
Fuel level sensor [Engine is running]

90 B/W Approximately 0V
ground ● Idle speed
91 PU A/T check signal [Ignition switch “ON”] 0 - Approximately 5V
EC-120
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition EC
0.15 - 0.85V
● Accelerator pedal fully released
92 Y Throttle position sensor ● Vacuum is created using vacuum pump
[Ignition switch “ON”] C
● Accelerator pedal fully depressed 3.5 - 4.7V
● Vacuum is created using vacuum pump
D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed
F
101 R/B Injector No. 1
SEF011W
103 Y/B Injector No. 2
105 G/B Injector No. 3 BATTERY VOLTAGE
107 L/B Injector No. 4 (11 - 14V) G
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition H
SEF012W I
EVAP canister vent BATTERY VOLTAGE
102 L/Y [Ignition switch “ON”]
control valve (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
J
106 B
ECM ground Engine ground
108 B ● Idle speed
110 W BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch “ON”] K
112 W (11 - 14V)
111 R Sensor's power supply [Ignition switch “ON”] Approximately 5V
115 L/G Data link connector Approximately 8V L
● CONSULT-II or GST is disconnected.
EC-121
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT-II Function UBS001CY
EC-122
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function
A
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
Work support
indications on the CONSULT-II unit.
EC
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self-diagnostic results
can be read and erased quickly.*1
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
C
Input/Output specification of the Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the other
Data monitor (SPEC)
data monitor items can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
Active test
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
D
DTC & SRT confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
Function test This mode is used to inform customers of their vehicle condition of periodic maintenance. E
ECM part number ECM part number can be read.
*1 The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
1. Diagnostic trouble codes F
4. 1st trip freeze frame data G
6. Test values
H
7. Others
EC-123
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
SELF-DIAGNOS- DTC & SRT CON-
TIC RESULTS DATA FIRMATION
Item WORK DATA
MONI- ACTIVE DTC
SUP- FREEZE MONI- SRT
TOR TEST WORK
PORT DTC*1 FRAME TOR STA-
(SPEC) SUP-
DATA*2 TUS
PORT
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) X X
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) X X
Mass air flow sensor X X X
Engine coolant temperature sensor X X X X X
Heated oxygen sensor 1 X X X X X
Heated oxygen sensor 2 X X X X X
Vehicle speed sensor X X X X
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS
Throttle position sensor X X X

Fuel tank temperature sensor X X X X
EVAP control system pressure sen-
X X X
sor
EGR temperature sensor X X X
INPUT
Intake air temperature sensor X X X X

Knock sensor X
Ignition switch (start signal) X X
Closed throttle position switch X X X
Closed throttle position switch
X X
(throttle position sensor signal)
Air conditioner switch X X
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch X X X
Power steering oil pressure switch X X
Battery voltage X X
Load signal X X
Fuel level sensor X X X
EC-124
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
Item WORK DATA
MONI- ACTIVE DTC
SUP- FREEZE MONI- SRT
TOR TEST WORK EC
PORT DTC*1 FRAME TOR STA-
(SPEC) SUP-
DATA*2 TUS
PORT
Injectors X X X C
X (Igni-
Power transistor (Ignition timing) X tion sig- X X X
nal)
D
IACV-AAC valve X X X X
X X X X X
trol solenoid valve E
Air conditioner relay X X
Fuel pump relay X X X X
OUTPUT
Cooling fan X X X X F
EGR volume control valve X X X X
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater X X X X
G
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater X X X X
EVAP canister vent control valve X X X X
Vacuum cut valve bypass valve X X X X X H
Intake valve timing control solenoid
X X X X
valve
Calculated load value X X X I
X: Applicable
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data J
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-64, "FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME
DATA" .
CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE K

2. Connect “CONSULT-II” to data link connector, which is located
under LH dash panel near the fuse box cover. L
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
LEC297
EC-125
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
4. Touch “START”.
PBR455D
SEF995X
6. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service

procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual.
SEF824Y
EC-126
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
WORK SUPPORT MODE
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE
A
TP SW/TP SEN IDLE POSI ADJ ● FOLLOW THE BASIC INSPECTION INSTRUCTION IN When adjusting the idle throttle
THE SERVICE MANUAL. position
EC
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE ● FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DUR- When releasing fuel pressure
ING IDLING. from fuel line
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN ● THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE When learning the idle air volume C
WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN
ECM.
SELF-LEARNING CONT ● THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL When clear the coefficient of self- D
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF- learning control value
FICIENT.
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE OPEN THE VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE AND When detecting EVAP vapor leak E
CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN point of EVAP system
ORDER TO MAKE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE UNDER THE
FOLLOWING CONDITIONS.
● IGN SW “ON” F
● ENGINE NOT RUNNING
● AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0°C (32°F).
● NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYS- G
TEM
● TANK FUEL TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0°C (32°F).
● WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING “EVAP SYS- H
TEM CLOSE”
● WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE”
UNDER THE CONDITION EXCEPT ABOVE, CONSULT-
I
II WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY APPROPRIATE
INSTRUCTION.
NOTE:
WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-II MAY DISPLAY J
“BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BATTERY”,
EVEN IN USING CHARGED BATTERY.
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* ● IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed K
TARGET IGNITION TIMING ADJ* ● IDLE CONDITION ● When adjusting target ignition
timing
After adjustment, confirm tar-
get ignition timing with a timing
L
light.
● If once the “TARGET IDLE
RPM ADJ” has been done, the M
Idle Air Volume Learning proce-
dure will not be completed.
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
EC-127
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of “DTC and 1st trip DTC”, refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX” (See EC-21 .)
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data
Description
item*1
DIAG TROUBLE
● The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”. (Refer to
CODE
“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX”, EC-21 .)
[PXXXX]
FUEL SYS-B1*2 ● “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
● One mode in the following is displayed.
“MODE 2”: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B2*2 “MODE 3”: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enrichment)
“MODE 4”: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
“MODE 5”: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
CAL/LD VALUE [%] ● The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP [°C]
● The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [°F]
S-FUEL TRIM-B1*2
● “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[%]
● The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
S-FUEL TRIM-B2*2 schedule.
[%]
L-FUEL TRIM-B1*2
[%] ● “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
● The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
L-FUEL TRIM-B2*2
than short-term fuel trim.
[%]
ENGINE SPEED
● The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[rpm]
VEHICLE SPEED
● The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph]
ABSOL TH-P/S [%] ● The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL
● The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE [°C]
● The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [°F]
*1: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
*2: Regarding B15 model, “-B1” indicates cylinders No. 1 and 4, “-B2” indicates cylinders No. 2 and 3.
EC-128
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
DATA MONITOR MODE
Monitored Item A
X: Applicable
ECM
Main
Monitored item [Unit] input Description Remarks EC
signals
signals
● Indicates the engine speed computed
ENG SPEED [rpm] × × from the REF signal (180° signal) of the C
camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
● The signal voltage of the mass air flow ● When the engine is stopped, a certain
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] × ×
sensor is displayed. value is indicated.
D
● “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel
B/FUEL SCHDL injection pulse width programmed into
[msec] ECM, prior to any learned on board cor-
rection. E
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] × ● When the engine is stopped, a certain
● The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed- value is indicated.
back correction factor per cycle is indi-
A/F ALPHA-B2 [%] cated. ● This data also includes the data for the F
air-fuel ratio learning control.
● When the engine coolant temperature
● The engine coolant temperature (deter-
sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM G
COOLAN TEMP/S mined by the signal voltage of the engine
× × enters fail-safe mode. The engine cool-
[°C] or [°F] coolant temperature sensor) is dis-
ant temperature determined by the ECM
played.
is displayed.
HO2S1 (B1) [V] × ×
H
● The signal voltage of the heated oxygen
HO2S1 (B2) [V] × × sensor 1 is displayed.
HO2S2 (B1) [V] × The signal voltage of the heated oxygen

● I
HO2S2 (B2) [V] × × sensor 2 is displayed.
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) ● Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal

× ● After turning ON the ignition switch,
[RICH/LEAN] during air-fuel ratio feedback control: J
RICH ... means the mixture became “RICH” is displayed until air-fuel mixture
“rich”, and control is being affected ratio feedback control begins.
HO2S1 MNTR (B2) toward a leaner mixture. ● When the air-fuel ratio feedback is
× LEAN ... means the mixture became K
[RICH/LEAN] clamped, the value just before the clamp-
“lean”, and control is being affected ing is displayed continuously.
toward a rich mixture.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) ● Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 sig- L
×
[RICH/LEAN] nal:
RICH ... means the amount of oxygen
● When the engine is stopped, a certain
after three way catalyst is relatively
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) value is indicated.
× small. M
[RICH/LEAN] LEAN ... means the amount of oxygen
after three way catalyst is relatively large.
VHCL SPEED SE ● The vehicle speed computed from the
× ×
[km/h] or [mph] vehicle speed sensor signal is displayed.
● The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-
BATTERY VOLT [V] ×
played.
● The throttle position sensor signal volt-
THRTL POS SEN [V] × ×
age is displayed.
● The fuel temperature judged from the
FUEL T/TMP SE [°C]
tank fuel temperature sensor signal volt-
or [°F]
age is displayed.
● The intake air temperature determined
INT/A TEMP SE [°C]
× by the signal voltage of the intake air
or [°F]
temperature sensor is indicated.
● The signal voltage of the EGR tempera-
EGR TEMP SEN [V] × ×
ture sensor is displayed.
EC-129
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ECM
Main
Monitored item [Unit] input Description Remarks
signals
signals
● The signal voltage of EVAP control sys-
EVAP SYS PRES [V]
tem pressure sensor is displayed.
● The signal voltage of the fuel level sen-
FUEL LEVEL SE [V]
sor is displayed.
START SIGNAL [ON/ ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the ● After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis-
× ×
OFF] starter signal. played regardless of the starter signal.
● Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] com-
CLSD THL POS [ON/
× × puted by ECM according to the throttle
OFF]
position sensor signal.
● Indicates mechanical contact [ON/OFF]
CLSD THL/P SW [ON/
condition of the closed throttle position
OFF]
switch.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air
AIR COND SIG [ON/
× × conditioner switch as determined by the
OFF]
air conditioner signal.
P/N POSI SW [ON/ ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
× ×
OFF] park/neutral position (PNP) switch signal.
● [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering
PW/ST SIGNAL [ON/ oil pressure switch determined by the
× ×
OFF] power steering oil pressure signal is indi-
cated.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
electrical load signal and/or lighting
switch.
LOAD SIGNAL [ON/
× × ON ... rear defogger is operating and/or
OFF]
lighting switch is on.
OFF ... rear defogger is not operating
and lighting switch is not on.
IGNITION SW [ON/ ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from igni-
×
OFF] tion switch.
INJ PULSE-B1 [msec] × ● Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse
● When the engine is stopped, a certain
width compensated by ECM according to
INJ PULSE-B2 [msec] computed value is indicated.
the input signals.
● Indicates the ignition timing computed by ● When the engine is stopped, a certain
IGN TIMING [BTDC] ×
ECM according to the input signals. value is indicated.
● “Calculated load value” indicates the
CAL/LD VALUE [%] value of the current airflow divided by
peak airflow.
● “Absolute throttle position sensor” indi-
ABSOL TH·P/S cates the throttle valve opening angle
[degree] computed by ECM according to the sig-
nal voltage of the throttle position sensor.
● Indicates the mass airflow computed by
MASS AIRFLOW
ECM according to the signal voltage of
[g·m/s]
the mass airflow sensor.
● Indicates the IACV-AAC valve control
IACV-AAC/V [step] × value computed by ECM according to the
input signals.
● Indicates the EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve control value
computed by the ECM according to the
PURG VOL C/V [%] × input signals.
● The opening becomes larger as the
value increases.
EC-130
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ECM
Main
Monitored item [Unit] input Description Remarks A
signals
signals
● Indicates the EGR volume control value
computed by the ECM according to the EC
EGR VOL CON/V
× input signals.
[step]
value increases.
C
● The air conditioner relay control condi-
AIR COND RLY [ON/
× tion (determined by ECM according to
OFF]
the input signal) is indicated.
● Indicates the fuel pump relay control con-
D
FUEL PUMP RLY
× dition determined by ECM according to
[ON/OFF]
the input signals.
● The control condition of the intake valve E
timing control solenoid valve is indicated.
INT/V SOL-B1 ● ON ... Intake valve timing control sole-

noid is operating.
F
OFF ... Intake valve timing control sole-
noid is not operating.
● The control condition of the vacuum cut
valve bypass valve (determined by ECM G
VC/V BYPASS/V [ON/ according to the input signal) is indi-
OFF] cated.
● ON ... Open H
OFF ... Closed
● The control condition of the EVAP canis-
ter vent control valve (determined by
ECM according to the input signal) is
I
VENT CONT/V [ON/
OFF] indicated.
● ON ... Closed
OFF ... Open J
● Indicates the control condition of the
cooling fan (determined by ECM accord-
COOLING FAN [ON/ ing to the input signal). K
×
OFF] HIGH ... High speed operation
LOW ... Low speed operation
OFF ... Stop
HO2S1 HTR (B1) L
[ON/OFF] ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated
oxygen sensor 1 heater determined by
HO2S1 HTR (B2) ECM according to the input signals.
[ON/OFF] M
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF] ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated
HO2S2 HTR (B2) ECM according to the input signals.
[ON/OFF]
● Display the condition of idle air volume
learning
YET ... Idle air volume learning has not
been performed yet.
IDL A/V LEAN
CMPLT ... Idle air volume learning has
already been performed successfully.
INCMP ... Idle air volume learning has
not been performed successfully.
TRVL AFTER MIL
● Distance traveled while MIL is activated
[km] or [Mile]
EC-131
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ECM
Main
signals
signals
Voltage [V] ● Voltage measured by the voltage probe.
● Only “#” is displayed if item is unable to
be measured.
Frequency [msec] or ● Pulse width, frequency or duty cycle ● Figures with “#”s are temporary ones.
[Hz] or [%] measured by the pulse probe. They are the same figures as an actual
piece of data which was just previously
measured.
NOTE:
● Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
EC-132
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE
Monitored Item A
X: Applicable
ECM
Main
Monitored item [Unit] input Description Remarks EC
signals
signals
ENG SPEED [rpm] × × from the REF signal (180° signal) of the C
camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
● The signal voltage of the mass air flow ● When engine is running, specification
sensor specification is displayed. range is indicated.
D
B/FUEL SCHDL injection pulse width programmed into ● When engine is running, specification
[msec] ECM, prior to any learned on board cor- range is indicated.
rection. E
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] × ● When engine is running, specification
● The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed- range is indicated.
back correction factor per cycle is indi-
A/F ALPHA-B2 [%] cated. ● This data also includes the data for the F
ACTIVE TEST MODE

G
Test Item
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
● Engine: Return to the original ● Harness and connector H
FUEL INJEC- trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
● Fuel injectors
TION ● Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM.
tion using CONSULT-II. ● Heated oxygen sensor 1
I
● Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
IGNITION TIM- If trouble symptom disappears, see
● Timing light: Set ● Adjust initial ignition timing
ING CHECK ITEM. J
● Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-II.
● Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine. K
IACV-AAC/V Engine speed changes according to ● Harness and connector
OPENING ● Change the IACV-AAC valve the opening percent. ● IACV-AAC valve
opening percent using CON-
SULT-II. L
● Engine: After warming up, idle ● Harness and connector
the engine. ● Compression
POWER BAL- ● A/C switch “OFF” ● Injectors M
Engine runs rough or dies.
ANCE ● Shift lever “N” ● Power transistor
● Cut off each injector signal one at ● Spark plugs
a time using CONSULT-II. ● Ignition coils
● Ignition switch: ON ● Harness and connector

COOLING FAN ● Turn the cooling fan “ON” and Cooling fan moves and stops. ● Cooling fan motor
“OFF” using CONSULT-II. ● Cooling fan relay
● Engine: Return to the original ● Harness and connector

ENG COOLANT trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see ● Engine coolant temperature sen-
TEMP ● Change the engine coolant tem- CHECK ITEM. sor
perature using CONSULT-II. ● Fuel injectors
● Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
FUEL PUMP Fuel pump relay makes the operat- ● Harness and connector
RELAY ● Turn the fuel pump relay “ON” ing sound. ● Fuel pump relay
and “OFF” using CONSULT-II
and listen to operating sound.
EC-133
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
stopped)
EGR VOL CONT/ EGR volume control valve makes ● Harness and connector
V ● Change EGR volume control an operating sound. ● EGR volume control valve
valve opening step using CON-
SULT-II.
stopped)
VALVE TIMING Solenoid valve makes an operating ● Harness and connector
SOL ● Turn solenoid valve “ON” and sound. ● Solenoid valve
“OFF” with CONSULT-II and lis-
ten for operating sound
● Engine: After warming up, run
engine at 1,500 rpm.
PURG VOL ● Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to ● Harness and connector
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. ● Solenoid valve
SULT-II.
FUEL/T TEMP
● Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT-II.
SEN
stopped)
VENT CON- Solenoid valve makes an operating ● Harness and connector
TROL/V ● Turn solenoid valve “ON” and sound. ● Solenoid valve
“OFF” with the CONSULT-II and
listen to operating sound.
stopped)
Solenoid valve makes an operating ● Harness and connector
VC/V BYPASS/V ● Turn solenoid valve “ON” and sound. ● Solenoid valve
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE

SRT Status Mode
For details, refer to EC-65, "SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE" .
SRT Work Support Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
EC-134
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
DTC Work Support Mode
Test mode Test item Condition Reference page
A
PURG FLOW P0441 EC-345

EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442 EC-353, EC-501 EC
EVAPORATIVE SYS-
EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456 EC-393
TEM
PURG VOL CN/V P1444 EC-503
VC CUT/V BP/V P1491 EC-531 C
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 EC-216
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 EC-226
D
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 EC-450
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 EC-456
HO2S1
HO2S1 (B2) P0153 EC-216 E
Refer to corresponding
HO2S1 (B2) P0154 EC-226
trouble diagnosis for DTC.
HO2S1 (B2) P1163 EC-450
F
HO2S1 (B2) P1164 EC-456
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 EC-243
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 EC-462 G
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 EC-470
HO2S2
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 EC-243
H
HO2S2 (B2) P1166 EC-462
HO2S2 (B2) P1167 EC-470
EGR SYSTEM P0400 EC-321 I
EGR SYSTEM
REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE (RECORDING VEHICLE DATA)

J
Description
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by
touching “SETTING” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
K
1. “AUTO TRIG” (Automatic trigger):
– The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen in
real time.
L
In other words, DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will be
displayed if the malfunction is detected by ECM.
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, “MONITOR”
in “DATA MONITOR” screen is changed to “Recording Data ... M
xx%” as shown at left, and the data after the malfunction detec-
tion is recorded. Then when the percentage reached 100%, SEF707X
“REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is displayed. If “STOP” is touched on

the screen during “ Recording Data ... xx%”, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is also displayed.
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the recording speed can be changed by “TRIG-
GER POINT” and “Recording Speed”. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL.
2. “MANU TRIG” (Manual trigger):
– DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed automatically on CONSULT-II screen even
though a malfunction is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though a malfunction is detected.
Operation
1. “AUTO TRIG”
– While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, be sure to
select to “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected.
EC-135
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
– While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components
and harness in the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/1st trip
DTC will be displayed. (Refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" ,
“Incident Simulation Tests”.)
2. “MANU TRIG”
– If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is selected, reset CONSULT-II to “MANU
TRIG”. By selecting “MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further
diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
SEF714Y
EC-136
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function UBS001CZ
DESCRIPTION A
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has
8 different functions explained on the next page.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol. EC
The name “GST” or “Generic Scan Tool” is used in this service man-
ual.
C
D
SEF139P
FUNCTION E
This mode gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog inputs
MODE 1 READINESS TESTS
and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information. F
This mode gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by ECM during
MODE 2 (FREEZE DATA) the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-64, "FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP
FREEZE FRAME DATA" .
G
This mode gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored
MODE 3 DTCs
by ECM.
This mode can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes: H
● Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 1)
● Clear diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 3)
MODE 4 CLEAR DIAG INFO ● Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (MODE 1) I
● Clear freeze frame data (MODE 2)
● Reset status of system monitoring test (MODE 1)
● Clear on board monitoring test results (MODE 6 and 7) J
This mode accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of specific com-
MODE 6 (ON BOARD TESTS)
ponents/systems that are not continuously monitored.
This mode enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-related pow- K
MODE 7 (ON BOARD TESTS) ertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving condi-
tions.
This mode can close EVAP system in ignition switch “ON” position (Engine stopped). L
When this mode is performed, following parts can be opened or closed.
● EVAP canister vent control valve open
● Vacuum cut valve bypass valve closed
M
In the following conditions, this mode cannot function.
MODE 8 — ● Low ambient temperature
● Low battery voltage
● Engine running
● Ignition switch “OFF”
● Low fuel temperature
● Too much pressure is applied to EVAP system
This mode enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle information such
MODE 9 (CALIBRATION ID)
as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.
GST INSPECTION PROCEDURE

EC-137
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2. Connect “GST” to data link connector. (Data link connector is
located under LH dash panel near the fuse box cover.)
LEC297

4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in
the operation manual.
(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are
shown.)
SEF398S
5. Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service proce-

dure.
For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of the
tool maker.
SEF416S
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001D0
Remarks:
● Specification data are reference values.
● Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
(i.e., Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING. Specification data might be displayed even when ignition
timing is not adjusted to specification. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the input signals from the
camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.)
● If the real-time diagnosis results are NG, and the on board diagnostic system results are OK, when diagnosing the mass air flow sen-
sor, first check to see if the fuel pump control circuit is normal.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Tachometer: Connect
Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED ● Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CON- CONSULT-II value.
SULT-II value.
● Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 - 1.7V
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
MAS A/F SE-B1
● Shift lever: “N” 2,500 rpm 1.5 - 2.4V
● No-load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 - 1.6 msec
B/FUEL SCHDL
● Shift lever: “N” 2,000 rpm 0.7 - 1.3 msec
● No-load
EC-138
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
A/F ALPHA-B1 Maintaining engine speed at
● Engine: After warming up 53 - 155%
A/F ALPHA-B2 2,000 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S ● Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
EC
HO2S1 (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at
0 - 0.3V ←→ 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 (B2) 2,000 rpm
HO2S2 (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Revving engine from idle to
0 - 0.3V ←→ 0.6 - 1.0V C
HO2S2 (B2) 3,000 rpm quickly
LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) Maintaining engine speed at
● Engine: After warming up Changes more than 5 times
HO2S1 MNTR (B2) 2,000 rpm
during 10 seconds. D
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) Revving engine from idle to
● Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) 3,000 rpm quickly
● Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with Almost the same speed as the E
VHCL SPEED SE
the CONSULT-II value CONSULT-II value
BATTERY VOLT ● Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V
● Engine: After warming up, F
Throttle valve: fully closed 0.15 - 0.85V
idle the engine
● Engine: After warming up
THRTL POS SEN ● Ignition switch: ON G
(Engine stopped) Throttle valve: fully opened 3.5 - 4.7V
● Vacuum is applied using a
vacuum pump H
EGR TEMP SEN ● Engine: After warming up Less than 4.5V
EVAP SYS PRES ● Ignition switch: ON Approx. 4.4V
I
START SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF
● Engine: After warming up Throttle valve: Idle position ON
● Ignition switch: ON
CLSD THL POS J
(Engine stopped)
CLSD THL/P SW Throttle valve: Slightly open OFF
vacuum pump
K
A/C switch “OFF” OFF
● Engine: After warming up,
AIR COND SIG A/C switch “ON”
idle the engine ON
L
Shift lever “P” or “N” ON
P/N POSI SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Except above OFF
Steering wheel in neutral posi- M
● Engine: After warming up, tion OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL (forward direction)
idle the engine
The steering wheel is turned ON
IGNITION SW ● Ignition switch: ON → OFF ON → OFF
INJ PULSE-B1 ● Air conditioner switch: OFF
INJ PULSE-B2 ● Shift lever: “N” 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 3.2 msec
● No-load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 9°±5° BTDC
IGN TIMING
● Shift lever: “N” 2,000 rpm More than 25° BTDC
● No-load
EC-139
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
● Engine: After warming up Idle 20.0 - 35.5%
CAL/LD VALUE
● Shift lever: “N” 2,500 rpm 12.0 - 27.0%
● No-load
Throttle valve: fully closed 0.0°
idle the engine
ABSOL TH·P/S ● Engine: After warming up
● Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: fully opened Approx. 80.0%
(Engine stopped)
● Engine: After warming up Idle 1.4 - 4.0 g·m/s
MASS AIRFLOW
● Shift lever: N 2,500 rpm 5.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
● No-load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 5 - 20 steps
IACV-AAC/V
● Shift lever: “N” 2,000 rpm —
● No-load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
● Air conditioner switch: “OFF”
PURG VOL C/V
● No-load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0 step
EGR VOL CON/V Engine speed: Revving from
● Shift lever: “N” 10 - 55 steps
idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly
● No-load
AIR COND RLY ● Air conditioner switch: OFF → ON OFF → ON
● Ignition switch is turned to ON (Operates for 5 seconds)
● Engine running and cranking ON
FUEL PUMP RLY
● When engine is stopped (stops in 1.0 seconds)
● Except as shown above OFF
● Engine is running
INT/V SOL-B1 ● Engine speed is more than 2,000 rpm OFF →ON
● Quickly depressed accelerator pedal
VC/V BYPASS/V ● Ignition switch: ON OFF
VENT CONT/V ● Ignition switch: ON OFF
Engine coolant temperature is
OFF
94°C (201°F) or less
● After warming up engine, idle Engine coolant temperature is
COOLING FAN the engine. between 95°C (203°F) and LOW
● Air conditioner switch: OFF 104°C (219°F)
HIGH
105°C (221°F) or more
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm ON

HO2S1 HTR (B2) ● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
● Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped)
OFF
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
HO2S2 HTR (B2) ● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm [After driving for 2 minutes at a
ON
speed of 70 km/h (43 MPH) or more]
EC-140
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode UBS001D1
A
The following are the major sensor reference graphs in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
THRTL POS SEN, ABSOL TH·P/S, CLSD THL/P SW
Below is the data for “THRTL POS SEN”, “ABSOL TH·P/S” and “CLSD THL/P SW” when depressing the EC
accelerator pedal with the ignition switch “ON”.
The signal of “THRTL POS SEN” and “ABSOL TH·P/S” should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or
rise after “CLSD THL/P SW” is changed from “ON” to “OFF”.
C
F
SEF171Z
ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL POS SEN, HO2S2 (B1/B2), HO2S1 (B1/B2), INJ PULSE-
B1 G
Below is the data for “ENG SPEED”, “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “THRTL POS SEN”, “HO2S2 (B1/B2)”, “HO2S1 (B1/
B2)” and “INJ PULSE” when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine to
normal operating temperature. H
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
SEF241Y
EC-141
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SEF242YB
EC-142
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE PFP:00031
A
Description UBS001D2
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)”
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of engine control system. When the value in “DATA MONITOR EC
(SPEC)” mode is within the SP value, the engine control system is confirmed OK. When the value in “DATA
MONITOR (SPEC)” mode is NOT within the SP value, the engine control system may have one or more mal-
functions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the engine control system, but will not light the C
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
● B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor- D
rection.)
● A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air/fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle.)
● MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor.) E
Testing Condition UBS001D3
● Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles) F

2
● Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm , 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
● Atmosphere temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
G
● Transmission: Warmed-up *1
● Electrical load: Not applied *2 H
● Engine speed: Idle
*1: For A/T models, after the engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID
TEMP SE” (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates less than 0.9V. For M/T models, drive vehicle for 5 I
minutes after the engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.
*2: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, and lighting switch are “OFF”. Cooling fans are not
operating. Steering wheel straight ahead.
J
Inspection Procedure UBS001D4
NOTE:
Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale display. K
1. Perform “Basic Inspection”. Refer to EC-87, "Basic Inspection" .
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR L
(SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-144, "Diagnostic Procedure" . M
LEC462
EC-143
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001D5
SEF613ZD
EC-144
EC
SEF768Z
EC-145
SEF615ZA
EC-146
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT PFP:00006
A
Description UBS001D6
Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the problem resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's EC
complaint often do not recur on DTC (1st trip) visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occur-
rences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may
not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the
specific problem area. C
COMMON I/I REPORT SITUATIONS
STEP in Work Flow Situation
D
II The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than “0” or “1t”.
III The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
IV (1st trip) DTC data does not appear during the DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. E
VI The TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS for PXXXX does not indicate the problem area.

F
1. INSPECTION START
G
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-73, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA-
TION" .
H
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK GROUND TERMINALS I

Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection. Refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis
for an Electrical Incident" , “CIRCUIT INSPECTION”, “Ground Inspection”.
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
K
3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , “INCIDENT SIMULATION L
TEST”.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. M
4. CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS

Refer to GI-23, "How to Check Terminal" , “HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS”, “How to Check Enlarged Con-
tact Spring of Terminal”.
OK or NG
NG >> Repair or replace connector.
EC-147
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM PFP:24110
Wiring Diagram UBS001D8
BBWA0105E
EC-148
EC
SEF970W
D
L
SEF563Y
EC-149
1. INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY-I

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and then “ON”.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 43 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage : Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0651E

● 10A fuse
● Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
● Harness connectors E9, F47
● Harness connectors M19, E108
● Harness for open or short between ECM and 10A fuse
>> Repair harness or connectors.
4. CHECK POWER SUPPLY-II

1. Stop engine.
SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0652E
EC-150
● 10A fuse
● Fuse and fusible link box connector E24 EC
C
6. CHECK POWER SUPPLY-III D
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and then “OFF”.

2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 110, 112 and ground E
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: After turning ignition switch “OFF”, bat-
tery voltage will exist for a few seconds, F
then drop approximately 0V.
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 7.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO
H
12. PBIB0653E
7. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND ECM

I
2. Disconnect ECM relay.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 110, 112 and J
ECM relay terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. K
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
LEC444
in harness or connectors.
M
8. CHECK VOLTAGE BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND GROUND
Check voltage between ECM relay terminals 1, 3 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.
PBIB0251E
EC-151
Check the harness for open or short between ECM relay and fuse.
10. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 31 and ECM relay terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.

Check the harness for open or short between ECM relay and ECM.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12. CHECK ECM RELAY

Refer to EC-153, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace ECM relay.
13. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 48, 57, 106, 108 and engine ground.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
14. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Perform EC-147, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
EC-152
Component Inspection UBS001DA
ECM RELAY A
1. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between ECM relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
EC
Condition Continuity
12V direct current supply between ter-
Yes
minals 1 and 2
C
OFF No
D
SEC202BC
EC-153
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL PFP:23796
Description UBS001DB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func-
tion
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed and cylinder number
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Intake
valve tim-
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature noid valve
ing control
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed
The intake valve timing control system is utilized to control intake valve opening and closing timing. Engine
coolant temperature signals, engine speed, amount of intake air, vehicle speed and throttle position are used
to determine intake valve timing.
The intake camshaft sprocket position is regulated by oil pressure controlled by the intake valve timing control.
When ECM sends ON signal to intake valve timing control solenoid valve, oil pressure is transmitted to cam-
shaft sprocket. Then, intake side camshaft is advanced.
LEC741
EC-154
OPERATION
Intake valve timing Intake valve opening
A
Engine operating condition Valve overlap Engine valve timing
control solenoid valve and closing time
● Engine coolant temperature is
between 15°C (59°F) to 110°C EC
(230°F) and engine speed is
between 1,100 rpm and 4,200 ON Advance Increased II
rpm.
C
● During high load condition
Those other than above OFF Normal Normal I
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001DC

D
Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION E
● Engine is in warm up condition.
INT/V SOL-B1 ● Engine speed is more than 2,000 rpm. OFF → ON
● Quickly depressed accelerator pedal F
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001DD
DTC No. Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause) G
P0011 ● Comparing the intake valve timing position when the intake ● Harness or connectors
valve timing solenoid is ON with that when the solenoid is (The intake valve timing control position sensor cir-
OFF, the difference does not exceed a certain limit. cuit is open.) H
● Intake valve timing control position sensor
● Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion
of the camshaft
I
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001DE
CAUTION:
Always drive at safe speed. J
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. K
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not apply electrical load (e.g., cooling fan, rear window defogger, etc.)
WITH CONSULT-II L
M
3. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
4. Restart engine and wait at least 30 seconds.
5. Let engine idle at least 50 seconds. (Test is completed when
“INT/V SOL - B1 in “DATA MONITOR” with CONSULT-II remains
“OFF”.) If indication is “ON”, repeat step.
6. Maintain the following conditions for at least 30 seconds. (Test is
completed when “INT/V SOL - B1 in “DATA MONITOR” with
CONSULT-II remains “ON”.) If indication is “OFF”, repeat step.
ENG SPEED More than 2,000 rpm SEF493Y
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 6 msec

5th (M/T)
Selector lever
3rd with OD “OFF” (A/T)
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-157, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-155
WITH GST
4. Let engine idle at least 50 seconds.
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 30 seconds.
ENG SPEED More than 2,000 rpm
5th (M/T)
Selector lever
3rd with OD “OFF” (A/T)
6. Select “MODE 7” with GST.

Wiring Diagram UBS001DF
BBWA0550E
EC-156
EC
SEF744YB
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001DG F
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY G

2. Disconnect intake valve timing control position sensor harness
H
connector.
I
WEC874
K
4. Check voltage between terminal 3 and engine ground.

Voltage: Battery voltage L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
M
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF509Y

● Harness for open or short between the intake valve timing control position sensor and ECM relay
● Harness for open or short between the intake valve timing control position sensor and ECM
EC-157
3. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 65 and termi-
nal 2.
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors. WEC874

1. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
2. Check harness continuity between sensor terminal 1 and engine ground. Refer to wiring diagram.

If OK, check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

● Joint connector-2
● Harness for open or short between the intake valve timing control position sensor and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING POSITION SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace intake valve timing position sensor.
7. CHECK CAMSHAFT
Check accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the camshaft. Refer to EM-24, "TIMING CHAIN" .
OK or NG
OK >> 1. Replace intake valve timing control position sensor.
2. GO TO 8.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal pick-up cutout of camshaft.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-158
Component Inspection UBS001DH
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR A

1. Disconnect intake valve timing control position sensor harness connector.
2. Loosen fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Visually check the sensor for chipping. EC
E
LEC441
4. Check resistance between terminals 2 and 3.

F
Resistance: 600 - 740Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
If NG, replace intake valve timing control position sensor.
G
SEF882Z
I
Removal and Installation UBS001DI
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EM-15, "Removal and Installation" .
J
EC-159
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 HO2S1 HEATER
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 HO2S1 HEATER PFP:22690
Description UBS001DJ
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func-
tion
Heated
oxygen
Engine speed sensor 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
heater
control
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operat-
ing condition.
OPERATION
Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Below 3,600 rpm ON
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001DK

HO2S1 HTR(B1)/ ● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm ON

(B2) ● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001DL
DTC No. Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause)
P0031 (Bank 1) ● The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Harness or connectors
P0032 (Bank 1) heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is open
P0051 (Bank 2) [An excessively low (P0031, P0051) or high (P0032, or shorted.)
P0052 (Bank 2) P0052) voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated ● Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
oxygen sensor 1 heater.]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001DM
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and run it for at least 6 seconds at idle speed.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-163, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-160
4. Select “MODE 3” with GST. A
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-163, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
● When using GST, “DTC Confirmation Procedure” should be performed twice as much as when
using CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis. EC
Therefore, using CONSULT-II is recommended.
Wiring Diagram UBS001DN
C
BANK 1
BBWA0112E
EC-161
WEC897
BANK 2
BBWA0113E
EC-162
EC
WEC896
D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001DO
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY E

2. Check the HO2S1 harness protector color, and disconnect the F
corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
PBIB0636E I
WEC835
M
4. Check voltage between HO2S1 terminal 3 and ground with
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0112E
EC-163
● 15A fuse
● Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 1 and fuse

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S1 as follows.
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0031, P0032 49 2 1
P0051, P0052 4 2 2

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-164
Component Inspection UBS001DP
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER A

1. Check resistance between HO2S1 terminals as follows.
Terminal No. Resistance
EC
2 and 3 2.3 - 4.3 Ω at 25°C (77°F)
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist) C
2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped D
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard sur-
face such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust E
system threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-
seize lubricant. F
SEF249Y
H
Removal and Installation UBS001DQ
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-15, "Removal and Installation" . I
EC-165
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER PFP:226A0
Description UBS001DR
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func-
tion
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Heated
oxygen
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) heater
control
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine
speed.
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 ON
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001DS

OFF
HO2S2 HTR (B1)/ ● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
(B2) ● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm [After driving for 2 minutes at a speed of
ON
70 km/h (43 MPH) or more]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001DT
P0037 (Bank 1) ● The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 ● Harness or connectors
P0038 (Bank 1) heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
P0057 (Bank 2) [An excessively low (P0037, P0057) or high (P0038, open or shorted.)
P0058 (Bank 2) P0058) voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated ● Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
oxygen sensor 2 heater.]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001DU
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure ” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h
(43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
3. Stop vehicle and let engine idle for at least 6 seconds.
.
SEF179Y
WITH GST
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
EC-166
3. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds. A
EC
7. If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-169, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
When using GST, “DTC Confirmation Procedure” should be performed twice as much as when using C
CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis. Therefore,
using CONSULT-II is recommended.
Wiring Diagram UBS001DV D
BANK 1
BBWA0116E
EC-167
WEC915
BANK 2
BBWA0117E
EC-168
EC
WEC909
D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001DW

2. Check the HO2S2 harness protector color, and disconnect the F
PBIB0637E I
WEC835
M
4. Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 3 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0112E
EC-169
● 15A fuse

3. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 3.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

2. Check the HO2S2 harness protector color, and disconnect the
corresponding HO2S2 harness connector.
3. Check HO2S2 heater, refer to EC-170, "Component Inspection"
.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0637E

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001DX
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

EC-170
A
Resistance : 2.3 - 4.3Ω at 25°C (77°F)
2. Check continuity.
EC
Terminal No. Continuity
1 and 2, 3, 4
No
4 and 1, 2, 3 C
If NG, replace the heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
● Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust E
seize lubricant.
F
G
SEF249Y
Removal and Installation UBS001DY
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 H

Refer to EX-3, "Removal and Installation" .
EC-171
DTC P0101, P0102, P0103, P1102 MAF SENSOR
DTC P0101, P0102, P0103, P1102 MAF SENSOR PFP:22680
Component Description UBS001DZ
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It mea-
sures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. It consists of a hot film that is supplied with electric current from
the ECM. The temperature of the hot film is controlled by the ECM a
certain amount. The heat generated by the hot film is reduced as the
intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to maintain
the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The ECM
detects the air flow by means of this current change.
SEF987W
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001E0

MAS A/F SE-B1
● No-load
CAL/LD VALUE
● Shift lever: “N” 2,500 rpm 12.0 - 27.0%
● No-load
MASS AIRFLOW
● Shift lever: “N” 2,500 rpm 5.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
● No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001E1
P0103 A) An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ● Harness or connectors
ECM when engine is not running. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
C) A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under ● Mass air flow sensor
P0101
light load driving condition.
E) A voltage from the sensor exists constantly approx.
P1102
1.0V when engine is running.
B) An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ● Harness or connectors
P0102
ECM* when engine is running. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
D) A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under ● Intake air leaks
P0101
heavy load driving condition. ● Mass air flow sensor
*: When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel
Mass air flow sensor circuit
cut.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001E2
If DTC P0101 is detected, perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C” first. If there is no problem
on “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C”, perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION D”.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
EC-172
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at A
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
With CONSULT-II EC
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
C
3. Wait at least 6 seconds.
.
If DTC is not detected, go to next step. D
5. Start engine.
E
.
SEF058Y
F
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND E G
With CONSULT-II
H
3. Start engine and wait 5 seconds at most.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-176, "Diagnostic Procedure" I
.
K
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above. L
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is confirmed after more than 5 seconds, there may be Malfunction C.
M
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
NOTE:
If engine will not start or stops soon wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch
“ON”) instead of running engine at idle speed.
With CONSULT-II
4. Run engine for at least 10 seconds at idle speed.
.
SEF174Y
EC-173
With GST
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION D
With CONSULT-II
If engine cannot be started, go to EC-176, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
4. Check the voltage of “MAS A/F SE-B1” with “DATA MONITOR”.
5. Increases engine speed to about 4,000 rpm.
6. Monitor the linear voltage rise in response to engine speed
increases.
If NG, go to EC-176, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
7. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive sec-
onds.
THRTL POS SEN More than 3V
Selector lever Suitable position
Driving location Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load)
will help maintain the driving conditions required
for this test.
SEF243Y

.
SEF719Y
Overall Function Check UBS001E3
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
With GST
EC-174
4. Check the mass air flow sensor signal with “MODE 1”. A
5. Check for linear mass air flow rise in response to increases to
about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.
6. If NG, go to EC-176, "Diagnostic Procedure" . EC
SEF534P
D
Wiring Diagram UBS001E4
BBWA0106E
EC-175
SEF564Y
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001E5
1. INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (A, B, C, D or E) is duplicated?
MALFUNCTION Type
A, C and/or E I
B and/or D II
Type I or Type II
Type I >> GO TO 3.
Type II >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM

Check the following connections.
● Air duct
● Vacuum hoses
● Intake air passage between air duct to collector
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Reconnect the parts.
3. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

>> GO TO 4.
WEC249
EC-176
4. CHECK POWER SUPPLY A
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
EC
D
WEC250
3. Check voltage between MAFS terminals 2, 4 and ground with E

Terminal Voltage
F
2 Approximately 5
4 Battery voltage
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0076E
H

I
● Harness for open or short between ECM relay and mass air flow sensor J
● Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
>> Repair harness or connectors. K

L
3. Check harness continuity between MAFS terminal 3 and ECM terminal 73. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-177
1. Check harness continuity between MAFS terminal 1 and ECM terminal 61.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-178
Component Inspection UBS001E6
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR A

3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 61 (Mass air flow sensor EC
signal) and ground.
Conditions Voltage V
C
Ignition switch “ON” (Engine stopped.) Less than 1.0
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating tem-
1.0 - 1.7
perature.) D
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
1.5 - 2.4
temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm* 1.3 - 1.7 to Approx. 3.6 E
SEF993W
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in
engine speed.
4. If the voltage is out of specification, disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and connect it F
again. Repeat above check.
5. If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot film for damage or dust.
G
Removal and Installation UBS001E7
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

H
EC-179
DTC P0112, P0113, P0127 IAT SENSOR
DTC P0112, P0113, P0127 IAT SENSOR PFP:22630
Component Description UBS001E8
The intake air temperature sensor is mounted to the air duct hous-
ing. The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
SEF206T
<Reference data>
Intake air temperature Voltage* Resistance
°C (°F) V kΩ
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 1.23 0.27 - 0.38
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 64
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output SEF012P
voltage. Doing so may lead to ECM's transistor damage. Use

ground other than ECM, such as engine ground.
P0112 A) An excessively low (P0112) or high (P0113) voltage ● Harness or connectors
P0113 from the sensor is sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
B) Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is sent to ● Intake air temperature sensor
P0127 ECM, compared with the voltage signal from engine
coolant temperature sensor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001EA
NOTE:
With CONSULT-II
.
SEF058Y
EC-180
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above. A
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B

CAUTION: EC
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted in the shop with the drive wheels lifted or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. C
With CONSULT-II
1. Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90°C (194°F).
D
– Turn ignition switch “ON”.
– Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
– Check the engine coolant temperature. E
– If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 90°C (194°F),
turn ignition switch “OFF” and cool down engine.
– Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature F
is above 90°C (194°F).
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. G
4. Start engine.
5. Hold vehicle speed more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 105 con- SEF176Y
secutive seconds. H
With GST
I
EC-181
Wiring Diagram UBS001EB
BBWA0107E
EC-182
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001EC
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY

EC
2. Disconnect intake air temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”. C
LEC243
F
4. Check voltage between intake air temperature sensor terminal 1
and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage : Approximately 5V G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. H
I
PBIB0080E
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J

● Harness for open or short between ECM and intake air temperature sensor K

L
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. M
2. Check harness continuity between terminal 2 and engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-183
● Harness for open or short between ECM and intake air temperature sensor
● Harness for open or short between TCM (Transmission control module) and air intake temperature sensor
5. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace intake air temperature sensor.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-184
Component Inspection UBS001ED
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR A

Check resistance as shown in the figure.
EC
D
SEF205W
<Reference data> E

Resistance kΩ
°C (°F)
F
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 0.27 - 0.38
G
If NG, replace intake air temperature sensor.
H
SEF012P
Removal and Installation UBS001EE
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR I

EC-185
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR PFP:22630
Component Description UBS001EF
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature Voltage* Resistance
°C (°F) V kΩ
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may lead to ECM's
transistor damage. Use ground other than ECM, such as engine ground.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001EG

COOLAN TEMP/
● Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
S
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001EH
P0117 ● An excessively low (P0117) or high (P0118) voltage from ● Harness or connectors
P0118 the sensor is sent to ECM.* (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)

Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch “ON”
or “START”.
Condition
display)
Engine coolant tempera- Just as ignition switch is turned ON or Start 40°C (104°F)
ture sensor circuit More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or
80°C (176°F)
Start
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
while the engine is running.
EC-186
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001EI
A
NOTE:
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. C
. D
SEF058Y
F
WITH GST
G
EC-187
Wiring Diagram UBS001EJ
BBWA0108E
EC-188
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001EK

EC
2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor (ECTS) harness
connector.
C
WEC251
F
4. Check voltage between ECTS terminal 1 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. H
I
PBIB0080E

Check the harness for open or short between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor.

L
2. Check harness continuity between ECTS terminal 2 and engine ground.
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor
● Harness for open or short between TCM (Transmission control module) and engine coolant temperature
sensor.
EC-189
5. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001EL
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

SEF152P
<Reference data>
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
SEF012P
Removal and Installation UBS001EM

Refer to EM-15, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
EC-190
DTC P0121, P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
DTC P0121, P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
A
Component Description UBS001EN
NOTE:
If DTC P0121, P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0510, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC EC
P0510, EC-428 .
The throttle position sensor responds to the accelerator pedal movement. This sensor is a kind of potentiome-
ter which transforms the throttle position into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, the sensor detects the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signal to the C
ECM.
Idle position of the throttle valve is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the throttle position sen-
sor. This sensor controls engine operation such as fuel cut. On the other hand, the “Wide open and closed D
throttle position switch”, which is built into the throttle position sensor unit, is not used for engine control.
J
AEC929
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001EO
Specification data are reference values. K

● Engine: After warming up, idle the L
engine
THRTL POS SEN ● Engine: After warming up
● Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: fully opened 3.5 - 4.7V
M
(Engine stopped)
● Engine: After warming up, idle the
Throttle valve: fully closed 0.0°
engine
● Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: fully opened Approx. 88.0%
(Engine stopped)
EC-191
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001EP
P0123 from the sensor is sent to ECM.* (The throttle position sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
B) A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under ● Harness or connectors
light load driving condition. (The throttle position sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
● Fuel injector
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0121
● Mass air flow sensor
C) A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under ● Harness or connectors
heavy load driving condition. (The throttle position sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
● Intake air leaks

Throttle position will be determined based on the injected fuel amount and the engine speed.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Throttle position sensor Condition Driving condition
circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001EQ
If DTC P0121 is detected, perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B” first. If there is no problem
on “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B”, perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C”.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TESTING CONDITION:
● Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
● This test may be conducted in the shop with the drive wheels lifted or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
With CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE More than 4 km/h (2 MPH)
Selector lever Suitable position except “P” or “N” posi-
tion
.
SEF065Y
EC-192
With GST

With CONSULT-II EC
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. C
If idle speed is over 1,000 rpm, maintain the following conditions
for at least 10 seconds to keep engine speed below 1,000 rpm.
Selector lever Suitable position except “P” or “N” D
position
A/T model
Brake pedal Depressed
Vehicle speed 0 km/h (0 MPH) E
Selector lever Suitable position except “N”

SEF058Y
(Higher gear position such as 3rd
or 4th is better to keep low engine F
M/T model rpm.)
Accelerator pedal Released
Vehicle speed As slow as possible G
With GST H
I
CAUTION:
With CONSULT-II J
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”. K
4. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
5. Select “THRTL POS SEN” and “ABSOL TH·P/S” in “DATA MON- L
ITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Press RECORD on CONSULT-II SCREEN at the same time
accelerator pedal is depressed. M
SEF177Y
EC-193
7. Print out the recorded graph and check the following:
SEF174Z
– The voltage rise is linear in response to accelerator pedal depression.

– The voltage when accelerator pedal is fully depressed is approximately 4V.
8. Select “AUTO TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
onds.
MAS AIR/FL SE More than 3V
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
Driving location Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) SEF178Y
will help maintain the driving conditions required
for this test.

With GST
onds.
Gear position Suitable position
Engine speed More than 2,000 rpm
Engine coolant temperature More than 70°C (158°F)
Voltage between ECM terminal More than 3V
61 (Mass air flow sensor signal)
and ground
2. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-196, "Diagnostic Procedure" SEF993W

.
EC-194
Wiring Diagram UBS001ER
EC
BBWA0109E
SEF175ZA
EC-195
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001ES
1. INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (A, B or C) is duplicated?
MALFUNCTION Type
A A
B B
C C
Type A, B or C
Type A or B>>GO TO 4.
Type C >> GO TO 2.
2. ADJUST THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

Perform EC-87, "Basic Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

Check the following connections.
● Air duct
● Vacuum hoses
● Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold collector
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

>> GO TO 5.
WEC249
EC-196
1. Disconnect throttle position sensor harness connector.
EC
D
WEC244
3. Check voltage between throttle position sensor terminal 1 and E

ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6. G
SEF107S
H
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PARTS

I
● Harness for open or short between throttle position sensor and ECM J
K
L
2. Check harness continuity between throttle position sensor terminal 3 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
Continuity should exist. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and throttle position sensor
● Harness for open or short between TCM (Transmission control module) and throttle position sensor
EC-197
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 and throttle position sensor terminal 2.
Refer to the Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should
exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
10. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

OK or NG
OK (Type B in step1)>>GO TO 11.
OK (Type A or C in step1)>>GO TO 14.
NG >> Replace throttle position sensor. To adjust it, perform EC-87, "Basic Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
12. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
13. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Replace fuel injector.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-198
Component Inspection UBS001ET
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR A

With CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine (ignition switch OFF). EC
3. Remove the vacuum hose connected to the throttle opener.
4. Connect suitable vacuum hose to the vacuum pump and the
opener. C
5. Apply vacuum [more than −40.0 kPa (−300 mmHg, –11.81
inHg)] until the throttle drum becomes free from the rod of the
throttle opener. D
SEF793W
F

8. Check voltage of “THRTL POS SEN” under the following condi- G
tions.
NOTE:
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position
H
sensor installed in vehicle.
Throttle valve conditions Voltage V
Completely closed 0.15 - 0.85 (a) I
Partially open Between (a) and (b)
SEF719Y
Completely open 3.5 - 4.7 (b)
J
If NG, adjust closed throttle position switch. Refer to EC-87, "Basic Inspection" .
9. If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in “Basic Inspection”, replace throttle position
sensor. K
Without CONSULT-II
L
2. Stop engine (ignition switch OFF).
4. Connect suitable vacuum hose to the vacuum pump and the M
opener.
throttle opener.
SEF793W
EC-199
7. Check voltage between ECM terminal 92 (Throttle position sen-
sor signal) and ground under the following conditions.
NOTE:
Completely closed 0.15 - 0.85 (a)
SEF941X
If NG, adjust closed throttle position switch. Refer to EC-87,

"Basic Inspection" .
sensor.
Removal and Installation UBS001EU
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

EC-200
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR PFP:22630
A
Component Description UBS001EV
NOTE:
If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform EC
trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or P0118, EC-186 .
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant C
mistor decreases as temperature increases. D
SEF594K E
<Reference data>
F
°C (°F) V kΩ
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
G
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 H
I
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may lead to ECM's
transistor damage. Use ground other than ECM, such as engine ground.
J
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001EW

COOLAN TEMP/S ● Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F) K
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001EX
DTC No. Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause) L
P0125 ● Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not practical, even ● Harness or connectors
when some time has passed after starting the engine. (High resistance in the circuit)
● Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for closed loop ● Engine coolant temperature sensor M
fuel control. ● Thermostat
EC-201
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001EY
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 10°C (50°F).
If it is above 10°C (50°F), the test result will be OK. If it is
below 10°C (50°F), go to following step.
4. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 10°C (50°F)
within 65 minutes, stop engine because the test result will
be OK.
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
EC-202
Wiring Diagram UBS001EZ
EC
BBWA0108E
EC-203
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001F0

2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connec-
tor.
WEC251

SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0080E

Check the harness for open or short between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

● Harness for open or short between TCM (Transmission control module) and engine coolant temperature
sensor
EC-204
5. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. EC
6. CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION C
When the engine is cooled [lower than 82°C (180°F)], grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine cool-
ant does not flow.
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-12, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" .
E
Perform EC-147, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . F
>> INSPECTION END

G
Component Inspection UBS001F1

H
SEF152P
K
<Reference data>
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ L
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.0
M
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
SEF012P
Removal and Installation UBS001F2

EC-205
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION PFP:21200
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001F3
Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long
enough.
This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat stuck open.
Malfunction is detected when the engine coolant temperature does not reach to specified temperature even
though the engine has run long enough.
Possible Cause UBS001F4
● Thermostat function
● Leakage from sealing portion of thermostat
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001F5
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
● For best results, perform at ambient temperature of –10°C (14°F) or higher.
● For best results, perform at engine coolant temperature of –10°C (14°F) to 60°C (140°F).
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Replace thermostat with new one. Refer to CO-12, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" .
Use only a genuine NISSAN thermostat as a replacement. If an incorrect thermostat is used, the MIL may
come on.
3. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Check that the “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 60°C (140°F).
If it is below 60°C (140°F), go to following step.
If it is above 60°C (140°F), stop engine and cool down the engine to less than 60°C (140°F), then retry
from step 1.
5. Drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following conditions.
VHCL SPEED SE 80 - 120 km/h (50 - 75 MPH)
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-206, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

WITH GST
1. Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

OK or NG
EC-206
Component Inspection UBS001F7
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR A

EC
D
SEF152P
<Reference data> E

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 F
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.0
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
G
H
SEF012P
Removal and Installation UBS001F8
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR I

EC-207
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1 PFP:22690
Component Description UBS001F9
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001FA

HO2S1 (B1)/(B2) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V

Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/ rpm Changes more than 5 times during
(B2)
10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001FB
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.
SEF301U
P0132 (Bank 1) ● An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ● Harness or connectors
P0152 (Bank 2) ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● Heated oxygen sensor 1
EC-208
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001FC
A
NOTE:
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds. C
5. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes. D
.
E
SEF174Y
WITH GST G
H
3. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
5. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes. I
● When using GST, “DTC Confirmation Procedure” should be performed twice as much as when J
using CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis.
K
EC-209
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
Wiring Diagram UBS001FD
BANK 1
BBWA0110E
WEC889
EC-210
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
BANK 2
A
EC
BBWA0111E
WEC888
EC-211
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001FE
1. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Loosen and retighten the corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N·m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
>> GO TO 2.
EC-212
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT A
corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector and
ECM harness connector. EC
D
PBIB0636E
WEC835
H

I
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0132 94 1 1 J
P0152 62 1 2
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal or HO2S1 and ground.

L
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM or Sensor Ground
P0132 94 or 1 Ground 1
M
Continuity should not exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
EC-213
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
1. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 4 and engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

Check heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness connector.
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace corresponding heated oxygen sensor.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001FF

With CONSULT-II
2. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode, and select
“HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”.
3. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow-
ing steps.
4. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
SEF646Y
EC-214
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
5. Check the following.
– “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes A
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” five times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown below:
R = “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”, “RICH” EC
L = “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”, “LEAN”
– “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.
– “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once. C
– “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
CAUTION: SEF647Y
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new
one.
● Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen E
Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
SEF648Y
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 62 (HO2S1 bank 2)
or 94 (HO2S1 bank 1) and engine ground. J
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
– The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more K
than five times within 10 seconds.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - L
0.3V
– The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.
PBIB0638E
– The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time. M
– The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxy-
gen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation UBS001FG

EC-215
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1 PFP:22690
Component Description UBS001FH

SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001FI

HO2S1 (B1)/(B2) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V

Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/ rpm Changes more than 5 times during
(B2)
10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001FJ
To judge the malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1, this diagnosis

measures response time of heated oxygen sensor signal. The time
is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback
control constant, and heated oxygen sensor temperature index.
Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (heated oxy-
gen sensor cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
SEF010V
EC-216
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
A
P0133 (Bank 1) ● The response of the voltage signal from the sensor takes ● Harness or connectors
P0153 (Bank 2) more than the specified time. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
EC
● Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
● Fuel pressure
● Injectors
C
● Exhaust gas leaks
● PCV
D
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001FK
E
CAUTION:
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at F
TESTING CONDITION:
● Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F). G
WITH CONSULT-II
H
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2) P0133 I
(P0153)” of “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode with CONSULT-II.
J
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3.5 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If K
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5.
SEF656Y L
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be dis-

played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions con- M
tinuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will
take approximately 20 seconds.)
ENG SPEED 1,950 - 3,200 rpm (A/T)
2,300 - 3,750 rpm (M/T)
Vehicle speed More than 80 km/h (50 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 3.5 - 12.5 msec (A/T)
3 - 10 msec (M/T)
Selector lever Suitable position SEF657Y
EC-217
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from
step 2.
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-221, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
SEF658Y
Overall Function Check UBS001FL
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
or 94 (HO2S2 bank 1) and engine ground.
– The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V
4. If NG, go to EC-221, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
PBIB0638E
EC-218
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
Wiring Diagram UBS001FM
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA0110E
WEC889
EC-219
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
BANK 2
BBWA0111E
WEC888
EC-220
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001FN

EC
C
>> GO TO 2.
WEC249
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 F
Loosen and retighten the corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1.

Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N-m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb) G
>> GO TO 3. H
3. CHECK EXHAUST AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle. I
2. Listen for an exhaust air leak before three way catalyst.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. J
L
SEF099P
4. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK M

Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-221
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
5. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”
or “START”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
SEF652Y
Without CONSULT-II
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 3 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
5. Make sure 1st trip DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the 1st trip DTC memory. Refer to EC-73, "HOW TO
ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175 detected? WEC250
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174, P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-252 , EC-261 .
No >> GO TO 6.
EC-222
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
D
PBIB0636E
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S1 as follows. E

Terminals
DTC Bank F
ECM Sensor
P0133 94 1 1
P0153 62 1 2 G
Continuity should
exist. H
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal or HO2S1 and ground as follows.
I
Terminals
DTC Bank
P0133 94 or 1 Ground 1 J
Continuity should not exist. K

OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT M
1. Check continuity between HO2S1 terminal 4 and engine ground.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-223
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
PBIB0636E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace corresponding heated oxygen sensor bank 1 (bank 2) sensor 1.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
11. CHECK PCV VALVE

Refer to EC-591, "Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Repair or replace PCV valve.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001FO

With CONSULT-II
ing steps.
SEF646Y
EC-224
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” five times in 10 seconds.
CAUTION: SEF647Y
one.
SEF648Y
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - L
0.3V
PBIB0638E
CAUTION:
Removal and Installation UBS001FP

EC-225
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1 PFP:22690
Component Description UBS001FQ

SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001FR

HO2S1 (B1)/(B2) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
● Engine: After warming Maintaining engine speed LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2) up at 2,000 rpm Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001FS
Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is

not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately
0.3V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is
within 200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks
that this time is not inordinately long.
SEF237U
P0134 (Bank 1) ● The voltage from the sensor is constantly approx. 0.3V. ● Harness or connectors
P0154 (Bank 2) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001FT
CAUTION:
EC-226
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at A
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2), P0134 (P0154)” of “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” C
in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Let it idle for at least 3.5 minutes. D
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 4. E
SEC748C F

played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions con- G
take approximately 10 to 60 seconds.)
ENG SPEED 1,600 - 3,400 rpm (A/T) H
1,900 - 4,100 rpm (M/T)
I
2.8 - 10 msec (M/T)
Selector lever Suitable position SEC749C
J
step 2.
6. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG K
Procedure" .
During this test, P1148, P1168 may be displayed on CONSULT-II L
screen.
M
SEC750C
Overall Function Check UBS001FU
WITH GST
EC-227
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 62 (HO2S1 bank 2
signal) or 94 (HO2S1 bank 1) and engine ground.
– The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 - 0.4V.
PBIB0638E
EC-228
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
Wiring Diagram UBS001FV
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA0110E
WEC889
EC-229
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
BANK 2
BBWA0111E
WEC888
EC-230
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001FW
1. INSPECTION START
EC
C
WEC249
F
G
I
PBIB0636E
WEC835 M
>> GO TO 2.
EC-231
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM or Sensor Sensor
P0134 94 1 1
P0154 62 1 2

Terminals
DTC Bank

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

1. Check continuity between HO2S1 terminal 4 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace corresponding heated oxygen sensor.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-232
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
Component Inspection UBS001FX
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A

With CONSULT-II
2. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode, and select EC
ing steps. C
E
SEF646Y

F
– “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” 5 times in 10 seconds.
R = “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”, “RICH” G
– “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once. H
CAUTION: SEF647Y
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped I
one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread J
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
SEF648Y
Without CONSULT-II
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V
PBIB0638E
– The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.
EC-233
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
CAUTION:
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation UBS001FY

EC-234
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
A
Component Description UBS001FZ
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst, monitors the
oxygen level in the exhaust gas. EC
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt- C
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for D
engine control operation.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001G0

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) ● Engine: After warming Revving engine from idle 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)/(B2) up to 3,000 rpm LEAN ←→ RICH
G
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001G1
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time

between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen H
storage capacity before the three way catalyst causes the longer
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor
2, ECM monitors whether or not the voltage is too high during vari- I
ous driving conditions such as fuel-cut.
SEF305U
K
P0138 (Bank 1) ● An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ● Harness or connectors L
P0158 (Bank 2) ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001G2

M
CAUTION:
NOTE:
EC-235
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
3. Stop vehicle with engine running.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
onds.
ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,000 rpm (A/T)
SEF189Y
1,000 - 3,600 rpm (M/T)
2.0 - 10.0 msec (M/T)

Overall Function Check UBS001G3
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminals 63 (HO2S2 bank
2) or 95 (HO2S2 bank 1) and engine ground.
4. Check the voltage after revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at
least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be below 2V during this procedure.
PBIB0639E
EC-236
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
Wiring Diagram UBS001G4
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA0114E
WEC914
EC-237
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
BANK 2
BBWA0115E
WEC900
EC-238
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001G5

EC
C
>> GO TO 2.
WEC249
EC-239
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
corresponding heated oxygen sensor HO2S2 harness connec-
tor and ECM harness connector.
PBIB0637E
WEC835
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal HO2S2 terminal as follows.

Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0138 95 1 1
P0158 63 1 2

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal HO2S2 and ground as follows.
Terminals
DTC Bank

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
EC-240
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
3. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT A
EC
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 4.
D
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. F
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 G

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. H
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT I

J
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS001G6
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 K

With CONSULT-II
2. Stop vehicle with engine running. L
3. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
4. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL M
INJECTION” to ±25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.48V at least once
when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.43V at least once
when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been
dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a SEF662Y
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
EC-241
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
SEF989R
Without CONSULT-II
4. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
The voltage should be above 0.48V at least once.
If the voltage is above 0.48V at step 4, step 5 is not neces-
sary.
5. Check the voltage when revving up to 6,000 rpm under no load.
Or keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage.
Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in PBIB0639E
3rd gear position (M/T), D position with “OD” OFF (A/T).

The voltage should be below 0.43V at least once.
CAUTION:
Removal and Installation UBS001G7

EC-242
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
A
Component Description UBS001G8
oxygen level in the exhaust gas. EC
tions.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001G9

G
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001GA

between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen H
2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's I
voltage is faster than specified during various driving conditions such
as fuel-cut.
J
SEF302U
K
P0139 (Bank 1) ● It takes more than the specified time for the sensor to ● Harness or connectors L
P0159 (Bank 2) respond between rich and lean. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● Fuel pressure M
● Injectors
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001GB
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Open engine hood before conducting following procedure.
WITH CONSULT-II
5. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
EC-243
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
6. Select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) P0139 (P0159)” of “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)”
in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEF666Y
7. Start engine and follow the instruction of CONSULT-II.
SEF667Y
SEF668Y
8. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.

If NG is displayed, refer to EC-248, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “CANNOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
– Stop engine and cool down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates less than 70°C (158°F).
– Start engine.
– Return to step 6 again when the “COOLAN TEMP/S” reaches to 70°C (158°F).
Overall Function Check UBS001GC
WITH GST
EC-244
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
2) or 95 (HO2S2 bank 1) and engine ground. A
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) EC
The voltage should change at more than 0.06V for 1 second
during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 4, step 5 is not nec-
essary. C
5. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd PBIB0639E
gear position (M/T), D position with “OD” OFF (A/T). D

The voltage should change at more than 0.06V for 1 second during this procedure.
E
EC-245
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
Wiring Diagram UBS001GD
BANK 1
BBWA0114E
WEC914
EC-246
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
BANK 2
A
EC
BBWA0115E
WEC900
EC-247
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001GE

>> GO TO 2.
WEC249

With CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175 detected? Is
it difficult to start engine?
SEF652Y
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175 detected? Is it WEC250
difficult to start engine?

Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175. Refer to EC-252 , EC-261 .
No >> GO TO 3.
EC-248
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
corresponding heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector and EC
ECM harness connector.
PBIB0637E
E
H
WEC835
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 terminal as follows.
I
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor J
P0139 95 1 1
P0159 63 1 2
K
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal HO2S2 and ground as follows. L
Terminals
DTC Bank M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-249
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001GF

With CONSULT-II
4. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL
when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:

SEF989R
Without CONSULT-II
EC-250
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminals 63 (HO2S2 bank A
at least 10 times. EC
C
sary.
Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in PBIB0639E
D
CAUTION: E
● Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxy- F
Removal and Installation UBS001GG
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 G

EC-251
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION PFP:16600
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001GH
With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1)/
(bank 2). The ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the
theoretical ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as a fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
ECM func-
tion
Fuel injec-
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas tion & mix-
Heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1)/(bank 2) Injectors
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) ture ratio
control
P0171 (Bank 1) ● Fuel injection system does not operate properly. ● Intake air leaks
P0174 (Bank 2) ● The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. ● Heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1)/(bank 2)
(The mixture ratio is too lean.) ● Injectors
● Incorrect fuel pressure
● Lack of fuel
● Incorrect PCV hose correction
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001GI
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT”
in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEF652Y

6. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
The 1st trip DTC P0171 (P0174) should be detected at this
stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-256, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
7. If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system
has a malfunction.
8. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine
starts, go to EC-256, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not
start, visually check for exhaust and intake air leak.
SEF058Y
EC-252
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. A
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Then
restart and run engine for at least 3 seconds at idle speed. EC
nector.
5. Select “MODE 7” with GST. Make sure 1st trip DTC P0102 is C
detected.
6. Select “MODE 4” with GST and erase the 1st trip DTC P0102.
7. Start engine again and run it for at least 10 minutes at idle D
speed.
8. Select “MODE 7” with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 (P0174) WEC250
should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go E

to EC-256, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 8, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-256, "Diagnostic Procedure" . F
If engine does not start, visually check for exhaust and intake air leak.
EC-253
Wiring Diagram UBS001GJ
BANK 1
BBWA0118E
EC-254
BANK 2
A
EC
BBWA0119E
EC-255
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001GK

1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust air leak before three way catalyst.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF099P
2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE

1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
EC-256
3. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 1)/(BANK 2) CIRCUITS A
2. Check the HO2S1 (bank 1)/(bank 2) harness protector color,
and disconnect the corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1 EC
(bank 1)/(bank 2) harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
C
PBIB0636E
E
H
WEC835
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S1 (bank 1)/(bank 2) terminal as follows.
I
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor J
P0171 94 1 1
P0174 62 1 2
K
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal or HO2S1 (bank 1)/(bank 2) and ground as follows. L
Terminals
DTC Bank M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-257
4. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
Refer to EC-58 .
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure.
At idling:
When fuel pressure regulator vacuum hose is connected.
235 kPa (2.4 kg/cm2 , 34 psi)
When fuel pressure regulator vacuum hose is disconnected.
294 kPa (3.0 kg/cm2 , 43 psi)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

● Fuel pump and circuit Refer to EC-554 .
● Fuel pressure regulator Refer to EC-59 .
● Fuel lines. Refer to MA-18, "Checking Fuel Lines" .
● Fuel filter for clogging
>> Repair or replace.

With CONSULT-II
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
at idling: 1.4 - 4.0 g·m/sec
at 2,500 rpm: 5.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
With GST
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
at 2,500 5.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
rpm:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
engine grounds. Refer to EC-172 .
EC-258
7. CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTORS A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
EC
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
C
speed drop.
E
SEF190Y
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard. G
MEC703B
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-546, "INJECTOR" . K
8. REMOVE INJECTOR
L
1. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Remove injector with fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-15, "Removal and Installation" . M
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery. The injector harness connectors should
remain connected.
>> GO TO 9.
EC-259
9. CHECK INJECTOR
1. Disconnect all ignition wires.
2. Place pans or saucers under each injector.
3. Crank engine for about 3 seconds. Make sure that fuel sprays
out from injectors.
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each cylinder.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace injectors from which fuel does not spray out.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
SEF595Q

>> INSPECTION END
EC-260
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION PFP:16600
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001GL
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1)/ EC
(bank 2). The ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the
theoretical ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic). C
ECM func-
tion
D
Fuel injec-
Heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1)/(bank 2) Injectors
control E
P0172 (Bank 1) ● Fuel injection system does not operate properly. ● Heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1)/(bank 2) F
P0175 (Bank 2) ● The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. ● Injectors
(The mixture ratio is too rich.) ● Exhaust gas leaks
● Incorrect fuel pressure G
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001GM

H
NOTE:
I
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT”
in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR” K
or “START”.
M
SEF652Y

The 1st trip DTC P0172 (P0175) should be detected at this
stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-265, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
has a malfunction.
start, remove ignition plugs and check for fouling, etc.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-261
restart and run engine for at least 3 seconds at idle speed.
nector.
5. Select “MODE 7” with GST. Make sure 1st trip DTC P0102 is
detected.
7. Start engine again and run it for at least 10 minutes at idle
speed.
8. Select “MODE 7” with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0172 (P0175) WEC250
should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go
to EC-265, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, go to EC-265, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and
check for fouling, etc.
EC-262
Wiring Diagram UBS001GN
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA0118E
EC-263
BANK 2
BBWA0119E
EC-264
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001GO
1. CHECK FOR EXHAUST AIR LEAK

EC
2. Listen for an exhaust air leak before the three way catalyst.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 2.
D
SEF099P
EC-265
2. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
2. Check the HO2S1 (bank 1)/(bank 2) harness protector color,
and disconnect the corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1
(bank 1)/(bank 2) harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
PBIB0636E
WEC835
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S1 (bank 1)/(bank 2) terminal as follows.
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0172 94 1 1
P0175 62 1 2
Continuity should
exist.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal or HO2S1 (bank 1)/(bank 2) and ground as follows.
Terminals
DTC Bank

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
EC-266
3. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE A
Refer to EC-58, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. EC
At idling:
When fuel pressure regulator vacuum hose is connected. C
235 kPa (2.4 kg/cm2 , 34 psi)
When fuel pressure regulator vacuum hose is disconnected.
D
294 kPa (3.0 kg/cm2 , 43 psi)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. E
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART F

● Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-554 .)
G
● Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-59 .)
>> Repair or replace. H

With CONSULT-II I
J
at 2,500 rpm: 5.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
K
With GST
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST. L
at 2,500 rpm: 5.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
EC-267
6. CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTORS
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
CONSULT-II.
speed drop.
SEF190Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
Clicking noise should be heard.
MEC703B
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for “INJECTORS”, EC-546 .
7. REMOVE INJECTOR
3. Remove injector assembly. Refer to EM-15, "Removal and Installation" .
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
>> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK INJECTOR
1. Disconnect all injector harness connectors.
2. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
3. Prepare pans or saucers under each injectors.
4. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Make sure fuel does not drip from injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Drips)>>Replace the injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.
EC-268
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
>> INSPECTION END EC
EC-269
DTC P0181, P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
DTC P0181, P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR PFP:22630
Component Description UBS001GP
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel tempera-
ture inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temper-
ature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
SEF463TA
<Reference data>
Fluid temperature Voltage* Resistance
°C (°F) V kΩ
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90
(Fuel tank temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001GQ
P0182 ● An excessively low (P0182) or high (P0183) voltage is sent ● Harness or connectors
P0183 to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM, compared with ● Fuel tank temperature sensor
P0181 the voltage signals from engine coolant temperature sen-
sor and intake air temperature sensor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001GR
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-273, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
If the result is OK, go to following step.
4. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” signal.
If the signal is less than 50°C (122°F), the result will be OK.
If the signal is above 50°C (122°F), go to the following step.
5. Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” signal is less than
50°C (122°F).
SEF475Y
EC-270
WITH GST
EC
EC-271
Wiring Diagram UBS001GS
WEC573
EC-272
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001GT

EC
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness con-
nector.
C
WEC265
F
4. Check voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump ter-
minal 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. H
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0632E
J
● Harness connectors M59, F27 K
● Harness connectors B3, M16
● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
L
>> Repair harness or connector.
3. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT M

2. Check harness continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 5 and body ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-273
4. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace fuel tank temperature sensor.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001GU
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Check resistance by heating with hot water or heat gun as shown in
the figure.
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
If NG, replace fuel tank temperature sensor.
LEC458
Removal and Installation UBS001GV

Refer to FL-3, "QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA MODEL)" .
EC-274
DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE ENRICHMENT PROTECTION
PFP:00019 A
System Description UBS001GW
COOLING FAN CONTROL

EC
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature C
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner “ON” signal Cooling fan control Cooling fan relay(s)
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure D
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF]. E
OPERATION
SEF688Y
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001GX

Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
engine ON
EC-275
Engine coolant temperature is 94°C
OFF
(201°F) or less
● After warming up engine, idle the Engine coolant temperature is
COOLING FAN engine. between 95°C (203°F) and 104°C LOW
● Air conditioner switch: OFF (219°F)
HIGH
105°C (221°F) or more
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001GY
This diagnosis checks whether the engine coolant temperature is extraordinary high, even when the load is
not heavy.
When malfunction is detected, the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) will light up even in the first trip.
Malfunction is detected when engine coolant temperature is excessively high under normal engine speed.
Possible Cause UBS001GZ
● Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted)
● Cooling fan
● Thermostat
● Improper ignition timing
● Blocked radiator
● Blocked front end (Improper fitting of nose mask)
● Crushed vehicle frontal area (Vehicle damaged from a collision but not repaired)
● Blocked air passage by improper installation of front fog lamp or fog lamps.
● Improper mixture ratio of coolant
● Damaged bumper
For more information, refer to EC-287, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-15, "Changing Engine
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-19, "Changing Engine Oil" .
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
Overall Function Check UBS001H0
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the coolant overtemperature enrichment protection check,
a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high-pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-
up pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
EC-276
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level and mixture ratio (using coolant tester) A
in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level and mix-
ture ratio. EC
– If the coolant level in the reservoir and/or radiator is below the
proper range, go to EC-280, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
– If the coolant mixture ratio is out of the range of 45 to 55%, C
replace the coolant in the following procedure MA-15, "Chang-
ing Engine Coolant" .
– Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed D
of 2 liters per minute like pouring coolant from a kettle. Be sure SEF621W
to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14,

"Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
E
– After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
– After checking or replacing coolant, go to step 3 below.
2. Ask the customer if engine coolant has been added. If it has been added, go to EC-280, "Diagnostic Pro- F
cedure" . After repair, go to the next step.
4. Make sure that A/C switch is “OFF” and air conditioner is not operating. If NG, check air conditioner circuit. G
Refer to MTC-21, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" . After repair, go to the next step.
5. Perform “ENG COOLANT TEMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II at idle.
– Set “ENG COOLANT TEMP” to 95°C (203°F) and make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed. H
– Set “ENG COOLANT TEMP” to 105°C (221°F) and make sure that cooling fan operates at high speed. If
NG, go to EC-280, "Diagnostic Procedure" . After repair, go to the next step. I
6. Check for blocked coolant passage.
– Warm up engine to normal operating temperature, then grasp radiator upper hose and lower hose and
make sure that coolant flows. J
If NG, go to EC-280, "Diagnostic Procedure" . After repair, go to the next step.
Be extremely careful not to touch any moving or adjacent parts.
7. Check for blocked radiator air passage.
K
– When market fog lamps have been installed, check for damaged fans and clogging in the condenser and
radiator.
– Check the front end for clogging caused by insects or debris. L
– Check for improper fitting of front-end cover, damaged radiator grille or bumper, damaged vehicle front.
If NG, take appropriate action and then go to the next step.
8. Check function of ECT sensor. M
Refer to step 7 of EC-280, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If NG, replace ECT sensor and go to the next step.
9. Check ignition timing. Refer to EC-87, "Basic Inspection" .
Make sure that ignition timing is 9°±5° at idle.
If NG, refer to EC-87, "Basic Inspection" , and then recheck.
WITH GST
1. Check the coolant level and mixture ratio (using coolant tester) in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level and mixture ratio.
– If the coolant level in the reservoir and/or radiator is below the proper range, and go to EC-280, "Diagnos-
tic Procedure" .
– If the coolant mixture ratio is out of the range of 45 to 55%, replace the coolant in the following procedure
MA-15, "Changing Engine Coolant" .
– Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute like pouring coolant
from a kettle. Be sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "Anti-freeze Coolant
Mixture Ratio" .
EC-277
2. Ask the customer if engine coolant has been added. If it has been added, go to EC-280, "Diagnostic Pro-
4. Make sure that A/C switch is “OFF” and air conditioner is not operating. If NG, check air conditioner circuit.
6. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
7. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor.
8. Start engine and make sure that cooling fan operates.
make sure that coolant flows.
– When market fog lamps have been installed, check for damaged fans and clogging in the condenser and
radiator.
– Check the front end for clogging caused by insects or debris.
11. Check function of ECT sensor.
EC-278
Wiring Diagram UBS001H1
EC
BBWA0270E
SEF571Y
EC-279
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001H2
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 4.
2. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION

With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect cooling fan relay-2.
WBIA0058E
3. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-

SULT-II.
4. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at low speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC-
284, "PROCEDURE A" .)
SEF646X
3. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION

With CONSULT-II
2. Reconnect cooling fan relay-2.
SULT-II.
5. Make sure that cooling fan-1 operates at high speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC-
286, "PROCEDURE B" .)
SEF646X
EC-280
4. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
3. Set temperature lever at full cold position.
4. Turn air conditioner switch “ON”. C
5. Turn blower fan switch “ON”.
WBIA0058E
E

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 5.
G
SEC163BA
5. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION I
Without CONSULT-II
J
3. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch “OFF”. K
5. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
6. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan-1 operate at high L
speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. M
MEC475B
EC-281
6. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK
Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the
pressure drops.
157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm2 ,
Testing pressure: 23psi)
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.
Pressure should not drop.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7. SLC754A

Check the following for leaks.
● Hose
● Radiator
● Water pump (Refer to CO-10, "WATER PUMP" .)
8. CHECK RADIATOR CAP

Apply pressure to cap with a tester and check radiator cap relief
pressure.
Radiator cap relief pressure:
59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace radiator cap.
SLC755A
9. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1. Remove thermostat.
2. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures.
It should seat tightly.
3. Check valve opening temperature and valve lift.
Valve opening temperature:
76.5°C (170°F) [standard]
Valve lift:
More than 9 mm/90°C (0.35 in/194°F)
4. Check if valve is closed at 5°C (9°F) below valve opening tem-
perature. For details, refer to CO-12, "THERMOSTAT AND
THERMOSTAT HOUSING" .
OK or NG SLC343
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace thermostat
EC-282
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. EC
11. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES C
If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-287, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .

D
>> INSPECTION END
EC-283
PROCEDURE A
1. CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

4. Check voltage between cooling fan relay-1 terminals 1, 3, 6 and
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0951E

● Fuse and fusible link box connectors E23, E25
● Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
● 10A fuse
● 40A fusible links
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and fuse
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and battery
3. CHECK COOLING FAN GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling
fan motor-2 harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 5
and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 1, cooling fan motor-1 terminal
4 and body ground.
and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 2, cooling fan motor-2 terminal BBIA0112E
1 and body ground.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-284
4. CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 13 and cooling fan relay-1 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. D

Check the following. E
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and ECM
F
6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-1 G

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace cooling fan relay.
I
7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace cooling fan motors.
K
Perform EC-147, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . L
>> INSPECTION END

M
EC-285
PROCEDURE B

4. Check voltage between cooling fan relay-2 terminals 1, 3 and
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0621E

● Fuse and fusible link box connector E25
● 10A fuse
● 40A fusible link
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-2 and fusible link

2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-2 harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-2 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2, cool-
ing fan relay-2 terminal 6 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 3, cooling fan relay-2 terminal 7 and body
ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-286

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. D

F

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace cooling fan relays.
I
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
K
>> INSPECTION END

M
Main 12 Causes of Overheating UBS001H3
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page

OFF 1 ● Blocked radiator ● Visual No blocking —
● Blocked condenser
● Blocked radiator grille
● Blocked bumper
2 ● Coolant mixture ● Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-13, "RECOM-
MENDED FLUIDS AND
LUBRICANTS" .
3 ● Coolant level ● Visual Coolant up to MAX level See MA-15, "Changing
in reservoir tank and radi- Engine Coolant" .
ator filler neck
4 ● Radiator cap ● Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/ See CO-8, "System
cm2 , 9 - 14 psi) (Limit) Check" .
EC-287
ON*2 5 ● Coolant leaks ● Visual No leaks See CO-8, "System

Check" .
ON*2 6 ● Thermostat ● Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot See CO-12, "THERMO-
lower radiator hoses STAT AND THERMO-
STAT HOUSING" and
CO-14, "RADIATOR" .
ON*1 7 ● Cooling fan ● CONSULT-II Operating See trouble diagnosis for

DTC P0217 (EC-275 ).
OFF 8 ● Combustion gas leak ● Color checker chemical Negative —
tester 4 Gas analyzer
ON*3 9 ● Coolant temperature ● Visual Gauge less than 3/4 —

gauge when driving
● Coolant overflow to ● Visual No overflow during driv- See MA-15, "Changing
reservoir tank ing and idling Engine Coolant" .
OFF*4 10 ● Coolant return from ● Visual Should be initial level in See CO-8, "System
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank Check" .
tor
OFF 11 ● Cylinder head ● Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- See EM-40, "Inspection" .
gauge mum distortion (warping)
12 ● Cylinder block and pis- ● Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-60, "Inspection" .
tons walls or piston
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (56 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-5, "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS" .
Component Inspection UBS001H4
COOLING FAN RELAYS-1 AND -2

Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
Conditions Continuity
12V direct current supply between termi-
Yes
nals 1 and 2
No current supply No
If NG, replace relay.
SEF745U
COOLING FAN MOTOR-1

1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
2. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.
Terminals
Speed
(+) (−)
Low 1 4
Cooling fan motor
High 1, 2 3, 4
Cooling fan motor should operate.

If NG, replace cooling fan motor.
SEF734W
COOLING FAN MOTOR-2

EC-288
check operation. A
Terminals
(+) (−)
EC
Cooling fan motor 2 1

If NG, replace cooling fan motor. C
SEF610Y
EC-289
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
FIRE PFP:00000
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001H5
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate (vary). If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the
crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.

1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the first trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to over-
heating, the MIL will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal every
200 engine revolutions for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not cause damage to the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL
will only light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the
crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.
P0300 ● Multiple cylinders misfire. ● Improper spark plug
P0301 ● No. 1 cylinder misfires. ● Insufficient compression
P0302 ● No. 2 cylinder misfires. ● Incorrect fuel pressure

● EGR volume control valve
P0303 ● No. 3 cylinder misfires.
● The injector circuit is open or shorted
● Injectors
● Intake air leak
● The ignition secondary circuit is open or shorted
● Lack of fuel
● Drive plate/Flywheel
● Incorrect PCV hose connection
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001H7
CAUTION:
NOTE:
EC-290
FIRE
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”, and select “DATA MONITOR” mode A
with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds. EC
4. Start engine again and drive at 1,500 to 3,000 rpm for at least 3
minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. C
NOTE:
Refer to the freeze frame data for the test driving condi-
tions. SEF058Y
D
.
WITH GST E
F
1. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK

G
1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
3. Check PCV hose connection. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Discover air leak location and repair. I
2. CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING

J
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. K
NG >> Repair or replace it.
3. CHECK EGR FUNCTION L

Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for DTC P1402 EGR FUNCTION.
Refer to EC-494, "DTC P1402 EGR FUNCTION" .
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair EGR system.
EC-291
FIRE
4. PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary
engine speed drop?
SEF190Y
Without CONSULT-II
When disconnecting each injector harness connector one at a time,
is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine
speed drop?
LEC242
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> GO TO 8.
5. CHECK INJECTOR
Does each injector make an operating sound at idle?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 6.
No >> Check injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-546 .
MEC703B
EC-292
FIRE
6. CHECK IGNITION SPARK A
1. Turn Ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect ignition wire from spark plug.
3. Connect a known-good spark plug to the ignition wire. EC
4. Place end of spark plug against a suitable ground and crank engine.
5. Check for spark.
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
D
SEF575Q
F
7. CHECK SPARK PLUGS
Remove the spark plugs and check for fouling, etc. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace spark plug(s) with standard type H
one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-15, "ENGINE
MAINTENANCE (QG18DE ENGINE)" .
I
SEF156I J
8. CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE

Refer to EM-13, "Measurement of Compression Pressure" . K
Check compression pressure.
Standard: 1,324 kPa (13.5 kg/cm2 , 192 psi)/300 rpm L
Minimum: 1,157 kPa (11.8 kg/cm2 , 168 psi)/300 rpm
Difference between each cylinder: 98 kPa (1.0 kg/cm2 , 14 psi)/300 rpm
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
EC-293
FIRE
1. Install any parts removed.
2. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-58, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
At idle: Approx. 235 kPa (2.4 kg/cm2 , 34 psi)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
LEC314

● Fuel pressure regulator Refer to EC-59 .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Adjust ignition timing.

3. Check HO2S1 heater, refer to EC-160 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
PBIB0636E
EC-294
FIRE
13. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR A
With CONSULT-II
Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
EC
at 2,500 rpm: 5.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
With GST C
Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
D
at 2,500 5.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
rpm:
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 14.
engine grounds. Refer to EC-172 . F
14. CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-101, "Symptom Matrix Chart" . G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Repair or replace. H
15. ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC

I
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-73, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
J
>> GO TO 16.
16. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K

L
>> INSPECTION END
EC-295
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
DTC P0327, P0328 KS PFP:22060
Component Description UBS001H9
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine

knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
Freeze frame data will not be stored in the ECM for the knock
sensor. The MIL will not light for knock sensor malfunction. The
knock sensor has one trip detection logic.
SEF598K
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001HA
P0327 ● An excessively low voltage from the knock sensor is sent ● Harness or connectors
to ECM. (The knock sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● An excessively high voltage from the knock sensor is sent ● Knock sensor
P0328
to ECM
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001HB
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-296
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
Wiring Diagram UBS001HC
EC
WEC386
SEF572Y
EC-297
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001HD

Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2
WEC249
2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-1

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and knock sensor harness
connector.
3. Check harness continuity between knock sensor terminal 1 and
ECM terminal 81.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4
SEF729Y
NG >> GO TO 3

Check the harness for open or short between knock sensor and ECM.
4. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR

Knock sensor
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5
NG >> Replace knock sensor.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001HE
KNOCK SENSOR
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
EC-298
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
2. Check resistance between terminal 1 and ground.
NOTE: A
Use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
Resistance: 500 - 620 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
EC
CAUTION:
Discard any knock sensors that have been dropped or physi-
cally damaged. Use only new ones.
C
SEF478Y
D
Removal and Installation UBS001HF
KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EM-58, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .
E
EC-299
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) PFP:23731
Component Description UBS001HG
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder

block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at
the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine rev-
olution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
SEF058X
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution.
PBIB0709E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001HH
P0335 ● The crankshaft position sensor signal is not detected by ● Harness or connectors
the ECM during the first few seconds of engine cranking. (The crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is
● The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position sen- open.)
sor (POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is running. ● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● The crankshaft position sensor signal is not in the normal
pattern during engine running.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001HI
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that the battery voltage is more than 10.5V and the
ignition switch is “ON”.
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
2. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 sec-
onds at idle speed.
.
SEF058Y
EC-300
WITH GST
Wiring Diagram UBS001HJ
EC
BBWA0121E
CAUTION:
EC-301
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
SEF979W
Crankshaft position
75 R
[Engine is running]
SEF980W
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001HK

>> GO TO 2.
WEC249
EC-302
1. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connec-
tor.
EC
D
PBIB0709E
2. Check voltage between harness connector terminal 3 and E

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. G
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF479Y
H

I
Check the harness for open or short between ECM relay and crankshaft position sensor (POS).
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J

1. Check continuity between ECM terminal 75 and crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 2. K
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. M
NG >> GO TO 5.

Check the harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and ECM.
EC-303
2. Check harness continuity between crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1 and engine ground.
Continuity should
exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

Check the harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and ECM.
8. CHECK IMPROPER INSTALLATION

Loosen and retighten the fixing bolt of the crankshaft position sensor (POS). Then retest.
Trouble is not fixed.>>GO TO 9.
9. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
10. CHECK SIGNAL PLATE TOOTH

Visually check for chipping signal plate tooth.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace the signal plate. Refer to EM-36, "Components" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001HL
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)

1. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Remove the sensor.
EC-304
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
A
EC
SEF960N
D
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] E
3 (+) - 1 (–)
2 (+) - 1 (–) Except 0 or ∞
3 (+) - 2 (–) F
If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

G
SEF122X
Removal and Installation UBS001HM

H
I
EC-305
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) PFP:23731
Component Description UBS001HN
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the protrusion pro-

vided with exhaust valve cam sprocket to identify a particular cylin-
der. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) senses the piston
position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet, core and coil.
SEF058X
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001HO
P0340 ● The cylinder No. signal is not entered to ECM for the ● Harness or connectors
first few seconds during engine cranking. (The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is open
● The cylinder No. signal is not enter to ECM during or shorted.)
engine running. ● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
● The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal pattern ● Starter motor (Refer to SC-9, "STARTING SYSTEM" .)
during engine running. ● Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-9, "STARTING
SYSTEM" .)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001HP
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V.
WITH CONSULT-II
onds at idle speed.
.
SEF013Y
WITH GST
EC-306
Wiring Diagram UBS001HQ
EC
BBWA0551E
EC-307
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
Camshaft position sen- SEF977W

R
76 sor (PHASE) Approximately 2.0 - 3.0V
[Engine is running]
SEF978W
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001HR
1. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Does the engine turn over?
(Does the starter motor operate?)
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Check starting system. (Refer to EC-551, "START SIGNAL" .)

>> GO TO 3.
WEC249
EC-308
1. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connec-
tor.
2. Turn ignition switch “ON”. EC
D
WEC253
3. Check voltage between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) ter- E

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. G
SEF481Y
H

I
● Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM relay
● Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM J
K
L
3. Check harness continuity between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 76.
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

Check the harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM.
EC-309
2. Check harness continuity between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-310
Component Inspection UBS001HS
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) A

2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 76 and engine ground.
EC
Condi-
Idle 2,000 rpm
tion
Voltage Approximately 2.0 - 3.0V Approximately 2.0 - 3.0V
C
Pulse D
signal
PBIB0622E
E
SEF977W SEF978W
If NG, replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).

Removal and Installation UBS001HT
F
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EM-24, "TIMING CHAIN" .
G
EC-311
DTC P0350 IGNITION SIGNAL
DTC P0350 IGNITION SIGNAL PFP:22448
Component Description UBS001HU
IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the
power transistor. The power transistor turns on and off the ignition
coil primary circuit. This on-off operation induces the proper high
voltage in the coil secondary circuit.
SEF489Y
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001HV
Malfunction is detected when the ignition signal in the primary circuit is not sent to ECM during engine crank-
ing or running.
Possible Cause UBS001HW
● Harness or connectors (The ignition primary circuit is open or shorted.)

● Power transistor unit built into ignition coil
● Condenser
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001HX
NOTE:
● If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
● If DTC P0350 is displayed with DTC P0335 or P0340, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335 or
P0340 first. Refer to EC-300 or EC-306 .
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Start engine. (If engine does not run, turn ignition switch to
“START” for at least 5 seconds.)
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-312
Wiring Diagram UBS001HY
EC
BBWA0135E
EC-313
BBWA0136E
EC-314
EC
WEC407
EC-315
SEF970W
SEF746YA
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001HZ
1. CHECK ENGINE START

Turn ignition switch “OFF”, and restart engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
Yes (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12.
No >> GO TO 3.
2. SEARCH FOR MALFUNCTIONING CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
2. Search for circuit which does not produce a momentary engine
speed drop.
>> GO TO 12.
SEF190Y
EC-316
3. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I A
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 110, 112 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester. EC

OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Go to EC-148, "POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM"
. D
PBIB0623E
E
4. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
F
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
G
I
SEF896Z
4. Check voltage between condenser terminal 1 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester. J

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 5.
L
PBIB0624E
M
5. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
3. Check harness continuity between ECM relay terminal 7 and
condenser terminal 1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
WEC690
EC-317
Check the harness for open or short between ECM relay and condenser.
7. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV

Check voltage between ECM relay terminal 6 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
PBIB0625E

● 15A fuse
● Harness for open and short between ECM relay and fuse
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
9. CHECK ECM RELAY

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
10. CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

2. Check harness continuity between condenser terminal 2 and engine ground.
Continuity should
exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
11. CHECK CONDENSER

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace condenser.
EC-318
12. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V A
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector. EC
E
SEF489Y
5. Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 3 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester. F

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.
H
PBIB0138E
I
Check the harness for open or short between ignition coil and ECM relay. J

K
14. CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
L
2. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
15. CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 35, 36, 37, 38 and ignition coil terminal 1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
EC-319
16. CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace ignition coil with power transistor.

Refer to EC-147, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001I0
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
3 (+) - 2 (-) Except 0 or ∞
1 (+) - 3 (-)
Except 0
1 (+) - 2 (-)
PBIB0626E
CONDENSER
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as 1 and 2.
Resistance: Above 1 MΩ at 25°C (77°F)
SEF124Y
Removal and Installation UBS001I1

EC-320
DTC P0400 EGR FUNCTION
DTC P0400 EGR FUNCTION PFP:14710
A
Description UBS001I2
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func- EC
tion
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed and cylinder position C
D
EGR vol-
Battery Battery voltage ume con- EGR volume control valve E
trol
Power steering oil pressure switch Power steering load signal F
PNP switch Park/Neutral position signal
G
TCM (Transmission control module) Gear position, shifting signal
This system controls flow rate of EGR led from exhaust manifold to intake manifold. The opening of the EGR
bypass passage in the EGR volume control valve changes to control the flow rate. A built-in step motor moves H
the valve in steps corresponding to the ECM output pulses. The opening of the valve varies for optimum
engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by considering various engine conditions.
The EGR volume control valve remains closed under the following conditions. I
● Engine stopped
● Engine starting
● Engine idling J
● Low engine coolant temperature
● Excessively high engine coolant temperature
K
● High engine speed
● Wide open throttle
● Low battery voltage L
SEF551W
EC-321
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
EGR volume control valve
The EGR volume control valve uses a step motor to control the flow
rate of EGR from exhaust manifold. This motor has four winding
phases. It operates according to the output pulse signal of the ECM.
Two windings are turned ON and OFF in sequence. Each time an
ON pulse is issued, the valve opens or closes, changing the flow
rate. When no change in the flow rate is needed, the ECM does not
issue the pulse signal. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the
valve remains at that particular opening.
SEF552W
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001I3

EGR VOL CON/V Revving engine up to 3,000 rpm
quickly
● No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001I4
If the absence of EGR flow is detected by EGR temperature sensor

under the condition that calls for EGR, a low-flow malfunction is
diagnosed.
Malfunction is detected when no EGR flow is detected under condi-
tion that calls for EGR.
SEF073P
Possible Cause UBS001I5
(EGR volume control valve circuit is open or shorted.)
● EGR volume control valve stuck closed
● Dead (Weak) battery
● EGR passage clogged
● EGR temperature sensor and circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001I6
CAUTION:
NOTE:
● P0400 will not be displayed at “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II even though DTC work
support test result is NG.
TESTING CONDITION:
EC-322
● Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 10V at idle, then
stop engine immediately. A
● For best results, perform the test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or higher.
WITH CONSULT-II
EC
2. Turn ignition switch “ON”
3. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with C
CONSULT-II.
Confirm COOLAN TEMP/S value is within the range listed
below.
COOLAN TEMP/S: Less than 40°C (104°F) D
If the value is out of range, park the vehicle in a cool place and
allow the engine temperature to stabilize. Do not attempt to
lower the engine coolant temperature with a fan or means other E
than ambient air. Doing so may produce an inaccurate diagnos-
tic result.
4. Start engine and let it idle monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/S” value. SEF013Y F
When the “COOLAN TEMP/S” value reaches 70°C (158°F),
immediately go to the next step.
5. Select “EGR SYSTEM P0400” of “EGR SYSTEM” in “DTC
G
WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEF732Y
J
K
SEF733Y
7. Accelerate vehicle to a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) once and

then stop vehicle with engine running.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 9.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go to
the following step.
played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions until
“TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approxi-
mately 30 seconds or more.)
ENG SPEED 1,200 - 3,600 rpm
SEF235Y
EC-323
B/FUEL SCHDL 4.5 - 8.0 msec
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.

If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-326, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
3. Check engine coolant temperature in MODE 1 with GST.
Engine coolant temperature: Less than 40°C (104°F)
If the value is out of range, park the vehicle in a cool place and allow the engine temperature to stabilize.
Do not attempt to lower the coolant temperature with a fan or means other than ambient air. Doing so may
produce an inaccurate diagnostic result.
4. Start engine and let it idle monitoring the value of “COOLAN TEMP/S”. When the engine coolant tempera-
ture reaches 70°C (158°F), immediately go to the next step.
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 1 minute.
Engine speed: 1,800 - 2,800 rpm
Vehicle speed: More than 10 km/h (6 MPH)
Selector lever: Suitable position
6. Stop vehicle.
7. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds, then
turn “ON”.
8. Repeat steps 3 to 5.
● When using GST, “DTC Confirmation Procedure” should be
performed twice as much as when using CONSULT-II SEF066X
because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) con-

cerning this diagnosis. Therefore, using CONSULT-II is recommended.
EC-324
Wiring Diagram UBS001I7
EC
BBWA0123E
SEF180ZA
EC-325
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001I8
1. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM

1. Start engine.
2. Check exhaust pipes and muffler for leaks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace exhaust system.
SEF099P
2. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
LEC333
3. Check voltage between EGR volume control valve terminals 2, 5

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0627E

● 15A fuse
● Harness for open or short between fuse and ECM relay
● ECM relay
● Harness for open or short between ECM relay and EGR volume control valve
>> Repair harness or connectors, or replace fuse or ECM relay.
EC-326
4. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and EGR volume control valve terminals as follows. EC
ECM terminal EGR volume control valve
C
8 1
9 4
17 3 D
18 6
Continuity should exist. E

OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK EGR PASSAGE G
Check EGR passage for clogging and cracks.

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace EGR passage.
I
6. CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND CIRCUIT
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace EGR temperature sensor.
K
7. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-332, "Component Inspection" . L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace EGR volume control valve. M

>> INSPECTION END
EC-327
DTC P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
DTC P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE PFP:14710
Description UBS001I9
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func-
tion
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed and cylinder position
EGR vol-
Battery Battery voltage ume con- EGR volume control valve
trol
Power steering oil pressure switch Power steering load signal
bypass passage in the EGR volume control valve changes to control the flow rate. A built-in step motor moves
The EGR volume control valve remains closed under the following conditions.
● Engine stopped
● Engine starting
● Engine idling
SEF551W
EC-328
EGR volume control valve A
phases. It operates according to the output pulse signal of the ECM. EC
rate. When no change in the flow rate is needed, the ECM does not C
D
SEF552W
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001IA E

F
quickly G
● No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001IB
H
Malfunction is detected when an improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through the valve.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the ECM enters the fail-safe mode, the MIL illuminates. I
EGR volume control valve circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,800 rpm due to the fuel cut.
J
Possible Cause UBS001IC
(EGR volume control valve circuit is open or shorted.) K
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001ID
L
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. M
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
3. Rev engine from idle to 2,000 rpm 10 times.
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
EC-329
Wiring Diagram UBS001IE
BBWA0124E
SEF181ZA
EC-330
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001IF

EC
C
E
LEC333

F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
H
PBIB0627E
I
Check the following. J
● Fuse and fusible link connector E22
● 15A fuse
● Harness connectors E9, F47 K
● Harness open or short between fuse and ECM relay
● ECM relay
L
● Harness for open or short between ECM relay and EGR volume control valve
>> Repair harness or connectors or replace fuse or ECM relay. M
EC-331
3. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and EGR volume control valve terminals as follows.
8 1
9 4
17 3
18 6

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace EGR volume control valve.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001IG
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

With CONSULT-II
EC-332
2. Check resistance between the following terminals.
terminal 2 and terminals 1, 3 A
terminal 5 and terminals 4, 6
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance Ω
EC
20 (68) 20.9 - 23.1
3. Reconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.

4. Remove EGR volume control valve from cylinder head. C
(The EGR volume control valve harness connector should
remain connected.)
5. Turn ignition switch “ON”. D
G
SEF605Y
6. Perform “EGR VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with

CONSULT-II. Check that EGR volume control valve shaft moves H
smoothly forward and backward according to the valve opening.
If NG, replace the EGR volume control valve.
I
SEF015Y
K
Without CONSULT-II
L
EC-333
2. Check resistance between the following terminals.
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance Ω
20 (68) 20.9 - 23.1
SEF605Y
3. Turn ignition switch “ON” and “OFF”. Check that EGR volume
control valve shaft moves smoothly forward and backward
according to the ignition switch position.
If NG, replace the EGR volume control valve.
SEF560W
Removal and Installation UBS001IH
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

EC-334
DTC P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR
DTC P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR PFP:14710
A
Component Description UBS001II
The EGR temperature sensor detects temperature changes in the

EGR passageway. When the EGR volume control valve opens, hot EC
exhaust gases flow, and the temperature in the passageway
changes. The EGR temperature sensor is a thermistor that modifies
a voltage signal sent from the ECM. This modified signal then
returns to the ECM as an input signal. As the temperature increases, C
EGR temperature sensor resistance decreases.
This sensor is not directly used to control the engine system. It is
used only for the on board diagnosis. D
SEF599K
E
<Reference data>
EGR temperature Voltage* Resistance
F
°C (°F) V MΩ
0 (32) 4.56 0.62 - 1.05
50 (122) 2.25 0.065 - 0.094 G
100 (212) 0.59 0.011 - 0.015
(EGR temperature sensor) and ECM terminal ground. H
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing
so may lead the ECM's transistor damage. Use ground other than ECM, such
I
as body ground.
When EGR system is operating.
Voltage: 0 - 1.5V
J
SEF068X
L
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001IJ
Malfunction is detected when

M
(Malfunction A: P0405) an excessively low voltage from the EGR temperature sensor is sent to ECM even
when engine coolant temperature is low.
(Malfunction B: P0406) an excessively high voltage from the EGR temperature sensor is sent to ECM even
when engine coolant temperature is high.
Possible Cause UBS001IK
MALFUNCTION A
● Harness or connectors (The EGR temperature sensor circuit is shorted.)
● EGR temperature sensor
● Malfunction of EGR function
MALFUNCTION B
● Harness or connectors (The EGR temperature sensor circuit is open.)
EC-335
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001IL
NOTE:
With CONSULT-II
3. Verify that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 50°C (122°F).
If the engine coolant temperature is above the range, cool
the engine down.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 8 seconds.
.
SEF174Y
With GST
CAUTION:
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform the test at a temperature above –10°C (14°F).
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “EGR VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
3. Hold engine speed at 1,500 rpm.
4. Touch “Qu” and set the EGR volume control valve opening to 50
step and check EGR TEMP SEN.
EGR TEMP SEN should decrease to less than 1.0V.
If the check result is NG, go to EC-339, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the check result is OK, go to the following step.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds then turn
“ON”.
SEF200Y

VHCL SPEED SE 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more

.
SEF201Y
With GST
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds, then turn “ON”.
EC-336
3. Select “MODE 1” with GST and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
A
Engine speed 1,200 - 3,600 rpm
Vehicle speed 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
Selector lever Suitable position EC
C
EC-337
Wiring Diagram UBS001IM
BBWA0137E
EC-338
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001IN
1. CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

EC
2. Disconnect EGR temperature sensor harness connector.
WEC261
F
4. Check voltage between EGR temperature sensor terminal 1 and
OK or NG
G
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
H
I
PBIB0080E
2. CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J
2. Check harness continuity between EGR temperature sensor terminal 2 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. K

3. Also check harness for short to power. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. M

● Harness for open or short between ECM and EGR temperature sensor
● Harness for open or short between TCM (Transmission control module) and EGR temperature sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connector.
4. CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-339
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001IO
EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Remove EGR temperature sensor.
2. Check resistance between EGR temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
PBIB0628E
<Reference data>
EGR temperature Resistance
°C (°F) MΩ
0 (32) 0.62 - 1.05
50 (122) 0.065 - 0.094
100 (212) 0.011 - 0.015
If NG, replace EGR temperature sensor.

Removal and Installation UBS001IP

EC-340
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION PFP:20905
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001IQ
The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of sensor 1 and

sensor 2 of heated oxygen sensors. EC
A three way catalyst with high oxygen storage capacity will indicate a
low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2. As oxygen stor-
age capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2 switching fre-
quency will increase. C
When the frequency ratio of sensor 1 and sensor 2 heated oxygen
sensors approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst
malfunction is diagnosed. D
SEF484Y
E
P0420 (Bank 1) ● Three way catalyst does not operate properly. ● Three way catalyst
P0430 (Bank 2)
F
● Three way catalyst does not have enough oxygen storage ● Exhaust tube
capacity. ● Intake air leaks
● Injectors
G
● Injector leaks
● Spark plug
● Improper ignition timing H
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001IR
NOTE:
I
WITH CONSULT-II J
TESTING CONDITION:
● Open engine hood before conducting the following procedure.
● Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below. K
2. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUP-
PORT” mode with CONSULT-II. L
3. Start engine.
4. Rev engine up to 3,000 ± 500 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive
minutes then release the accelerator pedal completely. M
If “INCMP” of CATALYST changes to “CMPLT”, go to step 7).
5. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
SEF671Y
6. Rev engine up to 2,500±500 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP”

of CATALYST changes to “CMPLT” (It will take approximately 5
minutes).
If not “CMPLT”, stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C
(158°F) and then retest from step 1.
SEF672Y
EC-341
7. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.

8. Confirm that the 1st trip DTC is not detected.
If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-342, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF560X
Overall Function Check UBS001IS
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst. During this check, a 1st trip DTC
might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
3. Set voltmeters probes between ECM terminals and engine
ground as follows.
ECM terminal Ground
HO2S1 (B2) 62
Ground
HO2S2 (B2) 63
HO2S1 (B1) 94
Ground
HO2S2 (B1) 95
4. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.

5. Make sure that the voltage switching frequency (high & low)
SEF890Z
between ECM terminal 95 (63) and engine ground is much less
than that of ECM terminal 94 (62) and engine ground.
Switching frequency ratio = A/B
A: Heated oxygen sensor 2 voltage switching frequency
B: Heated oxygen sensor 1 voltage switching frequency
This ratio should be less than 0.75.
If the ratio is greater than above, it means three way catalyst does not operate properly.
NOTE:
If the voltage at terminal 94 (62) does not switch periodically more than 5 times within 10 seconds
at step 4, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0133, P0153 first. (See EC-216 .)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001IT

Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
EC-342
2. CHECK EXHAUST AIR LEAK A
2. Listen for an exhaust air leak before the three way catalyst.
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 3.
C
SEF099P
E
3. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace. G
Check for ignition timing. H
Refer to EC-87, "Basic Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. I
5. CHECK INJECTORS J
1. Refer to Wiring Diagram for Injectors, EC-547 .
2. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch “ON”.
K
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 101, 103, 105, 107 and
Terminal CYL No. Bank L
101 1
1
107 4
M
103 2
2
105 3
Voltage: Battery voltage SEF075X
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Perform “Diagnostic Procedure” INJECTOR, EC-548 .
EC-343
6. CHECK IGNITION SPARK
1. Disconnect ignition wire from spark plug.
2. Connect a known-good spark plug to the ignition coil assembly.
4. Check for spark.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
SEF575Q
7. CHECK INJECTOR
2. Remove injector assembly. Refer to EM-15, "Removal and Installation" .
3. Disconnect ignition coil assembly harness connector.
OK or NG
NG (Drips)>>Replace the injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.

Trouble is fixed>>INSPECTION END

Trouble is not fixed>>Replace three way catalyst.
EC-344
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:14950
A
System Description UBS001IU
NOTE:
If DTC P0441 is displayed with P0510, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0510 first. (See EC-428 .) EC
E
SEF323U
In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions.
Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP F
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open to admit purge flow. Purge flow exposes the EVAP con-
trol system pressure sensor to intake manifold vacuum.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001IV G
Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow
are adequate. If not, a fault is determined.
Malfunction is detected when EVAP control system does not operate properly, EVAP control system has a leak H
between intake manifold and EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Possible Cause UBS001IW
I
● EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve stuck closed
● EVAP control system pressure sensor and the circuit
● Loose, disconnected or improper connection of rubber tube J
● Blocked rubber tube
● Cracked EVAP canister
● EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit K
● Closed throttle position switch
● Blocked purge port
L
● EVAP canister vent control valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001IX
CAUTION: M
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
For best results, perform test at a temperature of 0°C (32°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-345
4. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in
“DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-II.
If “COMPLETED” is displayed, go to step 7.
SEC757C

played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions con-
take at least 35 seconds.)
Vehicle speed 32 - 120 km/h (20 - 75 MPH)
ENG SPEED 500 - 3,800 rpm
Engine coolant temperature More than 70°C (158°F) SEC758C
If “TESTING” is not changed for a long time, retry from step

2.
Procedure" .
SEC759C
Overall Function Check UBS001IY
Use this procedure to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow monitoring.
During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Lift up drive wheels.
3. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and wait at least 70 seconds.
5. Set voltmeter probes to ECM terminals 84 (EVAP control system
pressure sensor signal) and ground.
6. Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed
and note it.
7. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1
minute.
Air conditioner switch ON
Steering wheel Fully turned
Headlamp switch ON
SEF355X
Rear window defogger switch ON
EC-346
Engine speed Approx. 3,000 rpm
A
Gear position Any position other than “P”, “N” or “R”
8. Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1V less than the value at idle speed (mea-
sured at step 6) for at least 1 second.
EC
EC-347
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001IZ
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER

2. Check EVAP canister for cracks.
OK or NG
NG >> Replace EVAP canister.
2. CHECK PURGE FLOW

With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port and install
vacuum gauge.
LEC256
3. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with

CONSULT-II.
4. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm.
5. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to adjust “PURG
VOL CONT/V” opening and check vacuum existence.
PURG VOL CONT/V VACUUM
100.0% Should exist
0.0% Should not exist
OK or NG SEF677Y
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-348
3. CHECK PURGE FLOW A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Stop engine.
C
vacuum gauge.
5. Check vacuum gauge indication when revving engine up to
D
2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
6. Release the accelerator pedal fully and let idle. E
Vacuum should not exist. LEC256
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 4.
G
4. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
H
2. Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection.
Refer to EC-579, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair it.
5. CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT J
1. Disconnect purge hoses connected to EVAP service port A and

EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve B . K
SEF367U
2. Blow air into each hose and EVAP purge port C .

3. Check that air flows freely.
OK or NG
NG >> Repair or clean hoses and/or purge port.
SEF368U
EC-349
6. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
SEF677Y

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HOSE

2. Check disconnection or improper connection of hose connected to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair it.
9. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR

1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness con-
nector.
2. Check connectors for water.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
WEC255
10. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION

Refer to “DTC Confirmation Procedure” for DTC P0452 and P0453, EC-375 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-350
11. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING A
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
C
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. E
13. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
1. Reconnect all removed parts. F
2. Refer to EC-433, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15. G
NG >> GO TO 14.
14. ADJUST THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH H
Check the following items. Refer to EC-87, "Basic Inspection" .

Is it possible to adjust closed throttle position switch?
I
Items Specifications
Ignition timing 9°±5° BTDC
Feeler gauge thickness and J
Closed throttle position switch switch condition
idle position adjustment 0.05 mm (0.0020 in): ON
0.15 mm (0.0059 in): OFF
K
M/T: 650±50 rpm
Target idle speed A/T: 800±50rpm (in “P” or “N”
position)
L
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 15.
No >> Replace throttle position switch. M
Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Replace it.
16. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE

Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 17.
EC-351
>> INSPECTION END
EC-352
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001J0
NOTE:
This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using engine intake manifold vacuum.
If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve, under the following “Vacuum test” conditions.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve is opened to clear the line between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister C
purge volume control solenoid valve. The EVAP canister vent control valve will then be closed to shut the
EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is opened to depressurize the
EVAP purge line using intake manifold vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control D
solenoid valve will be closed.
SEF323U
Malfunction is detected when EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP control system does not operate prop- H
erly.
CAUTION:
● Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, I
the MIL may come on.
● If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
● Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. J
Possible Cause UBS001J1
● Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve K

● Incorrect fuel filler cap used
● Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
● Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap. L
● Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve.
● EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks M
● EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
● EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP control system pressure sensor
● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
● EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
● EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and the circuit
● Fuel tank temperature sensor
● O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged
● Water separator
● EVAP canister is saturated with water
● EVAP control system pressure sensor
● Fuel level sensor and the circuit
● Refueling control valve
● ORVR system leaks
EC-353
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001J2
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC confirmation procedure.
NOTE:
● If DTC P0442 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (See EC-515
.)
● Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
TESTING CONDITION:
● Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 to 3/4 full and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface.
● Open engine hood before conducting following procedure.
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Check the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: More than −20°C (−4°F)
5. Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE
SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed.
NOTE:
● If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range
displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, go to “Basic Inspec-
tion”, EC-87, "Basic Inspection" .
● Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to the EVAP can-
ister purge volume control solenoid valve properly.
SEC760C
SEC761C
6. Make sure that “OK” is displayed.

SEC762C
EC-354
WITH GST
A
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of “Driving Pattern” on EC-70 before driving vehicle.
1. Start engine.
EC
2. Drive vehicle according to “EC-70, "Driving Pattern" .
3. Stop vehicle.
4. Select “MODE 1” with GST. C
– If SRT of EVAP system is not set yet, go to the following step.
– If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds. D
6. Start engine.
It is not necessary to cool engine down before driving.
7. Drive vehicle again according to the EC-70, "Driving Pattern" . E
8. Stop vehicle.
– If P0442 or P1442 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-363, "Component Inspection" . F
– If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to “Diagnostic Procedure” for DTC P0441, EC-348 .
– If P0441, P0442 or P1442 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.
G
– If SRT of EVAP system is not set, go to step 6. H
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001J3
I
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
J
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. K
NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
M
SEF915U
2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION

Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> ● Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
● Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.
3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION

Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-355
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
1. Wipe valve housing clean.
2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
SEF445Y
SEF943S
Pres- 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
sure:
Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.4 kPa (−0.061 to −0.035 kg/cm2 , −0.87 to −0.48 psi)
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL
may come on.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
EC-356
5. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP A
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pres-
sure pump to EVAP service port securely.
EC
D
LEC256
SEF916U
H
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause leaking.
I
Models with CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6.

Models without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7.
J
EC-357
6. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
NOTE:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
● Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pres-

sure in the system.
PEF917U
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-579, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING"
.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U
EC-358
7. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts
until the end of test.)
3. Apply 12 volts DC to vacuum cut valve bypass valve. The valve will open. (Continue to apply 12V until the
C
end of test.)
WEC334
4. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg),
G
then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter.
NOTE:
H
●Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer I
to EC-579, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. J
SEF200U
EC-359
8. RELEASE EVAP LINE PRESSURE
With CONSULT-II
1. Touch “BACK” on CONSULT-II screen.
2. Start engine warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 90 seconds.
5. Keep engine speed at about 2,000 rpm for 30 seconds.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Stop applying 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve.
2. Reconnect harness connectors to EVAP canister vent control valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve.
>> GO TO 9.
9. CHECK WATER SEPARATOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace water separator.
10. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE, O-RING AND CIRCUIT
Refer to EC-364, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring or harness/connector.
11. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER

1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 12.
No (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 14.
No (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 15.
SEF596U
EC-360
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER A
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.8 kg (4.0 lb).
OK or NG EC
NG >> GO TO 13. C

Check the following. D
● EVAP canister for damage
● EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection
E
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION F
With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. G
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
H
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to increase “PURG VOL
CONT/V” opening to 100.0%.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
I
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 16.
SEF677Y
K
15. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
Without CONSULT-II L
2. Stop engine.
M
3. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> GO TO 16.

Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-34, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
EC-361
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> GO TO 18.
SEF677Y

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.

1. Remove fuel level sensor unit.
2. Check fuel tank temperature sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
20. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.

Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-578, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22.

>> GO TO 23.
EC-362
23. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR LINE A
Check refueling EVAP vapor line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and
improper connection. For location, refer to EC-579, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
C
24. CHECK SIGNAL LINE AND RECIRCULATION LINE
Check signal line and recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, loose-
ness and improper connection. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 25.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube. E
25. CHECK REFUELING CONTROL VALVE

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 26. G
NG >> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank.
26. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR H

Refer to DI-23, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 27. I
27. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J

K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS001J4
WATER SEPARATOR L
1. Check visually for insect rests in the water separator air inlet.
2. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
3. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. M
4. Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with A,
and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2-4, replace the parts.
NOTE:
● Do not disassemble water separator.
SEF829T
EC-363
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
VALVE PFP:14920
Description UBS001J5
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
SEF337U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001J6

● Engine: After warming up Idle (Vehicle stopped) 0%
● Air conditioner switch “OFF”
PURG VOL C/V
● No-load
Malfunction is detected when an excessively low (P0444) or high (P0445) voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the valve.
Possible Cause UBS001J8
(The valve circuit is open or shorted.)
● EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-364
VALVE
Wiring Diagram UBS001JA
EC
L
BBWA0125E
SEF576Y
EC-365
VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001JB
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIR-
CUIT
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
harness connector.
WEC254
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control

solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Volt- Battery voltage
age:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF206W

● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and fuse
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR-
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 14 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 2.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-366
VALVE
Check the harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors. EC

C
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with D
valve opening.
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
F
SEF677Y
G

H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. I

>> INSPECTION END K
Component Inspection UBS001JC
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

L
With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions. M
Condition Air passage continuity
(PURG VOL CONT/V value) between A and B
100.0% Yes
0.0% No
PBIB0149E
EC-367
VALVE
Without CONSULT-II
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Air passage continuity
Condition
between A and B
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No supply No
PBIB0150E
EC-368
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE PFP:14935
A
Component Description UBS001JD
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canis-
ter and is used to seal the canister vent. EC
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative C
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened. D
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evapo-
rative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP
SEF381Z
Control System” diagnoses.
E
H
WEC255
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001JE I

J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001JF

K
Malfunction is detected when an improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through EVAP canister vent control
valve.
Possible Cause UBS001JG L
● EVAP canister vent control valve M
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001JH
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-369
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Wiring Diagram UBS001JI
BBWA0126E
EC-370
EC
SEF577Y
D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001JJ
1. INSPECTION START E

Yes or No F
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
G
2. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II H
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and then turn “ON”.
2. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. I
3. Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT-II screen.
4. Check for operating sound of the valve.
Clicking noise should be heard. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3. K
SEF677Y
EC-371
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
WEC255
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve termi-

nal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0080E

● Harness connectors M14, B1
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and fuse
5. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 102 and EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
EC-372
● Harness connectors M59, F27 EC
● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and ECM
C
7. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING

D
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 8.
F
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
H
Refer to EC-147, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . I
>> INSPECTION END

J
Component Inspection UBS001JK
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

With CONSULT-II
K
1. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
2. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
L
5. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. M
SEF337X
EC-373
6. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
7. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent
control valve using an air blower.
8. Perform Test No. 5 again.
PBIB0153E
Without CONSULT-II
rusted.
SEF337X
3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
PBIB0154E
EC-374
DTC P0452, P0453 EVAP SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
DTC P0452, P0453 EVAP SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:25085
A
Component Description UBS001JL
The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the

purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pres- EC
sure increases. The EVAP control system pressure sensor is not
used to control the engine system. It is used only for on board diag-
nosis.
C
SEF053V
H
PBIB0629E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001JM I

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION J
EVAP SYS PRES ● Ignition switch: ON Approx. 1.8 - 4.8V
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001JN

K
Malfunction is detected when an improper voltage signal from EVAP control system pressure sensor is sent to
ECM.
Possible Cause UBS001JO L
(The EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● Rubber hose to EVAP control system pressure sensor is clogged, vent, kinked, disconnected or improper M
connection.
● EVAP canister
● Rubber hose from EVAP canister vent control valve to water separator
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001JP
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
EC-375
WITH CONSULT-II
5. Make sure that “FUEL T/TEMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
.
SEF194Y
WITH GST
2. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 82 (Fuel tank temper-
ature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2V.
.
SEF938X
EC-376
Wiring Diagram UBS001JQ
EC
BBWA0264E
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
58 B Sensor's ground ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
● Idle speed
EC-377
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
EVAP control system
pressure sensor
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001JR
1. CHECK RUBBER TUBE

2. Check rubber tube connected to the EVAP control system pres-
sure sensor for clogging, vent, kink, disconnection or improper
connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Reconnect, repair or replace.
WEC255

>> GO TO 3.
WEC249
3. CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check sensor harness connector for water.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-378
4. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
2. Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor
terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. EC
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
D
PBIB0079E
E
F
● Harness connectors M59, F27
● Joint connector-2 G
● Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair harness or connectors. H
6. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT I
2. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 and engine ground.
J
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7. L

M
● Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and TCM (Transmission control
module)
EC-379
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 84 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal
2.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 9.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
SEF677Y

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
EC-380
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14. EC
14. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR C

OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 15.
15. CHECK RUBBER TUBE E
Check obstructed rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Clean rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube.
G
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
I
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached. J
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 18. K
No >> GO TO 20.
M
SEF596U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.
NG >> GO TO 19.
EC-381

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001JS
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

1. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected.
2. Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor.
3. Install a pressure pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
4. Turn ignition switch “ON” and check output voltage between

ECM terminal 84 and ground.
Applied vacuum kPa
Voltage V
(mmHg, inHg)
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8
-26.7 kPa (-200, -7.7) 2.1 - 2.5 lower than above value
CAUTION:
● Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
● Do not apply vacuum below −93.3 kPa (−700 mmHg, − PBIB0631E
27.56 inHg) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92

inHg).
5. If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
EC-382
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001JT
NOTE:
This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off, etc.) in the EVAP system between the fuel tank
and the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
C
SEF323U
F
Malfunction is detected when EVAP control system has very large leaks such as when fuel filler cap has fallen
off, EVAP control system does not operate properly.
CAUTION: G
● Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
H
● Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
Possible Cause UBS001JU
I
● Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close
● Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
● Incorrect fuel filler cap used J
● Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap
● Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve K
● EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
● EVAP purge line rubber tube bent L
M
● O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001JV
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
NOTE:
.)
properly.
EC-383
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Tighten fuel filler cap securely until ratcheting sound is heard.
5. Make sure that the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F)
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range dis-
played on the CONSULT-II screen, go to EC-87, "Basic Inspec-
tion" .
SEC760C
SEC761C

If “NG” is displayed, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with
CONSULT-II and make sure that “EVAP GROSS LEAK [P0455]”
is displayed. If it is displayed, refer to EC-385, "Diagnostic Pro-
cedure" .
If P0442 is displayed, perform “Diagnostic Procedure” for DTC
P0442, EC-355 .
SEC762C
WITH GST
NOTE:
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle according to EC-70, "Driving Pattern" .
3. Stop vehicle.
EC-384
– If SRT of EVAP system is not set yet, go to the following step. A
EC
6. Start engine.
7. Drive vehicle again according to the EC-70, "Driving Pattern" .
C
8. Stop vehicle.
– If P0455 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-385, "Diagnostic Procedure" . D
– If P0442 or P1442 is displayed on the screen, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, for DTC P0442, EC-355 .
– If P0441, P0442, P0455 and P1442 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step. E
– If SRT of EVAP system is not set, go to step 6. F
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001JW
G
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. I
K
SEF915U
2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION L
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-385
1. Wipe clean valve housing.
Pressure:
15.3 - 20.0 kPa
(0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
Vacuum:
−6.0 to −3.4 kPa
(−0.061 to −0.035 kg/cm2 , −0.87 to −0.48 psi)
SEF445Y
SEF943S
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL
may come on.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks, improper connection or
disconnection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-386
EC
D
LEC256
SEF916U
H
NOTE:
I

J
EC-387
With CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
NOTE:

sure in the system.
PEF917U
.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
SEF200U
EC-388
Without CONSULT-II
EC
C
end of test.)
WEC334
G
NOTE:
H
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. J
SEF200U
EC-389
11. RELEASE EVAP LINE PRESSURE
With CONSULT-II
Without CONSULT-II

With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.
SEF677Y
Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 14.
EC-390
14. CHECK VACUUM HOSE A
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 15. EC
C
With CONSULT-II D
1. Start engine.
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the E
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17. F
NG >> GO TO 16.
SEF677Y
H
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 17.
J
1. Remove fuel level sensor unit. K
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 18.
18. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
19. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR LINE

improper connection. For location, refer to EC-584, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)"
.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.
EC-391
ness and improper connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-392
DTC P0456, P1456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
DTC P0456, P1456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:14950
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001JX
This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve, using the intake manifold vacuum (P0456) or vapor pressure in the fuel tank (P1456) in EC
the same way as conventional EVAP small leak diagnosis.
If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P0456 or P1456 will be
detected.
If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P0442 or P1442 will be detected. C
If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.
SEF323U
G
P0456 ● EVAP system has a very small leak. ● Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve.
P1456 ● EVAP system does not operate properly. ● Incorrect fuel filler cap used. H
● Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close
● Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
● Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP I
canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent con-
trol valve. J
● EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks.
● EVAP purge line (Pipe and rubber tube) leaks.
● EVAP purge line rubber tube bent. K
● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP control sys-
tem pressure sensor.
● Loose or disconnected rubber tube.
L
● EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit.
● EVAP canister purge volume control valve and the
circuit
M
● O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is miss-
ing or damaged.
● Water separator
● EVAP canister saturated with water
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001JY
CAUTION:
NOTE:
● If DTC P0456 or P1456 is displayed with P0442 or P1442, perform TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC
P0456 or P1456 first.
EC-393
● If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
● After repair, make sure that the hoses and clips are installed properly.
TESTING CONDITION:
● If any of following conditions are met just before the DTC confirmation procedure, leave the vehi-
cle for more than 1 hour.
– Fuel filler cap is removed.
– Refilled or drained the fuel.
– EVAP component parts is/are removed.
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Make sure the following conditions are met.
FUEL LEVEL SE: 0.25 - 1.15V
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F)
INT A/TEMP SE: More than 0°C (32°F)
If NG, turn ignition switch “OFF” and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle) or refilling/draining
fuel until the output voltage condition of the “FUEL LEVEL SE” meets within the range above and leave
the vehicle for more than 1 hour. Then start from step 1).
5. Select “EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456” of “EVAPORATIVE
SEC764C
SEC765C
EC-394
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-396, "Diagnostic Procedure" . A
NOTE:
● If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the
range displayed on CONSULT-II screen, go to EC-87, EC
"Basic Inspection" .
● Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canis-
ter purge volume control solenoid valve properly.
C
SEC766C
D
Overall Function Check UBS001JZ
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st E
CAUTION:
● Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system.
F
● Do not start engine.
● Do not exceeded 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi).
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP ser- G
vice port.
2. Set the pressure pump and a hose.
3. Also set a vacuum gauge via 3-way connector and a hose. H
5. Connect GST and select mode 8.
6. Using mode 8 control the EVAP canister vent control valve I
(close) and vacuum cut valve bypass valve (open).
7. Apply pressure and make sure the following conditions are sat-
isfied. SEF462UI J
Pressure to be applied: 2.7 kPa (20 mmHg, 0.79 inHg)
Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP system and the pressure to be dropped:
60 seconds and the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (3 mmHg, 0.12 inHg). K
If OK, go to next step.
8. Disconnect GST.
L
11. Restart engine and let it idle for 90 seconds. M
12. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 30 seconds.
NOTE:
For more information, refer to GST instruction manual.
EC-395
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001K0

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF915U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-396
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE A
EC
Pressure:
15.3 - 20.0 kPa
(0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90 psi) C
Vacuum:
−6.0 to −3.4 kPa
(−0.061 to −0.035 kg/cm2 , −0.87 to −0.48 psi) D
SEF445Y
E
H
SEF943S
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL I
may come on.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. J
EC-397
5. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
LEC256
SEF916U
NOTE:

EC-398
With CONSULT-II
EC
with CONSULT-II.
C
NOTE:
D
sure in the system.
E
PEF917U
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak F
.
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
H
SEF200U
I
EC-399
Without CONSULT-II
end of test.)
WEC334
NOTE:
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U
EC-400
8. RELEASE EVAP LINE PRESSURE A
With CONSULT-II
EC
4. Start engine and let it idle for 90 seconds. C
D
Without CONSULT-II
E
5. Start engine and let it idle for 90 seconds. F
G
>> GO TO 9.
9. CHECK WATER SEPARATOR H

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 10.
10. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE, O-RING AND CIRCUIT J

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 11.
L
M
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 12.
SEF596U
EC-401
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 13.

With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 16.
SEF677Y
Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> GO TO 16.

OK or NG
EC-402
17. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
EC
valve opening.
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> GO TO 18.
D
E
SEF677Y

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19. G
19. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR H

Refer to EC-274, "Component Inspection" . I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.
J

K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21. L
21. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22.

>> GO TO 23.
EC-403
improper connection. For location, refer to EC-584, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)"
.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 25.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 26.
26. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 27.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-404
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR PFP:25060
A
Component Description UBS001K1
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to EC
the ECM.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other side is
variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depend-
ing on the movement of the fuel mechanical float. C
LEC264
E
On Board Diagnostic Logic UBS001K2
When the vehicle is parked, the fuel level in the fuel tank is stable. It means the output signal of the fuel level
sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunction is F
detected.
Malfunction is detected when even though the vehicle is parked, a signal being varied is sent from the fuel
level sensor to ECM.
G
Possible Cause UBS001K3
● Fuel level sensor circuit

(The fuel level sensor circuit is open or shorted.) H
● Fuel level sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001K4
I
NOTE:
J
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. K
3. Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes.
. L
SEF563X
WITH GST
EC-405
Wiring Diagram UBS001K5
BBWA0127E
SEF579Y
EC-406
1. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

EC
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor until and fuel pump harness connector.
4. Check voltage between fuel level sensor unit terminal 2 and
ground with CONSULT-II or a tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. E
F
PBIB0632E
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G

● Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuel level sensor unit H

I
3. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. J
2. Check harness continuity between fuel level sensor unit terminal 5 and body ground.

OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 and fuel level sensor unit terminal 2, ECM terminal
90 and fuel level sensor unit terminal 5.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
EC-407
● Harness connectors F26, M58
● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor and combination meter

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-408
A
EC
EC-409
Component Description UBS001K7
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
ing on the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
LEC264
On Board Diagnostic Logic UBS001K8
Driving long distances affects fuel gauge level.

This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has
been driven.
Malfunction is detected when the output signal of the fuel level sensor does not change within the specified
range even though the vehicle has been driven a long distance.
Possible Cause UBS001K9
(The level sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Overall Function Check UBS001KA
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor function. During this check, a 1st trip
WARNING:
When performing following procedure, be sure to observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-2,
"FUEL SYSTEM" .
TESTING CONDITION:
Before starting overall function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required.
WITH CONSULT-II
NOTE:
Start from step 11, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 l (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8
Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-58, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds then turn “ON”.
6. Select “FUEL LEVEL SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
7. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
8. Select “FUEL PUMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-
II.
9. Touch “ON” and drain fuel approximately 30 l (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/
8 Imp gal) and stop it.
10. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 l (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
12. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and confirm whether SEF195Y
the voltage changes more than 0.03V during step 7 to 11.

If NG, check the fuel level sensor, refer to DI-23, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
EC-410
WITH GST
A
NOTE:
Start from step 11, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 l (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8
Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose. EC
C
6. Set voltmeters probe between ECM terminal 83 (fuel level sen- D
sor signal) and ground.
8. Check voltage between ECM terminal 83 and ground and note E
it.
9. Drain fuel by 30 l (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel tank
using proper equipment.
F
10. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 l (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
11. Confirm that the voltage between ECM terminal 83 and ground
changes more than 0.03V during step 8 - 10. SEF615X
G
If NG, check component of fuel level sensor, refer to DI-23,
"FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
EC-411
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR PFP:25060
Component Description UBS001KB
the ECM.
LEC264
On Board Diagnostic Logic UBS001KC
ECM receives two signals from the fuel level sensor circuit.
One is fuel level sensor power supply circuit, and the other is fuel level sensor ground circuit.
This diagnosis indicates the former, to detect open or short circuit malfunction.
Malfunction is detected when an excessively low (P0462) or high (P0463) voltage is sent from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
Possible Cause UBS001KD

(The fuel level sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001KE
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at ignition
switch “ON”.
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF195Y
WITH GST
EC-412
Wiring Diagram UBS001KF
EC
BBWA0128E
SEF579Y
EC-413
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001KG

2. Disconnect fuel level sensor until and fuel pump harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0632E

● Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuel level sensor unit
2. Check harness continuity between fuel level sensor unit terminal 5 and body ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 and fuel level sensor unit terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
EC-414
● Harness connectors M16, B3 EC
● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness on connectors.
6. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR D

OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 7.
F
G
>> INSPECTION END

H
EC-415
DTC P0500 VSS
DTC P0500 VSS PFP:32702
Component Description UBS001KH
The vehicle speed sensor is installed in the transaxle. It contains a

pulse generator which provides a vehicle speed signal to the speed-
ometer. The speedometer then sends a signal to the ECM.
SEF505U
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001KI
P0500 ● The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from vehicle speed sen- ● Harness or connector
sor is sent to ECM even when vehicle is being driven. (The vehicle speed sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001KJ
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
This procedure may be conducted in the shop with the drive wheels lifted or by driving the vehicle. If a
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-II should exceed 10
km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
5. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
onds.
SEF196Y
ENG SPEED 1,800 - 3,400 rpm (A/T)
2,200 - 4,100 rpm (M/T)
4.8 - 10.7 msec (M/T)
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF

Overall Function Check UBS001KK
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP canister vent control valve circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
EC-416
DTC P0500 VSS
WITH GST
1. Lift up drive wheels. A
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed sensor signal in “MODE 1” with GST.
The vehicle speed sensor on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with EC
suitable gear position.
C
Wiring Diagram UBS001KL
BBWA0129E
EC-417
DTC P0500 VSS
SEF580Y
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001KM

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and combination meter harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 86 and combination meter terminal 13 (with tachometer)
or 2 (without tachometer).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter
3. CHECK SPEEDOMETER FUNCTION

Make sure that speedometer functions properly.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK SPEEDOMETER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

● Harness for open or short between combination meter and vehicle speed sensor
OK or NG
OK >> Check combination meter and vehicle speed sensor. Refer to DI-3, "METERS AND GAUGES" .
EC-418
DTC P0500 VSS
EC-419
DTC P0505, P0506, P0507 ISC SYSTEM
DTC P0505, P0506, P0507 ISC SYSTEM PFP:23781
Description UBS001KN
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func-
tion
Throttle position sensor Throttle position Idle air
IACV-AAC valve
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Park/neutral position control

Intake air temperature sensor Intake air temperature
This system automatically controls engine idle speed to a specified level. Idle speed is controlled through fine
adjustment of the amount of air which bypasses the throttle valve via IACV-AAC valve. The IACV-AAC valve
changes the opening of the air bypass passage to control the amount of auxiliary air. This valve is actuated by
a step motor built into the valve, which moves the valve in the axial direction in steps corresponding to the
ECM output signals. One step of IACV-AAC valve movement causes the respective opening of the air bypass
passage. (i.e., when the step advances, the opening is enlarged.) The opening of the valve is varied to allow
for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The camshaft position sensor detects the actual engine speed
and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM then controls the step position of the IACV-AAC valve so that engine
speed coincides with the target value memorized in ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at
which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into con-
sideration various engine conditions, such as during warm up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner,
power steering and cooling fan operation).
IACV-AAC Valve
The IACV-AAC valve is operated by a step motor for centralized con-
trol of auxiliary air supply. This motor has four winding phases and is
actuated by the output signals of ECM which turns ON and OFF two
windings each in sequence. Each time the IACV-AAC valve opens or
closes to change the auxiliary air quantity, the ECM sends a pulse
signal to the step motor. When no change in the auxiliary air quantity
is needed, the ECM does not issue the pulse signal. A certain volt-
age signal is issued so that the valve remains at that particular open-
ing.
SEF765P
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001KO

IACV-AAC/V
● No-load
EC-420
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001KP
A
P0505 A) The IACV-AAC valve does not operate properly. ● Harness or connectors
(The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open.)
EC
● IACV-AAC valve
B) The idle speed is less than the target idle speed by ● Harness or connectors
100 rpm or more. (The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open or shorted.)
P0506 C
● Air control valve (Power steering)
● IACV-AAC valve
C) The idle speed is more than the target idle speed by ● Harness or connectors D
● IACV-AAC valve
P0507
E
● PCV system
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001KQ

F
NOTE:
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. G
● If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-56, "Idle Air Volume Learning" ,
before conducting “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. For the target idle speed, refer to EC-593,
"SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)" . H

TESTING CONDITION:
I
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch “ON”.
With CONSULT-II J
3. Start engine and let it idle. K
4. Keep engine speed at 2,500 rpm for three seconds, then let it
idle for three seconds.
5. Perform step 4 once more. L
.
M
SEF058Y
With GST
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C
TESTING CONDITION:
● Before performing the following procedure, make sure battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
● For best results, perform the test at a temperature above –10°C (14°F).
● Electrical load not applied.
With CONSULT-II
1. Open engine hood.
EC-421
4. Turn ignition switch “ON” again and select “DATA MONITOR”
5. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
.
SEF174Y
With GST
Wiring Diagram UBS001KR
BBWA0130E
EC-422
EC
SEF581Y
D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001KS
1. CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION E
Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly.

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 2.
G
2. CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Stop engine.
H
2. Disconnect IACV-AAC valve harness connector.
I
K
BBIA0074E
4. Check voltage between IACV-AAC valve terminals 2, 5 and

L
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0627E
EC-423
● 15A fuse
● Harness for open or short between fuse and ECM relay
● ECM relay
● Harness for open or short between IACV-AAC valve and ECM relay
>> Repair harness or connectors, or replace fuse or ECM relay.
4. CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and IACV-AAC valve terminals as follows.
ECM terminal IACV-AAC valve terminal
6 1
7 4
15 3
16 6

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK AIR CONTROL VALVE (POWER STEERING) OPERATION-I

1. Reconnect ECM harness connector and IACV-AAC valve harness connector.
2. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to air control valve (Power steering) at intake air duct.
4. Check vacuum hose for vacuum existence.
LEC324
Vacuum slightly exists or does not exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace air control valve (Power steering).
EC-424
6. CHECK AIR CONTROL VALVE (POWER STEERING) OPERATION-II A
Check vacuum hose for vacuum existence when steering wheel is turned.
EC
LEC324
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. F
NG >> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK VACUUM PORT G

1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to air control valve (Power steering) at the vacuum port.
H
3. Blow air into vacuum port.
I
LEC325
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or clean vacuum port. M
8. CHECK VACUUM HOSES AND TUBES
1. Disconnect vacuum hoses between air control valve (Power steering) and vacuum port, air control valve
(Power steering) and intake air duct.
2. Check the hoses and tubes for cracks, clogging, improper con-
nection or disconnection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair hoses or tubes.
SEF109L
EC-425
9. CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.

1. Replace IACV-AAC valve assembly.
2. Perform EC-56, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is the result CMPLT or INCMP?
CMPLT or INCMP
CMPLT >> INSPECTION END
INCMP >> Follow the construction of “Idle Air Volume Learning”.

2. Reconnect all harness connectors and vacuum hoses.
4. Also warm up transmission to normal operating temperature.
– For A/T models with CONSULT-II, drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE”, in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/
– For A/T models without CONSULT-II and M/T models, drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
6. Check target idle speed.
M/T = 650 ± 50 rpm
A/T = 800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Perform EC-56, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001KT
IACV-AAC VALVE
EC-426
2. Check IACV-AAC valve resistance.
A
Condition Resistance
Terminal 2 and terminals 1, 3
20 - 24Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
Terminal 5 and terminals 4, 6 EC
3. Reconnect IACV-AAC valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
C
G
SEF605Y
4. Turn ignition switch “ON” and “OFF”, and ensure the IACV-AAC H
valve makes operating sound according to the ignition switch
position.
If NG, replace the IACV-AAC valve.
I
BBIA0075E
K
Removal and Installation UBS001KU
IACV-AAC VALVE
Refer to EM-15, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" . L
EC-427
DTC P0510 CTP SWITCH
DTC P0510 CTP SWITCH PFP:22620
Component Description UBS001KV
A closed throttle position switch and wide open throttle position

switch are built into the throttle position sensor unit. The wide open
throttle position switch is used only for A/T control.
When the throttle valve is in the closed position, the closed throttle
position switch sends a voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM only
uses this signal to open or close the EVAP canister purge control
valve when the throttle position sensor is malfunctioning.
SEF505V
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001KW

● Engine: After warming up, idle the Throttle valve: Idle position ON
CLSD THL/P SW
engine Throttle valve: Slightly open OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001KX
P0510 ● Battery voltage from the closed throttle position switch is ● Harness or connectors
sent to ECM with the throttle valve opened. (The closed throttle position switch circuit is
shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001KY
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then start engine.
3. Select “CLSD THL/P SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
4. Check the signal under the following conditions.
Condition Signal indication
Throttle valve: Idle position ON
Throttle valve: Slightly open OFF
If the result is NG, go to EC-431, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF197Y
EC-428
6. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the A
following condition.
THRTL POS SEN More than 2.3V
EC
Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will C
Driving location help maintain the driving conditions required for
this test.
SEF175Y
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-431, "Diagnostic Procedure" D

.
Overall Function Check UBS001KZ
E
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the closed throttle position switch circuit. During this check,
a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITHOUT CONSULT-II F
2. Check the voltage between ECM terminal 40 (Closed throttle
position switch signal) and ground under the following condi- G
tions.
Condition Voltage
At idle Battery voltage
H
At 2,000 rpm Approximately 0V
3. If NG, go to EC-431, "Diagnostic Procedure" . I
SEF090X
EC-429
Wiring Diagram UBS001L0
BBWA0131E
SEF582Y
EC-430
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001L1
1. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

EC
2. Disconnect throttle position switch harness connector.
WEC244
F
4. Check voltage between throttle position switch terminal 5 and
engine ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. H
I
PBIB0633E

● Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 K
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between throttle position switch and fuse
L
3. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 40 and throttle position switch terminal 6.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-431
● Harness for open or short between ECM and throttle position switch
● Harness for open or short between TCM (Transmission control module) and throttle position sensor
5. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AND ENGINE IDLE SPEED

M/T: 650±50 rpm
Idle speed A/T: 800±50rpm (in “P” or “N”
position)
>> GO TO 6.
6. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
7. ADJUST THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH

Feeler gauge thickness and
Closed throttle position switch switch condition
idle position adjustment 0.05 mm (0.0020 in): ON
0.15 mm (0.0059 in): OFF
M/T: 650±50 rpm
Target idle speed A/T: 800±50rpm (in “P” or “N”
position)

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 8.
No >> Replace throttle position switch.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace throttle position sensor.
EC-432
Component Inspection UBS001L2
CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH C

With CONSULT-II
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. D
3. Remove vacuum hose connected to throttle opener.
4. Connect suitable vacuum hose to vacuum pump and throttle opener.
5. Apply vacuum [more than -40.0 kPa (-300 mmHg, -11.81 inHg)] E
until the throttle drum becomes free from the rod of the throttle
opener.
6. Turn ignition switch “ON”. F
7. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.
8. Check indication of “CLSD THL/P SW” under the following con-
ditions. Measurement must be made with closed throttle position G
switch installed in vehicle.
Throttle valve conditions CLSD THL/P SW
SEF793W
H
Completely closed ON
Partially open or completely open OFF
J
4. Connect suitable vacuum hose to vacuum pump and throttle opener.
5. Apply vacuum [more than -40.0 kPa (-300 mmHg, -11.81 inHg)] K
until the throttle drum becomes free from the rod of the throttle
opener.
L
SEF793W

Resistance measurement must be made with closed throttle
position switch installed in vehicle.
Throttle valve conditions Continuity
Completely closed Yes
Partially open or completely open No
SEF735W
EC-433
Removal and Installation UBS001L3

EC-434
DTC P0600 A/T COMMUNICATION LINE
DTC P0600 A/T COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710
A
System Description UBS001L4
These circuit lines are used to control the smooth shifting up and down of A/T during the hard acceleration/
deceleration. Voltage signals are exchanged between ECM and TCM (Transmission control module). EC
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001L5
DTC No. Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause) C
P0600* ● ECM receives incorrect voltage from TCM (Transmission ● Harness or connectors
control module) continuously. [The circuit between ECM and TCM (Transmission
control module) is open or shorted.]
D
*: This DTC can be detected only by “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” with CONSULT-II.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001L6
E
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION: F
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at ignition
switch “ON”.
With CONSULT-II G
3. Wait at least 10 seconds. H
SEF058Y
K
EC-435
LEC376
SEF583Y
EC-436

EC
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and TCM (Transmission
control module) harness connector.
C
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and TCM
terminal 7, ECM terminal 19 and TCM terminal 8, ECM terminal
54 and terminal 5, ECM terminal 55 and TCM terminal 6, ECM
terminal 56 and TCM terminal 9. D
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. LEC306
NG >> Repair harness or connectors. F

1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and ground, ECM terminal 19 and ground, ECM ter- G
minal 54 and ground, ECM terminal 55 and ground, ECM terminal 56 and ground.
Continuity should not exist. H

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness.

K
>> INSPECTION END
EC-437
DTC P0605 ECM
DTC P0605 ECM PFP:23710
Component Description UBS001L9
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connector for signal input

and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.
LAT137
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001LA
P0605 ● ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. ● ECM
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001LB
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Start engine.
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-438
DTC P0605 ECM
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001LC
1. INSPECTION START
EC
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II. C
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
See EC-438 . D
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
With GST
E
2. Select MODE 4 with GST.
3. Touch “ERASE”. F
See EC-438 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again? G
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END H
2. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM. I
2. Perform EC-56, "Idle Air Volume Learning" ,
Which is the result CMPLT or INCMP? J
CMPLT or INCMP
INCMP >> Follow the instruction of “Idle Air Volume Learning”. K
EC-439
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE PFP:23796
Component Description UBS001LD
The valve timing control system is utilized to control intake valve

opening and closing timing. Engine coolant temperature signals,
engine speed and throttle position are used to determine intake
valve timing.
The intake camshaft sprocket position is regulated by oil pressure
controlled by the intake valve timing control.
When ECM sends ON signal to intake valve timing control solenoid
valve, oil pressure is transmitted to camshaft sprocket. Then, intake
side camshaft is advanced.
SEF095X
Operation UBS001LE
Engine operating condition Intake valve tim- Intake valve

Engine coolant ing control sole- opening and Valve overlap
Engine speed B/FUEL SCHDL Neutral switch noid valve closing time
temperature
15°C (59°F) -
Above 0 msec
55°C (131°F) 1,100 - 4,200
OFF ON Advance Increased
Above 70°C rpm
Above 6 msec
(158°F)
Conditions other than those above OFF Normal Normal
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001LF

Idle OFF
INT/V TIM SOL ● Engine: After warming up Revving engine with full throttle
ON
opening (Under 4,200 rpm)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001LG
P1111 ● An improper voltage signal is entered to ECM through ● Harness or connectors
intake valve timing control solenoid valve. (The intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir-
cuit is open or shorted.)
● Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001LH
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF736Y
EC-440
WITH GST
EC
EC-441
Wiring Diagram UBS001LI
BBWA0552E
SEF737YA
EC-442
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001LJ

EC
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness
connector.
C
SEF735Y
F
4. Check voltage between terminal 2 and engine ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. H
I
SEF193Z

● Harness connector F48, E10
● Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 K
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between valve timing control solenoid valve and fuse
L
3. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT M

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 1 and intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness
connector terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground to short to power or connectors.
EC-443
4. CHECK VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace valve timing control solenoid valve.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001LK
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

1. Check oil passage visually for any metal debris.
2. Supply intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals with
battery voltage.
3. Make sure that inside plunger protrudes.
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
SEF524T
Removal and Installation UBS001LL

Refer to EM-36, "CYLINDER HEAD" .
EC-444
DTC P1140 IVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
DTC P1140 IVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR PFP:23731
A
Component Description UBS001LM
The intake valve timing control position sensor is located in front of

the cylinder head. This sensor detects a signal (intake valve posi- EC
tion) generated by the protrusion of camshaft sprocket and sends it
to the ECM. This sensor is not used to control the engine system. It
is used only for the on board diagnosis of intake valve timing control.
C
SEF743Y
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001LN
P1140 ● The proper pulse signal from the intake valve timing con- ● Harness or connectors F
trol position sensors is not sent to ECM while the engine is (The intake valve timing control position sensor cir-
running at the specified engine speed. cuit is open.)
G
of the camshaft
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001LO H

NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always
turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I
WITH CONSULT-II
J
with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and keep the engine speed at 2,000 rpm and wait
at least 15 seconds.
K
.
SEF163Z
M
WITH GST
EC-445
Wiring Diagram UBS001LP
BBWA0553E
SEF744YB
EC-446
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001LQ

EC
connector.
C
WEC874
F
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
H
I
SEF509Y

● Harness for open or short between the intake valve timing control position sensor and ECM K

L
connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 65 and termi-
nal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors. WEC874
EC-447
2. Check harness continuity between intake valve timing position sensor terminal 1 and engine ground.
Refer to wiring diagram.

If OK, check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

● Harness for open or short between the intake valve timing control position sensor and ground
6. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING POSITION SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace intake valve timing position sensor.
7. CHECK CAMSHAFT
Check accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the camshaft. Refer to EM-24, "TIMING CHAIN" .
OK or NG
OK >> 1. Replace intake valve timing control position sensor.
2. GO TO 8.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal pick-up cutout of camshaft.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001LR

1. Disconnect intake valve timing control position sensor harness connector.
LEC441
EC-448
4. Check resistance between terminals 2 and 3. A

Resistance;
600 - 740Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
EC
SEF882Z
D
Removal and Installation UBS001LS

Refer to EM-15, "Removal and Installation" . E
EC-449
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1 PFP:22690
Component Description UBS001LT

SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001LU

HO2S1 (B1)/(B2) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001LV
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently
high and whether the “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the
outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF300U
P1143 (Bank 1) ● The maximum and minimum voltages from the sensor are ● Heated oxygen sensor 1
P1163 (Bank 2) not reached to the specified voltages. ● Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
● Fuel pressure
● Injectors
EC-450
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001LW
A
CAUTION:
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at EC
TESTING CONDITION:
● Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F). C
WITH CONSULT-II D
3. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2) P1143 E
4. Touch “START”. F
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If G
SEC767C H

played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions con- I
take approximately 20 seconds or more.)
ENG SPEED 1,350 - 2,700 rpm (A/T) J
1,450 - 3,200 rpm (M/T)
Vehicle speed Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.6 - 12.5 msec (A/T) K
2.4 - 10.0 msec (M/T)
L
step 2.
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG M
Procedure" .
SEC769C
Overall Function Check UBS001LX
WITH GST
EC-451
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
– The minimum voltage is over 0.1V at least one time.
PBIB0638E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001LY

2. Loosen and retighten the corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1.
Tightening torque:
40 - 60 N-m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
>> GO TO 2.
EC-452
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA. A
With CONSULT-II
EC
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. C
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 (P0174) detected? Is it difficult to
start engine?
D
SEF652Y
F
Without CONSULT-II
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. G
H
nector.
I
J
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 (P0174) detected? Is it difficult to WEC250
start engine?
Yes or No K
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 (P0174). Refer to EC-252 .
No >> GO TO 3.
L
.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0636E
EC-453
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

Refer to EC-210, "Wiring Diagram" , for circuit.
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001LZ

With CONSULT-II
ing steps.
SEF646Y
– “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes

R = “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”, “RICH”
– “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped SEF647Y
● Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
SEF648Y
EC-454
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
Without CONSULT-II
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con- EC
than five times within 10 seconds. C
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V D
PBIB0638E
– The voltage never exceeds 1.0V. E
CAUTION:
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. F
Removal and Installation UBS001M0 G
H
EC-455
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1 PFP:22690
Component Description UBS001M1

SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001M2

HO2S1 (B1)/(B2) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001M3
high. The “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the outputs are
shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF299U
P1144 (Bank 1) ● The maximum and minimum voltages from the sensor are ● Heated oxygen sensor 1
P1164 (Bank 2) beyond the specified voltages. ● Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
● Fuel pressure
● Injectors
EC-456
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001M4
A
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
● Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F). C
WITH CONSULT-II D
3. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2) P1144 E
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If G
SEC770C H

played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions con- I
ENG SPEED 1,350 - 2,700 rpm (A/T) J
1,450 - 3,200 rpm (M/T)
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.6 - 12.5 msec (A/T) K
2.4 - 10.0 msec (M/T)
L
step 2.
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG M
Procedure" .
SEC772C
Overall Function Check UBS001M5
WITH GST
EC-457
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
– The maximum voltage is below 0.8V at least one time.
PBIB0638E
EC-458
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001M6

EC
2. Loosen and retighten the corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1.
Tightening torque: C
40 - 60 N-m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
D
>> GO TO 2.

E
With CONSULT-II
F
G
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 (P0175) detected? Is it difficult to
start engine?
SEF652Y
J
Without CONSULT-II
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. K
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con- L
nector.
6. Erase the 1st trip DTC memory. Refer to EC-73, "HOW TO M
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 (P0175) detected? Is it difficult to WEC250
start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172 (P0175). Refer to EC-261 .
No >> GO TO 3.
EC-459
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for water.
Water should not exit.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

2. Make sure HO2S1 harness protector color, and disconnect the
3. Check HO2S1 heater, refer to EC-160 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0636E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

Refer to EC-210, "Wiring Diagram" , for circuit.
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001M7

With CONSULT-II
ing steps.
SEF646Y
EC-460
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
CAUTION: SEF647Y
one.
SEF648Y
than 5 times when 10 seconds.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - L
0.3V
PBIB0638E
CAUTION:
Removal and Installation UBS001M8

EC-461
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001MA

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001MB

between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of the sensor is suffi-
ciently low during various driving conditions such as fuel-cut.
SEF176Z
P1146 (Bank 1) ● The minimum voltage from the sensor does not reach the ● Harness or connectors
P1166 (Bank 2) specified voltage. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● Fuel pressure
● Injectors
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001MC
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-462
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II. A
EC
SEC773C
D
RESULTS”.
If NG is displayed, refer to EC-466, "Diagnostic Procedure" . E
G
SEC774C
If “CANNOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the follow- H

ing.
– Stop engine and cool down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates
less than 70°C (158°F). I
J
– Start engine.
K
SEC775C
L
Overall Function Check UBS001MD
trip DTC might not be confirmed. M
WITH GST
4. Check the voltage when revving engine up to 4,000 rpm under
no load at least 10 times.
The voltage should be below 0.43V at least once during this
procedure.
essary.
gear position (M/T), D position with “OD” OFF (A/T).

The voltage should be below 0.43V at least once during this procedure.
EC-463
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
Wiring Diagram UBS001ME
BANK 1
BBWA0114E
WEC914
EC-464
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
BANK 2
A
EC
BBWA0115E
WEC900
EC-465
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001MF

>> GO TO 2.
WEC249

With CONSULT-II
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to
start engine?
SEF652Y
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to WEC250
start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172 or P0175. Refer to EC-261 .
No >> GO TO 3.
EC-466
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
corresponding heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector and EC
PBIB0637E
E
H
WEC835
I
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor J
P1146 95 1 1
P1166 63 1 2
K
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal or HO2S2 and ground as follows. L
Terminals
DTC Bank M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-467
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
1. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and body ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001MG

With CONSULT-II
when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)”
should be below 0.43V at least once when the “FUEL
INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:

SEF989R
Without CONSULT-II
EC-468
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminals 63 (HO2S2 bank 2) or 95 (HO2S2 bank 1) and engine A
ground.
at least 10 times. EC
C
sary.
Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
The voltage should be below 0.43V at least once. PBIB0639E
CAUTION: E
● Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxy- F
Removal and Installation UBS001MH
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 G

EC-469
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
Component Description UBS001MI
oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
tions.
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001MJ

HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) ● Engine: After warming Revving engine from idle to 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)/(B2) up 3,000 rpm LEAN ←→ RICH
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001MK

2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is suf-
ficiently high during various driving conditions such as fuel-cut.
SEF177Z
P1147 (Bank 1) ● The maximum voltage from the sensor does not reach ● Harness or connectors
P1167 (Bank 2) the specified voltage. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● Fuel pressure
● Injectors
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001ML
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-470
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II. A
EC
SEC776C
D
RESULTS”.
E
G
SEC777C
K
SEC778C

If “CANNOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
L
– Stop engine and cool down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates less than 70°C (158°F).
– Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. M
– Start engine.
Overall Function Check UBS001MM
WITH GST
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
EC-471
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
The voltage should be above 0.48V at least once during this
procedure.
essary.
gear position (M/T), D position with “OD” OFF (A/T).

The voltage should be above 0.48V at least once during this procedure.
EC-472
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
Wiring Diagram UBS001MN
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA0114E
WEC914
EC-473
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
BANK 2
BBWA0115E
WEC900
EC-474
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001MO

EC
C
>> GO TO 2.
WEC249
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA F
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. G
H
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0174 detected? Is it difficult to
start engine?
I
SEF652Y
K
Without CONSULT-II
and run engine for at least 3 seconds at idle speed. M
nector.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0174 detected? Is it difficult to WEC250
start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174. Refer to EC-252 .
No >> GO TO 3.
EC-475
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
PBIB0637E
WEC835
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P1147 95 1 1
P1167 63 1 2
Continuity should
exist.
Terminals
DTC Bank

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-476
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
EC
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 5.
D
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 6.
F
G
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001MP
H
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes. I
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II. J
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.48V at least once K
when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%. L
CAUTION:
M
SEF989R
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
EC-477
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminals 63 (HO2S2 bank 2) or 95 (HO2S2 bank 1) and engine
ground.
at least 10 times.
sary.
Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in
The voltage should be below 0.43V at least once. PBIB0639E
CAUTION:
Removal and installation UBS001MQ

EC-478
DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL PFP:22690
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001MR
The closed loop control has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause) EC
P1148 (Bank 1) ● The closed loop control function does not operate even ● The heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit is open or
P1168 (Bank 2) when vehicle is driving in the specified condition. shorted.
● Heated oxygen sensor 1 C
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001MS D

CAUTION:
NOTE: E
● Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm during the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. If the engine
speed limit is exceeded, retry the procedure from step 4.
● Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. G
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. H
3. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm and check the following.
– “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage should go above 0.70V at least once.
I
– “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage should go below 0.21V at least once.
If the result is NG, perform EC-480, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the result is OK, perform the following step.
J
4. Let engine idle at least 5 minutes.
5. Maintain the following condition at least 50 consecutive sec-
onds.
K
SEF682Y
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 3.3 msec (A/T), 2.8 msec (M/T)
ENG SPEED More than 1,750 rpm (A/T), 2,100 rpm (M/T)
Selector lever Suitable position L
During this test, P0133 and/or P0154 may be displayed on CONSULT-II screen. M
Overall Function Check UBS001MT
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the closed loop control. During this check, a DTC might not
be confirmed.
WITH GST
EC-479
DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 62, 94 (heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 signal) and engine ground.
– The voltage should go above 0.70V at least once.
– The voltage should go below 0.21V at least once.
PBIB0638E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001MU
Refer to “Diagnostic Procedure” for DTC P0133, P0154 EC-216 .
EC-480
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE PFP:00000
A
System Description UBS001MV
COOLING FAN CONTROL

ECM func- EC
tion
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature C
Cooling
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner “ON” signal Cooling fan relay(s)
fan control
D
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF]. E
OPERATION
SEF688Y
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001MW

engine ON
EC-481
OFF
(201°F) or less
HIGH
105°C (221°F) or more
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001MX
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
Diagnostic
Check Items
Trouble Code Malfunction is detected when ...
(Possible Cause)
No.
P1217 ● Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat). ● Harness or connectors
● Cooling fan system does not operate properly (Overheat). (The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
● Engine coolant was not added to the system using the ● Cooling fan
proper filling method. ● Radiator hose
● Radiator
● Radiator cap
● Water pump
● Thermostat
For more information, refer to EC-492, "Main 12
Causes of Overheating" .
CAUTION:
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-19, "Changing Engine Oil" .
Overall Function Check UBS001MY
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-485,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-485,
SEF621W
EC-482
SULT-II. A
5. If the results are NG, go to EC-485, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC
SEF646X
D
WITH GST
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below the proper range, skip the following steps E
and go to EC-485, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer filled the coolant, skip the following steps
and go to EC-485, "Diagnostic Procedure" . F
3. Start engine.
4. Set temperature control lever to full cold position. G
5. Turn air conditioner switch “ON”.
H
7. Run engine at idle for a few minutes with air conditioner operat-
ing.
8. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed. I
If OK, go to the following step.
10. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch “OFF”. SEC163BA

tor. K
12. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor
harness connector.
13. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at L
higher speed than low speed.
MEC475B
EC-483
Wiring Diagram UBS001MZ
BBWA0270E
SEF571Y
EC-484
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001N0
1. INSPECTION START
EC
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2. C
No >> GO TO 4.

D
With CONSULT-II
E
WBIA0058E
H
SULT-II.
4. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at low speed. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
J
SEF646X
3. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION L
With CONSULT-II
SULT-II.
6. Make sure that cooling fan-1 operates at higher speed than low
speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
SEF646X
EC-485
Without CONSULT-II
WBIA0058E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
SEC163BA

Without CONSULT-II
4. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch “OFF”.
7. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan-1 operate at
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
MEF613EA
EC-486
6. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK A
Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the pressure drops.
Testing pressure: 157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm2 , 23 psi)
EC
CAUTION:
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7. D
SLC754A
F
Check the following for leaks.
● Hose G
● Radiator
H
8. CHECK RADIATOR CAP I
pressure. J
59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi)
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace radiator cap. L
SLC755A
EC-487
9. CHECK THERMOSTAT
76.5°C (170°F) [standard]
Valve lift:
OK or NG SLC343
OK >> GO TO 10.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
11. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES

>> INSPECTION END
EC-488
PROCEDURE A
A
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. E
F
PBIB0951E

G
● 10A fuse
● 40A fusible links H
I
3. CHECK COOLING FAN GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J

2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling K
and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 1, cooling fan motor-1 terminal L
4 and body ground.
1 and body ground.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-489
4. CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-1

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-490
PROCEDURE B
A
C
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
F
PBIB0621E

G
● 10A fuse
● 40A fusible link H
I
3. CHECK COOLING FAN GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J

2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-2 harness connector. K
ground. L
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
EC-491

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END

Main 12 Causes of Overheating UBS001N1

● Blocked bumper
MENDED FLUIDS AND
LUBRICANTS" .
ator filler neck
4 ● Radiator cap ● Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa See CO-8, "System
(0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 Check" .
psi) (Limit)

Check" .
STAT HOUSING" , and
CO-14, "RADIATOR" .

EC-481, "DTC P1217
ENGINE OVER TEM-
PERATURE"
EC-492
A
gauge when driving
reservoir tank ing and idling Engine Coolant" . EC
OFF*4 10 ● Coolant return from ● Visual Should be initial level in See CO-8, "System
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank Check" .
tor C
12 ● Cylinder block and pis- ● Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-60, "Inspection" . D
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes. E
F
Component Inspection UBS001N2

Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7. G
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Yes
H

I
LEC743 J
COOLING FAN MOTOR-1
K
check operation.
Terminals L
Speed
(+) (−)
Low 1 4
Cooling fan motor M
High 1, 2 3, 4
Cooling should operate

SEF734W
COOLING FAN MOTOR-2
check operation.
Terminals
(+) (−)
Cooling should operate

SEF610Y
EC-493
Description UBS001N3
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func-
tion
EGR vol-
trol
Park/Neutral position switch Park/Neutral position
bypass passage in the EGR volume control valve changes to control the flow rate. A built-in step motor moves
The EGR volume control valve remains close under the following conditions.
● Engine stopped
● Engine starting
● Engine idling
SEF551W
EC-494
EGR Volume Control Valve A
D
SEF552W
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001N4 E

F
● Air conditioner switch: “OFF” G
quickly
● No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001N5

H
If the EGR temperature sensor detects EGR flow under the condition
that does not call for EGR, a high-flow malfunction is diagnosed.
Malfunction is detected when EGR flow is detected under condition I
that does not call for EGR.
NOTE:
Diagnosis for this DTC will occur when engine coolant temperature J
is below 50 to 60°C (122 to 140°F). Therefore, it will be better to turn
ignition switch “ON” (start engine) at the engine coolant temperature
below 30°C (86°F) when starting DTC confirmation procedure. K
SEF073P
Possible Cause UBS001N6

L
M
● EGR volume control valve leaking or stuck open
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001N7
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
● Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
EC-495
● Engine coolant temperature and EGR temperature must be
verified in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II before
starting DTC WORK SUPPORT test. If it is out of range
below, the test cannot be conducted.
COOLAN TEMP/S: –10 to 50°C (14 to 122°F)*
EGR TEMP SEN: Less than 4.8V
If the values are out of the ranges indicated above, park the
vehicle in a cool place and allow the engine temperature to
stabilize. Do not attempt to reduce the engine coolant tem-
perature or EGR temperature with a fan or means other than
ambient air. Doing so may produce an inaccurate diagnos-
SEF202Y
tic result.
*: Although CONSULT-II screen displays “–10 to 40°C (14 to 104°F)” as a range of engine coolant tempera-
ture, ignore it.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, and wait at least 5 seconds, and then turn “ON”.
2. Select “EGR SYSTEM P1402” of “EGR SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-II
screen is turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take 80 seconds or
more.)
SEF203Y
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, turn ignition

“OFF” and cool the engine coolant temperature to the
range of −10 to 50°C (14 to 122°F). Retry from step 1.
SEF204Y
SEF236Y
5. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-
499, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-496
WITH GST
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “MODE 1” with GST. A
2. Check that engine coolant temperature is within the range of −10 to 50°C (14 to 122°F).
3. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 72 (EGR temperature
EC
sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.8V.
5. Stop engine.
C
6. Perform from step 1 to 4.
8. If DTC is detected, go to EC-499, "Diagnostic Procedure" . D
– When using GST, “DTC Confirmation Procedure” should be
performed twice as much as when using CONSULT-II
because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) con- SEF947X
E
cerning this diagnosis. Therefore, using CONSULT-II is rec-
ommended.
EC-497
Wiring Diagram UBS001N8
BBWA0123E
SEF196ZA
EC-498

EC
E
LEC333

3. Check voltage between EGR volume control valve terminals 2, 5 F
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. H
I
PBIB0627E

J
Check the harness for open or short between ECM relay and EGR volume control valve.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
Refer to Wiring Diagram. M

8 1
9 4
17 3
18 6

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-499
4. CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-500
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001NA
NOTE:
This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using of vapor pressure in the fuel tank.
The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line. The vacuum cut valve bypass
valve will then be opened to clear the line between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve. The EVAP control system pressure sensor can now monitor the pressure inside the fuel tank. C
If pressure increases, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the vacuum cut valve and EVAP canis-
ter purge volume control solenoid valve.
D
SEF323U G
Malfunction is detected when EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP control system does not operate prop-
erly.
CAUTION: H
● If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on. I
Possible Cause UBS001NB
J
● Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close K
● Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap
● Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
L
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve
● EVAP canister
M
● O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged
● Water separator
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
EC-501
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001NC
Refer to EC-393, "DTC P0456, P1456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM" .

Diagnostic Procedure UBS001ND
Refer to EC-393, "DTC P0456, P1456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM" .
EC-502
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
PFP:14920 A
Description UBS001NE
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
ECM func-
tion
C
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature D
Ignition switch Start signal EVAP can-
ister purge EVAP canister purge volume
Throttle position sensor Throttle position flow con- control solenoid valve
trol E
Throttle position switch Closed throttle position
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Heated oxygen sensors 1
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
F
Fuel tank temperature sensor Fuel temperature in fuel tank
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor bypass passage G
in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the ECM.
The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is deter- H
mined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor from
the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION I
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is J
K
L
SEF337U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001NF

M
PURG VOL C/V
● No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001NG
Malfunction is detected when the canister purge flow is detected during the specified driving conditions, even
when EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is completely closed.
Possible Cause UBS001NH

● EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (The valve is stuck open.)
EC-503
● EVAP canister
● Hoses
(Hoses are connected incorrectly or clogged.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001NI
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
4. Select “PURG VOL CN/V P1444” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-II.
changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take for approximately 10
seconds.)
SEF747Y

step 2.
SEF206Y
SEF237Y
EC-504
WITH GST
EC
Wiring Diagram UBS001NJ C
BBWA0125E
EC-505
SEF576Y
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001NK
CUIT
harness connector.
WEC254

solenoid valve terminal 1 and engine ground with CONSULT-II
or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF206W

● 10A fuse
EC-506
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR- A
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. EC
valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
E
F
5. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HOSE G
Check disconnection or improper connection of hose connected to

EVAP control system pressure sensor. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair it. I
WEC255
K
2. Check connectors for water. L

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
EC-507
With CONSULT-II
3. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.
SEF677Y

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 13.
No >> GO TO 16.
SEF596U
EC-508
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.
C
Check the following. D
E
15. CHECK WATER SEPARATOR F

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Clean or replace water separator.
H
I
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS001NL
J
With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control K
(PURG VOL CONT/V value) between A and B L
100.0% Yes
0.0% No
M
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
between A and B
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No supply No
PBIB0150E
EC-509
Component Description UBS001NM
ter and is used to seal the canister vent.
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
opened.
SEF381Z
Control System (Small Leak, Gross Leak, Very Small Leak)” diagno-
sis.
WEC255
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001NN

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001NO
Malfunction is detected when EVAP canister vent control valve remains closed under specified driving condi-
tions.
Possible Cause UBS001NP

● Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister vent control valve
● Water separator
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001NQ
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-510
3. Start engine. A
4. Drive vehicle at a speed of approximately 80 km/h (50 MPH) for
a maximum of 15 minutes.
NOTE: EC
If a malfunction exists, NG result may be displayed quicker.
. C
SEF201Y
D
WITH GST
Wiring Diagram UBS001NR
E
BBWA0126E
EC-511
SEF577Y
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001NS

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Clean rubber tube using an air blower.
WEC255

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> GO TO 7.
SEF596U
EC-512
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
C
D
E
7. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HOSE F

Check disconnection or improper connection of hose connected to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. G
NG >> Repair it.
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR H

nector.
I
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 9.
K
WEC255
9. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR L

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 10.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001NT

With CONSULT-II
EC-513
rusted.
SEF337X
5. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.

PBIB0153E
Without CONSULT-II
rusted.
SEF337X
PBIB0154E
EC-514
A
Component Description UBS001NU
NOTE:
If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0442 or P1442, perform trouble EC
diagnosis for DTC P1448 first.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the C
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative D
opened.
SEF381Z E
rative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP F
Control System (Small Leak)” diagnosis.
WEC255
I
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001NV

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001NW

K
Malfunction is detected when EVAP canister vent control valve remains opened under specified driving condi-
tions.
L
Possible Cause UBS001NX

● EVAP control system pressure sensor and circuit M
● Water separator
● Vacuum cut valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001NY
NOTE:
● If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0442 or P1442, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
EC-515
COOLAN TEMP/S 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE 0 - 30°C (32 - 86°F)
tion" .
SEC760C
SEC761C

If “NG” is displayed, go to the following step.
NOTE:
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve properly.
7. Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds, then turn “ON”.
8. Disconnect hose from water separator.
SEC763C
9. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” of “ACTIVE TEST” mode with

CONSULT-II.
10. Touch “ON” and “OFF” alternately.
11. Make sure the following.
Condition Air passage continuity between A and
VENT CONTROL/V B
ON No
OFF Yes
If the result is NG, go to EC-519, "Diagnostic Procedure" . SEF379Z
If the result is OK, go to “Diagnostic Procedure” for DTC P0442,

EC-355 .
EC-516
Overall Function Check UBS001NZ
A
check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST EC
3. Verify the following. C

12V direct current supply between ter- D
No
minals 1 and 2
No supply Yes
If the result is NG, go to EC-519, "Diagnostic Procedure" . E

EC-355 .
SEF380Z
F
EC-517
Wiring Diagram UBS001O0
BBWA0126E
SEF577Y
EC-518
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001O1

EC
3. Check the rubber tube for clogging. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Clean rubber tube using an air blower. D
WEC255
F
Refer to EC-520, "Component Inspection" . G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. H
3. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE

I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. J
NG >> Replace vacuum cut valve.

K
Yes or No L
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> GO TO 7.
M
SEF596U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
EC-519

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair it.

nector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
WEC255

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001O2

With CONSULT-II
rusted.
SEF337X
EC-520
6. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. A
8. Perform Test No. 5 again. EC
PBIB0153E
D
Without CONSULT-II
E
rusted.
SEF337X
H
I
J
PBIB0154E
EC-521
Component Description UBS001O3
the ECM.
LEC264
On Board Diagnostic Logic UBS001O4
ECM receives two signals from the fuel level sensor.

This diagnosis indicates the latter to detect open circuit malfunction. Malfunction is detected when a high volt-
age from the sensor is sent to ECM.
Possible Cause UBS001O5

DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001O6
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF195Y
WITH GST
EC-522
Wiring Diagram UBS001O7
EC
BBWA0138E
SEF204ZA
EC-523
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001O8
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 90 and body ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

● Harness for open and short between ECM and body ground
>> Replace open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

Refer to EC-147, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT"
OK or NG
>> INSPECTION END
EC-524
DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE PFP:17372
A
EC
EC-525
Description UBS001O9
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve is a solenoid type valve and
generally remains closed. It opens only for on board diagnosis.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve responds to signals from the
ECM. When the ECM sends an ON (ground) signal, the valve is
opened.
WEC255
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001OA

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001OB
Malfunction is detected when an improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through vacuum cut valve bypass
valve.
Possible Cause UBS001OC
(The vacuum cut valve bypass valve circuit is open or shorted.)
● Vacuum cut valve bypass valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001OD
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle
speed.
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-526
Wiring Diagram UBS001OE
EC
BBWA0139E
SEF585Y
EC-527
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001OF
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-II
2. Select “VC/V BYPASS/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
4. Make sure that clicking sound is heard from the vacuum cut
valve bypass valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF694Y
3. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect vacuum cut valve bypass valve harness connector.
WEC255
4. Check voltage between vacuum cut valve bypass valve terminal

1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0080E
EC-528
● Fuse block (J/B) connector M1 EC
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between vacuum cut valve bypass valve and fuse
C
5. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. E
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 2 and vacuum cut valve bypass valve terminal 2.
F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
H
● Harness connectors B1, M14 I
● Harness for open or short between vacuum cut valve bypass valve and ECM
J
K
7. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace vacuum cut valve bypass valve.
M
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001OG
VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE

With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect harness disconnected connectors.
EC-529
3. Perform “VC/V BYPASS/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
VC/V BUPASS/V between A and B
ON Yes
OFF No
Operation takes less than 1 second.

PBIB0634E
With GST
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the fol-
lowing conditions.
Condition
between A and B
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No supply No

PBIB0160E
EC-530
A
Description UBS001OH
The vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve are EC
installed in parallel on the EVAP purge line between the fuel tank and
the EVAP canister.
The vacuum cut valve prevents the intake manifold vacuum from
being applied to the fuel tank. C
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve responds to signals from the D
opened. The vacuum cut valve is then bypassed to apply intake
manifold vacuum to the fuel tank.
WEC255
E
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM DIAGRAM
SEF323U
I
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001OI

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001OJ

K
Malfunction is detected when vacuum cut valve bypass valve does not operate properly.
Possible Cause UBS001OK
L
● Bypass hoses for clogging M
● EVAP control system pressure sensor and circuit
● Hose between fuel tank and vacuum cut valve clogged
● Hose between vacuum cut valve and EVAP canister clogged
● EVAP canister
● EVAP purge port of fuel tank for clogging
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001OL
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
For best results, perform test at a temperature of 0°C (32°F) or higher.
EC-531
WITH CONSULT-II
5. Select “VC CUT/V BP/V P1491” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in
“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEF748Y
SEF749Y

If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from SEF239Y
step 3.
Overall Function Check UBS001OM
Use this procedure to check the overall function of vacuum cut valve bypass valve. During this check, the 1st
WITH GST
1. Remove vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve as an assembly.
EC-532
2. Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from
port B . A
3. Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from
port A .
4. Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out EC
of port A .
5. Supply battery voltage to the terminal.
6. Blow air in port A and check that air flows freely out of port B . C
7. Blow air in port B and check that air flows freely out of port A .
D
G
SEF530Q
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001ON
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II? I
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
J
No >> GO TO 3.
EC-533
2. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-II
3. Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from port B.
4. Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from port A.
5. Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out of port A.
7. Select “VC/V BYPASS/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II and touch “ON”.
8. Blow air in port A and check that air flows freely out of port B.
9. Blow air in port B and check that air flows freely out of port A.
SEF695Y
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.

Without CONSULT-II
3. Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from port B.
4. Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from port A.
5. Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out of port A.
8. Blow air in port A and check that air flows freely out of port B.
9. Blow air in port B and check that air flows freely out of port A.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 7.
PBIB0635E

Check EVAP purge line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging or disconnection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair it.
EC-534
5. CHECK EVAP PURGE PORT A
Check EVAP purge port of fuel tank for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. EC
NG >> Clean EVAP purge port.
6. CHECK EVAP CANISTER C
1. Pinch the fresh air hose.

2. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B .
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister. E
PBIB0761E
G
7. CHECK BYPASS HOSE
Check bypass hoses for clogging. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses. I

J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
K

L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-535
nector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
WEC255

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001OO

With CONSULT-II
VC/V BYPASS/V between A and B
ON Yes
OFF No

PBIB0634E
EC-536
With GST
A
lowing conditions.
Air passage continuity EC
Condition
between A and B
Yes
minals 1 and 2
C
No supply No

D
PBIB0160E
VACUUM CUT VALVE

Check vacuum cut valve as follows: E
● Plug port C and D with fingers.
● Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from
port B . F
● Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from
port A .
● Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out G
of port A .
● Open port C and D .
● Blow air in port A check that air flows freely out of port C . SEF379Q H
● Blow air in port B check that air flows freely out of port D .
EC-537
DTC P1605 A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION LINE
DTC P1605 A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710
System Description UBS001OP
The malfunction information related to A/T (Automatic Transaxle) is transferred through the line (circuit) from
TCM (Transmission control module) to ECM. Therefore, be sure to erase the malfunction information such as
DTC not only in TCM (Transmission Control Module) but also ECM after the A/T related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001OQ
P1605 ● An incorrect signal from TCM (Transmission control mod- ● Harness or connectors
ule) is sent to ECM. [The communication line circuit between ECM and
TCM (Transmission Control Module) is open or
shorted.]
● TCM (Transmission Control Module)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001OR
NOTE:
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that the battery voltage is more than 10.5V with
the ignition switch “ON”.
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-538
Wiring Diagram UBS001OS
EC
WEC598
SEF586Y
EC-539
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001OT

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and TCM harness connec-
tor.
terminal 15.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
LEC306

>> INSPECTION END
EC-540
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH PFP:32006
A
Component Description UBS001OU
When the gear position is “P” (A/T models only) or “N”, park/neutral
position (PNP) switch is “ON”. EC
ECM detects the park/neutral position when continuity with ground
exists.
C
SEF752Y
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001OV

Shift lever: “P” or “N” ON
Except above OFF
G
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001OW
H
P1706 ● The signal of the PNP switch is not changed in the process ● Harness or connectors
of engine starting and driving. (The PNP switch circuit is open or shorted.)
● PNP switch
I
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001OX
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. J
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
L
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the follow-
ing conditions.
M
Position (Selector lever) Known good signal
“N” and “P” (A/T only) position ON
Except the above position OFF

SEF212Y
EC-541
onds.
ENG SPEED 1,550 - 3,450 rpm (A/T)
1,850 - 4,100 rpm (M/T)
2.8 - 10.0 msec (M/T)
SEF213Y
Overall Function Check UBS001OY
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position switch circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 42 (PNP switch signal)
and body ground under the following conditions.
Condition (Gear position) Voltage (V) (Known good data)
“P” (A/T only) and “N” position Approx. 0
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Except the above position
(11 - 14V)
SEF137X
EC-542
Wiring Diagram UBS001OZ
EC
BBWA0140E
SEF587Y
EC-543
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001P0
FOR M/T MODELS

2. Disconnect PNP switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and
body ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF752Y

Check the harness for open or short between PNP switch and body ground.

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 42 and PNP switch terminal 1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

Check the harness for open or short between ECM and PNP switch.
5. CHECK PNP SWITCH

Refer to MT-13, "Position Switch Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace PNP switch.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-544
FOR A/T MODELS
A
3. Check continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. C

4. Also check harness for short to power. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. E

Check the harness for open or short between PNP switch and body ground. F

G
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. H
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 42 and PNP switch terminals 1.
Continuity should exist. I

OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART K
Check the harness for open or short between PNP switch and ECM.
L
5. CHECK PNP SWITCH M
Refer to AT-116, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-545
INJECTOR
INJECTOR PFP:16600
Component Description UBS001P1
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is
energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows
fuel to flow through the injector into the intake manifold. The amount
of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse
duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM
controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.
SEF596K
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001P2

INJ PULSE-B1
● No-load
B/FUEL SCHDL
● No-load
EC-546
INJECTOR
Wiring Diagram UBS001P3
EC
L
BBWA0141E
SEF588Y
EC-547
INJECTOR
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
CONSULT-II.
speed drop.
SEF190Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
MEC703B
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.

1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect injector harness connector.
4. Check voltage between injector terminal 1 and ground with
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0289E
EC-548
INJECTOR
● 10A fuse
● Harness connectors M19, E108 EC
● Harness for open or short between injector and fuse
C
4. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT D

3. Check harness continuity between injector harness connector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 101, 103,
105, 107.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. F
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. H

Check the harness for open or short between ECM and injector. I
J
6. CHECK INJECTOR
Refer to EC-549, "Component Inspection" . K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace injector. L
Perform EC-147, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . M
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001P5
INJECTOR
EC-549
INJECTOR
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
Resistance: 13.5 - 17.5Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
PBIB0181E
Removal and Installation UBS001P6
INJECTOR
EC-550
START SIGNAL
START SIGNAL PFP:48750
A
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001P7

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION EC
EC-551
START SIGNAL
Wiring Diagram UBS001P8
BBWA0142E
SEF589Y
EC-552
START SIGNAL
1. INSPECTION START
EC
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2. C
No >> GO TO 3.

D
With CONSULT-II
E
2. Check “START SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition “START SIGNAL” F
Ignition switch “ON” OFF
Ignition switch “START” ON
OK or NG G
NG >> GO TO 4.
H
PBIB0182E

I
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “START”.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 41 and ground under the J
Condition Voltage
K
Ignition switch “START” Battery voltage
Except above Approximately 0V
L
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
M
SEF142X

● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-553
FUEL PUMP
FUEL PUMP PFP:17042
System Description UBS001PA
ECM func-
tion
Fuel pump
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed and cylinder number Fuel pump relay
control
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve engine
startability. If the ECM receives a 180° signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the
engine is rotating, and causes the pump to perform. If the 180° signal is not received when the ignition switch
is on, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving
safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn
controls the fuel pump.
Condition Fuel pump operation
Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 5 seconds
Engine running and cranking Operates
When engine is stopped Stops in 1 second
Except as shown above Stops
Component Description UBS001PB
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank.
LEC264
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001PC

FUEL PUMP RLY
EC-554
FUEL PUMP
Wiring Diagram UBS001PD
EC
BBWA0143E
EC-555
FUEL PUMP
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than 5 seconds after turning ignition switch (11 - 14V)
“ON”
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001PE

2. Pinch fuel feed hose with fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose
for 5 seconds after ignition switch is turned “ON”.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.
LEC262

2. Disconnect fuel pump relay.
LEC363
4. Check voltage between fuel pump relay terminal 1 and ground

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0644E
EC-556
FUEL PUMP
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between fuse and fuel pump relay EC

C
4. CHECK POWER SUPPLY-II
Check voltage between fuel pump relay terminal 5 and ground with D
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 5.
F
PBIB0645E G

Check the following. H
● 15A fuse
● Harness for open or short between fuse and fuel pump relay
I
6. CHECK POWER GROUND CIRCUIT J

2. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector. K
3. Check harness continuity between fuel pump terminal 3 and
body ground, fuel pump terminal 1 and fuel pump relay terminal
3. L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
WEC265
NG >> GO TO 7.

● Harness for open or short between fuel pump and body ground
● Harness for open or short between fuel pump and fuel pump relay
EC-557
FUEL PUMP
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 20 and fuel pump relay connector terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.

● Harness connector M58, F26
● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel pump relay
10. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace fuel pump relay.
11. CHECK FUEL PUMP

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace fuel pump.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-558
FUEL PUMP
Component Inspection UBS001PF
FUEL PUMP RELAY A

Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5.
Conditions Continuity EC
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Yes
C
D
SEF497Y
FUEL PUMP E
1. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.
Resistance: 0.2 - 5.0Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] F
If NG, replace fuel pump.
SEF760YA
Removal and Installation UBS001PG

I
FUEL PUMP
Refer to FL-3, "QG18DE (EXCEPT CALIF. CA MODEL)" .
J
EC-559
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH PFP:49761
Component Description UBS001PH
The power steering oil pressure switch is attached to the power

steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load.
When a power steering load is detected, it signals the ECM. The
ECM adjusts the IACV-AAC valve to increase the idle speed and
adjust for the increased load.
LEC266
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001PI

Steering wheel in neutral position
● Engine: After warming up, idle the OFF
engine
The steering wheel is fully turned ON
EC-560
Wiring Diagram UBS001PJ
EC
WEC416
SEF591YA
EC-561
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001PK
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check “PW/ST SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
Steering in neutral position OFF
Steering is turned ON
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0646E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 46 and ground under the
Condition Voltage
When steering wheel is
Approximately 0V
turned quickly
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4. SEF148X

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and terminal 1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
EC-562
Check the harness for open or short between ECM and power steering oil pressure switch.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. EC
6. CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. D
NG >> Replace power steering oil pressure switch.
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E

>> INSPECTION END F
Component Inspection UBS001PL

G
2. Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connec-
tor.
H
3. Start engine.
4. Check continuity between terminal 1 and body ground.
I
Steering wheel is being turned Yes
Steering wheel is not being turned No J
SEF164Z
If NG, replace power steering oil pressure switch.
Removal and Installation UBS001PM
K
Refer to PS-21, "POWER STEERING OIL PUMP" .
L
EC-563
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:92136
Description UBS001PN
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the liquid tank of the

air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume
pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The
voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.
BBIA0217E
SEF099XA
EC-564
Wiring Diagram UBS001PO
EC
BBWA0144E
SEF211ZA
EC-565
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001PP
1. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION

2. Turn A/C switch and blower switch “ON”.
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: 1.0 - 4.0V
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0647E
2. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn A/C switch and blower switch “OFF”.
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
BBIA0217E
5. Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF509Y
EC-566
● Joint connector-2 EC
● Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
C
4. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
2. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. E
3. Also check harness for short to power. F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. G
● Harness connectors E8, F46 or E9, F47
● Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor I
● Harness for open or short between TCM (Transmission control module) and refrigerant pressure sensor
J
6. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

EC-567
8. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to MTC-16, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-568
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL PFP:25350
A
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001PQ

Rear window defogger switch and/
ON
or lighting switch “ON”
LOAD SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON C
Rear window defogger switch and
OFF
lighting switch “OFF”
EC-569
Wiring Diagram UBS001PR
BBWA0268E
SEF212ZA
EC-570
EC
BBWA0269E
SEF594Y
EC-571
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001PS
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 5.
2. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-I

With CONSULT-II
2. Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
Condition LOAD SIGNAL
Rear window defogger
ON
switch “ON”
OFF
switch “OFF”
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0103E
NG >> GO TO 8.
3. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II

With CONSULT-II
Lighting switch “ON” at
ON
1st or 2nd position
Lighting switch “OFF” OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 9. PBIB0103E
4. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-III

With CONSULT-II

Fan control switch “ON” ON
Fan control switch “OFF” OFF
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 10.
PBIB0103E
EC-572
5. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-I A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
Condition Voltage C
Battery voltage
switch “ON”
Rear window defogger D
0V
switch “OFF”
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. E
PBIB0648E
NG >> GO TO 8.
6. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II F
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. G
H
Condition Voltage
Lighting switch “ON” at
Battery voltage
2nd position
I
Lighting switch “OFF” 0V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. J
7. CHECK FAN CONTROL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-III K
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. L
M
Condition Voltage
Fan control switch “ON” Battery voltage
Fan control switch “OFF” 0V
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 10.
SEF006P
8. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER FUNCTION

1. Start engine.
2. Turn “ON” the rear window defogger switch.
3. Check the rear windshield. Is the rear windshield heated up?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> Refer to GW-17, "REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER" .
EC-573
9. CHECK HEADLAMP FUNCTION
1. Start engine.
2. Turn the lighting switch “ON” at 2nd position.
3. Check that headlamps are illuminated.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Refer to LT-6, "HEADLAMP (FOR USA)" or LT-10, "HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) — DAYTIME
LIGHT SYSTEM —" .
10. CHECK FAN CONTROL FUNCTION

1. Start engine.
2. Turn “ON” the fan control switch.
3. Check the blower fan motor. Does the blower fan motor activate?
YES or NO
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Refer to MTC-48, "BLOWER MOTOR" .
11. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect rear window defogger relay.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and rear window defogger relay terminals 5 and 7.
PBIB0649E
1 Should not exist.
2 Should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 12.

● Diode M55
● Harness for open and short between ECM and rear window defogger relay
EC-574
13. CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT A
1. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect combination switch harness connectors (Models for USA), daytime light control unit harness EC
connector (Models for Canada).
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and combination switch terminal 12 or daytime light
control unit terminal 6 under the following conditions. C
F
PBIB0650E
Condition Continuity G
1 Should not exist.
2 Should exist.
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17. I
NG >> GO TO 14.

● Harness connectors E108, M19 K
● Fuse block M1, E103
● Diode M52
L
● Diode M55
● Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch or daytime light control unit
M
EC-575
15. CHECK FAN CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect fan control switch harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 51 and fan control switch terminal 6.
5. Check harness continuity between fan control switch terminal 5 and body ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 16.

● Harness for open and short between ECM and fan control switch
● Harness for open or short between fan control switch and body ground

>> INSPECTION END
EC-576
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR PFP:24814
A
Wiring Diagram UBS001PT
EC
BBWA0147E
EC-577
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PFP:14950
Description UBS001PU
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
SEF444Y
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the engine operates, the flow
rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is proportionally regulated as
the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and idling.
EC-578
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING
A
EC
SEF446Y
EC-579
NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hoses or purge hoses.
WEC362
EC-580
Inspection UBS001PV
EVAP CANISTER A
Check EVAP canister as follows:
EC
2. Blow air into port A and check that air flows freely through port
B.
D
SEF428T
TIGHTENING TORQUE E
Tighten EVAP canister as shown in the figure.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly between EVAP can-
ister and EVAP canister vent control valve.
F
H
AEC778A
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
NOTE: I
Refer to fuel filler cap adapter instruction manual before performing following inspection.
J
SEF445Y
M
Pressure:
15.3 - 20.0 kPa
(0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
Vacuum:
−6.0 to −3.4 kPa
(−0.061 to −0.035 kg/cm2 , −0.87 to −0.48 psi)
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
SEF943S
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may come on.
VACUUM CUT VALVE AND VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
Refer to EC-531, "DTC P1491 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE" .
EC-581
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-364, "DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE" .
Refer to EC-270, "DTC P0181, P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR" .
EVAP SERVICE PORT
Positive pressure is delivered to the EVAP system through the EVAP
service port. If fuel vapor leakage in the EVAP system occurs, use a
leak detector to locate the leak.
SEF462UC
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage UBS001PW
CAUTION:
● Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.
NOTE:
Improper installation of adapter to the service port may cause a leak.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
2. Also attach the pressure pump and hose.
4. Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT
MODE” with CONSULT-II.
PEF838U
5. Touch “START”. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will

appear on the screen.
6. Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure
indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
7. Remove the EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure
pump.
PEF917U
EC-582
8. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-579, "EVAP-
ORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" . A
EC
SEF200U
D
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port and pressure pump with pressure
gauge to the EVAP service port.
E
2. Apply battery voltage to between the terminals of both EVAP
canister vent control valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve
to make a closed EVAP system.
3. To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system F
until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to
0.028 kg/cm2 , 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
4. Remove the EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure G
pump.
H
SEF865Y

ORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" . I
SEF200U
L
EC-583
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) PFP:00032
System Description UBS001PX
SEF206VA
From the beginning of refueling, the fuel tank pressure goes up. When the pressure reaches the setting value
of the refueling control valve (RCV) opening pressure, the RCV is opened. After RCV opens, the air and vapor
inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut valve, RCV and refueling vapor line to the EVAP can-
ister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is released to the atmosphere.
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving.
The RCV is always closed during driving and the evaporative emission control system is operated the same
as conventional system.
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
● Put a “CAUTION: INFLAMMABLE” sign in workshop.
● Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
● Be sure to furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
CAUTION:
● Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures:
– Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.
– Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-58, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
– Disconnect battery ground cable.
● Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed.
● Do not kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
● Do not tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.
● After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connection.
● Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
EC-584
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001PY
SYMPTOM: FUEL ODOR FROM EVAP CANISTER IS STRONG. A
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER EC

2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.8 kg (4.0 lb). C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3. D

E
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3. F
No >> GO TO 6.
H
SEF596U
3. REPLACE EVAP CANISTER

I
Replace EVAP canister with a new one.
>> GO TO 4. J

K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. L

M
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection.
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose.
6. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
EC-585
OK or NG
SYMPTOM: CANNOT REFUEL/FUEL ODOR FROM THE FUEL FILLER OPENING IS STRONG
WHILE REFUELING.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 6.
SEF596U

>> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

EC-586
6. CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES A
Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling control valve for clogging, kink, looseness and
improper connection.
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 7.
C
7. CHECK FILLER NECK TUBE
Check signal line and recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks.
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace filler neck tube.
E
Refer to EC-588, "Component Inspection" . F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank. G

Refer to EC-588, "Component Inspection" . H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. I
10. CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE

J
Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. K
NG >> Replace fuel filler tube.
11. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I L

Check one-way valve for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. M
NG >> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank.
12. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II

1. Make sure that fuel is drained from the tank.
2. Remove fuel filler tube and hose.
3. Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows.
When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing
stick it should close.
Do not drop any material into the tank.
OK or NG
NG >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve
with fuel tank.
SEF665U
EC-587
Component Inspection UBS001PZ
WATER SEPARATOR
1. Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
3. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
4. Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
A , and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
NOTE:
SEF829T
REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE

With CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-10, "Removal and Installation" .
2. Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
– Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel level sensor unit retainer.
– Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel level sensor unit retainer where the hose was removed and
the other side to a fuel container.
– Drain fuel using “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
4. Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
– Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
– Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
– Put fuel tank upside down.
– Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel level
sensor unit retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
SEF246Y
EC-588
With GST
1. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-10, "Removal and Installation" . A
– Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer.
EC
– Drain fuel from the tank using a hand pump into a fuel container.
the tank. C
D
– Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel level sensor unit.
E
K
SEF246Y
REFUELING CONTROL VALVE L

1. Remove fuel filler cap.
2. Check air continuity between hose ends A and B.
Blow air into the hose end B. Air should flow freely into the fuel tank.
M
3. Blow air into hose end A and check there is no leakage.
EC-589
4. Apply pressure to both hose ends A and B [20 kPa (150 mmHg, 5.91 inHg)] using a pressure pump and a
suitable 3-way connector. Check that there is no leakage.
SEF246Y
EC-590
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION PFP:11810
A
Description UBS001Q0
EC
SEF921W
G
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake collector.
The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold. H
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air duct into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through the I
hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction. J
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not meet the requirement. This is because some
of the flow will go through the hose connection to the intake collector under all conditions.
Inspection UBS001Q1 K
PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE
With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through L
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
placed over the valve inlet.
M
SEF244Q
EC-591
VENTILATION HOSE
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
S-ET277
EC-592
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) PFP:00030
A
Fuel Pressure Regulator UBS001Q2
Fuel pressure at idling Vacuum hose is connected Approximately 235 (2.4, 34)
2
kPa (kg/cm , psi) Vacuum hose is disconnected Approximately 294 (3.0, 43) EC
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing UBS001Q3
Target idle speed*1 rpm No-load*2 (in “P” or “N” position) M/T: 650±50A/T: 800±50 C
Air conditioner: ON rpm In “P” or “N” position 850 or more
Ignition timing*1 In “P” or “N” position 9°±5° BTDC
D
Throttle position sensor idle position V 0.2 - 0.8
*1: Throttle position sensor harness connector connected
*2: Under the following conditions: E
● Electrical load: OFF (Lights & rear window defogger)
● Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position F
Mass Air Flow Sensor UBS001Q4
Supply voltage V Battery voltage (11 - 14) G

Output voltage V 1.0 - 1.7*
Mass air flow 1.4 - 4.0 at idle*
(Using CONSULT-II or GST) g·m/sec 5.0 - 10.0 at 2,500 rpm* H
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and idling under no-load.
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor UBS001Q5

I
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
J
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
EGR Temperature Sensor UBS001Q6

K
EGR temperature Voltage Resistance

°C (°F) V MΩ
L
0 (32) 4.56 0.62 - 1.05
50 (122) 2.25 0.065 - 0.094
100 (212) 0.59 0.011 - 0.015 M
Fuel Pump UBS001Q7
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Ω 0.2 - 5.0
IACV-AAC Valve UBS001Q8
Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Ω Approximately 22
Injector UBS001Q9
Resistor UBS001QA
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Ω 4-8
EC-593
Throttle Position Sensor UBS001QB
Voltage (at normal operating temperature, engine off, ignition

Throttle valve conditions
switch ON, throttle opener disengaged)
Completely closed (a) 0.15 - 0.85V
Completely open (b) 3.5 - 4.7V
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater (Front) UBS001QC
Calculated Load Value UBS001QD
Calculated load value %

(Using CONSULT-II or GST)
At idle 20.0 - 35.5
At 2,500 rpm 12.0 - 27.0
Intake Air Temperature Sensor UBS001QE

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 0.27 - 0.38
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Valve UBS001QF
Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Ω 22 - 26
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater (Rear) UBS001QG
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) UBS001QH
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor UBS001QI

20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
EC-594
INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
Alphabetical Index UBS001QJ
Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) DTC*1 Reference page

EC
Unable to access ECM — EC-652
ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC P0107 EC-743
ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC P0108 EC-743 C
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P1271 EC-1075
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P1273 EC-1085 D
E
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P1031 EC-993 F
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P1032 EC-993
APP SEN/CIRC*3 P0121 EC-759

G

H
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 AT-132
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 AT-137
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 AT-142 I
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 AT-147
A/T COMM LINE P0600*2 EC-988
J
A/T DIAG COMM LINE P1605 EC-1162
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 AT-160
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 AT-119 K
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT P0340 EC-852
CLOSED LOOP-B1 P1148 EC-1045
L
CLOSED TP SW/CIRC P0510 EC-980
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 EC-847
CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 EC-836 M
CYL 2 MISFIRE P0302 EC-836
ECM P0605 EC-991
ECT SEN/CIRC*3 P0117 EC-754
ECT SEN/CIRC*3 P0118 EC-754

*ECT SENSOR P0125 EC-769
EGR VOL CONT/V CIR P0403 EC-877
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 AT-128
EC-595
INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
ENG OVER TEMP 2 EC-1060
P1217*
EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 EC-944
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 EC-897
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 EC-961
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH P0460 EC-957
FTT SENSOR P0181 EC-816
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 EC-1031
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 EC-1038
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 EC-776
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 EC-782
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 EC-725
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 EC-725
HO2S3 (B1) P1169 EC-1046
HO2S3 (B1) P1170 EC-1053
HO2S3 (B1) P0144 EC-789
HO2S3 (B1) P0145 EC-795
HO2S3 HTR (B1) P0043 EC-729
HO2S3 HTR (B1) P0044 EC-729
IACV/AAC VLV/CIRC P0505 EC-971
IAT SEN CIRCUIT P0112 EC-748
IGN SIGNAL-PRIMARY P0350 EC-857
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 EC-719
INTK TIM S/CIRC-B1 P1140 EC-1026
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 EC-1003
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327*2 EC-843
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328*2 EC-843
L/PRES SOL/CIRC P0745 AT-170

MAP SENSOR P1103 EC-997
EC-596
INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*3 P0101 EC-734 EC

MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*3 P0102 EC-734
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*3 P0103 EC-734 C

3 P1102 EC-734
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 EC-836
D
NATS MALFUNCTION P1610 - P1615 BL-96
P0000 —
REQUIRED.
E
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 AT-192
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 EC-1165
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 AT-114 F
G
SFT SOL A/CIRC*3 P0750 AT-176
SFT SOL B/CIRC*3 P0755 AT-180 H

SWIRL CONT VALVE P1138 EC-1019
SWL CON/V POSI SEN P1137 EC-1013
I
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 AT-155
THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 EC-774
TP SEN/CIRC A/T*3 P1705 AT-184 J

TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 EC-893
VARI SWL CON/SV-B1 P1132 EC-1008
K
VC CUT/V BYPASS/V P1491 EC-1152
VC/V BYPASS/V P1490 EC-1146
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*4 P0500 EC-968 L
VEH SPD SEN/CIR A/T*4 P0720 AT-124

VENT CONTROL VALVE P0447 EC-928 M
*2: This DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II only.
the same time.
DTC No. Index UBS001QK
Items
DTC*1 Reference page
— Unable to access ECM EC-652
P0000 —
REQUIRED.
P0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 EC-719
EC-597
INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Items
P0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) EC-725
P0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) EC-725
P0043 HO2S3 HTR (B1) EC-729
P0044 HO2S3 HTR (B1) EC-729
P0101 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*3 EC-734

P0107 ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC EC-743
P0108 ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC EC-743
P0117 ECT SEN/CIRC*3 EC-754
P0118 ECT SEN/CIRC*3 EC-754
P0121 APP SEN/CIRC*3 EC-759

P0125 *ECT SENSOR EC-769
P0128 THERMSTAT FNCTN EC-774
P0138 HO2S2 (B1) EC-776
P0139 HO2S2 (B1) EC-782
P0144 HO2S3 (B1) EC-789
P0145 HO2S3 (B1) EC-795
P0181 FTT SENSOR EC-816
P0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE EC-836
P0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE EC-836
P0327*2 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-843
P0328*2 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-843

P0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-847
P0340 CMP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-852
P0350 IGN SIGNAL-PRIMARY EC-857
P0403 EGR VOL CONT/V CIR EC-877
EC-598
INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms) A
EC
P0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 EC-893
P0441 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON EC-897
P0442 EVAP SMALL LEAK EC-908 C
D
P0453 EVAP SYS PRES SEN EC-934 E
P0455 EVAP GROSS LEAK EC-944
P0460 FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH EC-957
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR EC-961 F
G
P0500 4 EC-968
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*
P0506 ISC SYSTEM/CIRC EC-971 H
P0510 CLOSED TP SW/CIRC EC-980
I
P0600*2 A/T COMM LINE EC-988
P0605 ECM EC-991
P0705 PNP SW/CIRC AT-114 J
P0710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC AT-119
P0720 4 AT-124
VEH SPD SEN/CIR A/T* K
P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG AT-128
P0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN AT-132
P0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN AT-137
L
P0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN AT-142

P0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN AT-147
M
P0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC AT-155
P0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN AT-160
P0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC AT-170
P0750 SFT SOL A/CIRC*3 AT-176
P0755 SFT SOL B/CIRC*3 AT-180

P1031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) EC-993
P1032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) EC-993
P1103 MAP SENSOR EC-997
P1111 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 EC-1003
P1132 VARI SWL CON/SV-B1 EC-1008
P1137 SWL CON/V POSI SEN EC-1013
EC-599
INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Items
P1138 SWIRL CONT VALVE EC-1019
P1140 INTK TIM S/CIRC-B1 EC-1026
P1146 HO2S2 (B1) EC-1031
P1147 HO2S2 (B1) EC-1038
P1169 HO2S3 (B1) EC-1046
P1170 HO2S3 (B1) EC-1053
2 ENG OVER TEMP EC-1060
P1217*
P1271 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-1075
P1490 VC/V BYPASS/V EC-1146
P1491 VC CUT/V BYPASS/V EC-1152
P1605 A/T DIAG COMM LINE EC-1162
P1610 - P1615 NATS MALFUNCTION BL-96
P1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T*3 AT-184
P1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT EC-1165
P1760 O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC AT-192
*2: This DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II only.
the same time.
EC-600
PRECAUTIONS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
BELT PRE-TENSIONER” UBS001QL
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along EC
this Service Manual. C
WARNING:
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. D
Bag Module, see the SRS section. E
tors. F
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T UBS001QM
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the G
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
● Be sure to turn the ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect the negative battery terminal before any H
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves,
etc. will cause the MIL to light up.
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease, I
locking type harness connector. J
For description and how to disconnect, refer to EL section, “Description”, “HARNESS CONNEC-
TOR”.
● Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness K
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the EGR system or fuel injection system, L
etc.
TCM (Transmission Control Module) before returning the vehicle to the customer. M
Precautions UBS001QN

running.
● Before connecting or disconnecting the engine control sys-
tem harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and dis-
connect negative battery terminal. Failure to do so may
damage the ECM because battery voltage is applied to ECM
even if ignition switch is turned off.
● Before removing parts, turn off ignition switch and then dis-
connect battery ground cable.
SEF706Y
EC-601
PRECAUTIONS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
● If a battery terminal is disconnected, the memory will return
to the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal is dis-
SEF707Y
● When connecting engine control system harness connec-

tor, fasten it securely with a lever as far as it will go as
shown at left.
SEF908W
● When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM
pin terminals when connecting pin connectors.
● Securely connect engine control system harness connec-
tors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge)
damage to ICs.
● Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) SEF291H
away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control sys-

tem malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation of ICs, etc.
● Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
● Before replacing ECM, perform Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly.
Refer to EC-677 .
MEF040D
EC-602
PRECAUTIONS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
“Overall Function Check” or “DTC Confirmation Proce- A
dure”.
EC
pleted.
SEF217U
D
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
E
● Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as F
the body ground.
● Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor. G
gent.
H
● Do not disassemble IAC valve-AAC valve.
ous problems.
I
● Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor.
SEF348N
K
● Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
L
SEF605X

● Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unneces-
sarily.
SEF709Y
EC-603
PRECAUTIONS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
● When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure
tronic control systems depending on installation location.
control units.
– Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
– Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-
wave ratio can be kept smaller.
SEF708Y
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis UBS001QO
When you read Wiring diagrams, refer to the following:

● GI-13, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams".
● PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING". for power distribution circuit
● GI-10, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES".
● GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".
EC-604
PREPARATION
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
Special Service Tools UBS001QP
Tool number
EC
(Kent-Moore No.) Description
Tool name
KV10114400 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sen-
(J-38365) sor C
Heated oxygen sensor wrench a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
NT636
(J44626) Loosening or tightening air fuel ratio (A/F) E

Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor wrench sensor 1
LEM054
G
(J-44321) Checking fuel pressure
Fuel pressure gauge kit
WBIA0097E I
Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve open-
(J-45356) ing pressure
J
K
NT815
Commercial Service Tools UBS001QQ

L
(J41416) M
NT703
EVAP service port adapter Applying positive pressure through EVAP ser-
(J41413-OBD) vice port
NT704
EC-605
PREPARATION
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner Reconditioning the exhaust system threads
(J-43897-18) before installing a new oxygen sensor or A/F
(J-43897-12) sensor. Use with anti-seize lubricant shown
below.
a: J-43897-18 18 mm with 1.5 mm pitch
dia., for Zirconia Oxygen Sensor or A/F
sensor
b: J-43897-12 12 mm with 1.25 mm pitch
NT778
dia., for Titania Oxygen Sensor
Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning
(PermatexTM 133AR or equivalent tool when reconditioning exhaust system
meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907) threads.
NT779
Fuel tube removal tool For disconnecting fuel tube quick connectors
a: 7.9 mm (5/16 in)
LEC643
EC-606
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
System Diagram UBS001QR
EC
SEF500Z
EC-607
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
System Chart UBS001QS

● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel injection & mixture ratio control Injectors
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Electronic ignition system Power transistor
● Mass air flow sensor Idle air control system IACV-AAC valve
● Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Intake valve timing control
noid valve
● Ignition switch
Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay
Malfunction indicator lamp
● PNP switch On board diagnostic system
(On the instrument panel)
EGR control EGR volume control valve
● Knock sensor
Swirl control valve control Swirl control valve
● EGR temperature sensor*1
● EVAP control system pressure sensor*1 A/F sensor 1 heater and heated oxygen A/F sensor 1 heater and heated
sensor 2 and 3 heater control oxygen sensor heater
● Fuel tank temperature sensor*1
● Battery voltage EVAP canister purge flow control
trol solenoid valve
● Power steering oil pressure switch
Cooling fan control Cooling fan relays
● Intake air temperature sensor Air conditioning cut control Air conditioner relay
● Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor

● Barometric pressure (BARO) sensor
● Heated oxygen sensor 3*3
● TCM (Transmission control module)*2 ● EVAP canister vent control
● Closed throttle position switch*4 ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS for EVAP system valve
● Electrical load ● Vacuum cut valve bypass valve
● Intake valve timing control position sensor*1
● Swirl control valve position sensor*1
● Fuel level sensor*1
*2: The DTC related to A/T will be sent to ECM.
*3: Under normal conditions, this sensor is not for engine control operation.
*4: This switch will operate in place of the throttle position sensor to control EVAP parts if the sensor malfunctions.
EC-608
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System UBS001QT
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART A

ECM
function
EC
C
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position D
Throttle valve idle position
PNP switch Gear position Fuel injec-
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed tion & mix- E
Injector
ture ratio
Ignition switch Start signal control
F
Battery Battery voltage G
H
Barometric pressure (BARO) sensor Ambient air barometric pressure
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of I
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from both the camshaft position sensor and the mass air flow J
sensor.
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat- K
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
● During warm-up L
● Hot-engine operation M
● When selector lever is changed from “N” to “D”
<Fuel decrease>
● During high vehicle speed operation
● Extremely high engine coolant temperature
EC-609
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
PBIB0121E
The three way catalyst can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses an air fuel ratio
(A/F) sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor if the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the
injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about the air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1, refer to EC-1075 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the stoichiometric range (ideal air-fuel mix-
ture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst. Even if the switching characteristics
of the A/F sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated oxygen sen-
sor 2.
Open Loop Control
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
● Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit
● Insufficient activation of A/F sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
● During warm-up
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1.
This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoret-
ical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally
designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot film) and characteristic changes dur-
ing operation (i.e., injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
the two ratios.
value. The signal from A/F sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the the-
oretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in
fuel volume if it is lean.
EC-610
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
EC
SEF337W D
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used E
F
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating. G
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds. H
Electronic Ignition (EI) System UBS001QU

ECM
I
function
J
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature K
Throttle position Ignition
Throttle valve idle position timing con- Power transistor
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed trol L
M
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the map shown
above.
camshaft position sensor signal. Computing this information, ignition
signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
e.g., N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec
A°BTDC
SEF742M
● At starting
● During warm-up
EC-611
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
● At idle
operate under normal driving conditions.
If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition. The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The
ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
Air Conditioning Cut Control UBS001QV

ECM
function
Throttle position sensor Throttle valve opening angle
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed Air condi-
tioner cut Air conditioner relay
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed control
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
● When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
● When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
● When the refrigerant pressure is excessively high or low.
Fuel Cut Control (at no load & high engine speed) UBS001QW

ECM
function
Throttle position sensor Throttle position Fuel cut
Injectors
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature control

If the engine speed is above 2,500 rpm with no load, (for example, in Neutral and engine speed over 2,500
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-609, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
System" .
EC-612
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check UBS001QX
IDLE SPEED
Method A EC
With CONSULT-II
C
E
SEF058Y
With GST F
IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used. G
Method A
1. Slide the harness protector off ignition coil No. 1 to clear the H
wires.
3. Check ignition timing. I
LBIA0079E K
Method B
1. Remove No. 1 ignition coil. L
high-tension wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to this
wire. M
SEF451Y
EC-613
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
SEF166Y
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment UBS001QY
PREPARATION
1. Make sure that the following parts are in good order.
– Battery
– Ignition system
– Engine oil and coolant levels
– Fuses
– ECM harness connector
– Vacuum hoses
– Air intake system
– Fuel pressure
– Engine compression
– Throttle valve
– EVAP system
2. On models equipped with air conditioner, checks should be carried out while the air conditioner is “OFF”.
3. On models equipped with automatic transaxle, when checking idle speed, ignition timing and mixture
ratio, checks should be carried out while shift lever is in “P” or “N” position.
7. Make the check after the cooling fan has stopped.
EC-614
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
EC
SEF612Z
NOTE:
If a vehicle contains a part which is operating outside of design specifications with no MIL illumina-
tion, the part shall not be replaced prior to emission testing unless it is determined that the part has
been tampered with or abused in such a way that the diagnostic system cannot reasonably be
expected to detect the resulting malfunction.
EC-615
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
1. INSPECTION START
1. Visually check the following:
– Electrical connectors
– Gasket
– Throttle position and throttle position sensor operation
SEF976U
3. Open engine hood and run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about
2 minutes under no-load.
4. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF977U
>> GO TO 3.
EC-616
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
With CONSULT-II
EC
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute.
3. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
C
800±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
Without CONSULT-II D
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-
load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no- E
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
SEF058Y
800±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position) F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
G
NG >> GO TO 4.

H
Perform test No. 3 again.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. I
NG >> GO TO 5.

● Check IACV-AAC valve and replace if necessary. Refer to EC-971 .
K
● Check IACV-AAC valve harness and repair if necessary. Refer to EC-971 .
L
>> GO TO 3.
M
EC-617
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
SEF978U
3. Check ignition timing with a timing light.

9°±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 7.
SEC842C

● Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit, repair or replace if necessary. Refer to EC-852 .
● Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit, repair or replace if necessary. Refer to EC-847 .
>> GO TO 3.
8. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in “D” position with “OD” OFF.
NOTE:
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
3. Set “OD” ON, then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30
MPH).
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
4. Repeat steps 2 to 3 five times.
5. Stop vehicle and connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle.
6. Make sure that no 1st trip DTC is displayed in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 10.
EC-618
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
9. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) 1 SENSOR FUNCTION A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
NOTE:
C
3. Set “OD” ON, then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30
MPH).
NOTE:
D
5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch “OFF”. E
6. Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine.
8. Stop vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle. F
9. Make sure that no DTC is displayed.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END G
NG >> GO TO 10.
10. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT H
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect battery ground cable.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and A/F sensor 1 harness
I
connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer
to “Wiring Diagram”.
J
ECM Terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal
62 2
63 5 K
64 1
65 6 PBIB0702E
L

4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 62, 63, 64, 65 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2, 5, 6 and M
ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors between ECM and A/F sen-
sor 1.
>> GO TO 3.
EC-619
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
12. PREPARATION FOR “CO” % CHECK
With CONSULT-II
3. Select “COOLANT TEMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Set “COOLANT TEMP” to 5°C (41°F) by touching “DWN” and
“Qd”.
SEF172Y
Without CONSULT-II

SEF982UA
>> GO TO 13.
EC-620
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
13. CHECK “CO” % A
EC
D
SEF976U
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no- E
load, then run engine at idle speed.
3. Check “CO” %.
Idle CO: 3 - 11% and engine runs smoothly. F
4. Without CONSULT-II
After checking CO%, G
– Disconnect the resistor from terminals of engine coolant temper-
ature sensor harness connector.
– Connect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector SEF978U H
to engine coolant temperature sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. I
NG >> GO TO 14.

● Connect A/F sensor 1 harness connector to A/F sensor 1.
● Check fuel pressure. Refer toEC-623 . K
● Check mass air flow sensor and its circuit. Refer toEC-734 .
L
M
>> GO TO 3.
EC-621
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Idle Air Volume Learning UBS001QZ
DESCRIPTION
“Idle Air Volume Learning” is an operation to learn the idle air volume
that keeps each engine within the specific range. It must be per-
formed under any of the following conditions:
● Each time IACV-AAC valve, throttle body or ECM is replaced.
SEF452Y
PRE-CONDITIONING
Before performing “Idle Air Volume Learning”, make sure that all of
the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are
missed for even a moment.
● PNP switch: ON
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, if the parking SEF454Y
brake is applied before the engine is started, the headlamp will
not be illuminated.
● Cooling fan motor: Not operating
For models with CONSULT-II, drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP
SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/T” system indicates less
than 0.9 V.
For models without CONSULT-II, drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
SEF455Y
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
4. Check that all items listed under the topic “PRE-CONDITIONING” (previously mentioned) are in good
order.
9. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-II screen. If “INCMP” is displayed, “Idle Air Volume
Learning” will not be carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the problem by referring to the
NOTE below.
10. Rev up the engine two or three times. Make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within specifica-
tions.
EC-622
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
ITEM SPECIFICATION A
Idle speed 800±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
Ignition timing 9°±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
EC
Without CONSULT-II
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds. C
4. Check that all items listed under the topic “PRE-CONDITION-
ING” (previously mentioned) are in good order. D
7. Disconnect throttle position sensor harness connector (brown), E
then reconnect it within 5 seconds.
8. Wait 20 seconds. SEF392Z
9. Make sure that idle speed is within specifications. If not, the result will be incomplete. In this case, find the F
cause of the problem by referring to the NOTE below.
10. Rev up the engine two or three times. Make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within specifica-
tions. G
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed 800±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position) H
Ignition timing 9°±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
NOTE:
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows: I
J
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
4. Adjust closed throttle position switch and reset memory. (Refer to EC-652, "Basic Inspection" .)
5. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condi- K
It is useful to perform EC-707, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
6. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the L
– Engine stalls.
– Erroneous idle.
M
– Blown fuses related to the IACV-AAC valve system.
Fuel Pressure Check UBS001R0

EC-623
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT”
pressure.
PEF823K
With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
pressure.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and reconnect fuel pump fuse.
LEC298
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

● Make sure that clamp screws do not contact adjacent parts.
● Use Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit J-44321 to check fuel pres-
sure.
● Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems
operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/C, etc.) Fuel pressure
gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine
loads and changes in manifold vacuum.
2. Disconnect fuel hose from fuel feed tube (engine side) using fuel LEC644
tube quick connect removal tool.

3. Release quick connector and disconnect fuel hose from fuel
feed tube (underbody side). Remove fuel hose assembly.
CAUTION:
Do not install hose clamps over flared portions of fuel feed
tubes or damage to fuel feed tubes may result.
4. Install fuel pressure gauge from kit J-44321 between fuel tubes
using hose and clamps from kit.
5. Turn ignition switch “ON” and check for fuel leakage.
6. Start engine and read the indication on fuel pressure gauge.
At idle speed:
LEC645
Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)
If results are unsatisfactory, check for fuel leakage in fuel line between fuel tank and injector, and check
fuel filter for clogging.
If fuel line and fuel filter are OK, replace fuel pressure regulator. Refer to EM-22 .
EC-624
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
Introduction UBS001R1
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including: EC
C
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Mode 7 of SAE J1979 D
E
DTC 1st trip DTC
data Frame data
SRT code Test value F
CONSULT-II × × × × × —
GST × ×*1 × — × × G
H
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-652 )
Two Trip Detection Logic UBS001R2
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the I
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time as when the DTC is stored. <2nd J
X: Applicable —: Not applicable K
1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip
Items L
Lighting Lighting display- display- display- display-
Blinking Blinking ing ing ing ing
up up
Coolant over temperature enrich-
— × — — × — × — M
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is × — — — — — × —
being detected
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is — — × — — × — —
being detected
Closed loop control
— × — — × — × —
— DTC: P1148
Fail-safe items (Refer to EC-652 ) — × — — ×*1 — ×*1 —
Except above — — — × — × × —
*1: Except “ECM”
EC-625
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Emission-related Diagnostic Information UBS001R3
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS

Test value/ Test
Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) DTC*1 SRT code limit 1st trip DTC*1 Reference page
(GST only)
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FUR-
THER TESTING MAY BE P0000 — — — —
REQUIRED.
INT/V TIMING CONT P0011 — — × EC-719
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 × × ×* 2 EC-725
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 EC-725
HO2S3 HTR (B1) P0043 × × ×*2 EC-729
HO2S3 HTR (B1) P0044 EC-729
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0101 — — × EC-734
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0102 EC-734
ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC P0107 — — × EC-743
ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC P0108 EC-743
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 — — × EC-748
ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 — — × EC-754
ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 EC-754
APP SEN/CIRC P0121 — — × EC-759
APP SEN/CIRC P0122 EC-759
APP SEN/CIRC P0123 EC-759
*ECT SEN/CIRC P0125 — — × EC-769
THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 — — × EC-774
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 × × ×*2 EC-776
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 × × ×*2 EC-782
HO2S3 (B1) P0144 × × ×*2 EC-789
HO2S3 (B1) P0145 × × ×*2 EC-795

FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 — — × EC-802
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 — — × EC-809
FTT SENSOR P0181 — — × EC-816
ENG OVER TEMP P0217 — — × EC-821
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 — — × EC-836
CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 — — × EC-836
EC-626
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Test value/ Test
Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) DTC*1 SRT code limit 1st trip DTC*1 Reference page A
(GST only)
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 — — × EC-847 EC
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT P0340 — — × EC-852
IGN SIGNAL-PRIMARY P0350 — — × EC-857
C
EGR SYSTEM P0400 × × ×* 2 EC-866
EGR VOL CONT/V CIR P0403 — — × EC-877
EGR TEMP SEN/CIRC P0405 — — × EC-884 D
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 × × ×* 2 EC-893
E
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 × × ×* 2 EC-897
EVAP SMALL LEAK P0442 × × ×*2 EC-908

F
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 — — × EC-922
VENT CONTROL VALVE P0447 — — × EC-928 G
EVAPO SYS PRES SEN P0452 — — × EC-934
EVAPO SYS PRES SEN P0453 — — × EC-934
H
EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 — × ×*2 EC-944
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH P0460 — — × EC-957
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 — — × EC-961 I
FUEL LEVEL SEN/CIRC P0462 — — × EC-964
J
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC P0500 — — × EC-968
ISC SYSTEM/CIRC P0505 — — × EC-971
CLOSED TP SW/CIRC P0510 — — × EC-980 K
A/T COMM LINE P0600 — — × EC-988
ECM P0605 — — × EC-991
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 — — × AT-114 L
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 — — × AT-119
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT P0720 — — × AT-124
M
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 — — × AT-128
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 — — × AT-132
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 — — × AT-137
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 — — × AT-142
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 — — × AT-147
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 — — × AT-155
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 — — × AT-160
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 — — × AT-170
SFT SOL A/CIRC P0750 — — × AT-176
SFT SOL B/CIRC P0755 — — × AT-180
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P1031 × × × EC-993
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P1032 EC-993
MAP SENSOR P1103 — — × EC-997
EC-627
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Test value/ Test
Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) DTC*1 SRT code limit 1st trip DTC*1 Reference page
(GST only)
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 — — × EC-1003
VARI SWL CON/SV-B1 P1132 — — × EC-1008
SWIRL CON/V POSI SEN P1137 — — × EC-1013
SWIRL CONT VALVE P1138 — — × EC-1019
INT TIM S/CIR-B1 P1140 — — × EC-1026
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 × × ×*2 EC-1031
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 × × ×* 2 EC-1038

CLOSED LOOP-B1 P1148 — — × EC-1045
HO2S3 (B1) P1169 × × ×*2 EC-1046
HO2S3 (B1) P1170 × × ×*2 EC-1053

ENG OVER TEMP P1217 — — × EC-1060
A/F SENSOR 1 (B1) P1271 × × × EC-1075
A/F SENSOR 1 (B1) P1272 × × × EC-1080
A/F SENSOR 1 (B1) P1273 × × × EC-1085
A/F SENSOR 1 (B1) P1274 × × × EC-1091
A/F SENSOR 1 (B1) P1276 × × × EC-1097
A/F SENSOR 1 (B1) P1278 × × × EC-1102
A/F SENSOR 1 (B1) P1279 EC-1102
EGR SYSTEM P1402 × × ×*2 EC-1110
EVAP SMALL LEAK P1442 × × ×*2 EC-1119

PURG VOLUME CONT/V P1444 — — × EC-1121
VENT CONTROL VALVE P1446 — — × EC-1130
VENT CONTROL VALVE P1448 — — × EC-1136
VC/V BYPASS/V P1490 — — × EC-1146
VC CUT/V BYPASS/V P1491 — — × EC-1152
A/T DIAG COMM LINE P1605 — — × EC-1162
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 — — × AT-184
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 — — × EC-1165
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 — — × AT-192

EC-628
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory. A
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in “HOW TO
ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION”,EC-637 .
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-628 . These items are required by legal reg-
EC
ulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are
also displayed on CONSULT-II.
therefore does not warn the driver of a problem. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the vehicle C
data as specified in “Work Flow” procedure Step II, refer to EC-647 . Then perform “DTC Confirmation Proce-
D
dure” or “Overall Function Check” to try to duplicate the problem. If the malfunction is duplicated, the item
requires repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC E
With CONSULT-II
With GST F
CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P0350, P0705, P0750, etc.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.) G
● Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST does not indicate whether the malfunction
is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-II can identify H
malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended.
tion is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times I
J
SEF922X
M
The ECM records driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant temper-
ature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed and absolute pressure at the
moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
details, see EC-692 .
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
lowing priorities to update the data.
EC-629
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Priority Items
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172
2 Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in “HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION”, EC-637 .
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Mode 1 of SAE J1979.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
NOTE:
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
EC-630
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
SRT Item
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”. A
SRT item Perfor-

(CONSULT-II indica- mance Pri- Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” Corresponding DTC No.
tion) ority*2 EC
CATALYST 3 Three way catalyst function P0420
EVAP SYSTEM 2 EVAP control system P0442
C
— EVAP control system P1442*1
3 EVAP control system P0441
HO2S 3 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P1271 D
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P1272
E
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P1278, P1279 F
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0138, P0140
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139
G
Heated oxygen sensor 3 P0144 H
I
HO2S HTR 3 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor heater P1031, P1032
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0037 J
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater P0043, P0044
EGR SYSTEM 3 EGR function P0400
1 EGR function P1402 K
*1: P1442 [EVAP control system (Small Leak) (positive pressure) diagnosis] is one type of SRT related diagnosis. This diagnosis, how-
ever, does not contribute to setting the SRT as “CMPLT” when no malfunction exists in the EVAP system. Therefore, P0442 must be
used instead of P1442. L
*2: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the perfor-
mance priority for models with CONSULT-II.
M
EC-631
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
SRT Set Timing
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
Example
Diagnosis
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
P0402 — — — —
NG
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate
“CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons:
● The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
● The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
● If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.
EC-632
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC
SEF170Z
*1 EC-629 *2 EC-633 *3 EC-634

With CONSULT-II
Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-II.
For items whose SRT codes are set, a “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT-II screen; for items whose SRT
codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed.
With GST
Selecting Mode 1 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)
A sample of CONSULT-II display for SRT code is shown below.
EC-633
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
“INCMP” means the self-diagnosis is incomplete and SRT is not set.
“CMPLT” means the self-diagnosis is complete and SRT is set.
SEF935Z
How to Set SRT Code

To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each
With CONSULT-II
Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on “Performance Priority” in the table
onEC-631 .
Without CONSULT-II
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page. The
EC-634
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Driving Pattern
A
EC
SEF509Z
EC-635
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
ing habits, etc.
Zone A refers to the range where the time required for the diagnosis under normal conditions* is the short-
est.
within zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
● Sea level
● Flat road
● Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
● Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
nosis may also be performed.
Pattern 1:
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 70 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
● The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than
70°C (158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 70 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
● The engine is started at the fuel tank temperature of warmer than 0°C (32°F) (where the voltage
Pattern 2:
● When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be con-
ducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
Pattern 3:
● The driving pattern outlined in *2 must be repeated at least 3 times.
Pattern 4:
● If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
(56 MPH) again.
1. Decelerate vehicle to 0 km/h (0 MPH) and let engine idle.
2. Repeat driving pattern shown below at least 10 times.
– During acceleration, hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 until the EGR system SRT is set.
*3: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
Set the selector lever in the “D” position with the overdrive switch
turned ON.
SEF414S
items).
EC-636
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
played on the GST screen. A
TID CID EC
01H 01H Max. ×
CATALYST Three way catalyst function
02H 81H Min. ×
C
EVAP control system (Small leak) 05H 03H Max. ×
EVAP SYSTEM EVAP control system purge flow monitor-
06H 83H Min. ×
ing
D
43H 0EH Max. ×
A/F sensor 1 44H 8EH Min. ×
45H 8EH Min. × E
19H 86H Min. ×
1AH 86H Min. ×
Heated oxygen sensor 2 F
HO2S 1BH 06H Max. ×
1CH 06H Max. ×
61H 92H Min. × G
62H 92H Min. ×
Heated oxygen sensor 3
63H 12H Max. ×
H
64H 12H Max. ×
57H 10H Max. ×
A/F sensor 1 heater
58H 90H Min. × I
2DH 0AH Max. ×
HO2S HTR Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
2EH 8AH Min. ×
71H 14H Max. × J
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater
72H 94H Min. ×
31H 8CH Min. ×
K
32H 8CH Min. ×
EGR SYSTEM EGR function 33H 8CH Min. ×
34H 8CH Min. × L
35H 0CH Max. ×
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION M

NOTE:
twice.
EC-637
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
● If DTCs are displayed for both ECM and TCM (Transmission control module), they need to be erased indi-
vidually from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module).
SEF966X
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF-
NOTE:
approx. 24 hours.
1. Diagnostic trouble codes
4. 1st trip freeze frame data
6. Test values
EC-638
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
7. Others
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all A
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
NVIS (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS) UBS001R4
EC
● If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in
the “ON” position or “NATS MALFUNCTION” is displayed
on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” screen, perform self-diagnostic
C
results mode with CONSULT-II using NATS program card.
Refer to BL-96 , “NVIS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System
— NATS)”.
● Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NVIS (NATS) is dis- D
played before touching “ERASE” in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”
● When replacing ECM, initialization of NVIS (NATS) system E
and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs must be SEF543X
carried out with CONSULT-II using NATS program card.

Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner. Regarding the procedures of NVIS F
(NATS) initialization and NVIS (NATS) ignition key ID registration, refer to CONSULT-II operation
manual, IVIS/NVIS.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) UBS001R5 G
DESCRIPTION
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON with- H
out the engine running. This is a bulb check.
● If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-24, "WARNING
LAMPS" or see EC-1200 . I
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
detected an engine system malfunction. J
SEF217U
On Board Diagnostic System Function K

The on board diagnostic system has the following two functions.
L
Mode Status
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit. M
Engine stopped

detection logic), the MIL will light up to inform the driver
the 1st trip.
● Coolant over temperature enrichment protection
● Fail-safe mode
EC-639
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Test Mode I — Bulb Check
In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to DI-24
“WARNING LAMPS” or see EC-1200 .
Diagnostic Test Mode I — Malfunction Warning
MIL Condition
OFF No malfunction.
EC-640
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
OBD System Operation Chart UBS001R6
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS A
● When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are EC
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to “Two Trip Detection Logic” on
EC-625 .
● The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times with no malfunction. The drive is counted only when C
the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting,
● The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) D
without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and
RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-II will count the number of times the vehicle is driven. E
SUMMARY CHART F
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other
G
80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
display)
H
*1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
(clear)
I
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
J
EC-641
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MIS-
FIRE” <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
SEF392S
be stored in ECM.
EC-642
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
TION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A
Driving Pattern B
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. EC
C
● The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”)
Driving Pattern C
Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows: D
1. The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) × (1±0.1) [%] E
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:
● When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), “T” should be higher than or F
equal to 70°C (158°F).
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows: G
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
(158°F) H
I
● The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80.
is stored in ECM.
J
EC-643
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
“MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
SEF393S
be stored in ECM.
EC-644
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A
Driving Pattern A
EC
G
AEC574
● The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction. H
Driving Pattern B
I
J
K
EC-645
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction UBS001R7
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con-
same time, it is important that there are no problems such as vac-
tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent problems are
ment of good parts.
MEF036D
be performed. Follow the EC-647, "Work Flow" .
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
ple on next page should be used.
SEF233G
Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” problems first. This

SEF234G
EC-646
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Work Flow
A
EC
SEF510ZD
*1: EC-652 *2: If time data of "SELF-DIAG *3: If the incident cannot be duplicated,
RESULTS" is other than "0" or "1t", refer to EC-147, "TROUBLE DIAG-
refer to EC-147, "TROUBLE DIAG- NOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
NOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- DENT" .
DENT" .
*4: If the on board diagnostic system *5: If the malfunctioning part cannot be *6: EC-635
cannot be performed, check main found, refer to EC-147, "TROUBLE
power supply and ground circuit. DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
Refer to EC-712, "POWER SUPPLY INCIDENT" .
CIRCUIT FOR ECM" .
*7: EC-707
EC-647
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
STEP DESCRIPTION FOR WORK FLOW
STEP I
EC-649, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" .
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II or Generic Scan Tool) the (1st
trip) Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) and the (1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the code and the data. (Refer
to EC-625 .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip) freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at
STEP II STEP III & IV.
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the cus-
tomer. (The " Symptom Matrix Chart" will be useful. See EC-666 .)
Also check related service bulletins for information.
The "DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET" and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CON-
SULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP III
If the incident cannot be verified, perform INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS. (Refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Effi-
cient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .)
Try to detect the (1st trip) Diagnostic Trouble Code by driving in (or performing) The " DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE
CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE". Check and read the (1st trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by
using CONSULT-II or Generic Scan Tool.
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP IV If the incident cannot be verified, perform INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS. (Refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Effi-
cient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .)
In case the "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" is not available, perform the
"OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK" instead. The (1st trip) DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this sim-
plified "check" is an effective alternative.
The "NG" result of the "OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK" is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-652 .) If CONSULT-II is avail-
STEP V
able, perform "DATA MONITOR (SPEC) " mode with CONSULT-II and proceed to the EC-707, "TROUBLE DIAG-
NOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" . If malfunction is detected, proceed to "REPAIR/REPLACE". Then perform
inspections according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-666 .)
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect
the system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) "Harness Layouts".
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in "DATA MONITOR
(AUTO TRIG)" mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CON-
SULT-II. Refer to EC-677 .
STEP VI
The "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE" in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short
circuit inspection is also required for the circuit check in the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE. For details, refer to GI
section ("HOW TO PERFORM EFFICIENT DIAGNOSIS FOR AN ELECTRICAL INCIDENT", "Circuit Inspection").
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT",
EC-711 .
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions
and circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000 or 0505] is
STEP VII detected. If the incident is still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a different method from the
previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in
ECM and TCM (Transmission control module). (Refer to EC-626 .)
EC-648
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of A
ble-shooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a problem. It is EC
tomer complaint.
to organize all the information for troubleshooting. C
Some conditions may cause the malfunction indicator lamp to come
on steady or blink and DTC to be detected. Example:
D
Worksheet Sample
E
MTBL0017
EC-649
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC Inspection Priority Chart UBS001R8
chart.
1 ● P0101, P0102, P0103, P1102 MAF sensor
● P0112, P0113, P0127 IAT sensor
● P0117, P0118, P0125 ECT sensor
● P0121, P0122, P0123 TP sensor
● P0181, P0182, P0183 FTT sensor
● P0327, P0328 KS
● P0335 CKP sensor (POS)
● P0340 CMP sensor (PHASE)
● P0350 Ignition signal
● P0403 EGR volume control valve
● P0460, P0461, P0464, P1464 Fuel level sensor
● P0500 VSS
● P0605 ECM
● P1605 A/T diagnosis communication line
● P1706 PNP switch
EC-650
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
2 ● P0037, P0038 HO2S2
● P0043, P0044 HO2S3
● P0107, P0108 BARO sensor
EC
● P0138, P0139, P1146, P1148 HO2S2
● P0144, P0145, P1169, P1170 HO2S3
● P0217 Coolant over temperature enrichment protection
C
● P0405, P0406 EGRT sensor
● P0441 EVAP control system
● P0444, P0445, P1444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
D
● P0447, P1446, P1448 EVAP canister vent control valve
● P0452, P0453 EVAP control system pressure sensor
● P0510 CTP switch
E
● P0705-P0725, P0740-P1760 A/T related sensors, solenoid valves and switches
● P1031, P1032 A/F sensor heater
● P1103, P1104, P1108 MAP sensor
F
● P1137 Swirl control valve control position sensor
● P1138 Swirl control valve
● P1140 Intake valve timing control position sensor G
● P1271, P1274, P1276, P1278, P1279 A/F sensor
● P1490, P1491 Vacuum cut valve bypass valve
3 ● P0011 IVT control H
● P0171, P0172 Fuel injection system function
● P0300-P0304 Cylinder misfire
● P0400, P1402 EGR function I
● P0420 Three way catalyst function
● P0442/P1442 EVAP control system
● P0455 EVAP control system J
● P0505, P0506, P0507 ISC system
● P0600 A/T control
● P0731-P0734, P0744 A/T function K
● P1111 IVT control solenoid valve
● P1132 Swirl control valve
● P1148 Closed loop control L
EC-651
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Fail-safe Chart UBS001R9
The ECM enters fail-safe mode if any of the following malfunctions is detected due to the open or short circuit.
When the ECM enters the fail-safe mode, the MIL illuminates.
P0103
P1102
P0117 Engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
P0118 sensor circuit ignition switch “ON” or “START”.
Condition
Just as ignition switch is turned ON or Start
More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or Start
P0122 Throttle position sensor cir- Throttle position will be determined based on the injected fuel amount and the engine
P0123 cuit speed. Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Condition
When engine is idling
When accelerating
Unable to ECM ECM fail-safe activating condition
access ECM The computing function of the ECM was judged to be malfunctioning.
When the fail-safe system activates (i.e., if the ECM detects a malfunction condition in
the CPU of ECM), the MIL on the instrument panel lights to warn the driver.
However it is not possible to access ECM and DTC cannot be confirmed.
Engine control with fail-safe
When ECM fail-safe is operating, fuel injection, ignition timing, fuel pump operation and
IACV-AAC valve operation are controlled under certain limitations.
Engine speed
Fuel injection
Ignition timing
Fuel pump
IACV-AAC valve
Replace ECM, if ECM fail-safe condition is confirmed.
*: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)
Basic Inspection UBS001RA
Precaution:
Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanical loads applied;
● Headlamp switch is OFF,
● Air conditioner switch is OFF,
● Rear window defogger switch is OFF,
● Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
EC-652
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
1. INSPECTION START A
scheduled maintenance. EC
– Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections C
– Wiring for improper connections, pinches and cuts
D
>> GO TO 2. E
G
SEF983U
2. CHECK THROTTLE OPENER OPERATION-I

H
Confirm that there is a clearance between throttle drum and stopper.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. I
NG >> GO TO 3.
K
SEF456Y
3. CHECK THROTTLE OPENER FIXING BOLTS L

Check throttle opener fixing bolts for loosening.
OK or NG
M
OK >> Repair or replace throttle body assembly.
NG >> Retighten the fixing bolts.
4. CHECK THROTTLE OPENER OPERATION-II

2. Confirm that throttle opener rod moves backward and there is a
clearance between throttle drum and throttle opener rod.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 5.
SEF457Y
EC-653
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
5. CHECK VACUUM SOURCE FOR THROTTLE OPENER
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to throttle opener.
2. Check vacuum existence with engine running.
OK or NG
OK >> Repair or replace throttle body assembly.
NG >> GO TO 6.
SEF458Y

1. Stop engine.
2. Remove the vacuum hose.
3. Check the vacuum hose for splits, kinks and clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> Clean vacuum port by blowing air.
NG >> Replace vacuum hose.
SEF109L
7. CHECK THROTTLE DRUM OPERATION

Confirm that throttle drum moves to contact the stopper.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 8.
SEF456Y
8. CHECK ACCELERATOR WIRE INSTALLATION

1. Stop engine.
2. Check accelerator wire for slack.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Adjust accelerator wire. Refer to ACC-2, "Adjusting Accelerator Wire" .
EC-654
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
9. CHECK THROTTLE VALVE OPERATION A
1. Remove intake air ducts.
2. Check throttle valve operation when moving throttle drum by hand.
OK or NG EC
OK >> Retighten the throttle drum fixing nuts.
NG >> Clean the throttle body and throttle valve.
C
10. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH CLOSED POSITION-I
NOTE:
D
Always check ignition timing before performing the following.
2. Stop engine. E
4. Connect suitable vacuum hose to vacuum pump as shown
below. F
5. Apply vacuum [more than −40.0 kPa (−300 mmHg, −11.81
inHg)] until the throttle drum is free from the throttle opener rod.
G
H
SEF793WA
EC-655
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “A/T”, then “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Select “CLOSED THL/SW” from the menu.
4. Read “CLOSED THL/SW” signal under the following conditions.
● Insert a 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) and 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) feeler
gauge alternately between stopper and throttle drum as shown
in the figure and check the signal.
“CLOSED THL/SW” signal should remain “ON” while insert-
ing 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) feeler gauge.
“CLOSED THL/SW” signal should remain “OFF” while
SEF459Y
SEF173Y
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 12.
EC-656
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
With CONSULT-II
EC
2. Confirm that proper vacuum is applied. Refer to test No. 10. During adjustment, vacuum should be
applied.
C
SEF459Y
F
4. Turn throttle position sensor body counterclockwise until “CLOSED THL/SW” signal switches to “OFF”.
SEF511Z
J
>> GO TO 13.
K
EC-657
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
With CONSULT-II
– Gradually move the sensor body clockwise and stop it when “CLOSED THL/SW” signal switches
from “OFF” to “ON”, then temporarily tighten sensor body fixing bolts.
SEF512Z
2. Make sure two or three times that the signal is “ON” when the throttle valve is closed and “OFF” when it is
opened.
3. Remove 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) feeler gauge then insert 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) feeler gauge.
4. Make sure two or three times that the signal remains “OFF” when the throttle valve is closed.
6. Check the “CLOSED THL/SW” signal again.
The signal remains “OFF” while closing throttle valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 12.
EC-658
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
14. RESET THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IDLE POSITION MEMORY A
With CONSULT-II
NOTE:
Always warm up engine to normal operating temperature. If engine is cool, the throttle position sensor EC
1. Remove 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) feeler gauge.
C
4. Start engine.
D
6. Select “ENGINE”, then select “CLSD THL POS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
7. Stop engine. (Turn ignition switch “OFF”.) E
F
H
SEF864V
10. Repeat steps 8 and 9 until “CLSD THL POS” signal changes to I
“ON”.
>> GO TO 19. J
SEF061Y L
EC-659
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Without CONSULT-II
SEF711X
– Insert the 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) and 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) feeler
gauge alternately between the stopper and throttle drum as
“Continuity should exist” while inserting 0.05 mm (0.0020
in) feeler gauge.
“Continuity should not exist” while inserting 0.15 mm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 16.
SEF459Y
EC-660
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Confirm that proper vacuum is applied. Refer to Test No. 10. During adjustment, vacuum should be
applied.
C
SEF459Y
F
4. Turn throttle position sensor body counterclockwise until conti-
nuity does not exist.
G
I
SEF711X
M
SEF460Y
>> GO TO 17.
EC-661
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Without CONSULT-II
– Gradually move the sensor body clockwise and stop it
when the continuity comes to exist, then temporarily
tighten sensor body fixing bolts.
2. Make sure two or three times that the continuity exists when the
throttle valve is closed and continuity does not exist when it is
opened.
3. Remove 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) feeler gauge then insert 0.15 mm
4. Make sure two or three times that the continuity does not exist
when the throttle valve is closed.
SEF460Y
6. Check the continuity again.
Continuity does not exist while closing the throttle valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 16.
18. RESET THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IDLE POSITION MEMORY

Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
Always warm up engine to normal operating temperature. If engine is cool, the throttle position sensor
1. Remove 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) feeler gauge.
2. Reconnect throttle position switch harness connector.
5. Start engine.
>> GO TO 19.
SEF864V
EC-662
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
19. CHECK (1ST TRIP) DTC A
2. Release vacuum from throttle opener.
3. Remove vacuum pump and vacuum hose from throttle opener. EC
4. Reinstall original vacuum hose to throttle opener securely.
C
6. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times.
7. Make sure no (1st trip) DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST.
OK or NG D
NG >> GO TO 20.
E
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding “Diagnostic Procedure”. F
>> GO TO 19.
G
With CONSULT-II H
3. Check idle speed. I

OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 28.
NG >> GO TO 23.
K
Without CONSULT-II
L
800±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position) M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 28.
NG >> GO TO 23.

CMPLT or INCMP
CMPLT >> GO TO 24.
2. GO TO 23.
EC-663
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 26.
NG >> GO TO 25.

1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function.
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
“NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM — NATS)”, EC-639 .
>> GO TO 23.

1. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times and let it idle.
Ignition timing: 9°±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 35.
NG >> GO TO 27.
LEC245

Check timing chain installation, refer to EM-24, "Components" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 25.
2. GO TO 23.

1. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times and let it idle.
Ignition timing: 9°±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 35.
NG >> GO TO 29.
LEC245
EC-664
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
29. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING A
Refer to “Idle Air Volume Learning”, EC-622 .
CMPLT or INCMP EC
CMPLT >> GO TO 30.
INCMP >> 1. Follow the construction of “Idle Air Volume Leaning”.
2. GO TO 29. C
30. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN

D
Check ignition timing, refer to Test No. 28.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 33. E
NG >> GO TO 31.
31. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION F
Check timing chain installation, refer to EM-24, "Components" .

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 32.
2. GO TO 29. H

1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a problem, but I
this is rarely the case.)
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
“NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM — NATS)”, EC-639 . J
>> GO TO 29.
K
With CONSULT-II L
3. Make sure idle speed is within the range below. M
>> GO TO 35.

Without CONSULT-II
2. Make sure idle speed is within the range below.
>> GO TO 35.
EC-665
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
After this inspection, unnecessary DTC No. might be displayed.
Refer to EC-637, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" . and AT-39,
"HOW TO ERASE DTC" .
>> INSPECTION END

Symptom Matrix Chart UBS001RB
SYSTEM — ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 FL section
Air Positive crankcase ventilation
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-1217
system
IACV-AAC valve circuit 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-971
Igni- Incorrect ignition timing
3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-652
tion adjustment
EGR EGR volume control valve circuit 2 2 3 3 3 EC-877
EC-866, EC-
EGR system 2 1 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 3
1110
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 EC-712
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 MTC section
EC-666
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
SYMPTOM
A

EC



C
Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E

F
Camshaft position sensor circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-836
Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-734
A/F sensor 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-1075 G
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-754,
1 1 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2
circuit EC-769
Throttle position sensor circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-759 H
Incorrect throttle position sensor
3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-652
adjustment
Swirl control valve circuit 3 3 2 EC-1019 I
Intake valve timing control system 3 3 3 3 3 EC-1003
Vehicle speed sensor circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-968
J
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-843
EC-991,
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-652
K
Start signal circuit 2 EC-1173
PNP switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-1165
Power steering oil pressure switch cir- L
2 3 3 EC-1182
cuit
Electrical load signal circuit 3 3 EC-1191
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. M
EC-667
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Fuel Fuel tank FL section
5
Vapor lock
5
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gaso- 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
line, Low octane)
—
Air Air duct
Air cleaner
(Mass air flow sensor — throt-
5 5 5 5 5 5
tle body)
5 5 5 5
Throttle body, Throttle wire FL section
Air leakage from intake mani-
—
fold/Collector/Gasket
Cranking Battery
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Generator circuit SC section
Starter circuit 3
1
Flywheel/Drive plate/Signal
6 EM section
plate
PNP switch 4 AT section
EC-668
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
SYMPTOM
A

EC



C
Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E

F
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Cylinder block G
Piston 4
EM section
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 H
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
I
Valve Timing chain
mecha-
Camshaft
nism 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM section
Intake valve J
3
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/
Muffler/Gasket
K
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EX section
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/ MA, EM and L
tion Oil filter/Oil gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 LU sections
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler M
cap
CO section
Thermostat 5
Water pump
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Water gallery
Cooling fan 5 EC-1060
Coolant level (low)/Contami-
MA section
nated coolant
EC-669
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Engine Control Component Parts Location UBS001RC
BBIA0218E
EC-670
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC
SEF383Z
EC-671
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
BBIA0219E
EC-672
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC
SEF385Z
EC-673
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
SEF386Z
EC-674
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Circuit Diagram UBS001RD
EC
BBWA0148E
EC-675
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
BBWA0267E
EC-676
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout UBS001RE
EC
SEF970W D
ECM Terminals and Reference Value UBS001RF
PREPARATION E
tower).
F
● Remove quick connector on the ventilation hose.
● Remove ECM fixing bolts and pull it out all the way.
G
H
SEF553Y

I
JEF096Y
L
● Remove ECM with it's harness from the cover.
M
SEF097YB
EC-677
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
SEF504Y
SEF098YB
2. Remove ECM harness protector.

CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
the body ground.
SEF367I
ECM INSPECTION TABLE

CAUTION:
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the body ground.
EC-678
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
0 - 1V
Intake valve timing con- ● Intake valve timing control is operating EC
1 Y/R
trol solenoid valve [Engine is not running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Intake valve timing control is not operating (11 - 14V)
C
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm
D
0 - 1.0V
● After driving for 2 minutes at a speed of
Heated oxygen sensor 70 km/h (43 MPH) or more
3 W/R E
3 heater [Ignition switch “ON”]
● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
F
[Engine is running]
5 R A/F sensor 1 heater ● Warmed-up condition Approximately 5V
G
● Idle speed
6 BR
7 LG [Engine is running]
IACV-AAC valve 0.1 - 14V H
15 P ● Idle speed
16 OR
8 SB
9 W/B EGR volume control [Engine is running] I
0.1 - 14V
17 R/Y valve ● Idle speed
18 BR/R
[Engine is running] Voltage fluctuates between 0 and J
10 Y/B A/T signal No. 3
● Idle speed 9V.
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm K
0 - 1.0V
Heated oxygen sensor ● After driving for 2 minutes at a speed of
11 R/B
2 heater 70 km/h (43 MPH) or more
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE L
● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm (11 - 14V)

● Cooling fan is not operating (11 - 14V) M
[Engine is running]
0 - 0.6V
● Cooling fan (High) is operating
13 LG/R Cooling fan relay (Low)
[Engine is running]
0 - 0.6V
● Cooling fan is operating
EC-679
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
EVAP canister purge SEF462Y

14 GY/L volume control solenoid
valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More than
100 seconds after starting engine).
SEF461Y
[Engine is running] Voltage fluctuates between 0 and

19 BR/W A/T signal No. 5
● Idle speed 9V.

[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than 5 seconds after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch “ON”
Malfunction indicator
22 OR/L [Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
lamp
[Engine is running]
23 L Air conditioner relay (Compressor operates)
24 L/R
25 G [Engine is running]
Swirl control valve 0.1 - 14V
26 R/B ● Idle speed
27 G/OR
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
0 - 1.0V
● For 7 seconds after turning ignition switch
ECM relay (Self shut- “OFF”
31 W/G
off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than 7 seconds passed after turning igni- (11 - 14V)
tion switch “OFF”
EC-680
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 8 - 9V
EC
[Engine is running]
● Warmed-up condition
● Idle speed C
SEF463Y
32 L/OR Tachometer
Approximately 8 - 9V D
SEF464Y F
Approximately 0.3V
● Idle speed
H
35 B/R
36 PU SEF465Y
Ignition signal
37 L/R Approximately 0.5V
38 GY/R I
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm J
SEF466Y
K
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Throttle position switch (11 - 14V)
40 Y/PU ● Accelerator pedal fully released L
(Closed position)
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
● Accelerator pedal depressed
[Ignition switch “ON”] Approximately 0V M
41 B/Y Start signal
[Ignition switch “START”] 9 - 12V
Approximately 0V
● Gear position is “P” or “N”
42 G/OR PNP switch
● Except the above gear position (11 - 14V)

(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
EC-681
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Power steering oil pres- ● Steering wheel is being turned.
46 PU
sure switch [Engine is running]
Approximately 5V
● Steering wheel is not being turned.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Lighting switch and/or rear window defogger (11 - 14V)
switch “ON”
50 R/W Electrical load signal
● Lighting switch and rear window defogger 0V
switch “OFF”
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
Approximately 5V
54 Y/R A/T signal No. 1
● Idle speed 9V.

55 Y/G A/T signal No. 2
● Idle speed 9V.

56 G/Y A/T signal No. 4
● Idle speed 9V.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
58 B Sensor ground ● Warmed-up condition Approximately 0V
● Idle speed
0 - Approximately 4.2V
[Engine is running]
● Lift up the vehicle
60 PU/R Vehicle speed sensor
● In 2nd gear position
● Vehicle speed is 40 km/h (25 MPH)
SEF003W
[Engine is running]
● Warmed-up condition 1.0 - 1.7V
● Idle speed
61 G Mass air flow sensor
[Engine is running]
● Warmed-up condition 1.5 - 2.4V
62 W/L 2 - 3V
[Engine is running]
63 W Approximately 2.6V
A/T sensor 1 ● Warmed-up condition
64 OR/L Approximately 3.1V
● Idle speed
65 OR 2 - 3V
EC-682
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
EC
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed C
66 Camshaft position sen- SEF977W

R
75 sor (PHASE) Approximately 2.0 - 3.0V D
SEF978W F
(Back-up) (11 - 14V)
● Warmed-up condition Approximately 0.5V
Throttle position sen-
68 OR/L ● Accelerator pedal fully released
sor signal output H
Approximately 4V
A/T diagnosis commu- [Engine is running] Voltage fluctuates between 0 and

69 PU I
nication line ● Idle speed 9V.
Engine coolant temper-
70 BR/W [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine J
ature sensor
coolant temperature.
71 Y/B [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
sensor K
air temperature.
[Engine is running]
● Warmed-up condition Less than 4.5V
L
EGR temperature sen- ● Idle speed
72 PU
sor [Engine is running]
● Warmed-up condition 0 - 1.5V
M
● EGR system is operating
[Engine is running]
73 B ● Warmed-up condition Approximately 0V
ground
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Refrigerant pressure ● Warmed-up condition
74 R/L 0.36 - 3.88V
sensor ● Both A/C switch and blower switch are “ON”
EC-683
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
Intake valve timing con- SEF465Y

78 R
trol position sensor Approximately 0.5 - 0.6V
[Engine is running]
SEF466Y
Fuel level sensor [Engine is running]

79 B/W Approximately 0V
80 G Fuel level sensor [Ignition switch “ON”] Output voltage varies with fuel
level.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
sensor
tank temperature.
83 W BARO sensor [Ignition switch “ON”] Approximately 4.4V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
Crankshaft position SEF979W

85 R
[Engine is running]
SEF980W
[Engine is running]
86 W ● Warmed-up condition 0 - Approximately 1.0V
2
EVAP control system
pressure sensor
EC-684
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed EC
Approximately 5V
● Engine coolant temperature is below 44°C
Swirl control valve posi- (111°F).
90 P/L
tion sensor [Engine is running] C
● Idle speed
0 - 1.0V
● Engine coolant temperature is above 45°C
(113°F). D
[Engine is running]
91 W MAP sensor ● Warmed-up condition Approximately 1.3V
● Idle speed E
[Engine is running]
0.15 - 0.85V F
92 W Throttle position sensor ● Vacuum is created using vacuum pump
G
● Accelerator pedal fully depressed 3.5 - 4.7V
● Vacuum is created using vacuum pump
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sensor H
95 L ● Warmed-up condition 0 - approximately 1.0V
3
BATTERY VOLTAGE I
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Warmed-up condition J
● Idle speed
101 R/B Injector No. 1 K

103 Y/B Injector No. 2 SEF011W
105 G/B Injector No. 3 BATTERY VOLTAGE

107 L/B Injector No. 4 (11 - 14V)
L
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm M
SEF012W

106 B [Engine is running]

110 W BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch “ON”]
112 W (11 - 14V)
115 LG DATA link connector Approximately 8V
EC-685
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
CONSULT-II Function UBS001RG
EC-686
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
FUNCTION
A
Work support
EC
can be read and erased quickly.*1
C
Input/Output specification of the Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the other
Data monitor (SPEC)
data monitor items can be read.
Active test
D
Function test Conducted by CONSULT-II instead of a technician to determine each system is "OK" or "NG". E
*1 The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
1. Diagnostic trouble codes F
4. 1st trip freeze frame data G
6. Test values
H
7. Others
EC-687
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Item WORK DATA
MONI- ACTIVE DTC
SUP- FREEZE MONI-
TOR TEST SRT WORK
PORT DTC*1 FRAME TOR
(SPEC) STATUS SUP-
DATA*2
PORT
Camshaft position sensor
× ×
(PHASE)
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) × ×
Mass air flow sensor × × ×
Engine coolant temperature sen-
× × × × ×
sor
A/F sensor 1 × × × ×
Heated oxygen sensor 2 × × × × ×
Vehicle speed sensor × × × ×
Throttle position sensor × × ×

Fuel tank temperature sensor × × × ×
EVAP control system pressure
× × ×
sensor
MAP sensor × × × ×
INPUT
BARO sensor ×
EGR temperature sensor × × ×
Intake air temperature sensor × × × ×
Knock sensor ×
Ignition switch (start signal) × ×
Closed throttle position switch × × ×
× ×
(throttle position sensor signal)
Air conditioner switch × ×
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch × × ×
Power steering oil pressure switch × ×
Battery voltage × ×
Load signal × ×
Swirl control valve position sensor × × ×
Fuel level sensor × × ×
EC-688
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
Item WORK DATA
MONI- ACTIVE DTC
SUP- FREEZE MONI-
TOR TEST SRT WORK EC
(SPEC) STATUS SUP-
DATA*2
PORT
Injectors × × × C
X (Igni-
Power transistor (Ignition timing) × tion sig- × × ×
nal)
D
IACV-AAC valve × × × ×

× × × × ×
trol solenoid valve E
Air conditioner relay × ×
Fuel pump relay × × × ×
× × × × F
OUTPUT
Cooling fan
EGR volume control valve × × × ×
A/F sensor 1 heater × × × ×
G
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater × × × ×
EVAP canister vent control valve × × × × H
Vacuum cut valve bypass valve × × × × ×
Swirl control valve × × × ×
I
× × × ×
noid valve
Calculated load value × × ×
J
X: Applicable
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer toEC-626 . K
CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Connect CONSULT-II to data link connector, which is located
under LH dash panel near the fuse box cover.
M
SEF514Z

PBR455D
EC-689
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
SEF995X

procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual.
SEF824Y
WORK SUPPORT MODE

TP SW/TP SEN IDLE POSI ADJ ● FOLLOW THE BASIC INSPECTION INSTRUCTION IN When adjusting the idle throttle
THE SERVICE MANUAL. position
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE ● FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DUR- When releasing fuel pressure
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN ● THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE When learning the idle air volume
ECM.
SELF-LEARNING CONT ● THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL When clearing the coefficient of
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF- self-learning control value
FICIENT.
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE OPEN THE VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE AND When detecting EVAP vapor leak
CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN point of EVAP system
● IGN SW “ON”
● NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYS-
TEM
● TANK FUEL TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0°C (32°F).
● WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING “EVAP SYS-
TEM CLOSE”
UNDER ANY CONDITION OTHER THAN THE ABOVE,
CONSULT-II WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY
APPROPRIATE INSTRUCTIONS.
NOTE:
WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-II MAY DISPLAY
EC-690
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* ● IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed
TARGET IGNITION TIMING ADJ* ● IDLE CONDITION ● When adjusting target ignition
timing
After adjustment, confirm tar- EC
get ignition timing with a timing
light.
● If the “TARGET IDLE RPM C
ADJ” has been done, the Idle
Air Volume Learning procedure
will not be completed.
D

Self Diagnostic Item E
Regarding items of “DTC and 1st trip DTC”, refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX” (See EC-595 .)
F
Freeze frame data
Description
item*1
DIAG TROUBLE
● The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”. (Refer to G
CODE
“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX”, EC-595 .)
[PXXXX]
● “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
H
FUEL SYS-B1 “MODE 2”: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
“MODE 3”: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enrichment)
I
COOLANT TEMP J
[°C] or [°F]
S-FUEL TRIM-B1 [%] ● The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel K
schedule.
● “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRIM-B1 [%] ● The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule L
ENGINE SPEED
[rpm]
M
VEHICLE SPEED
[km/h] or [mph]
INT MANI PRES [kPa] ● The intake manifold absolute pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
ABSOL TH-P/S [%] ● The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE
[°C] or [°F]
*1: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
EC-691
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DATA MONITOR MODE
ECM
Main
signals
signals
ENG SPEED [rpm] × × from the POS signal of the crankshaft
position sensor.
● The signal voltage of the mass air flow ● When the engine is stopped, a certain
sensor is displayed. value is indicated.
×
rection.
● The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed- ● When the engine is stopped, a certain
back correction factor per cycle is indi- value is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] × cated. ● This data also includes the data for the
● When the engine coolant temperature
● The engine coolant temperature (deter-
sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM
COOLAN TEMP/S mined by the signal voltage of the
× × enters fail-safe mode. The engine cool-
[°C] or [°F] engine coolant temperature sensor) is
ant temperature determined by the ECM
displayed.
is displayed.
● The A/F signal computed from the input
A/F SEN1 (B1) [V] × ×
signal of the A/F sensor 1 is displayed.
HO2S2 (B1) [V] × ×
sensor 2 is displayed.
● Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 sig-
nal:
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) after TWC (Manifold three way catalyst) ● When the engine is stopped, a certain
×
[RICH/LEAN] is relatively small. value is indicated.
LEAN ... means the amount of oxygen
after TWC (Manifold three way catalyst)
is relatively large.
× ×
[km/h] or [mph] vehicle speed sensor signal is displayed.
● The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-
BATTERY VOLT [V] × ×
played.
● The throttle position sensor signal volt-
THRTL POS SEN [V] × ×
age is displayed.
● The fuel temperature judged from the
FUEL T/TMP SE
tank fuel temperature sensor signal volt-
[°C] or [°F]
age is displayed.
● The intake air temperature determined
INT/A TEMP SE
× × by the signal voltage of the intake air
[°C] or [°F]
temperature sensor is indicated.
● The signal voltage of the EGR tempera-
EGR TEMP SEN [V] × ×
ture sensor is displayed.
● The signal voltage of EVAP control sys-
EVAP SYS PRES [V] ×
tem pressure sensor is displayed.
● The signal voltage of the BARO sensor
ABSOL PRES/SE [V] ×
is displayed.
● The signal voltage of the fuel level sen-
FUEL LEVEL SE [V] ×
sor is displayed.
START SIGNAL ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the ● After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis-
× ×
[ON/OFF] starter signal. played regardless of the starter signal.
EC-692
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
ECM
Main
signals
signals
CLSD THL POS
× × puted by ECM according to the throttle EC
[ON/OFF]
position sensor signal.
AIR COND SIG
[ON/OFF]
C

P/N POSI SW
× × park/neutral position (PNP) switch sig-
[ON/OFF] D
nal.
● [ON/OFF] condition of the power steer-
PW/ST SIGNAL ing oil pressure switch determined by
× ×
[ON/OFF] the power steering oil pressure signal is E
indicated.
electrical load signal and/or lighting
switch.
F
LOAD SIGNAL
× × ON ... rear defogger is operating and/or
[ON/OFF]
lighting switch is on.
OFF ... rear defogger is not operating G
and lighting switch is not on.
IGNITION SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from igni-
×
[ON/OFF] tion switch.
H
● Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse ● When the engine is stopped, a certain
INJ PULSE-B1 [msec] × width compensated by ECM according computed value is indicated.
to the input signals.
I
● Indicates the ignition timing computed by ● When the engine is stopped, a certain
IGN TIMING [BTDC] ×
ECM according to the input signals. value is indicated.
CAL/LD VALUE [%] value of the current airflow divided by J
peak airflow.
● “Absolute throttle position sensor” indi-
ABSOL TH·P/S
cates the throttle valve opening angle K
computed by ECM according to the sig-
[degree]
nal voltage of the throttle position sen-
sor.
L
MASS AIRFLOW
[g·m/s]
the mass airflow sensor.
● Indicates the IACV-AAC valve control M
IACV-AAC/V [step] × value computed by ECM according to
the input signals.
PURG VOL C/V [%] input signals.
value increases.
● Indicates the EGR volume control value
EGR VOL CON/V
× input signals.
[step]
value increases.
EC-693
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
ECM
Main
signals
signals
● Indicates the swirl control valve control
value computed by the ECM according
SWRL C/V (B1)[step] to the input signals.
value increases.
● The control condition of the intake valve
timing control solenoid valve is indi-
cated.
INT/V SOL-B1
ON ... Intake valve timing control sole-
[ON/OFF]
noid is operating.
OFF ... Intake valve timing control sole-
noid is not operating.
● The air conditioner relay control condi-
AIR COND RLY
[ON/OFF]
the input signal) is indicated.
● Indicates the fuel pump relay control
FUEL PUMP RLY
× condition determined by ECM according
[ON/OFF]
● The control condition of the vacuum cut
valve bypass valve (determined by ECM
VC/V BYPASS/V according to the input signal) is indi-
[ON/OFF] cated.
● ON ... Open
OFF ... Closed
ter vent control valve (determined by
VENT CONT/V ECM according to the input signal) is
[ON/OFF] indicated.
● ON ... Closed
OFF ... Open
● Indicates the control condition of the
cooling fan (determined by ECM accord-
COOLING FAN ing to the input signal).
×
[ON/OFF] HIGH ... High speed operation
OFF ... Stop
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF]
ECM according to the input signals.
learning
been performed yet.
IDL A/V LEAN
TRVL AFTER MIL
● Distance traveled while MIL is activated
[km] or [Mile]
● The signal voltage of MAP sensor is dis-
MAP SENSOR [V]
played.
HO2S3 (B1) [V] ×
EC-694
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
ECM
Main
signals
signals
● Indicates A/F sensor 1 heater control
value computed by ECM according to EC
A/F S1 HTR (B1) [%] the input signal.
● The current flow to the heater becomes
larger as the value increases.
C
HO2S3 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF]
● Indicates the swirl control value opening
D
SWL/C POSI SE angle computed by ECM according to
×
[degree] signal voltage of the swirl control valve
position sensor. E
Voltage [V] ● Voltage measured by the voltage probe.
● Only “#” is displayed if item is unable to
be measured. F
Frequency ● Pulse width, frequency or duty cycle ● Figures with “#”s are temporary ones.
[msec] or [Hz] or [%] measured by the pulse probe. They are the same figures as an actual
piece of data which was just previously
measured. G
NOTE:
H
EC-695
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
ECM
Main
signals
signals
ENG SPEED [rpm] × × from the POS signal of the crankshaft
position sensor.
● The signal voltage of the mass air flow ● When engine is running, specification
B/FUEL SCHDL injection pulse width programmed into ● When engine is running, specification
×
rection.
● When engine is running, specification
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] × back correction factor per cycle is indi-
cated. ● This data also includes the data for the
ACTIVE TEST MODE

FUEL trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
● Fuel injectors
INJECTION ● Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM.
tion using CONSULT-II. ● A/F sensor 1
● “Idle Air Volume Learning” (Refer

● Engine: Return to the original toEC-622 .)
trouble condition ● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
IGNITION If trouble symptom disappears, see
● Timing light: Set ● Crankshaft position sensor
TIMING CHECK ITEM.
● Retard the ignition timing using (PHASE)
CONSULT-II. ● Engine component parts and
installing conditions
the engine.
IACV-AAC/V Engine speed changes according to ● Harness and connector
OPENING ● Change the IACV-AAC valve the opening percent. ● IACV-AAC valve
SULT-II.
● Engine: After warming up, idle ● Harness and connector

POWER ● A/C switch “OFF” ● Injectors
BALANCE ● Shift lever “N” ● Power transistor
● Ignition switch: ON ● Harness and connector

COOLING FAN ● Turn the cooling fan “ON” and Cooling fan moves and stops. ● Cooling fan motor
“OFF” using CONSULT-II. ● Cooling fan relay

stopped)
FUEL PUMP Fuel pump relay makes the operat- ● Harness and connector
EC-696
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
stopped)
EGR VOL EGR volume control valve makes ● Harness and connector
CONT/V ● Change EGR volume control an operating sound. ● EGR volume control valve
valve opening step using CON- EC
SULT-II.
stopped) C
VALVE TIMING Solenoid valve makes an operating ● Harness and connector
SOL ● Turn solenoid valve “ON” and sound. ● Solenoid valve
“OFF” with CONSULT-II and lis-
ten for operating sound
D
PURG VOL ● Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to ● Harness and connector
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. ● Solenoid valve E
SULT-II.
FUEL/T TEMP F
SEN
stopped)
VENT Solenoid valve makes an operating ● Harness and connector G
CONTROL/V ● Turn solenoid valve “ON” and sound. ● Solenoid valve
H
stopped)
Solenoid valve makes an operating ● Harness and connector
VC/V BYPASS/V ● Turn solenoid valve “ON” and sound. ● Solenoid valve
“OFF” with the CONSULT-II and I
SWIRL CON- stopped) Swirl control valve makes an oper- ● Harness and connector J
TROL VALVE ● Change swirl control valve open- ating sound. ● Swirl control valve
ing step using CONSULT-II.
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE K

SRT STATUS Mode
For details, refer to EC-630, "SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE" .
L
M
EC-697
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442 EC-908
EVAPORATIVE PURG VOL CN/V P1444 EC-1121

SYSTEM PURGE FLOW P0441 EC-897
VC CUT/V BP/V P1491 EC-1152
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1273 EC-1085
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1274 EC-1091
A/F SEN1 A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278 EC-1102
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1279 EC-1102
Refer to corresponding
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 trouble diagnosis for EC-1097
DTC.
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 EC-1031
HO2S2 HO2S2 (B1) P1147 EC-1038
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 EC-782
HO2S3 (B1) P1169 EC-1046
HO2S3 HO2S3 (B1) P1170 EC-1053
HO2S3 (B1) P0145 EC-795
EGR SYSTEM

CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by
touching “SETTING” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
– The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen in
real time.
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, “MONITOR”
in “DATA MONITOR” screen is changed to “Recording Data ...
xx%” as shown at left, and the data after the malfunction detec-
tion is recorded. Then when the percentage reached 100%, SEF705Y
“REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is displayed. If “STOP” is touched on

the screen during “ Recording Data ... xx%”, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is also displayed.
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the recording speed can be changed by “TRIG-
GER POINT” and “Recording Speed”. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL.
– DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed
automatically on CONSULT-II screen even though a malfunction
is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though a
malfunction is detected.
Use these triggers as follows:
1. “AUTO TRIG”
– While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the
“DTC Confirmation Procedure”, be sure to select to “DATA SEF707X
MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode. You can confirm the malfunc-
tion at the moment it is detected.
– While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components
and harness in the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/1st trip
EC-698
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC will be displayed. (Refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" ,
“Incident Simulation Tests”.) A
2. “MANU TRIG”
– If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is selected, reset CONSULT-II to “MANU
TRIG”. By selecting “MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further EC
diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
SEF714Y
EC-699
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Generic Scan Tool (GST) UBS001RH
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has
8 different functions explained on the next page.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol.
ual.
SEF139P
FUNCTION
and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
MODE 2 (FREEZE DATA)
the freeze frame. [For details, refer to “Freeze Frame Data” EC-629 ).]
MODE 3 DTCs
by ECM.
This mode can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes:
MODE 4 CLEAR DIAG INFO ● Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (MODE 1)
● Clear on board monitoring test results (MODE 6 and 7)
This mode enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-related pow-
tions.
This mode can close EVAP system in ignition switch “ON” position (Engine stopped).
When this mode is performed, following parts can be opened or closed.
● Engine running
EC-700
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. A
2. Connect GST to data link connector for GST which is located
under LH dash panel near the fuse box cover.
EC
SEF514Z
D

4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in E
shown.) F
SEF398S
5. Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service proce- H

dure.
tool maker.
I
SEF416S K
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001RI
Remarks:
● Specification data are reference values. L
● Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
(i.e., Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING. Specification data might be displayed even when ignition
timing is not adjusted to specification. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the input signals from the
camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.) M
● If the real-time diagnosis results are NG, and the on board diagnostic system results are OK, when diagnosing the mass air flow sen-
sor, first check to see if the fuel pump control circuit is normal.
ENG SPEED ● Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CON- CONSULT-II value.
SULT-II value.
MAS A/F SE-B1
● No-load
B/FUEL SCHDL
● No-load
EC-701
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Maintaining engine speed at
A/F ALPHA-B1 ● Engine: After warming up 53 - 155%
2,000 rpm
● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at
A/F SEN1 (B1) Fluctuates around 1.5V
2,000 rpm
● Engine: After warming up Revving engine from idle to
HO2S2 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ 0.6 - 1.0V
3,000 rpm quickly
Revving engine from idle to
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) ● Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
3,000 rpm quickly
● Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
the CONSULT-II value CONSULT-II value
idle the engine
THRTL POS SEN ● Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped) Throttle valve: fully opened 3.5 - 4.7V
vacuum pump
FUEL T/TMP SE ● Engine: After warming up Less than 60°C (140°F)
ABSOL PRES/SE ● Ignition switch: ON Approx. 4.4V
FUEL LEVEL SE ● Ignition switch: ON Approx. 0 - 2.5V
● Engine: After warming up Throttle valve: Idle position ON
CLSD THL POS (Engine stopped)
vacuum pump
A/C switch “OFF” OFF
AIR COND SIG A/C switch “ON”
idle the engine ON
Shift lever “P” or “N” ON
Except above OFF
Steering wheel in neutral posi-
● Engine: After warming up, tion OFF
idle the engine
The steering wheel is turned ON
Rear window defogger or head-
ON
lamp is “ON”
LOAD SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger and
OFF
headlamp is “OFF”
IGNITION SW ● Ignition switch: ON → OFF ON → OFF
INJ PULSE-B1
● No-load
EC-702
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
● Engine: After warming up Idle 9°±2° BTDC
IGN TIMING
● Shift lever: “N” 2,000 rpm More than 25° BTDC
EC
● No-load
CAL/LD VALUE C
● Shift lever: “N” 2,500 rpm 12.0 - 30.0%
● No-load
● Engine: After warming up, D
Throttle valve: fully closed 0.0%
idle the engine
● Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: fully opened Approx. 80.0% E
(Engine stopped)
● Air conditioner switch: OFF F
MASS AIRFLOW
● Shift lever: N 2,500 rpm 5.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
● No-load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 5 - 20 steps G
IACV-AAC/V
● No-load H
PURG VOL C/V I
● No-load
J
EGR VOL CON/V Engine speed: Revving from
● Shift lever: “N” 10 - 55 step
idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly
● No-load
K
0 - 5 step
below 44°C (111°F)
SWL C/V (B1) ● Engine: Idle the engine
Engine coolant temperature is L
115 - 120 step
above 45°C (113°F)
● Engine is running
● Engine speed is more than 2,000 rpm
INT/V SOL-B1 OFF → ON M
● Quickly depressed accelerator pedal.
● Vehicle speed is more than 4 km/h (2 MPH)
AIR COND RLY ● Air conditioner switch: OFF → ON OFF → ON
FUEL PUMP RLY
EC-703
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
OFF
94°C (201°F) or less
● After warming up engine, idle Engine coolant temperature is
COOLING FAN the engine. between 95°C (203°F) and LOW
● Air conditioner switch: OFF 104°C (219°F)
HIGH
105°C (221°F) or more
OFF
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
HO2S3 HTR (B1) ● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm [After driving for 2 minutes at a
ON
speed of 70 km/h (43 MPH) or more]
MIL is not illuminated 0 km (0 mile)
TRVL AFTER MIL ● Ignition switch: ON
MIL is illuminated 0 km (0 mile) or more
MAP SENSOR ● Engine: After warming up, idle the engine Approx. 1.3V
Maintaining engine speed at
HO2S3 (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Approx. 0 - 1.0V
2,000 rpm
A/F S1 HTR (B1) ● Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 0 - 100%
Approx. 0 deg.
below 44°C (111°F)
SWL/C POSI SE ● Engine: Idle the engine
Approx. 80 deg.
above 45°C (113°F)
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode UBS001RJ
THRTL POS SEN, ABSOL TH·P/S, CLSD THL POS
Below is the data for “THRTL POS SEN”, “ABSOL TH·P/S” and “CLSD THL POS” when depressing the accel-
erator pedal with the ignition switch “ON”.
The signal of “THRTL POS SEN” and “ABSOL TH·P/S” should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or
rise after “CLSD THL POS” is changed from “ON” to “OFF”.
SEF306Y
ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL POS SEN, HO2S2 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for “ENG SPEED”, “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “THRTL POS SEN”, “HO2S2 (B1/B2)” and “INJ
PULSE” when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine to normal oper-
ating temperature.
EC-704
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
EC
SEF241Y
EC-705
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
SEF600Z
EC-706
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
Description UBS001RK
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MONI- EC
TOR (SPEC)” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
“DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the C
MIL.
rection)
● A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
● MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor) E
Testing Condition UBS001RL

2
● Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
G
● Transmission: Warmed-up*1
● Electrical load: Not applied*2 H
*1: For A/T or CVT models, after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until
“FLUID TEMP SE” (A/T or CVT fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F). For MT I
models, drive vehicle for 5 minutes after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.
*2: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are “OFF”. Cooling fans are not oper-
ating. Steering wheel is straight ahead.
J
Inspection Procedure UBS001RM
NOTE:
Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale display. K
1. Perform EC-652, "Basic Inspection" “.
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE- L
B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEF601Z
EC-707
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001RN
SEF613ZD
EC-708
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC
SEF614Z
EC-709
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
SEF615ZA
EC-710
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
Description UBS001RO
complaint often do not recur on DTC (1st trip) visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occur-
COMMON I/I REPORT SITUATIONS

STEP in Work Flow Situation D
II The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than “0” or “1t”.
E
IV (1st trip) DTC data does not appear during the DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
VI The TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS for PXXXX does not indicate the problem area.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001RP F
1. INSPECTION START G
TION" .
H
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK GROUND TERMINALS I
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection. Refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis
for an Electrical Incident" , “GROUND INSPECTION”. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace. K
3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , “Incident Simulation Tests”. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace. M
4. CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS

Refer to GI-23, "How to Check Terminal" , “How to Check Enlarged Contact Spring of Terminal”.
OK or NG
EC-711
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001RQ
BBWA0150E
EC-712
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC
SEF970W
D
I
SEF603Z
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001RR J
1. INSPECTION START K
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No L
Yes >> GO TO 8.
No >> GO TO 2.
M
EC-713
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 43 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
SEF291X
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

● 10A fuse
4. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I

Refer to WIRING DIAGRAM.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-714
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
5. CHECK POWER SUPPLY-II A
EC
D
SEF387Z
2. Check voltage between ECM relay terminals 1, 6 and ground E

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
G
SEF420X H

Check the following. I
J
● 10A fuse
● 15A fuse
● Harness for open or short between ECM relay and battery K
L
7. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
OK or NG
OK >> Go to EC-857, "DTC P0350 IGNITION SIGNAL" .
EC-715
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
8. CHECK POWER SUPPLY-III
1. Stop engine.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 67 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
SEF293X
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.

Check the harness for open or short between ECM and harness connector F47.
10. CHECK POWER SUPPLY-III

Voltage: After turning ignition switch "OFF", bat-
tery voltage will exist for a few seconds,
then drop to approximately 0V.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO
13. SEF294X
11. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND ECM

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 110, 112 and
ECM relay terminal 5.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 12.
SEF387Z
EC-716
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
● Harness for open or short between ECM relay and ECM EC
C
13. CHECK VOLTAGE BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND GROUND
Check voltage between ECM relay terminal 3 and ground with CON- D
SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.
F
SEF860T G

Check the harness for open or short between ECM relay and harness connector F47. H

I
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 31 and ECM relay terminal 2. J
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16. L
16. CHECK ECM RELAY

M
12V direct current supply between
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
OFF No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
PBIB0077E
EC-717
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-718
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
Description UBS001RS
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func- EC
tion
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed and cylinder number
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed C
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Intake
valve tim-
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature noid valve
ing control
D
The intake valve timing control system is utilized to control intake valve opening and closing timing. Engine E
coolant temperature signals, engine speed, amount of intake air, vehicle speed and throttle position are used
to determine intake valve timing.
The intake camshaft sprocket position is regulated by oil pressure controlled by the intake valve timing control. F
When ECM sends ON signal to intake valve timing control solenoid valve, oil pressure is transmitted to cam-
shaft sprocket. Then, intake side camshaft is advanced.
G
LEC741
EC-719
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
OPERATION
Intake valve timing Intake valve opening
Engine operating condition Valve overlap Engine valve timing
control solenoid valve and closing time
● Engine coolant temperature is
between 15°C (59°F) to 119°C
(246°F) and engine speed is
between 1,100 rpm and 4,200 ON Advance Increased II
rpm.
● During high load condition
Those other than above OFF Normal Normal I
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001RT

● Engine is in warm up condition.
INT/V SOL-B1 ● Engine speed is more than 2,000 rpm. OFF → ON
● Quickly depressed accelerator pedal
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001RU
P0011 ● Comparing the intake valve timing position when the intake ● Harness or connectors
valve timing solenoid is ON with that when the solenoid is (The intake valve timing control position sensor cir-
OFF, the difference does not exceed a certain limit. cuit is open.)
of the camshaft
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001RV
CAUTION:
Always drive at safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds
before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not apply electrical load (e.g. cooling fan, rear defogger,
headlamp, etc.).
SEF493Y
WITH CONSULT-II
5. Keep engine speed between idle and 1,000 rpm for at least 50 seconds. (Test is completed when “INT/V
SOL - B1” in “DATA MONITOR” with CONSULT-II remains “OFF”. If indication is “ON”, repeat step 6.
6. Shift selector lever to “2nd” position.
7. Quickly raise engine speed to more than 2,000 rpm and maintain the following conditions for at least 30
seconds. (Test is completed when “INT/V SOL - B1” in “DATA MONITOR” with CONSULT-II remains “ON”.
If indication is “OFF”, repeat step 7.
EC-720
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
WITH GST
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds. EC
4. Keep engine speed between idle and 1,000 rpm for at least 50 seconds.
5. Shift selector lever to “2nd” position. C
6. Quickly raise engine speed to more than 2,000 rpm and keep it there for at least 30 seconds.
– Driving location: Driving vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test. D
E
EC-721
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001RW
BBWA0171E
SEF737Y
EC-722
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001RX

EC
1. Stop engine.
connector.
C
PBIB0741E
F
4. Check voltage between terminal 1 and ground.
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
H
I
PBIB0080E

● Harness connectors F47, E9
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and fuse K

L
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 1 and intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminal
2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors.
4. CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE

Refer to LU-5, "OIL PRESSURE CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair lubrication system.
EC-723
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
5. CHECK INTAKE AIR SYSTEM
Check intake air system for leaks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair intake air system.
6. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

OK or NG
OK >> Replace intake valve timing control sprocket with camshaft.
NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001RY

battery voltage.
SEF783T
Removal and Installation UBS001RZ

EC-724
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER PFP:226A0
A
Description UBS001S0
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func- EC
tion
oxygen
C
control
D
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed.
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater E
Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 ON
F
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001S1

G
OFF
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm H
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm [After driving for 2 minutes at a speed
ON
of 70 km/h (43 MPH) or more]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001S2

I
P0037 ● The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 ● Harness or connectors J
P0038 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
[An excessively high (P0038) or low (P0037) voltage signal open or shorted.)
is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.] ● Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
K
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001S3
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure ” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait L
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle. M
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
.
SEF179Y
WITH GST
EC-725
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
When using GST, “DTC Confirmation Procedure” should be performed twice as much as when using
Wiring Diagram UBS001S4
BBWA0153E
EC-726
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC
SEF728YA
D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001S5

2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor HO2S2 harness connector. F
SEF394Z I
4. Check voltage between rear HO2S2 terminal 3 and ground.

Voltage: Battery voltage J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. K
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0112E
M
● 15A fuse
EC-727
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001S6
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER (REAR)

Resistance: 2.3 - 4.3Ω at 25°C (77°F)
1 and 2, 3, 4
No
4 and 1, 2, 3
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
● Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust
seize lubricant.
SEF249Y
Removal and Installation UBS001S7

EC-728
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
Description UBS001S8
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func- EC
tion
oxygen
C
control
D
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater E
Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 ON
F
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001S9
G
P0043 ● The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 3 ● Harness or connectors
P0044 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 3 heater circuit is open
(An excessively high (P0044) or low (P0043) voltage sig- or shorted.)
nal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 3 ● Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater H
heater.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001SA

I
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION: J
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is in between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
K
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
L
M
.
SEF179Y
WITH GST
EC-729
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
When using GST, “DTC Confirmation Procedure” should be performed twice as much as when using
EC-730
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001SB
EC
BBWA0155E
SEF728YB
EC-731
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001SC

SEF395Z
4. Check voltage between rear HO2S3 terminal 3 and ground.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0112E

● 15A fuse

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-732
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3 HEATER A
Check HO2S3 heater, refer to EC-733, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. EC
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C

D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS001SD
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3 HEATER E

F
G
1 and 2, 3, 4
No
4 and 1, 2, 3 H
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped I
● Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust J
seize lubricant.
K
L
SEF249Y
Removal and Installation UBS001SE
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3 M

EC-733
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P0101, P0102, P0103, P1102 MAF SENSOR PFP:22680
Component Description UBS001SF
the temperature of the hot film as air flow increases. The ECM
SEF987W
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001SG

MAS A/F SE-B1
● No-load
CAL/LD VALUE
● Shift lever: “N” 2,500 rpm 12.0 - 30.0%
● No-load
MASS AIRFLOW
● Shift lever: “N” 2,500 rpm 5.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
● No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001SH
P0103 A) An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ● Harness or connectors
ECM when engine is not running. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
C) A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under ● Mass air flow sensor
P0102
light load driving condition.
B) An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ● Harness or connectors
ECM* when engine is running. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0101
D) A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under ● Intake air leaks
heavy load driving condition. ● Mass air flow sensor
E) A voltage from the sensor exists constantly approx. ● Harness or connectors
P1102 1.0V when engine is running. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)

Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel
Mass air flow sensor circuit
cut.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001SI
Perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A” first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
“PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B and E”. If there is no problem on “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNC-
EC-734
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
TION B and E”, perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C”. If there is no problem on “PROCE-
DURE FOR MALFUNCTION C”, perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION D”. A
CAUTION:
NOTE: EC
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A C
With CONSULT-II
D
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-739, "Diagnostic Procedure" E
.
SEF058Y
G
With GST
H
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND E
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. I
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-739, "Diagnostic Procedure" J
.
SEF058Y L
With GST
M
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is confirmed after more than 5 seconds, there may be malfunction C.
NOTE:
If engine will not start or stops soon wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch
“ON”) instead of running engine at idle speed.
EC-735
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
With CONSULT-II
“.
SEF174Y
With GST
With CONSULT-II
5. Increases engine speed to about 4,000 rpm.
increases.
SEF243Y
EC-736
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
onds. A
THRTL POS SEN More than 3V
EC
Driving location Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load)
will help maintain the driving conditions required C
for this test.
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-739, "Diagnostic Procedure" SEF719Y

. D
Overall Function Check UBS001SJ
DTC might not be confirmed. E

With GST F
3. Select “MODE 1” with GST. G
4. Check the mass air flow sensor signal with “MODE 1”.
5. Check for linear mass air flow rise in response to increases to
about 4,000 rpm in engine speed. H
I
SEF534P
EC-737
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001SK
BBWA0554E
SEF564Y
EC-738
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001SL
1. INSPECTION START
EC
Which malfunction (A, B, C, D or E) is duplicated?
MALFUNCTION TYPE
A, C and/or E I C
B and/or D II
Type I or Type II
D
Type I >> GO TO 3.
Type II >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM E
Check the following for connections.

● Air duct F
● Vacuum hoses
● Intake air passage between air duct and collector
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 3.
H
I
>> GO TO 4. J
L
WEC249
EC-739
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
WEC250
3. Check voltage between MAFS terminal 4 and ground with CON-

SULT-II or tester.
Terminal Voltage
2 Approximately 5V
4 Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0076E

● Harness for open or short between ECM relay and mass air flow sensor

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-740
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 8.
D
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 9.
F
G
>> INSPECTION END

H
EC-741
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Component Inspection UBS001SM

3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 61 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
Conditions Voltage V
Ignition switch “ON” (Engine stopped.) Less than 1.0
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating tem-
1.0 - 1.7
perature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
1.5 - 2.4 SEF993W
temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm* 1.0 - 1.7 to Approx. 4.0
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.
4. If the voltage is out of specification, disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and connect it
again. Repeat above check.
Removal and Installation UBS001SN

EC-742
DTC P0107, P0108 BARO SENSOR
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P0107, P0108 BARO SENSOR PFP:22365
A
Component Description UBS001SO
The barometric pressure (BARO) sensor detects ambient barometric

pressure and sends the voltage signal to the ECM. As the pressure EC
increases, the voltage rises.
SEF052V
H
SEF886XA
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001SP I
P0107 An excessively low (P0107) or high (P0108) voltage from ● Harness or connectors J
P0108 the sensor is sent to ECM. (Barometric pressure sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
● Barometric pressure sensor
K
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001SQ
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at L
WITH CONSULT-II
M
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-743
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001SR
WEC382
SEF604Z
EC-744
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001SS

EC
C
>> GO TO 2.
WEC249
2. CHECK CONNECTOR F
1. Disconnect barometric pressure (BARO) sensor harness con-

nector. G
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness connector. I
SEF390Z
J
K
2. Check voltage between BARO sensor terminal 1 and engine
Voltage: Approximately 5V L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. M
PBIB0079E

● Harness for open or short between ECM and BARO sensor
EC-745
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
2. Check harness continuity between BARO sensor terminal 3 and engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and BARO sensor
● Harness for open or short between TCM and BARO sensor

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 and BARO sensor terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-746
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
8. CHECK BARO SENSOR A
2. Reconnect BARO sensor harness connector.
3. Install a vacuum pump to BARO sensor. EC
4. Turn ignition switch “ON” and check output voltage between ECM terminal 83 and engine ground under
the following conditions.
C
SEF542Z
F
CAUTION:
● Do not apply below −93.3 kPa (–700 mmHg, –27.56 inHg) or over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg) G
of pressure.
OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace BARO sensor.
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT I

J
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation UBS001ST
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SENSOR K

EC-747
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P0112, P0113, P0127 IAT SENSOR PFP:22630
Component Description UBS001SU
The intake air temperature sensor is mounted to the air duct hous-
ing. The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
SEF206T
<Reference data>
Intake air temperature Voltage* Resistance
°C (°F) V kΩ
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 1.23 0.27 - 0.38
CAUTION:
voltage. Doing so may damage the ECM's transistor. Use

ground other than ECM, such as body ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001SV
P0113 from the sensor is sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
B) Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is sent to ● Intake air temperature sensor
P0127 ECM, compared with the voltage signal from engine
coolant temperature sensor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001SW
“PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B”.
NOTE:
With CONSULT-II
.
SEF058Y
EC-748
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
With GST
A
CAUTION: EC
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. C
With CONSULT-II
1. Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90°C (194°F). D
– Check the engine coolant temperature. E
– If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 90°C (194°F),
– Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature F
is above 90°C (194°F).
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. G
SEF176Y
4. Start engine.
5. Hold vehicle speed more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 105 consecutive seconds.
H
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above. I
EC-749
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001SX
WEC383
EC-750
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001SY

EC
2. Disconnect intake air temperature sensor harness connector.
PBIB0776E
4. Check voltage between intake air temperature sensor terminal 1 F

G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. H
I
PBIB0080E

J
● Harness for open or short between ECM and intake air temperature sensor K

L
M
2. Check harness continuity between terminal 2 and engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-751
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
● Harness for open or short between TCM and intake air temperature sensor
● Harness for open or short between ECM and intake air temperature sensor

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace intake air temperature sensor.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-752
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Component Inspection UBS001SZ

EC
D
SEF205W
<Reference data> E

Resistance kΩ
°C (°F)
F
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 0.27 - 0.38
G
If NG, replace intake air temperature sensor.
H
SEF012P
Removal and Installation UBS001T0
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR I

EC-753
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Component Description UBS001T1

SEF594K
<Reference data>
°C (°F) V kΩ
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may damage the
ECM's transistor. Use ground other than ECM, such as body ground.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001T2

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001T3
P0117 ● An excessively high (P0118) or low (P0117) voltage from ● Harness or connectors
P0118 the sensor is sent to ECM.* (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)

or “START”.
Condition
display)
Engine coolant tempera- Just as ignition switch is turned ON or Start 40°C (104°F)
ture sensor circuit More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or
80°C (176°F)
Start
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
EC-754
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001T4
A
NOTE:
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
. D
SEF058Y
WITH GST F

G
EC-755
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001T5
WEC385
EC-756
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001T6

EC
2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor (ECTS) harness
connector.
C
PBIB0777E
4. Check voltage between ECTS terminal 1 and ground with CON- F

SULT-II or tester.
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. H
I
PBIB0080E

J
Refer to wiring diagram. K
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
M
● Harness for open or short between TCM and engine control temperature sensor

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-757
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001T7

SEF152P
<Reference data>
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
SEF012P
Removal and Installation UBS001T8

EC-758
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P0121, P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
A
Component Description UBS001T9
NOTE:
If DTC P0121 or P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0510, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC EC
P0510, EC-980 .
The throttle position sensor responds to the accelerator pedal movement. This sensor is a kind of potentiome-
ter which transforms the throttle position into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, the sensor detects the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signal to the C
ECM.
Idle position of the throttle valve is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the throttle position sen-
sor. This sensor controls engine operation such as fuel cut. On the other hand, the “Wide open and closed D
throttle position switch”, which is built into the throttle position sensor unit, is not used for engine control.
J
SEF470Y
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001TA
Specification data are reference values. K

● Engine: After warming up, idle the L
engine
THRTL POS SEN ● Engine: After warming up
● Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: fully open 3.5 - 4.7V
M
(Engine stopped)
Throttle valve: fully closed 0.0%
engine
● Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: fully open Approx. 80.0%
(Engine stopped)
EC-759
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001TB
P0123 from the sensor is sent to ECM.* (The throttle position sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
B) A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under ● Harness or connectors
light load driving condition. (The throttle position sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
● Fuel injector
● Camshaft position sensor
P0121
C) A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under ● Harness or connectors
heavy load driving condition. (The throttle position sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)

Throttle position will be determined based on the injected fuel amount and the engine speed.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Throttle position sensor Condition Driving condition
circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001TC
“PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B”. If there is no problem on “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION
B”, perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C”.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TESTING CONDITION:
● This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
With CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
tion

.
SEF065Y
EC-760
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
With GST
A
With CONSULT-II EC
If idle speed is over 1,000 rpm, maintain the following conditions
for at least 10 seconds to keep engine speed below 1,000 rpm.
D
tion
Brake pedal Depressed
E
Vehicle speed 0 km/h (0 MPH)
SEF058Y

. F
With GST
G
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. H
With CONSULT-II
I
4. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON- J
SULT-II.
5. Select “THRTL POS SEN” and “ABSOL TH·P/S” in “DATA MON-
ITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
K
6. Press RECORD on CONSULT-II SCREEN at the same time
accelerator pedal is depressed.
7. Print out the recorded graph and check the following: SEF177Y
L
– The voltage rise is linear in response to accelerator pedal
depression.
– The voltage when accelerator pedal is fully depressed is approximately 4V. M
EC-761
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
SEF174Z
8. Select “AUTO TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

onds.
MAS AIR/FL SE More than 3V
Driving location Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will
help maintain the driving conditions required for
this test.
SEF178Y

.
SEF993W
With GST
1. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.
Gear position Suitable position
Engine speed More than 2,000 rpm
Engine coolant temperature More than 70°C (158°F)
Voltage between ECM terminal More than 3V
61 (Mass air flow sensor signal)
and ground
EC-762
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001TD
EC
WEC387
SEF566YB
EC-763
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001TE
1. INSPECTION START
Which malfunction A, B or C is duplicated?
MALFUNCTION Type
A A
B B
C C
Type A, B or C
Type A or B>>GO TO 4.
Type C >> GO TO 2.
2. ADJUST THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

>> GO TO 3.

Check the following for connections.
● Air duct
● Vacuum hoses
● Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold collector
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

>> GO TO 5.
WEC249
EC-764
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
1. Disconnect throttle position sensor harness connector.
EC
D
PBIB0699E
3. Check voltage between throttle position sensor terminal 1 and E

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
G
PBIB0079E H
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PARTS

● Harness for open or short between throttle position sensor and ECM
J
7. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT K

2. Check harness continuity between throttle position sensor terminal 3 and engine ground. L
Refer to the wiring diagram.
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

● Harness for open or short between TCM and throttle position sensor
● Harness for open or short between ECM and throttle position sensor
EC-765
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 and throttle position sensor terminal 2.
Continuity should
exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

OK or NG
OK (Type B in step1)>>GO TO 11.
OK (Type A or C in step1)>>GO TO 14.
NG >> Replace throttle position sensor. To adjust it, perform EC-652, "Basic Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
12. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor.
13. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

Resistance: 13.5 - 17.5 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Replace fuel injector.
PBIB0181E

>> INSPECTION END
EC-766
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Component Inspection UBS001TF
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR A

With CONSULT-II
EC
4. Connect suitable vacuum hose to the vacuum pump and the C
opener.
D
throttle opener.
SEF793W
E
8. Check voltage of “THRTL POS SEN” under the following condi-
tions. F
NOTE:
sensor installed in vehicle. G
Completely closed 0.15 - 0.85 (a) H
SEF719Y
I
sensor.
J
Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine (ignition switch OFF). K
4. Connect suitable vacuum hose to the vacuum pump and the
opener. L
throttle opener. M
SEF793W

7. Check voltage between ECM terminal 92 (Throttle position sen-
sor signal) and ground under the following conditions.
NOTE:
Completely closed 0.15 - 0.85 (a)
SEF941X
EC-767
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
sensor.
Removal and Installation UBS001TG

EC-768
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
Component Description UBS001TH
NOTE:
If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117, P0118, first perform trou- EC
ble diagnosis for DTC P0117, P0118, EC-754 .
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant C
mistor decreases as temperature increases. D
SEF594K E
<Reference data>
F
°C (°F) V kΩ
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
G
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 H
I
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may damage the
ECM's transistor. Use ground other than ECM, such as body ground.
J
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001TI

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001TJ
L
P0125 ● Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not practical, ● Harness or connectors
even when some time has passed after starting the (High resistance in the circuit)
engine. ● Engine coolant temperature sensor M
● Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for closed loop ● Thermostat
fuel control.
EC-769
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001TK
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
If it is above 15°C (59°F), the test result will be OK. If it is
below 15°C (59°F), go to following step.
be OK.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-772, "Diagnostic Procedure" SEF174Y
.
WITH GST
EC-770
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001TL
EC
WEC385
EC-771
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001TM

tor.
SEF391Z

SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0080E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

● Joint connector
● Harness for open or short between TCM and engine coolant temperature sensor

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-772
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
5. CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION A
When the engine is cooled [lower than 82°C (180°F)], grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine cool-
ant does not flow.
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 6.
C

D
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001TN E
F
SEF152P
I
<Reference data>
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ J
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.0
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 K

L
SEF012P
Removal and Installation UBS001TO

M
EC-773
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001TP
enough.
This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat is stuck open.
Malfunction is detected when the engine coolant temperature does not reach the specified temperature even
though the engine has run long enough.
Possible Cause UBS001TQ
● Leakage from sealing portion of thermostat
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001TR
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
come on.
3. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
If it is above 60°C (140°F), stop engine and cool down the engine to less than 60°C (140°F), then retry
from step 1.
5. Drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following conditions.

WITH GST
1. Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-774
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001TS

EC
2. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor.
3. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor C
terminals under the following conditions.
SEF152P
F
<Reference data>
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ G
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.0
H
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END I
SEF012P
Removal and Installation UBS001TT

J
K
EC-775
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P0138 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
Component Description UBS001TU
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after TWC (Manifold three way cata-
lyst), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 are
shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
tions.
Under normal conditions heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
SEF327R
PBIB0700E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001TV

HO2S2 (B1) ● Engine: After warming Revving engine from idle 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) up to 3,000 rpm LEAN ←→ RICH
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001TW

between rich and lean than air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity before the TWC (Manifold three way catalyst)
causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of rear
heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether or not the voltage is
too high during various driving conditions such as fuel-cut.
SEF305UA
P0138 ● An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ● Harness or connectors
ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001TX
CAUTION:
EC-776
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure ” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait A
WITH CONSULT-II
EC
with CONSULT-II.
(43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes. C
D
onds.
ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,000 rpm E
SEF189Y
F

Overall Function Check UBS001TY G
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the rear heated oxygen sensor circuit. During this check, a
H
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
(43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes. I
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminals 86 (HO2S2 sig-
nal) and engine ground. J
least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) K
5. If NG, go to EC-779, "Diagnostic Procedure" . SEF518Z
EC-777
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001TZ
BBWA0152E
SEF724YA
EC-778
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001U0

EC
C
>> GO TO 2.
WEC249
2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT F
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor HO2S2 harness connector

and ECM harness connector. G
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 86 and HO2S2
terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. H
Continuity should
exist.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 86 or HO2S2 I
terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. PBIB0700E
J
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 3.
L

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-779
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001U1

With CONSULT-II
“HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
4. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.48V at least once when the
“FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.43V at least once when the
“FUEL INJECTION” is −25%. SEF519S
CAUTION:
SEF989R
Without CONSULT-II
nal) and engine ground.
at least 10 times.
sary. SEF518Z
EC-780
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
5. Check the voltage when revving up to 6,000 rpm under no load. Or keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes,
then check the voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position with A
“OD” OFF.
CAUTION: EC
C
Removal and Installation UBS001U2
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 D

Refer to EX-3, "Removal and Installation"
EC-781
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Component Description UBS001U3
tions.
SEF327R
PBIB0700E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001U4

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001U5

causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of
heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching
response of the sensor's voltage is faster than specified during vari-
ous driving conditions such as fuel-cut.
SEF302U
P0139 ● It takes more than the specified time for the sensor to ● Harness or connectors
respond between rich and lean. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● Fuel pressure
● Injectors
EC-782
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001U6
A
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION: EC
WITH CONSULT-II
C
6. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUP- E
PORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEF666Y H

8. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG I
RESULTS”.
If “CANNOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the follow-
J
ing.
less than 70°C (158°F).
K
– Start engine. SEF667Y L
– Return to step 6 again when the “COOLAN TEMP/S” reaches to

70°C (158°F). M
SEF668Y
Overall Function Check UBS001U7
WITH GST
EC-783
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
at least 10 times.
essary.
5. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D SEF518Z
position with “OD” OFF.

EC-784
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001U8
EC
BBWA0152E
SEF724YA
EC-785
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001U9

>> GO TO 2.
WEC249

With CONSULT-II
start engine?
SEF652Y
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172 detected? Is it difficult to PBIB0698E
start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0172. Refer to EC-802, "DTC P0171 FUEL INJEC-
TION SYSTEM FUNCTION" , or EC-809, "DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION" .
No >> GO TO 3.
EC-786
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector and
terminal 1.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 86 or HO2S2 D
PBIB0700E
Continuity should not exist. E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. F
4. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT G

H
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 5.
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. L

>> INSPECTION END
EC-787
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Component Inspection UBS001UA

With CONSULT-II
“FUEL INJECTION” is −25%. SEF519Z
CAUTION:
SEF989R
With CONSULT-II
at least 10 times.
sary. SEF518Z
5. Check the voltage when revving up to 6,000 rpm under no load. Or keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes,
then check the voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position with
“OD” OFF.
CAUTION:
Removal and Installation UBS001UB

EC-788
DTC P0144 HO2S3
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
Component Description UBS001UC
The heated oxygen sensor 3, after ADS-TWC (Adsorber pre-cata-

lyst), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. EC
This sensor is used for recovery control of air fuel ratio after the fuel
cut operation.
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi- C
tions.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001UD

● Engine: After warming Revving engine from idle
HO2S3 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
up to 3,000 rpm
G
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001UE

between rich and lean than air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen H
heated oxygen sensor 3, ECM monitors whether or not the voltage is
too high during various driving conditions such as fuel-cut. I
SEF305UA
K
P0144 ● An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. ● Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
L
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001UF M

CAUTION:
NOTE:
EC-789
DTC P0144 HO2S3
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
onds.
SEF189Y

Overall Function Check UBS001UG
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
least 10 times.
SEF551Z
EC-790
DTC P0144 HO2S3
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001UH
EC
BBWA0154E
SEF724YB
EC-791
DTC P0144 HO2S3
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001UI

>> GO TO 2.
WEC249

terminal 1.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 or HO2S3
PBIB0701E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-792
DTC P0144 HO2S3
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. EC

D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS001UJ
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3 E

With CONSULT-II
(43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes. F
“HO2S3 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II. G
“HO2S3 (B1)” should be above 0.48V at least once when the H
I
CAUTION:
J
K
SEF989R
Without CONSULT-II
at least 10 times.
sary. SEF551Z
EC-793
DTC P0144 HO2S3
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
“OD” OFF.
CAUTION:
Removal and Installation UBS001UK

EC-794
DTC P0145 HO2S3
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
Component Description UBS001UL

cut operation.
tions.
SEF327R
H
SEF395Z
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001UM

I
● Engine: After warming Revving engine from idle J
HO2S3 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
up to 3,000 rpm
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001UN

K
storage capacity before the TWC (Manifold three way catalyst) L
heated oxygen sensor 3, ECM monitors whether the switching
response of the sensor's voltage is faster than specified during vari-
ous driving conditions such as fuel-cut. M
SEF302U
P0145 ● It takes more than the specified time for the sensor to ● Harness or connectors
respond between rich and lean. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● Fuel pressure
● Injectors
EC-795
DTC P0145 HO2S3
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001UO
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
6. Select “HO2S3 (B1) P0145” of “HO2S3” in “DTC WORK SUP-
SEF555Z

RESULTS”.
ing.
– Start engine. SEF556Z

70°C (158°F).
SEF557Z
EC-796
DTC P0145 HO2S3
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Overall Function Check UBS001UP
A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the rear heated
oxygen sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be
confirmed.
EC
D
SEF551Z
WITH GST
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes. E
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminals 95 (HO2S3 signal) and engine ground.
F
4. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 4, step 5 is not necessary. G
5. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80
km/h (50 MPH) in D position with “OD” OFF.
The voltage should change at more than 0.06V for 1 second during this procedure. H
EC-797
DTC P0145 HO2S3
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001UQ
BBWA0154E
SEF724YB
EC-798
DTC P0145 HO2S3
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001UR

EC
C
>> GO TO 2.
WEC249
With CONSULT-II
H
start engine?
I
SEF652Y
K
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172 detected? Is it difficult to SEF388Z
start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0172. Refer to EC-802 , EC-809 .
No >> GO TO 3.
EC-799
DTC P0145 HO2S3
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
terminal 1.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 HO2S3 ter-
minal 1 and ground.
PBIB0701E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-800
DTC P0145 HO2S3
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Component Inspection UBS001US

With CONSULT-II
(43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes. EC
“HO2S3 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II. C
“HO2S3 (B1)” should be above 0.48V at least once when the D
E
CAUTION:
F
G
SEF989R
J
Without CONSULT-II
(43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes. K
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminals 95 (HO2S3 termi-
nal) and engine ground. L
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) M
sary. SEF551Z
“OD” OFF.
CAUTION:
Removal and Installation UBS001UT

EC-801
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION PFP:16600
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001UU
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
ECM
function
Fuel injec-
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Injectors
control
P0171 ● Fuel injection system does not operate properly. ● Intake air leaks
● The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. ● Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(The mixture ratio is too lean.) ● Injectors
● Incorrect fuel pressure
● Lack of fuel
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001UV
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
SEF215Z
EC-802
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a A
malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-805, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
has a malfunction. EC
start, visually check for exhaust and intake air leak.
C
SEF058Y
D
WITH GST
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds. E
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con- F
nector.
detected. G
7. Start engine again and run it for at least 10 minutes at idle SEF388Z
speed. H
8. Select “MODE 7” with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction
exists. If so, go to EC-805, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 8, the fuel injection system has a malfunction. I
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-805, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If engine does not start, visually check for exhaust and intake air leak.
J
EC-803
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001UW
BBWA0156E
EC-804
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001UX

EC
2. Listen for an exhaust air leak before TWC (Manifold three way
catalyst).
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
D
SEF099P
2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE F
2. Check PCV hose connection. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace. H
3. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT

I
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness
connector.
J
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and A/F sen-
sor 1 terminals as follows.
K
ECM terminal A/F sensor 1
62 2
63 5 L
64 1
PBIB0702E
65 6
M
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 62, 63, 64, 65 and ground, or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1,
2, 5, 6 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-805
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Refer to EC-624 .
At idling: 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> Replace fuel pressure regulator.

With CONSULT-II
at 2,500 5.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
rpm:
With GST
at 2,500 5.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
rpm:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-806
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
7. CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTORS A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
EC
CONSULT-II.
C
speed drop.
E
SEF190Y
1. Start engine.
Clicking noise should be heard. G
MEC703B
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1169, "INJECTOR" . K
8. REMOVE INJECTOR
L
3. Remove injector with fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-22, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" . M
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery. The injector harness connectors should
remain connected.
>> GO TO 9.
EC-807
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
9. CHECK INJECTOR
1. Disconnect all ignition wires.
2. Place pans or saucers under each injector.
out from injectors.
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each cylinder.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace injectors from which fuel does not spray out.
SEF595Q

>> INSPECTION END
EC-808
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001UY
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The EC
ratios.
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic). C
ECM
function
D
Fuel injec-
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Injectors
control E
P0172 ● Fuel injection system does not operate properly. ● Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 F
● The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. ● Injectors
(The mixture ratio is too rich.) ● Exhaust gas leaks
● Incorrect fuel pressure G
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001UZ

H
NOTE:
I
WITH CONSULT-II
SULT-II.
4. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR” K
or “START”.
L
SEF215Z

The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be detected at this stage, if a
malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-812, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
has a malfunction.
start, remove ignition plugs and check for fouling, etc.
SEF058Y
EC-809
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
WITH GST
nector.
detected.
7. Start engine again and run it for at least 10 minutes at idle SEF388Z
speed.
8. Select “MODE 7” with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction
exists. If so, go to EC-812, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If engine starts, go to EC-812, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and
check for fouling, etc.
EC-810
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001V0
EC
BBWA0156E
EC-811
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001V1

catalyst).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF099P
2. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness
connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and A/F sen-
sor 1 terminals as follows.
ECM terminal A/F sensor 1
62 2
63 5
64 1
PBIB0702E
65 6

4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 62, 63, 64, 65 and ground, or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1,
2, 5, 6 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

Refer to EC-623 .
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-812
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
● Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-1176 .)
OK or NG EC
OK >> Replace fuel pressure regulator.
C
With CONSULT-II D
E
at idling : 1.4 - 4.0 g·m/sec
at 2,500 rpm : 5.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
With GST F
G
at idling : 1.4 - 4.0 g·m/sec
at 2,500 rpm : 5.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
engine grounds. Refer toEC-734 . I
EC-813
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
CONSULT-II.
speed drop.
SEF190Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
MEC703B
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for "Injector", EC-1169 .
7. REMOVE INJECTOR
3. Remove injector assembly. Refer to EM-22, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
>> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK INJECTOR
1. Disconnect all injector harness connectors.
OK or NG
NG (Drips)>>Replace the injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.
EC-814
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC-815
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P0181, P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR PFP:22630
Component Description UBS001V2
SEF463TA
<Reference data>
°C (°F) V kΩ
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90
CAUTION:
voltage. Doing so may damage the ECM's transistor. Use

ground other than ECM, such as body ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001V3
P0182 ● An excessively high (P0183) or low (P0182) voltage is sent ● Harness or connectors
P0183 to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0181 ● Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM, compared with ● Fuel tank temperature sensor
the voltage signals from engine coolant temperature sen-
sor and intake air temperature sensor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001V4
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-819, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
If the result is OK, go to following step.
4. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” signal.
If the signal is less than 50°C (122°F), the result will be OK.
If the signal is above 50°C (122°F), go to the following step.
50°C (122°F).
SEF475Y
.
EC-816
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
WITH GST
A
EC
EC-817
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001V5
WEC573
EC-818
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001V6

EC
nector.
C
WEC249
F
Voltage: Approximately 5V G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. H
I
PBIB0632E

● Harness connectors B3, M16 K
L

M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

Refer to, EC-820, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump.
EC-819
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001V7

Check resistance by heating with hot water or heat gun as shown in
the figure.
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
If NG, replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump.
SEF476YA
Removal and Installation UBS001V8

Refer to FL-7, "QG18DE (CALIF. CA MODEL) AND QR25DE MODEL" .
EC-820
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
PFP:00019 A
System Description UBS001V9
COOLING FAN CONTROL

EC
ECM
function
C
Cooling
fan control
Ignition switch Start signal D
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant E
pressure and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
OPERATION
F
SEF688Y
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001VA

engine ON
EC-821
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
OFF
(201°F) or less
HIGH
105°C (221°F) or more
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001VB
This diagnosis checks whether the engine coolant temperature is extraordinary high, even when the load is
not heavy.
Malfunction is detected when engine coolant temperature is excessively high under normal engine speed.
Possible Cause UBS001VC
● Cooling fan
● Thermostat
● Blocked front end (Improper fitting of nose mask)
● Crushed vehicle frontal area (Vehicle frontal is collided but not repaired)
● Blocked air passage by improper installation of front fog lamp or fog lamps.
● Damaged bumper
For more information, refer to EC-833, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .
CAUTION:
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer toMA-19, "Changing Engine Oil" .
Overall Function Check UBS001VD
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the coolant over temperature enrichment protection check,
WARNING:
EC-822
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level and mixture ratio (using coolant tester) A
ture ratio. EC
– If the coolant level in the reservoir and/or radiator is below the
– If the coolant mixture ratio is out of the range of 45 to 55%, C
replace the coolant in the following procedure MA-15, "Chang-
ing Engine Coolant" .
– Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed D

E
2. Ask the customer if engine coolant has been added. If it has been added, go to EC-826, "Diagnostic Pro- F
4. Make sure that A/C switch is “OFF” and air conditioner is not operating. If NG, check air conditioner circuit. G
Refer to EC-646, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" . After repair, go to the next step.
– Set “ENG COOLANT TEMP” to 95°C (203°F) and make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed. H
– Set “ENG COOLANT TEMP” to 105°C (221°F) and make sure that cooling fan operates at high speed. If
NG, go to EC-826, "Diagnostic Procedure" . After repair, go to the next step. I
make sure that coolant flows. J
K
– When aftermarket fog lamps have been installed, check for damaged fans and clogging in the condenser
and radiator.
– Check the front end for clogging caused by insects or debris. L
8. Check function of ECT sensor. M
If NG, follow the procedure under “Basic Inspection”.
WITH GST
– If the coolant level in the reservoir and/or radiator is below the proper range, and go to EC-826, "Diagnos-
tic Procedure" .
– If the coolant mixture ratio is out of the range of 45 to 55%, replace the coolant in the following procedure
MA-15, "Changing Engine Coolant" .
– Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute like pouring coolant
Mixture Ratio" .
EC-823
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Refer to EC-646, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" . After repair, go to the next step.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF”
– When aftermarket fog lamps have been installed, check for damaged fans and clogging in the condenser
and radiator.
– Check the front end for clogging caused by insects or debris.
If NG, follow the procedure under “Basic Inspection”.
EC-824
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001VE
EC
BBWA0157E
SEF571Y
EC-825
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001VF
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 4.

With CONSULT-II
WBIA0058E

SULT-II.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to PRO-
CEDURE A, EC-830 .)
SEF646X

With CONSULT-II
2. Reconnect cooling fan relay-2 .
SULT-II.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to
PROCEDURE B, EC-832 .)
SEF646X
EC-826
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
WBIA0058E
E

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 5.
CEDURE A, EC-830 .)
G
SEC163BA
Without CONSULT-II
J
6. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan-1 operates at L
high speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. M
MEC475B
EC-827
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
SLC754A

Check the following for leak.
● Hose
● Radiator

pressure.
59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
SLC755A
9. CHECK THERMOSTAT
Valve opening temperature: 76.5°C (170°F) [standard]
Valve lift: More than 9 mm/90°C
(0.35 in/194°F)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. SLC343
EC-828
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
1. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor.
2. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure. EC
SEF152P
E
<Reference data>
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ F
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. H
SEF012P
11. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES I

J
>> INSPECTION END
EC-829
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
PROCEDURE A

4. Check voltage between cooling fan relay-1 terminals 1, 3, 6 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
SEF477Y

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

● 10A fuse

4 and body ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
1 and body ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. BBIA0112E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-830
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 13 and cooling fan relay-1 terminal 2. Refer to Wiring
Diagram. EC

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. D

F
Check continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminals 3 and 5, 6

and 7 under the following conditions. H
minals 1 and 2
Yes I
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace cooling fan relay. SEF745U
K
Refer to .
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
M
>> INSPECTION END
EC-831
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
PROCEDURE B

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0621E

● 10A fuse

ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-832
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. D

F

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 7.
I
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
K
>> INSPECTION END

M
Main 12 Causes of Overheating UBS001VG

● Blocked bumper
MENDED FLUIDS AND
LUBRICANTS" .
ator filler neck
4 ● Radiator cap ● Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/ See CO-8, "System
EC-833
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]

Check" .
STAT HOUSING" . and
CO-14, "RADIATOR" .
ON*1 7 ● Cooling fan ● CONSULT-II Operating SeeEC-821, "DTC P0217

COOLANT OVERTEM-
PERATURE ENRICH-
MENT PROTECTION" .

gauge when driving
OFF*4 10 ● Coolant return from ● Visual Should be initial level in See MA-15, "ENGINE
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank MAINTENANCE
tor (QG18DE ENGINE)" .
Component Inspection UBS001VH

12V direct current supply between termi-
Yes
nals 1 and 2
SEF745U
COOLING FAN MOTOR-1

check operation.
Terminals
Speed
(+) (−)
Low 1 4
Cooling fan motor
High 1, 2 3, 4

SEF734W
EC-834
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
COOLING FAN MOTOR-2
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors. A
check operation.
EC
Terminals
(+) (−)
Cooling fan motor 2 1 C
D
SEF610Y
EC-835
DTC P0300 - P0304 NO. 4 - 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE, MULTIPLE CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
FIRE PFP:00020
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001VI
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position sensor (POS) signal to vary, the ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.

1. On the first trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC (Manifold three way catalyst) due
to overheating, the MIL will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal every
200 engine revolutions for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC (Manifold three way cata-
lyst), the MIL will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC (Manifold three way catalyst) on a second
trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC (Manifold three way cata-
lyst), the MIL will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC (Manifold three way catalyst), the MIL will
begin to blink again.
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (Manifold three way catalyst) (but will affect vehicle
emissions), the MIL will only light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the
ECM monitors the crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
P0300 ● Multiple cylinders misfire. ● Improper spark plug
P0301 ● No. 1 cylinder misfires. ● Insufficient compression
P0302 ● No. 2 cylinder misfires. ● Incorrect fuel pressure

● The injector circuit is open or shorted
● Injectors
● Intake air leak
● The ignition secondary circuit is open or shorted
● Lack of fuel
● Drive plate
● Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
● PCV hose connection
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001VJ
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”, and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
EC-836
FIRE
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
minutes. A
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
NOTE:
Refer to the freeze frame data for the test driving condi- EC
tions.
.
C
SEF058Y
D
WITH GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001VK
E
1. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK F

1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. H
NG >> Discover air leak location and repair.
2. CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING I

Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, TWC (Manifold three way catalyst) and muffler for dents.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. J
3. CHECK EGR FUNCTION K
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for DTC P1402 EGR FUNCTION (OPEN).
Refer to EC-1110 .
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair EGR system.
M
EC-837
FIRE
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
With CONSULT-II
engine speed drop?
SEF190Y
Without CONSULT-II
speed drop?
PBIB0706E
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> GO TO 8.
5. CHECK INJECTOR
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 6.
No >> Check injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-1169 .
MEC703B
EC-838
FIRE
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
1. Turn Ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Remove ignition coil from the engine.
3. Place end of spark plug against a suitable ground and crank engine. EC
4. Check for proper spark.
OK or NG
C
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
SEF575Q
7. CHECK SPARK PLUGS F
Check the spark plugs for fouling, etc.

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace ignition coil.
H
SEF156I
J
Refer to EM-13, "Measurement of Compression Pressure" .
Check compression pressure. K
Standard: 1,324 kPa (13.5 kg/cm2 , 192 psi)/300 rpm
Minimum: 1,128 kPa (11.5 kg/cm2 , 164 psi)/300 rpm L
Difference between each cylinder: 2
98 kPa (1.0 kg/cm , 14 psi)/300 rpm
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 9.
EC-839
FIRE
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
1. Install any parts removed.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
PBIB0707E

● Fuel pump and circuit Refer to EC-1176, "FUEL PUMP" .
OK or NG
NG >> Replace fuel pressure regulator.
OK >> Repair or replace.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
EC-840
FIRE
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
12. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT A
connector. EC
to “Wiring Diagram”.
C
ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal
62 2
63 5 D
64 1
65 6 PBIB0702E
E
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 62, 63, 64, 65 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2, 5, 6 and
ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. F

5. Also check harness for short to power. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
13. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER

I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14. J
NG >> Replace A/F sensor 1.

K
With CONSULT-II
Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
at idling: 1.4 - 4.0 g·m/sec L
at 2,500 rpm: 5.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
With GST M
at 2,500 rpm: 5.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
15. CHECK CONNECTORS

Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or engine
grounds.
Refer to EC-734, "DTC P0101, P0102, P0103, P1102 MAF SENSOR" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
EC-841
FIRE
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-666, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.

>> GO TO 18.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-842
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P0327, P0328 KS PFP:22060
A
Component Description UBS001VL

knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from EC
Freeze frame data will not be stored in the ECM for the knock
sensor. The MIL will not light for knock sensor malfunction. The C
knock sensor has one trip detection logic.
SEF598K
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001VM
P0327 ● An excessively low (P0327) or high (P0328) voltage from ● Harness or connectors F
P0328 the knock sensor is sent to ECM. (The knock sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● Knock sensor
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001VN
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at H
TESTING CONDITION:
I
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. J
SEF058Y M
WITH GST
EC-843
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001VO
WEC386
SEF572Y
EC-844
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001VP

EC
>> GO TO 2. C
E
WEC249
2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-1

F
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and knock sensor harness
connector. G
3. Check harness continuity between knock sensor terminal 1 and
ECM terminal 81.
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0708E
J

K
Knock sensor
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M
>> INSPECTION END
EC-845
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Component Inspection UBS001VQ
KNOCK SENSOR
Use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
2. Check resistance between terminal 1 and ground.
Resistance: 500 - 620 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
CAUTION:
Discard any knock sensors that have been dropped or physi-
cally damaged. Use only new ones.
SEF478Y
Removal and Installation UBS001VR
KNOCK SENSOR
EC-846
DTC P0335 CKP SENS0R (POS)
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P0335 CKP SENS0R (POS) PFP:23731
A
Component Description UBS001VS

block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at EC
the end of crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolu-
tion.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth C
change. D
changes.
SEF058X
E
PBIB0709E
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001VT
J
P0335 ● The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not sent to ● Harness or connectors
ECM during the first few seconds of engine cranking. (The crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is
● The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position sensor open.)
(POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is running. ● Crankshaft position sensor (POS) K
● The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in the
normal pattern during engine running.
L
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001VU
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at M
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-847
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Wiring Diagram UBS001VV
BBWA0158E
EC-848
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC
SEF605Z
F
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001VW
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS G

2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws. H
>> GO TO 2.
I
WEC249
K
EC-849
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
tor.
PBIB0709E
2. Check voltage between crankshaft position sensor (POS) har-

ness connector terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or
tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF479Y

● Harness for open and short between ECM and crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● Harness for open or short between ECM relay and crankshaft position sensor (POS)

1. Check continuity between ECM terminal 85 and CKPS (POS) terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

2. Check harness continuity between CKPS (POS) terminal 1 and engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
EC-850
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
6. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. EC

D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS001VX
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) E

tor.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. F
G
H
SEF960N

I
3 (+) - 1 (–)
2 (+) - 1 (–) Except 0 or ∞ J
3 (+) - 2 (–)
If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

K
SEF122X
L
Removal and Installation UBS001VY

M
EC-851
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Component Description UBS001VZ
The camshaft position sensor senses the protrusion provided with

exhaust valve cam sprocket to identify a particular cylinder. The
crankshaft position sensor senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor system becomes inoperative,
the camshaft position sensor provides various controls of engine
parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet, core and coil.
change.
SEF058X
changes.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001W0
P0340 ● The cylinder No. signal is not entered to ECM for the ● Harness or connectors
first few seconds during engine cranking. (The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is open
● The cylinder No. signal is not enter to ECM during or shorted.)
engine running. ● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
● The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal pattern ● Starter motor (Refer to SC section.)
during engine running. ● Starting system circuit (Refer to SC section.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001W1
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V.
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it at idle speed for at
least 5 seconds.
.
SEF013Y
WITH GST
EC-852
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001W2
EC
L
BBWA0159E
SEF606Z
EC-853
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001W3

(Does the starter motor operate?)
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-9, "STARTING SYSTEM" .)

>> GO TO 3.
WEC249

1. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connec-
tor.
PBIB0710E
3. Check voltage between distributor terminal 3 and ground with

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF479Y
EC-854
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
● Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM relay EC
● Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM
C

D
3. Check harness continuity between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminal 2 and ECM terminals 66, E
75.
Continuity should exist. F

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H

● Joint connector-1 I
● Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor and ECM
J

K
2. Check harness continuity between camshaft position sensor terminal 1 and engine ground.
Refer to the wiring diagram. L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-855
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Component Inspection UBS001W4

2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 66, 75 and engine
ground.
Condition Idle 2,000 rpm

Voltage Approximately 2.0 - 3.0V Approximately 2.0 - 3.0V
Pulse
signal SEF522Z
SEF977W SEF978W
If NG, replace camshaft position sensor.

Removal and Installation UBS001W5

EC-856
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P0350 IGNITION SIGNAL PFP:22448
A
Component Description UBS001W6

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the EC
C
SEF412Z
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001W7
Malfunction is detected when the ignition signal in the primary circuit is not sent to ECM during engine crank-
ing or running. F
Possible Cause UBS001W8
● Harness or connectors (The ignition primary circuit is open or shorted.) G

● Power transistor unit built into ignition coil
● Condenser
H
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
I
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001W9
J
NOTE:
● If DTC P0350 is displayed with DTC P0335, P0340 perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335, P0340 K
first. Refer to EC-847 , EC-852 .
WITH CONSULT-II L
3. Start engine. (If engine does not run, turn ignition switch to M
“START” for at least 5 seconds.)
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-857
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001WA
BBWA0177E
EC-858
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC
BBWA0178E
EC-859
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
WEC407
EC-860
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC
SEF970W
D
I
SEF746YA
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001WB J
1. CHECK ENGINE START K

Is engine running?
Yes or No L
No >> GO TO 3. M
2. SEARCH FOR MALFUNCTIONING CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Search for circuit which does not produce a momentary engine
speed drop.
>> GO TO 12.
SEF190Y
EC-861
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
3. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Go to POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM, EC-712 .
PBIB0623E

PBIB0711E
4. Check voltage between condenser terminal 1 and ground with

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0624E
5. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

3. Check harness continuity between ECM relay terminal 7 and
condenser terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
PBIB0712E
EC-862
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Check the harness for open or short between ECM relay and condenser.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. EC
7. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV

C
Check voltage between ECM relay terminal 6 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8. E
F
PBIB0625E

● 15A fuse H
● Harness for open and short between ECM relay and fuse
I
9. CHECK ECM RELAY

J
K
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
L
OFF No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17. M
SEF745U
10. CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

2. Check harness continuity between condenser terminal 2 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-863
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
11. CHECK CONDENSER
Check resistance between condenser terminals 1 and 2.
Resistance: Above 1MΩ at 25°C (77°F)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
SEF124Y
12. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V

2. Reconnect disconnected harness connectors.
PBIB0713E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.
PBIB0138E

Check the harness for open or short between ignition coil and ECM relay.
14. CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
EC-864
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
15. CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 35, 36, 37, 38 and ignition coil terminal 1. Refer to Wir-
ing Diagram. EC

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D

Check resistance between ignition coil terminals 2 and 3. E
Terminals Resistance Result

Not 0Ω OK F
2 and 3
0Ω NG
OK or NG
G
OK >> GO TO 17.
H
PBIB0626E

I
>> INSPECTION END J

Removal and Installation UBS001WC

Refer to EM-15, "Removal and Installation" . K
EC-865
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Description UBS001WD
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM
function
EGR vol-
trol
TCM Gear position, shifting signal
by-pass passage in the EGR volume control valve changes to control the flow rate. A built-in step motor
moves the valve in steps corresponding to the ECM output pulses. The opening of the valve varies for opti-
mum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by considering various engine con-
ditions. The EGR volume control valve remains closed under the following conditions.
● Engine stopped
● Engine starting
● Engine idling
SEF551W
EC-866
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EGR volume control valve A
D
SEF552W
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001WE E

F
quickly
● No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001WF

H
If the absence of EGR flow is detected by EGR temperature sensor

under the condition that calls for EGR, a low-flow malfunction is
diagnosed. I
Malfunction is detected when no EGR flow is detected under condi-
tion that calls for EGR.
J
SEF669Y
Possible Cause UBS001WG

L
M
● EGR volume control valve stuck closed
● EGR passage clogged
● EGR temperature sensor and circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001WH
CAUTION:
NOTE:
● P0400 will not be displayed at “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II even though DTC work
support test result is NG.
TESTING CONDITION:
EC-867
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
● Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 10V at idle, then
stop engine immediately.
● For best results, perform the test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or higher.
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Turn ignition switch “ON”
3. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
Confirm COOLAN TEMP/S value is within the range listed
below.
COOLAN TEMP/S: Less than 40°C (104°F)
lower the engine coolant temperature with a fan or means other
than ambient air. Doing so may produce an inaccurate diagnos-
tic result.
4. Start engine and let it idle monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/S” value. SEF013Y
When the “COOLAN TEMP/S” value reaches 70°C (158°F),
immediately go to the next step.
5. Select “EGR SYSTEM P0400” of “EGR SYSTEM” in “DTC
WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
7. Accelerate vehicle to a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) once and
then stop vehicle with engine running.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 9.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go to
the following step.
SEF845Y
8. Check the output voltage of “THRTL POS SEN” (at closed throt-
tle position) and note it.
played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions until
“TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approxi-
mately 30 seconds or more.)
SEF846Y

Procedure" .
SEF235Y
EC-868
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
WITH GST
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds. A
3. Check engine coolant temperature in MODE 1 with GST.
EC
Engine coolant temperature: Less than 40°C (104°F)
lower the coolant temperature with a fan or means other than C
ambient air. Doing so may produce an inaccurate diagnostic
result.
4. Start engine and let it idle monitoring the value of “COOLAN D
TEMP/S”. When the engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C PBIB0313E
(158°F), immediately go to the next step.

5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 1 minute. E
Engine speed: 1,200 - 3,600 rpm
Vehicle speed: More than 10 km/h (6 MPH)
Selector lever: Suitable position
6. Stop vehicle. F
8. Repeat step 3 to 5.
G
● When using GST, “DTC Confirmation Procedure” should be performed twice as much as when H
I
EC-869
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001WI
BBWA0160E
SEF575YA
EC-870
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001WJ

EC
1. Start engine.
2. Check exhaust pipes and muffler for leaks.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace exhaust system.
D
SEF099P
2. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT F

LEC333
J
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. L
NG >> GO TO 3.
M
PBIB0627E

EC-871
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
8 1
9 4
17 3
18 6

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK EGR PASSAGE

Check EGR passage for clogging and cracks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace EGR passage.
EC-872
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
6. CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND CIRCUIT A
EC
SEF483Y
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace EGR temperature sensor. K
EC-873
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
7. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE-I
Check resistance between EGR volume control valve terminal 2 and
terminals 1, 3, terminal 5 and terminals 4, 6.
OK or NG
SEF605Y
EC-874
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
8. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE-II A
With CONSULT-II
1. Remove EGR volume control valve.
EC
2. Reconnect ECM harness connector and EGR volume control valve harness connector.
4. Perform “EGR VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II. C
5. Check that EGR volume control valve shaft moves smoothly for-
ward and backward according to the valve opening steps.
D
F
SEF015Y
SEF560W J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace EGR volume control valve. K
9. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE-II

L
Without CONSULT-II
2. Reconnect ECM harness connector and EGR volume control valve harness connector. M
3. Turn ignition switch “ON” and “OFF”.
ward and backward according to the ignition switch position.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
SEF560W
EC-875
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
>> INSPECTION END
EC-876
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE PFP:14710
A
Description UBS001WK
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func- EC
tion
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed C
D
EGR vol-
Battery Battery voltage ume con- EGR volume control valve E
trol
Power steering oil pressure switch Power steering load signal F
G
TCM Gear position, shifting signal
by-pass passage in the EGR volume control valve changes to control the flow rate. A built-in step motor H
ditions. The EGR volume control valve remains close under the following conditions. I
● Engine stopped
● Engine starting
● Engine idling J
K
● Low battery voltage L
SEF551W
EC-877
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EGR volume control valve
rate. When no change in the flow rate is needed, the ECM does not
SEF552W
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001WL

quickly
● No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001WM
Malfunction is detected when an improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through the valve.
Possible Cause UBS001WN
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001WO
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
3. Rev engine from idle to 2,000 rpm 10 times.
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
EC-878
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001WP
EC
BBWA0161E
SEF575YA
EC-879
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001WQ

LEC333

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0627E

2. disconnect ECM harness connector.
8 1
9 4
17 3
18 6

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-880
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
4. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE-I A
Resistance: 20.9 - 23.1 Ω [at 20°C (68F°)] EC
OK or NG
C
SEF605Y
H
EC-881
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
With CONSULT-II
4. Perform “EGR VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEF015Y
SEF560W
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

Without CONSULT-II
3. Turn ignition switch “ON” and “OFF”.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
SEF560W
EC-882
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Removal and Installation UBS001WR
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE C

EC-883
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR PFP:14710
Component Description UBS001WS
The EGR temperature sensor detects temperature changes in the

EGR passageway. When the EGR volume control valve opens, hot
exhaust gases flow, and the temperature in the passageway
changes. The EGR temperature sensor is a thermistor that modifies
a voltage signal sent from the ECM. This modified signal then
returns to the ECM as an input signal. As the temperature increases,
EGR temperature sensor resistance decreases.
This sensor is not directly used to control the engine system. It is
used only for the on board diagnosis.
SEF599K
<Reference data>
EGR temperature Voltage* Resistance
°C (°F) V MΩ
0 (32) 4.56 0.62 - 1.05
50 (122) 2.25 0.065 - 0.094
100 (212) 0.59 0.011 - 0.015
(EGR temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing
so may damage the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals,
such as the body ground.
When EGR system is operating.
Voltage: 0 - 1.5V
SEF068X
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001WT

(Malfunction A) an excessively low (P0405) voltage from the EGR temperature sensor is sent to ECM even
when engine coolant temperature is low.
(Malfunction B) an excessively high (P0406) voltage from the EGR temperature sensor is sent to ECM even
when engine coolant temperature is high.
Possible Cause UBS001WU
MALFUNCTION A
● Harness or connectors (The EGR temperature sensor circuit is shorted.)
MALFUNCTION B
● Harness or connectors (The EGR temperature sensor circuit is open.)
EC-884
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001WV
A
Perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A” first. If 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
“PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B”.
NOTE:
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A C
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. D
3. Verify that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 50°C (122°F).
If the engine coolant temperature is above the range, cool
the engine down. E
. F
SEF174Y
With GST G

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B H
CAUTION:
TESTING CONDITION: I
Always perform the test at a temperature above –10°C (14°F).
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
2. Select “EGR VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
3. Hold engine speed at 1,500 rpm. K
4. Touch “Qu” and set the EGR volume control valve opening to 50
step and check EGR TEMP SEN.
EGR TEMP SEN should decrease to less than 1.0V. L
If the check result is NG, go to EC-888, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the check result is OK, go to the following step.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds then turn M
“ON”.
SEF015Y
6. Check the output voltage of “THRTL POS SEN” (at closed throt-
tle position) and note it.
VHCL SPEED SE 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
.
PBIB0164E
With GST
EC-885
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
3. Select “MODE 1” with GST and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
Engine speed 1,200 - 3,600 rpm
Vehicle speed 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more

EC-886
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001WW
EC
WEC399
EC-887
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001WX
1. CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect EGR temperature sensor harness connector.
PBIB0715E
4. Check voltage between EGR temperature sensor terminal 1 and

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0080E
2. CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between EGR temperature sensor terminal 2 and engine ground.
3. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

● Harness for open or short between TCM and EGR temperature sensor
● Harness for open or short between ECM and EGR temperature sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
EC-888
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
4. CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR A
EC
SEF483Y
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace EGR temperature sensor. K
EC-889
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
1. Disconnect EGR volume control valve.
2. Check resistance between EGR volume control valve terminal 2
and terminals 1, 3, terminal 5 and terminals 4, 6.
Resistance: 20.9 - 23.1 Ω [at 20°C (68F°)]
OK or NG
SEF605Y
EC-890
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
With CONSULT-II
EC
D
F
SEF015Y
SEF560W J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

L
Without CONSULT-II
3. Turn ignition switch ON and OFF.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF560W
EC-891
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS001WY

EC-892
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION PFP:20905
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001WZ
The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2. EC
A TWC (Manifold three way catalyst) with high oxygen storage
capacity will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen
sensor 2. As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen
sensor 2 switching frequency will increase. C
When the frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated
oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way
catalyst malfunction is diagnosed. D
SEF484YB
E
P0420 ● TWC (Manifold three way catalyst) does not operate prop- ● TWC (Manifold three way catalyst)
erly.
F
● Exhaust tube
● TWC (Manifold three way catalyst) does not have enough ● Intake air leaks
oxygen storage capacity.
● Injectors
G
● Injector leaks
● Spark plug
● Improper ignition timing H
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001X0
NOTE: I
WITH CONSULT-II J
TESTING CONDITION:
● Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below. K
SEF533Z

3. Start engine.
4. Rev engine up to 3,000±500 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive
minutes then release the accelerator pedal completely.
If “INCMP” of CATALYST changes to “CMPLT”, go to step 7.
6. Rev engine up to 2,500±500 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP”
of CATALYST changes to “CMPLT” (It will take approximately 5
minutes). SEF534Z
EC-893
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
If not “CMPLT”, stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F) and then retest from step 1.
If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-894, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF535Z
Overall Function Check UBS001X1
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst. During this check, a 1st trip DTC
might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
5. Make sure that the voltage does not vary for more than 5 sec-
onds.
If the voltage fluctuation cycle takes less than 5 seconds, go to
EC-894, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
– 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V SEF561Z
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001X2

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

2. Listen for an exhaust air leak before the TWC (Manifold three
way catalyst).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
SEF099P
EC-894
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
3. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. EC
4. CHECK IGNITION TIMING C
Check for ignition timing.

Refer to EC-652, "Basic Inspection" .
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
E
5. CHECK INJECTORS
1. Refer to Wiring Diagram for Injectors, EC-1170 . F
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 101, 103, 105, 107 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester. G
Battery voltage should exist.
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Perform “Diagnostic Procedure” INJECTOR, EC-1170 .
I
SEF075X
J
K
2. Remove ignition coil from the engine.
4. Check for proper spark. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace ignition coil. M
SEF575Q
EC-895
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
7. CHECK INJECTOR
3. Disconnect ignition coil assembly harness connector.
OK or NG
NG (Drips)>>Replace the injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.

Trouble is fixed>>INSPECTION END

Trouble is not fixed>>Replace TWC (Manifold three way catalyst) together with ADS-TWC (Adsorber pre-
catalyst).
EC-896
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
System Description UBS001X3
NOTE:
SEF536Z
H
Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP
trol system pressure sensor to intake manifold vacuum. I
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001X4
Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow J
Malfunction is detected when EVAP control system does not operate properly, EVAP control system has a leak
between intake manifold and EVAP control system pressure sensor. K
Possible Cause UBS001X5
● EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve stuck closed

L
● Loose, disconnected or improper connection of rubber tube
● Blocked rubber tube M
● EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001X6
CAUTION:
EC-897
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
For best results, perform test at a temperature of 0°C (32°F) or
more.
PBIB0716E
WITH CONSULT-II
4. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in
“DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-II.
If “COMPLETED” is displayed, go to step 7.
PBIB0717E

ENG SPEED 500 - 3,800 rpm
Engine coolant temperature More than 70°C (158°F) PBIB0718E
If “TESTING” is not changed for a long time, retry from step

2.
Overall Function Check UBS001X7
Use this procedure to check the overall monitoring function of the

EVAP control system purge flow monitoring. During this check, a 1st
SEF355X
WITH GST
EC-898
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
4. Start engine and wait at least 70 seconds. A
5. Set voltmeter probes to ECM terminals 84 (EVAP control system pressure sensor signal) and ground.
6. Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed and note it.
EC
7. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1 minute.
Steering wheel Fully turned C
Headlamp switch ON
D
8. Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1V less than the value at idle speed (mea- E
F
EC-899
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001X8

OK or NG
2. CHECK PURGE FLOW

With CONSULT-II
vacuum gauge.
CONSULT-II.
PBIB0719E

PURG VOL CONT/V VACUUM
100.0% Should exist.
0.0% should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF677Y
EC-900
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Stop engine.
C
vacuum gauge.
D
2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should not exist. PBIB0719E
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 4.
G
H
2. Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection.
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair it.
5. CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT J

SEF367U

OK or NG
SEF368U
EC-901
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
PBIB0721E

With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following condi-
tions.
Condition PURG VOL CONT/V value Air passage continuity between A and B
100.0% Yes
0.0% No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
tions.
Condition Air passage continuity between A and B
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No
PBIB0150E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-902
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HOSE A
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair it.
C

D
nector.
Water should not exist. E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. F
PBIB0722E
G
Refer to “DTC Confirmation Procedure” for DTC P0452, P0453, EC-934 . H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. I

J
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 12.
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-I L

2. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being M
rusted.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
SEF337X
EC-903
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-II
With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect disconnected harness connectors.
Condition VENT CONTROL/V Air passage continuity between A and B
ON No
OFF Yes
SEF563Z
Without CONSULT-II
lowing conditions.
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes

SEF380Z
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 14.
14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-III

1. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
OK or NG
EC-904
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
15. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH A
With CONSULT-II
EC
4. Remove vacuum hose connected to throttle opener. C
5. Connect suitable vacuum hose to vacuum pump and the throttle opener.
inHg)] until the throttle drum becomes free from the rod of the D
throttle opener.
8. Select “A/T” then select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON- E
SULT-II.
ditions. F
Measurement must be made with throttle position switch
installed in vehicle.
SEF793W
Throttle valve conditions CLSD THL/P SW G

Partially open completely open OFF
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 17.
I
EC-905
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Without CONSULT-II
throttle opener.
SEF793W
8. Check continuity between closed throttle position switch terminals 4 and 5 under the following conditions.
Resistance measurement must be made with throttle position switch installed in vehicle.
SEF770Y
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 17.

Ignition timing 9° ± 5° BTDC
Feeler gauge thickness and switch condition
Closed throttle position switch idle
0.05 mm (0.0020 in): ON
position adjustment
0.15 mm (0.0059 in): OFF
Target idle speed 800 ± 50 rpm (in "P" or "N" position)

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 18.
EC-906
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
18. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE A
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> Replace it.
C
D
>> GO TO 20.
20. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E

F
>> INSPECTION END
EC-907
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001X9
NOTE:
If DTC P0442 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (See EC-1136 .)
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve is opened to clear the line between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister
EVAP purge line using intake manifold vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control
SEF536Z
Malfunction is detected when EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP control system does not operate prop-
erly.
CAUTION:
Possible Cause UBS001XA

● EVAP purge line rubber tube bent.
EC-908
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
● O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged. A
● Water separator
● EVAP canister is saturated with water.
EC
● Refueling control valve C
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001XB
D
CAUTION:
NOTE:
● If DTC P0442 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (See EC-1136 E
.)
properly. F
TESTING CONDITION: G
● Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is
between 1/4 to 3/4 full and vehicle is placed on flat level sur-
face. H
J
SEC760C
WITH CONSULT-II K
3. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode L
with CONSULT-II.
4. Check the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F) M
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F)
SEC761C

NOTE:
● If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range
displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, go to EC-652, "Basic
Inspection" .
● Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to the EVAP can-
ister purge volume control solenoid valve properly.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-910, "Diagnostic Procedure" . SEC762C
EC-909
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
WITH GST
NOTE:
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle according to “Driving Pattern”, EC-635 .
3. Stop vehicle.
6. Start engine.
7. Drive vehicle again according to the “Driving Pattern”, EC-635 .
8. Stop vehicle.
– If P0442 or P1442 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-910, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
– If P0442, P1442 and P0441 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.
– If SRT of EVAP system is not set, go to step 6.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001XC

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF915U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-910
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC
Pressure:
15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90
psi) C
Vacuum:
−6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.061 to −0.035 kg/cm2 , −0.87 to
−0.50 psi) D
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an SEF445Y
incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on. E
SEF943S
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 5.
J
EC-911
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
PBIB0719E
SEF916U

EC-912
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
With CONSULT-II
EC
2. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of
the bar graph.
C
NOTE:
● Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pres- D

sure in the system.
PEF917U
G
Refer to EC-1202, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAW- H
ING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. I
SEF200U
EC-913
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Without CONSULT-II
end of test.)
SEF401Z
NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U
EC-914
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
With CONSULT-II
EC
6. Tun ignition switch “OFF”.
D
Without CONSULT-II
E
G
>> GO TO 9.
9. CHECK WATER SEPARATOR H
2. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance. I
A , and then C plugged. J
NOTE:
Do not disassemble water separator. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace water separator. L
SEF829T
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-915
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 12.
SEF596U

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 13.

With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100.0%.
2,000 rpm.
Vuccum should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 16.
PBIB0726E
EC-916
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
15. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Stop engine.
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> GO TO 16. E
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-1202, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE F
DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 17. G
H
With CONSULT-II
I
1. Start engine.
J
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
K
NG >> GO TO 18.
PBIB0727E
EC-917
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
With CONSULT-II
PBIB0728E
1.00% Yes
0.0% No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
PBIB0728E

Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No
PBIB0150E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
EC-918
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
19. CHECK MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR A
1. Remove manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor with its har-
ness connector connected.
2. Install a vacuum pump to MAP sensor. EC
D
SEF389Z
3. Turn ignition switch “ON” and check output voltage between E

ECM terminal 91 and engine ground under the following condi-
tions.
F
Applied vacuum kPa (mmHg, inHg) Voltage V
-26.7 (-200, -7.87) 1.0 to 1.4V lower than above value G
CAUTION:
● Do not apply below −93.3 kPa (–700 mmHg, –27.56 inHg) or PBIB0730E
H
over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg) of pressure.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20. I
NG >> Replace MAP sensor.
20. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR J

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.
L
EC-919
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
CAUTION:
● Never apply force to the air hole protector of the sensor if
equipped.
4. Use pump to apply vacuum and pressure to EVAP control sys-
tem pressure sensor as shown in figure.
CAUTION:
● Do not apply below −20 kPa (−150 mmHg, −5.91 inHg) or

over 20 kPa (150 mmHg, 5.91 inHg) of pressure. SEF799W
5. Check input voltage between ECM terminal 89 and ground.

Pressure
Voltage V
(Relative to atmospheric pressure)
0 kPa (0 mmHg, 0 inHg) 3.0 - 3.6
-9.3 kPa (-70 mmHg, -2.76 inHg) 0.4 - 0.6
CAUTION:
Discard any EVAP control system pressure sensor which
●
has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a PBIB0731E
new one.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.

>> GO TO 24.

improper connection. For location, refer to EC-1207, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY
(ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 25.
EC-920
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
25. CHECK SIGNAL LINE AND RECIRCULATION LINE A
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 26.
C

D
Blow air into the hose end B. Air should flow freely into the fuel tank.
E
K
SEF505Z
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 27.
27. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 28.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-921
VALVE
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
VALVE PFP:14920
Description UBS001XD
SEF337U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001XE

PURG VOL C/V
● No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001XF
Malfunction is detected when an excessively low (P0444) or high (P0445) voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the valve.
Possible Cause UBS001XG
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001XH
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF058Y
EC-922
VALVE
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
WITH GST
A
EC
EC-923
VALVE
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001XI
BBWA0162E
SEF576Y
EC-924
VALVE
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001XJ
CUIT EC
harness connector. C
PBIB0728E
F

G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. H
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF206W

● Harness connectors E9, F47 K
● 10A fuse
L

M
valve terminal 2.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-925
VALVE
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
PBIB0721E

With CONSULT-II
tions.
100.0% Yes
0.0% No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
tions.
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No
PBIB0150E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-926
VALVE
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC-927
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Component Description UBS001XK
opened.
SEF381Z
SEF403Z
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001XL

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001XM
Malfunction is detected when an improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through EVAP canister vent control
valve.
Possible Cause UBS001XN
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001XO
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-928
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-930, "Diagnostic Procedure" A
.
EC
SEF058Y
D
WITH GST
Wiring Diagram UBS001XP
E
BBWA0163E
EC-929
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
SEF577Y
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001XQ
1. INSPECTION START
1. Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

With CONSULT-II
2. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
-26.7 (-200, -7.87) 1.0 to 1.4V lower than above value
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-930
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
PBIB0722E
E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
NG >> GO TO 4.
H
PBIB0080E
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART I

● Harness connectors M14, B1 J
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and fuse K

L
SHORT
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
EC-931
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-I

rusted.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
SEF337X
EC-932
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
9. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-II A
With CONSULT-II
EC
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. C
ON No
D
OFF Yes

E
SEF563Z F
Without CONSULT-II
lowing conditions. G

12V direct current supply between ter- H
No
minals 1 and 2
OFF Yes
I
SEF380Z
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. K
NG >> GO TO 10.
10. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-III L

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 11.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-933
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P0452, P0453 EVAP SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:25085
Component Description UBS001XR

purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pres-
nosis.
SEF053V
PBIB0629E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001XS

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001XT
Malfunction is detected when an excessively low (P0452) or high (P0453) voltage signal from EVAP control
system pressure sensor is sent to ECM.
Possible Cause UBS001XU
(The EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● Rubber hose to EVAP control system pressure sensor is clogged, vent, kinked, disconnected or improper
connection.
● EVAP canister
● Rubber hose from EVAP canister vent control valve to water separator
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001XV
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
EC-934
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
WITH CONSULT-II
EC
6. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. C
.
D
SEF194Y
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. E
2. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 82 (Fuel tank temper-
3. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds. F
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-937, "Diagnostic Procedure" G
.
SEF938X H
EC-935
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001XW
BBWA0265E
EC-936
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
ECM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND.
CAUTION:
DO NOT USE ECM GROUND TERMINALS WHEN MEASURING INPUT/OUTPUT VOLTAGE. DOING SO MAY RESULT IN DAMAGE A
TO THE ECM'S TRANSISTOR. USE A GROUND OTHER THAN ECM TERMINALS, SUCH AS THE ENGINE GROUND.
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC)
58 B SENSOR GROUND IGN ON APPROX. 0V EC
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
89 P IGN ON APPROX. 1.8 - 4.8V
PRESSURE SENSOR
111 R SENSOR POWER IGN ON APPROX. 5V C
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001XX
D
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. E
2. Check rubber tube connected to the EVAP control system pres-
sure sensor for clogging, vent, kink, disconnection or improper
connection. F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Reconnect, repair or replace. G
H
PBIB0722E
2. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS I

J
>> GO TO 3.
WEC249
3. CHECK CONNECTOR M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-937
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
4. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0079E

SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

● Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and TCM
EC-938
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND A
SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 89 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal EC
2.
Continuity should C
exist.
D
OK or NG
E
NG >> GO TO 9.

F
● Harness connectors M59, F27 G
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H

I
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with J
valve opening.
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
L
PBIB0721E
M
EC-939
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
With CONSULT-II
PBIB0728E
100.0% Yes
0.0% No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
PBIB0728E

Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No
PBIB0150E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
EC-940
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
12. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING A
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 13.
C
D
rusted.
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 14.
F
G
SEF337X
14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE H

With CONSULT-II
I
Condition VENT CONTROL/V Air passage continuity between A and B J
ON No
OFF Yes
K
L
SEF563Z
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the fol- M
lowing conditions.
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes

SEF380Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
EC-941
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
1. Clean the air passage (portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.

Perform component inspection, refer to EC-943, "EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.

NOTE:
Do not disassemble water separator.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
SEF829T

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 20.
No >> GO TO 22.
SEF596U
EC-942
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 21.
C
D
E
22. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT F

>> INSPECTION END G
Component Inspection EBS00G49
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR H

3. Install a pressure pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor. I

ECM terminal 89 and ground.
J
Applied vacuum kPa
Voltage V
(mmHg, inHg)
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 K
-26.7 kPa (-200, -7.7) 2.1 - 2.5 lower than above value
CAUTION:
L
● Do not apply vacuum below −93.3 kPa (−700 mmHg, − PBIB0731E
27.56 inHg) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92

inHg). M
EC-943
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001XY
NOTE:
This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in the EVAP system between the fuel tank
and the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
SEF536Z
Malfunction is detected when EVAP control system has very large leaks such as when fuel filler cap has fallen
off, EVAP control system does not operate properly.
CAUTION:
Possible Cause UBS001XZ

EC-944
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001Y0
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. EC
NOTE:
.)
C
properly.
D
TESTING CONDITION:
● Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is E
between 1/4 to 3/4 full and vehicle is placed on flat level sur-
face.
● Open engine hood before conducting the following proce-
dure. F
SEC760C
WITH CONSULT-II H
I
with CONSULT-II.
J
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F)
K
SEC761C
L
NOTE: M
tion" .
SEF874X
EC-945
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
If “NG” is displayed, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with
CONSULT-II and make sure that “EVAP GROSS LEAK [P0455]”
is displayed. If it is displayed, refer to EC-946, "Diagnostic Pro-
cedure" .
P0442, EC-910 .
SEC762C
WITH GST
NOTE:
1. Start engine.
3. Stop vehicle.
6. Start engine.
8. Stop vehicle.
– If P0455 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-946, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
– If P0442 or P1442 is displayed on the screen, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, for DTC P0442, EC-910 .
– If P0441, P0442, P0455 and P1442 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.
– If SRT of EVAP system is not set, go to step 6.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001Y1

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF915U
EC-946
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. EC
C
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. E
1. Wipe clean valve housing. F
Pressure:
G
15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90
psi)
Vacuum: H
−6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.061 to −0.035 kg/cm , −0.87 to
2
−0.50 psi)
I
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an SEF445Y
incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on.
J
M
SEF943S
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

disconnection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
EC-947
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
>> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

NOTE:
PBIB0719E
SEF916U

EC-948
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
With CONSULT-II
EC
3. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of
the bar graph.
C
NOTE:
● Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pres- D

sure in the system.
PEF917U
G
Refer to EC-1202, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAW- H
ING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. I
SEF200U
EC-949
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Without CONSULT-II
end of test.)
SEF401Z
NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
SEF200U
EC-950
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
With CONSULT-II
EC
D
Without CONSULT-II
E
G
H
With CONSULT-II I
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. J
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100.0%.
2,000 rpm. K

OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.
M
PBIB0726E
EC-951
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 14.

Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-1202, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE
DRAWING" .
OK or NG

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 16.
PBIB0721E
EC-952
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
With CONSULT-II
solenoid valve under the following conditions. EC
PBIB0728E
E
100.0% Yes F
0.0% No
PBIB0149E
I
Without CONSULT-II
J
PBIB0728E
M
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No
PBIB0150E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
EC-953
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
17. CHECK MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR
1. Remove manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor with its har-
ness connector connected.
2. Install a vacuum pump to MAP sensor.
PBIB0729E
3. Turn ignition switch “ON” and check output voltage between ECM terminal 91 and engine ground under
the following conditions.
CAUTION:
● Do not apply below −93.3 kPa (–700 mmHg, –27.56 inHg) or
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18. PBIB0730E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
EC-954
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
19. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR A
CAUTION:
● Never apply force to the air hole protector of the sensor if EC
equipped.
CAUTION: D

over 20 kPa (150 mmHg, 5.91 inHg) of pressure. SEF799W E
Pressure
(Relative to atmospheric pressure)
Voltage V F
0 kPa (0 mmHg, 0 inHg) 3.0 - 3.6

-9.3 kPa (-70 mmHg, -2.76 inHg) 0.4 - 0.6 G
CAUTION:
● Discard and EVAP control system pressure sensor which
has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 H
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a PBIB0731E
new one.
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 20.
J
improper connection. For location, refer to EC-1207, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY K
(ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21. L
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
21. CHECK SIGNAL LINE AND RECIRCULATION LINE M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22.
>> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube.
EC-955
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Blow air into hose end B. Air should flow freely into the fuel tank.
SEF505Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.
>> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-956
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
Component Description UBS001Y2
the ECM.
LEC264
E
On Board Diagnostic Logic UBS001Y3
When the vehicle is parked, naturally the fuel level in the fuel tank is stable. It means that output signal of the
fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunc- F
tion is detected.
Malfunction is detected when even though the vehicle is parked, a signal being varied is sent from the fuel
level sensor to ECM.
G
Possible Cause UBS001Y4

(The fuel level sensor circuit is open or shorted.) H
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001Y5
I
NOTE:
J
SEF195Y
WITH CONSULT-II M
WITH GST
EC-957
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001Y6
BBWA0165E
SEF579YA
EC-958
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001Y7

EC
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
ground with CONSULT-II or a tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
E
NG >> GO TO 2.
F
PBIB0632E

● Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuel level sensor unit H

I
2. Check harness continuity between fuel level sensor unit terminal 5 and body ground. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram.

OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 80 and fuel level sensor unit terminal 2, ECM terminal
79 and fuel level sensor unit terminal 5. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should
exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
EC-959
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-960
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
EC
EC-961
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Component Description UBS001Y8
the ECM.
SEF605X
On Board Diagnostic Logic UBS001Y9
Driving long distances naturally affects fuel gauge level.

This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has
been driven.
Malfunction is detected when the output signal of the fuel level sensor does not change within the specified
range even though the vehicle has been driven a long distance.
Possible Cause UBS001YA
(The level sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Overall Function Check UBS001YB
WARNING:
"FUEL SYSTEM" .
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
NOTE:
Start from step 11, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/
8 Imp gal) in advance.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-623, "FUEL
PRESSURE RELEASE" .
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was
removed.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds then turn
“ON”.
6. Select “FUEL LEVEL SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II. SEF195Y

8. Select “FUEL PUMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
9. Touch “ON” and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) and stop it.
10. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
12. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03V dur-
ing step 7 to 11.
If NG, check the fuel level sensor, refer to DI-23, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
EC-962
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
WITH GST
A
NOTE:
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose. EC
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-623, "FUEL
PRESSURE RELEASE" .
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit. C
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was
removed.
D
6. Set voltmeters probe between ECM terminal 80 (fuel level sen-
E
7. Turn ignition switch “ON”. PBIB0169E
8. Check voltage between ECM terminal 80 and ground and note

it.
F
9. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel tank using proper equipment.
11. Confirm that the voltage between ECM terminal 80 and ground changes more than 0.03V during step 8 - G
10.
If NG, check component of fuel level sensor, refer to DI-23, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
H
EC-963
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Component Description UBS001YC
the ECM.
LEC264
On Board Diagnostic Logic UBS001YD
Malfunction is detected when an excessively low (P0462) or high (P0463) voltage is sent from the sensor is
sent to the ECM.
Possible Cause UBS001YE

DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001YF
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
switch “ON”.
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF195Y
WITH GST
EC-964
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001YG
EC
BBWA0166E
SEF579YA
EC-965
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001YH

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0632E

● Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuel level sensor unit
2. Check harness continuity between fuel level sensor unit terminal 5 and body ground. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 80 and fuel level sensor unit terminal 2. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
EC-966
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
● Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness on connectors.
C
Refer to DI-23, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" . D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. E

Refer to EC-711, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . F
>> INSPECTION END

G
EC-967
DTC P0500 VSS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Component Description UBS001YI
The vehicle speed sensor is installed in the transaxle. It contains a

pulse generator which provides a vehicle speed signal to the speed-
ometer. The speedometer then sends a signal to the ECM.
SEF505U
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001YJ
P0500 ● The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from vehicle speed ● Harness or connector
sensor is sent to ECM even when vehicle is being driven. (The vehicle speed sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001YK
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-
II should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
onds.
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF

. SEF196Y
Overall Function Check UBS001YL
EC-968
DTC P0500 VSS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
WITH GST
1. Lift up drive wheels. A
2. Start engine.
EC
The vehicle speed sensor on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
C
E
Wiring Diagram UBS001YM
BBWA0167E
EC-969
DTC P0500 VSS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
SEF580YA
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001YN

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and combination meter harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 60 and combination meter terminal 13.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

3. CHECK SPEEDOMETER FUNCTION

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG

>> INSPECTION END

EC-970
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P0505, P0506, P0507 ISC SYSTEM PFP:23781
A
Description UBS001YO
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func- EC
tion
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed and cylinder position C
D
Idle air
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Park/neutral position IACV-AAC valve E
control
Battery Battery voltage F
Intake air temperature sensor Intake air temperature
G
Absolute pressure sensor Ambient barometic pressure
This system automatically controls engine idle speed to a specified level. Idle speed is controlled through fine
adjustment of the amount of air which by-passes the throttle valve via IACV-AAC valve. The IACV-AAC valve H
changes the opening of the air by-pass passage to control the amount of auxiliary air. This valve is actuated by
a step motor built into the valve, which moves the valve in the axial direction in steps corresponding to the
ECM output signals. One step of IACV-AAC valve movement causes the respective opening of the air by-pass I
passage. (i.e. when the step advances, the opening is enlarged.) The opening of the valve is varied to allow
for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The camshaft position sensor detects the actual engine speed
and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM then controls the step position of the IACV-AAC valve so that engine
speed coincides with the target value memorized in ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at J
which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into con-
sideration various engine conditions, such as during warm up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner,
power steering and cooling fan operation). K
IACV-AAC Valve
L
The IACV-AAC valve is operated by a step motor for centralized con-
trol of auxiliary air supply. This motor has four winding phases and is
actuated by the output signals of ECM which turns ON and OFF two
windings each in sequence. Each time the IACV-AAC valve opens or M
closes to change the auxiliary air quantity, the ECM sends a pulse
signal to the step motor. When no change in the auxiliary air quantity
is needed, the ECM does not issue the pulse signal. A certain volt-
age signal is issued so that the valve remains at that particular open-
ing.
SEF765P
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001YP

IACV-AAC/V
● No-load
EC-971
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001YQ
P0505 A) The IACV-AAC valve does not operate properly. ● Harness or connectors
(The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open.)
● IACV-AAC valve
B) The idle speed is less than the target idle speed by ● Harness or connectors
P0506
● IACV-AAC valve
The idle speed is more than the target idle speed by ● Harness or connectors
● IACV-AAC valve
P0507 C)
● PCV valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001YR
NOTE:
before conducting “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. For the target idle speed, refer to EC-1219,
"SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)" .
TESTING CONDITION:
With CONSULT-II
4. Keep engine speed at 2,500 rpm for three seconds, then let it
idle for three seconds.
5. Perform step 4 once more.
.
SEF058Y
With GST
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C
TESTING CONDITION:
● Before performing the following procedure, make sure battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
● For best results, perform the test at a temperature above –10°C (14°F).
● Electrical load (rear window defogger, headlamps, air conditioner, etc.) is not applied.
With CONSULT-II
EC-972
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
4. Turn ignition switch “ON” again and select “DATA MONITOR” A
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-975, "Diagnostic Procedure" EC
.
SEF174Y
D
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above. E
EC-973
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001YS
BBWA0168E
SEF581Y
EC-974
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001YT
1. CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION

EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. C
2. CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

D
1. Stop engine.
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”. E
PBIB0732E
H
4. Check voltage between IACV-AAC valve terminals 2, 5 and
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. J
NG >> GO TO 3.
K
PBIB0627E
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART L
Check the harness for open or short between IACV-AAC valve and ECM relay.
M
EC-975
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
4. CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and IACV-AAC valve terminals as follows.
ECM terminal IACV-AAC valve terminal
6 1
7 4
15 3
16 6
Continuity should
exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK AIR CONTROL VALVE (POWER STEERING) OPERATION-I

1. Reconnect ECM harness connector and IACV-AAC valve harness connector.
2. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to air control valve (Power steering) at intake air duct.
4. Check vacuum hose for vacuum existence.
Vacuum slightly exists or does not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace air control valve (Power steering).
PBIB0733E
6. CHECK AIR CONTROL VALVE (POWER STEERING) OPERATION-II

Check vacuum hose for vacuum existence when steering wheel is
turned.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 7.
PBIB0733E
EC-976
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
7. CHECK VACUUM PORT A
1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to air control valve (Power steering) at the vacuum port.
3. Blow air into vacuum port. EC
LEC325
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or clean vacuum port.
G
8. CHECK VACUUM HOSES AND TUBES
1. Disconnect vacuum hoses between air control valve (Power steering) and vacuum port, air control valve H
(Power steering) and intake air duct.
2. Check the hoses and tubes for cracks, clogging, improper con-
nection or disconnection. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair hoses or tubes. J
SEF109L
EC-977
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
9. CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE-I
2. Check resistance between IACV-AAC valve terminal 2 and ter-
minals 1, 3, terminal 5 and terminals 4, 6.
Resistance: 20 - 24 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 11.
SEF605Y
10. CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE-II

1. Reconnect IACV-AAC valve harness connector and ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch “ON” and “OFF”, and ensure the IACV-AAC
valve makes operating sound according to the ignition switch
position.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
PBIB0737E

1. Replace IACV-AAC valve assembly.
Is the result CMPLT or INCMP?
CMPLT or INCMP
EC-978
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
2. Reconnect all harness connectors and vacuum hoses.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. EC
4. Also warm up transmission to normal operating temperature.
– For models with CONSULT-II, drive vehicle until “FUEL TEMP SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/T”
system indicates less than 0.9 V. C
– For models without CONSULT-II, drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
5. Check target idle speed.
D
OK or NG
E
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Perform EC-622, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

G
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation UBS001YU
IACV-AAC VALVE H
EC-979
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P0510 CTP SWITCH PFP:22620
Component Description UBS001YV
A closed throttle position switch and wide open throttle position

switch are built into the throttle position sensor unit. The wide open
throttle position switch is used only for A/T control.
When the throttle valve is in the closed position, the closed throttle
position switch sends a voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM only
uses this signal to open or close the EVAP canister purge control
valve when the throttle position sensor is malfunctioning.
SEF505V
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001YW
P0510 ● Battery voltage from the closed throttle position switch is ● Harness or connectors
sent to ECM with the throttle valve opened. (The closed throttle position switch circuit is
shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001YX
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then start engine.
3. Select “A/T”, then select “CLOSED THL/SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Check the signal under the following conditions.
Condition Signal indication
Throttle valve: Idle position ON

5. Select “ENGINE”, then select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
SEF059Y
6. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the

following condition.
THRTL POS SEN More than 2.3V
Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will
Driving location help maintain the driving conditions required for
this test.
SEF175Y
EC-980
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
Overall Function Check UBS001YY
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the closed throttle position switch circuit. During this check,
a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. EC
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
2. Check the voltage between ECM terminal 40 (Closed throttle C
position switch signal) and ground under the following condi-
tions.
D
Condition Voltage
At idle Battery voltage
At 2,000 rpm Approximately 0V E
F
SEF090X
EC-981
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001YZ
BBWA0169E
SEF582Y
EC-982
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001Z0
1. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

EC
2. Disconnect throttle position switch harness connector.
PBIB0699E
F
4. Check voltage between throttle position switch terminal 5 and
engine ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. H
I
SEF250W

● 10A fuse K
● Harness for open or short between throttle position switch and fuse
L
3. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 40 and throttle position switch terminal 4.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

Check the harness for open or short between ECM and throttle position switch.
EC-983
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
5. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AND ENGINE IDLE SPEED
Idle speed 800 ± 50 rpm (in "P" or "N" position)


With CONSULT-II
throttle opener.
7. Select “A/T” then select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
ditions.
Measurement must be made with throttle position switch
installed in vehicle.
SEF793W
Throttle valve conditions CLSD THL/ SW

Partially open or completely open OFF
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 8.
EC-984
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
4. Connect suitable vacuum hose to vacuum pump and the throttle opener. C
throttle opener.
D
F
SEF793W
7. Check continuity between closed throttle position switch terminals 4 and 5 under the following conditions. G
Resistance measurement must be made with throttle position switch installed in vehicle.
SEF770Y
OK or NG K
NG >> GO TO 8. L

Check the following items. Refer to EC-652, "Basic Inspection" . M
Feeler gauge thickness and switch condition
0.05 mm (0.0020 in): ON
idle position adjustment
0.15 mm (0.0059 in): OFF
Target idle speed 800 ± 50 rpm (in "P" or "N" position)

Yes or No
EC-985
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
With CONSULT-II
4. Connect suitable vacuum hose to the vacuum pump and the opener.
throttle opener.
8. Check voltage of “THRTL POS SEN” under the following con-
ditins.
Throttle valve conditions Voltage SEF793W
Completely 0.15 - 0.85V

Partially Between (a) and (b)
Completely open (b) 3.5 - 4.7 V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace throttle position sensor.
EC-986
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
10. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
4. Connect suitable vacuum hose to the vacuum pump and the opener. C
throttle opener.
D
F
SEF793W
7. Check voltage between ECM terminal 92 (Throttle position sensor signal) and ground. G
Throttle valve conditions Voltage H
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. J
NG >> Replace throttle position sensor. PBIB0738E

L
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation UBS001Z1
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR M

EC-987
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P0600 A/T COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710
System Description UBS001Z2
These circuit lines are used to control the smooth shifting up and down of A/T during the hard acceleration/
deceleration. Voltage signals are exchanged between ECM and TCM (Transmission control module).
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001Z3
P0600* ● ECM receives incorrect signal from TCM (Transmission ● Harness or connectors
control module) continuously. [The circuit between ECM and TCM (Transmission
control module) is open or shorted.]
*: This DTC can be detected only by “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” with CONSULT-II.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001Z4
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
EC-988
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001Z5
EC
LEC376
SEF583Y
EC-989
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001Z6

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and TCM (Transmission
control module) harness connector.
terminal 7, ECM terminal 19 and TCM terminal 8, ECM terminal
54 and terminal 5, ECM terminal 55 and TCM terminal 6, ECM
terminal 56 and TCM terminal 9.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. LEC306

1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and ground, ECM terminal 19 and ground, ECM ter-
minal 54 and ground, ECM terminal 55 and ground, ECM terminal 56 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-990
DTC P0605 ECM
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
Component Description UBS001Z7
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connector for signal input

and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine. EC
SEF093X
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001Z8
P0605 ● ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. ● ECM F
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001Z9
NOTE: G
WITH CONSULT-II H
I
3. Start engine.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-992, "Diagnostic Procedure" J
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST M
EC-991
DTC P0605 ECM
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001ZA
1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
See EC-991 .
With GST
See EC-991 .
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END
2. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
EC-639, "NVIS (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS)" .
3. Perform EC-622, "Idle Air Volume Learning" ,
CMPLT or INCMP
EC-992
DTC P1031, P1032 A/F SENSOR HEATER
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P1031, P1032 A/F SENSOR HEATER PFP:22693
A
Description UBS001ZB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM EC
function
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Air fuel
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) ratio (A/F)
sensor 1
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 C
heater
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air heater
control
D
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating
condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element at the specified range.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001ZC E
F
A/F S1 HTR (B1) ● Engine speed: Idle Approx. 70%
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001ZD
G
P1031 ● The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is ● Harness or connectors
P1032 out of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is open or shorted.)
(An excessively low (P1031) or high (P1032) voltage sig-
H
● A/F sensor 1 heater
nal is sent to ECM through the A/F sensor 1 heater.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001ZE

I
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. J
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
With CONSULT-II K
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode L
with CONSULT-II.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-995, "Diagnostic Procedure" M
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-993
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001ZF
BBWA0555E
SEF610Z
EC-994
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001ZG
1. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

EC
C
WEC249
F
3. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
G
I
PBIB0702E
5. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 3 and ground with J

K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
L
PBIB0740E M

● 15A fuse
● Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
EC-995
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
3. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 5 and A/F sensor 1 terminal 4. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> Replace A/F sensor 1.
Component Inspection UBS001ZH
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER

Check resistance between terminals 3 and 4.
Check continuity between terminals 3 and 1, 2, 5, 6, terminals 4 and
1, 2, 5, 6.
If NG, replace the A/F sensor 1.
CAUTION:
● Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a
height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such
as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool
J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
SEF582Z
Removal and Installation UBS001ZI
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR HEATER

EC-996
DTC P1103, P1104, P1108 MAP SENSOR
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P1103, P1104, P1108 MAP SENSOR PFP:25085
A
Component Description UBS001ZJ
The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor detects intake mani-

fold pressure and sends the voltage signal to the ECM. As the pres- EC
sure increases, the voltage rises.
SEF052VA
H
SEF946S
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001ZK I
P1103 An excessively low (P1103) or high (P1108) voltage from ● Harness or connectors J
P1108 the sensor is sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● Manifold absolute pressure sensor
P1104 An improper voltage signal from the sensor is sent to ● Harness or connectors K
ECM under the specific driving condition. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● Manifold absolute pressure sensor
● Vacuum hose
L
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001ZL
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at M
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it “ON”.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1000, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the next step.
6. Drive vehicle for at least 10 seconds under conditions similar to
the freeze frame data.
TESTING CONDITION:
The condition in which “B/FUEL SCHDL” indication is more
than that of the freeze frame data is advised.
SEF058Y
EC-997
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
WITH GST
EC-998
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001ZM
EC
BBWA0170E
SEF607Z
EC-999
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001ZN

>> GO TO 2.
WEC249
2. CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Check MAP sensor harness connector for water.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0729E

2. Check voltage between MAP sensor terminal 1 and engine
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0079E

● Harness for open or short between ECM and MAP sensor
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1000
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
2. Check harness continuity between MAP sensor terminal 3 and engine ground.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6. D

● Harness for open or short between TCM and MAP sensor
F
● Harness for open or short between ECM and MAP sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. H
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 91 and MAP sensor terminal 2.
I
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 8.
K
8. CHECK HOSE
1. Remove hose connected to MAP sensor.
L
2. Check hose for clogging, cracks or improper connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
M
NG >> Replace hose.
SEF109L
EC-1001
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
9. CHECK MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR
1. Remove MAP sensor with its harness connector connected.
2. Install a vacuum pump to MAP sensor.
ECM terminal 91 and engine ground under the following condi-
tions.
CAUTION:
● Do not apply below −93.3 kPa (–700 mmHg, –27.56 inHg) or PBIB0730E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS001ZO
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR

EC-1002
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
Component Description UBS001ZP
The valve timing control system is utilized to control intake valve

opening and closing timing. Engine coolant temperature signals, EC
engine speed and throttle position are used to determine intake
valve timing.
The intake camshaft sprocket position is regulated by oil pressure
controlled by the intake valve timing control. C
When ECM sends ON signal to intake valve timing control solenoid
valve, oil pressure is transmitted to camshaft sprocket. Then, intake
side camshaft is advanced. D
SEF095X
E
Operation UBS001ZQ
Engine operating condition Intake valve tim- Intake valve

Engine coolant ing control sole- opening and Valve overlap F
Engine speed B/FUEL SCHDL Neutral switch noid valve closing time
temperature
15°C (59°F) -
Above 0 msec
55°C (131°F) 1,100 - 4,200 G
OFF ON Advance Increased
Above 55°C rpm
Above 6 msec
(131°F)
Conditions other than those above OFF Normal Normal H
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001ZR
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION I

Idle OFF
INT/V TIM SOL ● Engine: After warming up Revving engine with full throttle
ON J
opening (Under 4,200 rpm)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001ZS
DTC No. Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause) K
P1111 ● An improper voltage signal is entered to ECM through ● Harness or connectors
intake valve timing control solenoid valve. (The intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir-
cuit is open or shorted.) L
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001ZT

M
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF736Y
EC-1003
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
EC-1004
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001ZU
EC
BBWA0171E
SEF737Y
EC-1005
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001ZV

connector.
SEF406Z
4. Check voltage between terminal 2 and engine ground with CON-

SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0080E

● Harness connector F47, E9
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between valve timing control solenoid valve and fuse

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 1 and intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness
connector terminal 1. Refer to wiring diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground to short to power or connectors.
EC-1006
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
4. CHECK VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. EC
NG >> Replace valve timing control solenoid valve.

D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS001ZW
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE E

battery voltage. F
G
H
SEF524T
Removal and Installation UBS001ZX

I
Refer to EM-36, "CYLINDER HEAD" .
J
EC-1007
DTC P1132 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P1132 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE PFP:00000
Component Description UBS001ZY
Swirl control valve consists of actuator and valve. The valve is

installed in the intake manifold, and the actuator is connected to the
rear end of the valve shaft.
The swirl control valve uses a step motor which has four winding
ON pulse is issued, the valve opens or closes. When no change in
the control position is needed, the ECM does not issue the pulse sig-
nal. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the valve remains at
that particular opening.
SEF407Z
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001ZZ

0 - 5 step
below 44°C (111°F).
SWL C/V (B1) ● Engine speed: Idle
115 - 120 step
above 45°C (113°F).
Approximately 0 deg
● Engine coolant temperature is below 44°C (111°F).
SWL/C POSI SE
Approximately 80 deg
● Engine coolant temperature is above 45°C (113°F).
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00200

An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through swirl control valve.
Possible Cause UBS00201
(The swirl control valve circuit is open or shorted.)
● Swirl control valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00202
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
7. Maintain engine speed at about 2,000 rpm for at least 10 sec-
onds.
8. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then
turn “ON”.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1011, "Diagnostic Proce- SEF058Y
dure" .
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
EC-1008
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
9. Perform step 5 through 8 three times.
A
WITH GST
EC
EC-1009
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS00203
BBWA0172E
SEF575YB
EC-1010
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00204
1. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

EC
2. Disconnect swirl control valve harness connector.
SEF407Z
F
4. Check voltage between swirl control valve terminals 2, 5 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
SEF327X
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
K
Check the harness for open or short between ECM relay and swirl control valve.
L
EC-1011
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
3. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and swirl control valve terminals as follows.
ECM terminal Swirl volume control valve
24 1
25 4
26 3
27 6

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE

Check resistance between swirl control valve terminal 2 and terminals 1, 3, terminal 5 and terminals 4, 6.
SEF540Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace intake manifold assembly.

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS00205
SWIRL CONTROL VALVE

EC-1012
DTC P1137 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P1137 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR PFP:23731
A
Component Description UBS00206
Swirl control valve position sensor is installed on the intake manifold.

The sensor is connected to the front end of the valve shaft of the EC
swirl control valve.
The sensor responds to the valve shaft movement. This sensor is a
kind of potentiometer which transforms the swirl control valve posi-
tion into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. C
SEF408Z
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00207

0 - 5 step
below 44°C (111°F).
Engine coolant temperature is G
115 - 120 step
above 45°C (113°F).
Approximately 0 deg
● Engine coolant temperature is below 44°C (111°F). H
SWL/C POSI SE
Approximately 80 deg
● Engine coolant temperature is above 45°C (113°F).
I
Malfunction is detected when an excessively low or high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
J
(Swirl control valve position sensor circuit is open or shorted.) K
● Swirl control valve position sensor
(Swirl control valve circuit is open or shorted.) L
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0020A
M
NOTE:
SEF058Y
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II and wait at least 5 seconds.
EC-1013
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
WITH GST
Wiring Diagram UBS0020B
BBWA0173E
EC-1014
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC
SEF608Z
F
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0020C
1. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G

2. Disconnect swirl control valve harness connector. H
SEF407Z
K
4. Check voltage between swirl control valve terminals 2, 5 and

ground with CONSULT-II or tester. L

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0627E

EC-1015
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and swirl control valve terminals as follows.
24 1
25 4
26 3
27 6

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

Check resistance between swirl control valve terminal 2 and termi-
nals 1, 3, terminal 5 and terminals 4, 6.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace intake manifold collector assembly.
SEF605Y
EC-1016
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
5. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS A
>> GO TO 6. EC
D
WEC249
6. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E
1. Disconnect swirl control valve position sensor harness connec-

tor.
F
PBIB0743E
I
3. Check voltage between swirl control valve position sensor termi-
Voltage: Approximately 5V J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7. K
L
PBIB0138E
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART M

● Harness for open or short between swirl control valve position sensor and ECM
EC-1017
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
8. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between swirl control valve position sensor terminal 1 and engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.

● Harness for open or short between swirl control valve position sensor and TCM
10. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 90 and swirl control valve position sensor terminal 2.
OK or NG

OK or NG
OK >> Replace intake manifold assembly.
Removal and Installation UBS0020D
SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR

EC-1018
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P1138 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE PFP:00000
A
Description UBS0020E
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func- EC
tion
Ignition switch Start signal C
Swirl con-
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed and cylinder position trol valve Swirl control valve
control D
Swirl control valve position sensor Swirl control valve position E
Swirl control valve has a valve portion in the intake passage of each cylinder.
While idling and during low engine coolant temperature, the swirl control valve closes, Thus the velocity of the
air in the intake passage increases, promoting the vaporization of the fuel and producing a swirl in the com- F
bustion chamber.
Because of this operation, this system tends to increase the burning speed of the gas mixture, improve fuel
consumption, and increase the stability in running conditions. G
Also, except when idling and during low engine coolant temperature, this system opens the swirl control valve.
In this condition, this system tends to increase power by improving intake efficiency via reduction of intake flow
resistance, intake flow.
The swirl control valve is operated by the ECM. H
Throttle position sensor Engine coolant tempera-

Swirl control valve
(Idle position) ture
I
OFF — Open
Above 45°C (113°F) Open
ON
Below 44°C (111°F) Close J
Swirl Control Valve K
Swirl control valve consists of actuator and valve. The valve is
installed in the intake manifold, and the actuator is connected to the
rear end of the valve shaft.
The swirl control valve uses a step motor which has four winding L
ON pulse is issued, the valve opens or closes. When no change in M
the control position is needed, the ECM does not issue the pulse sig-
nal. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the valve remains at
that particular opening.
SEF407Z
Swirl Control Valve Position Sensor

Swirl control valve position sensor is installed on the intake manifold.
The sensor is connected to the front end of the valve shaft of the
swirl control valve.
The sensor responds to the valve shaft movement. This sensor is a
kind of potentiometer which transforms the swirl control valve posi-
tion into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM.
SEF408Z
EC-1019
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func-
tion
Swirl con-
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed and cylinder position trol valve Swirl control valve
control
Swirl control valve position sensor Swirl control valve position
Swirl control valve has a valve portion in the intake passage of each cylinder.
While idling and during low engine coolant temperature, the swirl control valve closes. Thus the velocity of the
air in the intake passage increases, promoting the vaporization of the fuel and producing a swirl in the com-
bustion chamber.
Because of this operation, this system tends to increase the burning speed of the gas mixture, improve fuel
consumption, and increase the stability in running conditions.
Also, except when idling and during low engine coolant temperature, this system opens the swirl control valve.
In this condition, this system tends to increase power by improving intake efficiency via reduction of intake flow
resistance, intake flow.
The swirl control valve is operated by the ECM.
Throttle position sensor Engine coolant tempera-
Swirl control valve
(Idle position) ture
OFF — Open
Above 45°C (113°F) Open
ON
Below 44°C (111°F) Close
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0020F

0 - 5 step
below 44°C (111°F).
115 - 120 step
above 45°C (113°F).
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0020G
Malfunction is detected when the target opening angle of swirl control valve controlled by ECM and the input
signal from swirl control valve position sensor is not in the normal range.
Possible Cause UBS0020H
(The swirl control valve circuit is open or shorted.)
(The swirl control valve position sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● Swirl control valve position sensor
EC-1020
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0020I
A
NOTE:
before conducting the next test. EC
With CONSULT-II
C
4. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds. D
SEF174Y
7. Maintain engine speed at about 2,000 rpm for at least 10 seconds. E
8. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn “ON”.
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step. F
9. Perform step 5 through 8 three times.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above. G
EC-1021
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0020J
BBWA0173E
SEF608Z
EC-1022
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0020K
1. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

EC
2. Disconnect swirl control valve harness connector.
SEF407Z
F
4. Check voltage between swirl control valve terminals 2, 5 and
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. H
I
PBIB0627E

L
2. disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and swirl control valve terminals as follows. M
24 1
25 4
26 3
27 6

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-1023
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Check resistance between swirl control valve terminal 2 and terminals 1, 3, terminal 5 and terminals 4, 6.
SEF540Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace intake manifold collector assembly.

>> GO TO 6.
WEC249
6. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect swirl control valve position sensor harness connec-
tor.
SEF408Z
3. Check voltage between swirl control valve position sensor termi-

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
PBIB0138E
EC-1024
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
● Harness for open or short between swirl control valve position sensor and ECM EC

C
8. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between swirl control valve position sensor terminal 1 and engine ground.

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.

● Joint connector-3 H
● Harness for open or short between swirl control valve position sensor and TCM
I
10. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND J
SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. K
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 90 and swirl control valve position sensor terminal 2.
Continuity should exist. L
OK or NG
M

OK or NG
OK >> Replace intake manifold assembly.
Removal and Installation UBS0020L
SWIRL CONTROL VALVE

EC-1025
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P1140 IVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR PFP:23731
Component Description UBS0020M
The intake valve timing control position sensor is located front-end of

the cylinder head. This sensor detects a signal (intake valve posi-
tion) generated by the protrusion of camshaft sprocket and sends it
to the ECM. This sensor is not used to control the engine system. It
is used only for the on board diagnosis of intake valve timing control.
SEF411Z
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0020N
P1140 ● The proper pulse signal from the intake valve timing con- ● Harness or connectors
trol position sensors is not sent to ECM while the engine is (The intake valve timing control position sensor cir-
running at the specified engine speed. cuit is open.)
of the camshaft
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0020O
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and keep the engine speed at 2,000 rpm and wait
at least 15 seconds.
dure" .
SEF163Z
WITH GST
EC-1026
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0020P
EC
L
BBWA0174E
SEF744YA
EC-1027
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0020Q

connector.
SEF411Z

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF509Y


3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 78 and intake valve timing control position sensor termi-
nal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-1028
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
2. Check harness continuity between sensor intake valve timing control position sensor terminal 1 and
engine ground. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. D
NG >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART E

● Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control position sensor and engine ground F

G
6. CHECK CAMSHAFT
Check accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the camshaft. Refer to EM-36, "Components" . H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal pick-up cutout of camshaft. I
7. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EC-1029, "Component Inspection" . J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace intake valve timing control position sensor. K

L
>> INSPECTION END M

Component Inspection UBS0020R

connector.
Resistance: 600 - 740Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
LEC441
EC-1029
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
SEF605T
Removal and Installation UBS0020S

EC-1030
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
Component Description UBS0020T
tions.
Under normal conditions heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for D
SEF327R
H
PBIB0700E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0020U

I
HO2S2 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0020V K

heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the minimum volt-
age of the sensor is sufficiently low during various driving conditions M
such as fuel-cut.
SEF558Z
P1146 ● The minimum voltage from the sensor does not reach the ● Harness or connectors
specified voltage. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● Fuel pressure
● Injectors
EC-1031
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0020W
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEC773C
SEC774C

RESULTS”.
ing.
– Start engine. SEC775C

70°C (158°F).
Overall Function Check UBS0020X
EC-1032
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
WITH GST
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h A
EC
no load at least 10 times. C
procedure. D
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 4, step 5 is not nec- SEF518Z
essary.
5. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 E
F
EC-1033
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0020Y
BBWA0152E
SEF724YA
EC-1034
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0020Z

EC
C
>> GO TO 2.
WEC249
With CONSULT-II
H
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start
engine?
I
SEF652Y
K
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start PBIB0698E
engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-809 .
No >> GO TO 3.
EC-1035
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
terminal 1.
PBIB0700E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

Continuity should
exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS00210

With CONSULT-II
EC-1036
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
“HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II. A
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.48V at least once when the EC
“FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
C
CAUTION:
dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a SEF519Z
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. D

E
SEF989R H
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h I
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminals 86 (HO2S2 sig- J
at least 10 times.
K
sary. SEF518Z
L
“OD” OFF. M
CAUTION:

EC-1037
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
tions.
SEF327R
PBIB0700E


heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum volt-
age of the sensor is sufficiently high during various driving conditions
such as fuel-cut.
SEF559Z
P1147 ● The maximum voltage from the sensor does not reach the ● Harness or connectors
● Fuel pressure
● Injectors
EC-1038
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
C
SEC776C H
SEC777C
L

M
RESULTS”.
ing.
– Start engine. SEC778C

70°C (158°F).
Overall Function Check UBS00216
EC-1039
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
WITH GST
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of 70 km/h (43 MPH)
for 2 consecutive minutes.
procedure.
essary.
5. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80
EC-1040
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC
BBWA0152E
SEF724YA
EC-1041
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]

>> GO TO 2.
WEC249

With CONSULT-II
engine?
SEF652Y
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-802, "DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYS-
TEM FUNCTION" .
No >> GO TO 3.
EC-1042
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
terminal 1.
PBIB0700E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. F

H
Continuity should
exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J

K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. L
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M

>> INSPECTION END


With CONSULT-II
EC-1043
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
CAUTION:

SEF989R
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of 70 km/h (43 MPH)
at least 10 times.
sary. SEF518Z
“OD” OFF.
CAUTION:
Removal and installation UBS0021A

EC-1044
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL PFP:22690
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0021B
The closed loop control has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause) EC
P1148 ● The closed loop control function does not operate even ● The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit is open or
when vehicle is driving in the specified condition. shorted.
● Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 C
● Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
DTC P1148 is displayed with another DTC for air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Perform the trouble diagnosis for D
the corresponding DTC.
EC-1045
DTC P1169 HO2S3
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Component Description UBS0021C

cut operation.
tions.
SEF327R
SEF395Z
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0021D

HO2S3 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
up to 3,000 rpm
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0021E

heated oxygen sensor 3, ECM monitors whether the minimum volt-
age of the sensor is sufficiently low during various driving conditions
such as fuel-cut.
SEF558Z
P1169 ● The minimum voltage from the sensor does not reach the ● Harness or connectors
● Fuel pressure
● Injectors
EC-1046
DTC P1169 HO2S3
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0021F
A
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
C
PBIB0750E H
PBIB0751E
L
RESULTS”.
If NG is displayed, refer to EC-1050, "Diagnostic Procedure" . M
ing.
– Start engine. PBIB0752E

70°C (158°F).
Overall Function Check UBS0021G
WITH GST
EC-1047
DTC P1169 HO2S3
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
procedure.
essary.
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D SEF551Z
position with “OD” OFF.

EC-1048
DTC P1169 HO2S3
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0021H
EC
BBWA0154E
SEF724YB
EC-1049
DTC P1169 HO2S3
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0021I

>> GO TO 2.
WEC249

With CONSULT-II
engine?
SEF652Y
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
engine?
Yes or No
TEM FUNCTION" .
No >> GO TO 3.
EC-1050
DTC P1169 HO2S3
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
terminal 1.
PBIB0701E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. F

H
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 5.
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace corresponding heated oxygen sensor 3. L

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS0021J

With CONSULT-II
EC-1051
DTC P1169 HO2S3
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
CAUTION:

SEF989R
Without CONSULT-II
at least 10 times.
sary. SEF551Z
“OD” OFF.
CAUTION:
EC-1052
DTC P1170 HO2S3
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
Component Description UBS0021K

lyst) monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. EC
cut operation.
tions.
SEF327R
H
PBIB0701E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0021L

I
● Engine: After warming Revving engine from idle to J
HO2S3 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
up 3,000 rpm
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0021M

K
heated oxygen sensor 3, ECM monitors whether the maximum volt-
age of the sensor is sufficiently high during various driving conditions
such as fuel-cut. M
SEF560Z
P1170 ● The maximum voltage from the sensor does not reach the ● Harness or connectors
● Fuel pressure
● Injectors
EC-1053
DTC P1170 HO2S3
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0021N
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
PBIB0753E
PBIB0754E

RESULTS”.
ing.
– Start engine. PBIB0755E

70°C (158°F).
Overall Function Check UBS0021O
EC-1054
DTC P1170 HO2S3
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
WITH GST
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of 70 km/h (43 MPH) A
EC
no load at least 10 times. C
procedure. D
essary.
5. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 E
F
EC-1055
DTC P1170 HO2S3
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0021P
BBWA0154E
SEF724YB
EC-1056
DTC P1170 HO2S3
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0021Q

EC
C
>> GO TO 2.
WEC249
With CONSULT-II
H
engine?
I
SEF652Y
K
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
engine?
Yes or No
TEM FUNCTION" .
No >> GO TO 3.
EC-1057
DTC P1170 HO2S3
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
terminal 1.
PBIB0701E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS0021R

With CONSULT-II
EC-1058
DTC P1170 HO2S3
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
“HO2S3 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II. A
“HO2S3 (B1)” should be above 0.48V at least once when the EC
C
CAUTION:
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. D

E
SEF989R H
WIthout COSULT-II
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of 70 km/h (43 MPH) I
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminals 95 (HO2S3 sig- J
at least 10 times.
K
sary. SEF551Z
L
“OD” OFF. M
CAUTION:
EC-1059
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
System Description UBS0021S
COOLING FAN CONTROL

ECM func-
tion
Cooling
fan control
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
OPERATION
SEF688Y
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0021T

engine ON
EC-1060
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
OFF
(201°F) or less
COOLING FAN engine. between 95°C (203°F) and 104°C LOW EC
HIGH
105°C (221°F) or more C
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0021U
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will D
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
E
Diagnostic
Check Items
Trouble Code Malfunction is detected when ...
(Possible Cause)
No.
P1217 ● Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat). ● Harness or connectors
F
● Cooling fan system does not operate properly (Overheat). (The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
● Engine coolant was not added to the system using the ● Cooling fan
proper filling method. ● Radiator hose G
● Radiator
● Radiator cap
● Water pump H
● Thermostat
For more information, refer to EC-1072, "Main 12
Causes of Overheating" . I
CAUTION:
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-19, "Changing Engine Oil" . J
K
Overall Function Check UBS0021V
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con- L
firmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres- M
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF621W
EC-1061
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
SULT-II.
SEF646X
WITH GST
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below the proper range, skip the following steps
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer filled the coolant, skip the following steps
3. Start engine.
4. Set temperature control lever to full cold position.
7. Run engine at idle for a few minutes with air conditioner operat-
ing.
8. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
If NG, go to EC-1064, "Diagnostic Procedure" . SEC163BA

13. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at
MEC475B
EC-1062
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0021W
EC
BBWA0157E
SEF571Y
EC-1063
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0021X
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 4.

With CONSULT-II
WBIA0058E

SULT-II.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
CEDURE A, EC-1068 .)
SEF646X

With CONSULT-II
SULT-II.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
SEF646X
EC-1064
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2.
EC
WBIA0058E
E

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 5.
CEDURE A, EC-1068 .)
G
SEC163BA
Without CONSULT-II
J
6. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan-1 operates at L
high speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. M
MEC475B
EC-1065
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
SLC754A

Check the following for leak.
● Hose
● Radiator

Apply pressure to cap with a tester.
59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
SLC755A
EC-1066
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
9. CHECK THERMOSTAT A
2. Check valve opening temperature and valve lift. EC

76.5°C (170°F) [standard] C
Valve lift:
3. Check if valve is closed at 5°C (9°F) below valve opening tem- D
perature.
For details, refer toCO-12, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT
HOUSING" . SLC343 E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace thermostat. F

G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. H
11. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES I

>> INSPECTION END J
EC-1067
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
PROCEDURE A

4. Check voltage between cooling fan relay-1 terminals 1, 3, 6 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
SEF477Y

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

● 10A fuse
EC-1068
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
3. CHECK COOLING FAN GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
fan motor-2 harness connector. EC
4 and body ground. C
D
E
1 and body ground.
Continuity should exist. F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. G
4. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT H

I
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. K

L
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and ECM M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-1069
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
>> INSPECTION END
EC-1070
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
PROCEDURE B
A
C
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. E
F
PBIB0621E

G
● Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 H
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-2 and fuse I
J

K
3. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-2 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2, cool- L
ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-1071
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END

Main 12 Causes of Overheating UBS0021Y

● Blocked bumper
MENDED FLUIDS AND
LUBRICANTS" .
ator filler neck
4 ● Radiator cap ● Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/ SeeCO-8, "System
EC-1072
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
Check" .
lower radiator hoses STAT AND THERMO- EC
STAT HOUSING" and
CO-14, "RADIATOR" .
ON*1 7 ● Cooling fan ● CONSULT-II Operating See trouble diagnosis for C

DTC P0217 (EC-821 ).
D
3 9 ● Coolant temperature ● Visual Gauge less than 3/4 —
ON*
gauge when driving
● Coolant overflow to ● Visual No overflow during driv- See MA-15, "Changing E
OFF*4 10 ● Coolant return from ● Visual Should be initial level in See MA-15, "ENGINE
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank MAINTENANCE
tor (QG18DE ENGINE)" .
F
G
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes. H
For more information, refer to CO-5, "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS" . I
Component Inspection UBS0021Z

Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7. J
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Yes K
If NG, replace relay. L
M
PBIB0077E
COOLING FAN MOTOR-1

check operation.
Terminals
Speed
(+) (−)
Low 1 4
Cooling fan motor
High 1, 2 3, 4

SEF734W
COOLING FAN MOTOR-2

EC-1073
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
check operation.
Terminals
(+) (−)

SEF610Y
EC-1074
DTC P1271 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P1271 A/F SENSOR PFP:22693
A
The A/F sensor is a planar dual-cell limit current sensor. The sensor
element of the A/F sensor is the combination of a Nernst concentra- EC
tion cell (sensor cell) with an oxygen-pump cell, which transports
ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
C
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range (0.7 <
< air).
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the D
electrode of the oxygen pump and Nernst concentration cell, where
they are brought to thermodynamic balance. SEF579Z
An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygen- E

pump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion
gap remains constant at = 1. Therefore, the A/F sensor is able to
indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In addition, a heater F
is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating tempera-
ture of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F).
SEF580Z H
Specification data are reference values. I

A/F SEN1 (B1) ● Engine: Idle speed after warming up Fluctuates around 1.5V
J
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately low. K
P1271 ● The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 ● Harness or connectors
signal is constantly approx. 0V. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) L

M
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
EC-1075
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 0V, go to EC-1079, "Diag-
nostic Procedure" .
If the indication is not constantly approx. 0V, go to next step.
4. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279” of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC
WORK SUPPORT” mode.
SEF581Z

played on the CONSULT-II screen.
Selector lever “D” position with “OD” ON
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from

step 2.
PBIB0756E
7. Following the instructions of CONSULT-II screen, set “OD” OFF

and release accelerator pedal fully.
PBIB0757E
8. Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.

If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, retry from
step 6.
9. Touch “BACK” and “MODE”, then select “SELF-DIAG RESULT”
mode.
If P1271 is displayed, go to EC-1079, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If another DTC is displayed, go to the corresponding “Diagnostic
Procedure”.
PBIB0758E
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the front heated oxygen sensor circuit. During this check, a
WITH GST
NOTE:
EC-1076
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
3. Set “OD” on, then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30
MPH). A
NOTE:
4. Repeat steps 2 to 3 five times. EC
5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch “OFF”.
7. Repeat steps 2 to 3 five times. C
8. Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle.
If the DTC is displayed, go to EC-1079, "Diagnostic Procedure" . D
EC-1077
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
BBWA0175E
SEF609Z
EC-1078
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
1. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

EC
C
WEC249
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector and A/F sensor 1 harness F

connector.
to Wiring Diagram. G

62 2 H
63 5
64 1
65 6 I
PBIB0702E
Continuity should
exist. J
K
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 2.
M
OK or NG
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR

EC-1079
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
element of the A/F sensor is the combination of a Nernst concentra-
< air).
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the
An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygen-

indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In addition, a heater
ture of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F).
SEF580Z

A/F SEN1 (B1) ● Engine: Idle speed after warming up Fluctuates around 1.5V.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0022A
F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately high.
signal is constantly approx. 4.5V. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0022B
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
EC-1080
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
If the indication is constantly approx. 4.5V, go to EC-1083, A
If the indication is not constantly approx. 4.5V, go to next step.
4. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279” of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC EC
WORK SUPPORT” mode.
C
SEF581Z
D
E
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 8.0 msec F

G
step 2.
PBIB0756E
7. Following the instructions of CONSULT-II screen, set “OD” OFF H

K
PBIB0757E

L
step 6.
9. Touch “BACK” and “MODE”, then select “SELF-DIAG RESULT”
mode. M
If P1272 is displayed, go to EC-1083, "Diagnostic Procedure" “.
If another DTC is displayed, go to the corresponding “Diagnostic
Procedure”.
PBIB0758E
Overall Function Check UBS0022C
WITH GST
NOTE:
EC-1081
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
MPH).
NOTE:
If the DTC is displayed, go to EC-1083, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Wiring Diagram UBS0022D
BBWA0175E
EC-1082
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC
SEF609Z
D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0022E
E
F
I
WEC249

connector. J
to Wiring Diagram.
K
62 2
63 5 L
64 1
65 6 PBIB0702E
M
Continuity should
exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
EC-1083
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
OK or NG
Removal and Installation UBS0022F

EC-1084
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
Component Description UBS0022G
C
< air).

ture of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F).
SEF580Z H
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0022H

J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0022I
To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal is mon-
itored not to be shifted “lean” side or “rich” side. When the A/F signal is shifting to the lean side, the malfunc- K
tion will be detected.
P1273 ● The output voltage computed by ECM from the A/F sensor ● Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 L
1 signal is shifted to the lean side for a specified period. ● Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor heater 1
● Fuel pressure
● Injectors M
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0022J
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1273” of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode.
EC-1085
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
4. Maintain the following conditions continuously until “TESTING”
changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 400 to
800 seconds.)
NOTE:
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
ENG SPEED Below 3,000 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL Below 9.0 msec
Selector lever “P” or “N” position
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 minutes, retry from SEF567Z
step 2.
SEF568Z

RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-1089, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF569Z
Overall Function Check UBS0022K
WITH GST
NOTE:
Keep accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
MPH).
NOTE:
EC-1086
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC
EC-1087
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0022L
BBWA0175E
SEF609Z
EC-1088
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0022M
1. RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

EC
2. Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N-m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb) C
>> GO TO 2.
D
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA.
With CONSULT-II E
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. F
engine? G
I
SEF652Y
Without CONSULT-II J
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart K
nector. L
ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" . M
engine?
Yes or No
No >> GO TO 3.
EC-1089
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
connector.
to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal A/F sensor terminal
62 2
63 5
64 1
65 6 PBIB0702E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
Removal and Installation UBS0022N

EC-1090
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
Component Description UBS0022O
C
< air).

ture of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F).
SEF580Z H
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0022P

J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0022Q
To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal is mon-
itored not to be shifted to the “lean” side or “rich” side. When the A/F signal is shifting to the rich side, the mal- K
function will be detected.
P1274 ● The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 ● Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 L
signal is shifted to the rich side for a specified period. ● Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor heater 1
● Fuel pressure
● Injectors M
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0022R
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1091
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
4. Maintain the following conditions continuously until “TESTING”
changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 400 to
800 seconds.)
NOTE:
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
ENG SPEED Below 3,000 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL Below 9.0 msec
Selector lever “P” or “N” position
step 2.
SEF571Z

RESULTS”.
SEF572Z
Overall Function Check UBS0022S
WITH GST
NOTE:
Keep accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
MPH).
NOTE:
EC-1092
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC
EC-1093
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0022T
BBWA0175E
SEF609Z
EC-1094
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0022U

EC
2. Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N-m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb) C
>> GO TO 2.
D
With CONSULT-II E
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. F
engine? G
I
SEF652Y
Without CONSULT-II J
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart K
nector. L
ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" . M
engine?
Yes or No
No >> GO TO 3.
EC-1095
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for water.
Water should not exit.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

connector.
to Wiring Diagram.
62 2
63 5
64 1
65 6 PBIB0702E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

OK or NG
Removal and Installation UBS0022V

EC-1096
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
Component Description UBS0022W
C
< air).

ture of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F).
SEF580Z H
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0022X

J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0022Y
F) sensor 1 signal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control. K
signal is constantly approx. 1.5V. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) L
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0022Z

M
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” of “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
If the indication is constantly approx. 1.5V and does not fluctuates, go to EC-1101, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
If the indication fluctuates around 1.5V, go to next step.
EC-1097
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]

step 2.
SEF576Z

SEF577Z

step 6.
RESULT”.
SEF578Z
WITH GST
NOTE:
MPH).
NOTE:
EC-1098
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
EC
EC-1099
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
BBWA0175E
SEF609Z
EC-1100
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]

EC
C
WEC249
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector and A/F sensor 1 harness F

connector.
to Wiring Diagram. G

62 2 H
63 5
64 1
65 6 I
PBIB0702E
Continuity should
exist. J
K
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 2.
M
OK or NG

EC-1101
DTC P1278, P1279 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P1278, P1279 A/F SENSOR PFP:22693
element of the A/F sensor is the combination of a Nernst concentra-
< air).
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the
An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygen-

indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In addition, a heater
ture of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F).
SEF580Z

To judge the malfunction of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F sig-
nal computed by ECM from the air fuel ration (A/F) sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine oper-
ating (speed and load), fuel feedback control constant, and the air fuel ration (A/F) sensor 1 temperature
index. Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F signal cycling time index) is inordinately
long or not.
P1278 ● The response (P1278: from RICH to LEAN or P1279: from ● Harness or connectors
P1279 LEAN to RICH) of the A/F signal computed by ECM from (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
A/F sensor 1 signal takes more than the specified time. ● Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
● Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor heater 1
● Fuel pressure
● Injectors
● PCV
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
EC-1102
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Perform EC-622, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-II
screen. If “INCMP” is displayed, follow the instruction for “Idle Air Volume Learning”.
EC
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279” of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode.
4. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be dis- C
D

Selector lever “D” position with “OD” ON E
step 2.
PBIB0756E F

G
PBIB0757E
6. Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. J

step 6.
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG K
RESULT”.
L
M
PBIB0758E
WITH GST
1. Perform EC-622, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . Make sure the result is OK. If NG, follow the instruction for
“Idle Air Volume Learning”.
NOTE:
MPH).
NOTE:
EC-1103
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC-1104
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC
BBWA0175E
SEF609Z
EC-1105
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0023A

>> GO TO 2.
WEC249

Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N-m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
>> GO TO 3.

catalyst).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
SEF099P

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1106
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
5. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA A
With CONSULT-II
EC
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”
or “START”.
C
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to
start engine?
D
SEF652Y
F
Without CONSULT-II
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. G
H
nector.
I
J
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to PBIB0698E
start engine?
Yes or No K
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0172. Refer to EC-802 , EC-809 .
No >> GO TO 6.
L
EC-1107
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
connector.
to Wiring Diagram.
62 2
63 5
64 1
65 6 PBIB0702E
Continuity should
exist.
Continuity should
exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
9. CHECK PCV VALVE

Refer to EC-1217, "POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace PCV valve.

OK or NG
EC-1108
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Removal and Installation UBS0023B
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR A

EC
EC-1109
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Description UBS0023C
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func-
tion
EGR vol-
trol
Park/Neutral position switch Park/Neutral position
ECM Gear position, shifting signal
by-pass passage in the EGR volume control valve changes to control the flow rate. A built-in step motor
ditions. The EGR volume control valve remains closed under the following conditions.
● Engine stopped
● Engine starting
● Engine idling
SEF551W
EC-1110
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EGR Volume Control Valve A
D
SEF552W
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0023D E

F
quickly
● No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0023E

H
If the EGR temperature sensor detects EGR flow under the condition
that does not call for EGR, a high-flow malfunction is diagnosed.
Malfunction is detected when EGR flow is detected under condition I
that does not call for EGR.
NOTE:
Diagnosis for this DTC will occur when engine coolant temperature J
is below 50 to 60°C (122 to 140°F). Therefore, it will be better to turn
ignition switch “ON” (start engine) at the engine coolant temperature
below 30°C (86°F) when starting DTC confirmation procedure. K
SEF073P
Possible Cause UBS0023F

L
M
● EGR volume control valve leaking or stuck open
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0023G
NOTE:
SEF202Y
EC-1111
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
TESTING CONDITION:
● Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C
(14°F).
● Engine coolant temperature and EGR temperature must be
verified in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II before
starting DTC WORK SUPPORT test. If it is out of range
below, the test cannot be conducted.
COOLAN TEMP/S : −10 to 50°C (14 to 122°F)*
EGR TEMP SEN : Less than 4.8V
If the values are out of the ranges indicated above, park the SEF203Y
vehicle in a cool place and allow the engine temperature to

stabilize. Do not attempt to reduce the engine coolant temperature or EGR temperature with a fan
or means other than ambient air. Doing so may produce an inaccurate diagnostic result.
*: Although CONSULT-II screen displays “–10 to 40°C (14 to 104°F)” as a range of engine coolant tempera-
ture, ignore it.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, and wait at least 5 seconds, and then turn “ON”.
2. Select “EGR SYSTEM P1402” of “EGR SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
screen is turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take 80 seconds or
more.)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, turn ignition
“OFF” and cool the engine coolant temperature to the
range of −10 to 50°C (14 to 122°F). Retry from step 1.
SEF204Y

Procedure" .
SEF236Y
WITH GST
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “MODE 1” with GST.
2. Check that engine coolant temperature is within the range of −
10 to 50°C (14 to 122°F).
3. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 72 (EGR temperature
sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.8V.
5. Stop engine.
6. Perform from step 1 to 4.
8. If DTC is detected, go toEC-1114, "Diagnostic Procedure" . SEF947X
EC-1112
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
– When using GST, “DTC Confirmation Procedure” should be performed twice as much as when
using CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis. A
EC

E
BBWA0160E
EC-1113
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
SEF575YA

LEC333

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF237W

Check harness for open or short between ECM relay and EGR volume control valve.
EC-1114
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
3. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and EGR volume control valve terminals as follows. EC
C
8 1
9 4
17 3 D
18 6

OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR G

2. Check resistance between EGR temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. H
SEF483Y
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1115
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
OK or NG
SEF605Y
EC-1116
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
With CONSULT-II
EC
D
F
SEF015Y
SEF560W J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

L
Without CONSULT-II
3. Turn ignition switch ON and OFF.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF560W
EC-1117
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
>> INSPECTION END
EC-1118
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0023J
NOTE:
This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using vapor pressure in the fuel tank.
solenoid valve. The EVAP control system pressure sensor can now monitor the pressure inside the fuel tank. C
If pressure increases, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the vacuum cut valve and EVAP canis-
D
SEF536Z
Malfunction is detected when EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP control system does not operate prop- J
erly.
CAUTION:
● Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, K
● Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. L
Possible Cause UBS0023K

M
● EVAP canister
EC-1119
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
● Water separator
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0023L
Refer to EC-908, "DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM" .

Diagnostic Procedure UBS0023M
Refer to EC-908, "DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM" .
EC-1120
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
PFP:14920 A
Description UBS0023N
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
ECM
function
C
Ignition switch Start signal EVAP can-
ister purge EVAP canister purge volume
trol E
Throttle position switch Closed throttle position
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensors 1
F
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass pas- G
sage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is H
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION I
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is J
K
L
SEF337U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0023O

M
PURG VOL C/V
● No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0023P
Malfunction is detected when the canister purge flow is detected during the specified driving conditions, even
when EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is completely closed.
Possible Cause UBS0023Q

● EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (The valve is stuck open.)
EC-1121
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
● EVAP canister
● Hoses
(Hoses are connected incorrectly or clogged.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0023R
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 10 sec-
onds.)
step 2.
SEF747Y
SEF196Y

Procedure" .
SEF237Y
WITH GST
EC-1122
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1124, "Diagnostic Procedure" . A
EC
F
Wiring Diagram UBS0023S
BBWA0162E
EC-1123
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
SEF576Y
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0023T
CUIT
harness connector.
PBIB0728E

or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0080E
EC-1124
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
● Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 EC
● 10A fuse
C
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR- D
valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. F
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. H

Check the harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM. I
J
Check disconnection or improper connection of hose connected to K
EVAP control system pressure sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. L
NG >> Repair it.
PBIB0722E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-1125
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
CAUTION:
equipped.
CAUTION:


Pressure (Relative to atmospheric pressure) Voltage V
0 kPa (0 mmHg, 0 inHg) 3.0 - 3.6
-9.3 kpa (-70 mmHg, -2.76 inHg) 0.4 - 0.6
CAUTION:
Discard any EVAP control system pressure sensor which has
been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
OK or NG PBIB0731E

With CONSULT-II
3. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.
PBIB0721E
EC-1126
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
With CONSULT-II
tions. EC
Condition PURG VOL CONT/V valve Air passage continuity between A and B
100.0% Yes C
0.0% No
E
PBIB0149E
tions.
G
Yes
terminal 1 and 2
H
No supply No
PBIB0150E J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. K
10. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING L

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 11.

rusted.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
SEF337X
EC-1127
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
With CONSULT-II
ON No
OFF Yes
SEF563Z
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions.
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes

SEF380Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.

2. Perform procedure 10 again.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
EC-1128
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
14. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER A
Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 15.
No >> GO TO 18.
C
SEF596U
E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17. G
NG >> GO TO 16.

H
● EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separater for clogging or poor connection I

J
K
4. Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with L
NOTE: M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
SEF829T

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1129
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Component Description UBS0023U
opened.
SEF381Z
SEF403Z
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0023V

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0023W
Malfunction is detected when EVAP canister vent control valve remains closed under specified driving condi-
tions.
Possible Cause UBS0023X

● Water separator
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0023Y
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Start engine.
EC-1130
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
a maximum of 15 minutes. A
NOTE:
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1132, "Diagnostic Proce- EC
dure" .
SEF201Y
D
WITH GST
Wiring Diagram UBS0023Z
E
BBWA0163E
EC-1131
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
SEF577Y

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF403Z

NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
SEF829T
EC-1132
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-I A
rusted. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. C
SEF337X
E
With CONSULT-II F
3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. G

ON No H
OFF Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second. I
J
SEF563Z
Without CONSULT-II K
L
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes
M
SEF380Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
EC-1133
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
2. Perform the procedure 4 again.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> GO TO 9.
SEF596U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair it.
EC-1134
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
10. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR A
nector.
2. Check connectors for water. EC

OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 11.
D
SEF403Z
11. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR E
CAUTION:
F
equipped.
G
H
CAUTION:

I

Pressure (Relative to atmospheric pressure) Voltage V J
0 kPa (0 mmHg, 0 inHg) 3.0 - 3.6
-9.3 kPa (-70 mmHg, -2.76 inHg) 0.4 - 0.6
K
CAUTION:
● Discard any EVAP control system pressure sensor which
has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in)
onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new L
one.
PBIB0731E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. M

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1135
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
NOTE:
If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0442, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first.
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canister and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the
solenoid valve is energized. A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal the vent is
necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depres-
surized and allows “EVAP Control System” diagnoses.

Malfunction is detected when EVAP canister vent control valve remains opened under specified driving condi-
tions.

● Water separator
NOTE:
● If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0442 or P1442, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
with CONSULT-II.
COOLAN TEMP/S 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE 0 - 30°C (32 - 86°F)
SEC760C
EC-1136
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II. A
EC
tion" .
SEC761C
D
NOTE: E
7. Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds, then turn “ON”. F
CONSULT-II. G
10. Touch “ON” and “OFF” alternately. SEC762C

H
ON No
OFF Yes I

EC-910 . J
SEF563Z
K
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP canister
vent control valve circuit. During this check, a DTC might not be con- L
firmed.
SEF380Z
WITH GST
3. Verify the following.
No
terminals 1 and 2
No supply Yes
EC-1137
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
If the result is NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-1139 .
If the result is OK, go to “Diagnostic Procedure” for DTC P0442, EC-910 .
BBWA0163E
EC-1138
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC
SEF577Y
D
E
F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 2.
H
PBIB0722E
J
2. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being K
rusted.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. L
SEF337X
EC-1139
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
With CONSULT-II
ON No
OFF Yes
SEF563Z
Without CONSULT-II
No
terminal 1 and 2
OFF Yes

SEF380Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1140
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
5. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE A
2. Remove vacuum cut valve.
3. Check vacuum cut valve as follows: EC
– Plug port C and D with fingers.
– Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from
port B . C
– Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from
port A .
D
– Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out
of port A .
– Open port C and D .
E
– Blow air in port A check that air flows freely out of port C . SEF379Q
– Blow air in port B check that air flows freely out of port D .
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 6.
6. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER G
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister. H
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> GO TO 9. I
SEF596U K

L
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair it.
EC-1141
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
nector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
PBIB0722E

CAUTION:
equipped.
CAUTION:


0 kPa (0 mmHg, 0 inHg) 3.0 - 3.6
-9.3 kPa (-70 mmHg, -2.76 inHg) 0.4 - 0.6
CAUTION:
onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new
one.
PBIB0731E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1142
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
the ECM.
LEC264
E
On Board Diagnostic Logic UBS0024A

One is fuel level sensor power supply circuit, and the other is fuel level sensor ground circuit. F
This diagnosis indicates the latter to detect open circuit malfunction. Malfunction is detected when a high volt-
age from the sensor is sent to ECM.
Possible Cause UBS0024B G
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0024C
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at I
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. J
K
dure" .
SEF195Y
M
WITH GST
EC-1143
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0024D
BBWA0179E
SEF579YA
EC-1144
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0024E
EC
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 79 and body ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. C
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
E
Check the following. F
● Harness for open and short between ECM and body ground G
>> Replace open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
Refer to DI-23, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" . I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. J
Refer to EC-809, "DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION" . K
>> INSPECTION END

L
EC-1145
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC-1146
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Description UBS0024F
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION A
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve responds to signals from the EC
opened.
C
D
SEF403Z
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0024G

E
F
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0024H
Malfunction is detected when an improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through vacuum cut valve bypass G
valve.
Possible Cause UBS0024I
H
(The vacuum cut valve bypass valve circuit is open or shorted.)
● Vacuum cut valve bypass valve I
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0024J
NOTE: J
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle K
speed.
WITH CONSULT-II
L
3. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. M
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1147
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0024K
BBWA0180E
SEF585Y
EC-1148
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0024L
1. INSPECTION START
EC
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2. C
No >> GO TO 3.

D
With CONSULT-II
E
2. Select “VC/V BYPASS/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
F
valve bypass valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
G
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0759E
3. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT I

2. Disconnect vacuum cut valve bypass valve harness connector. J
PBIB0722E M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0080E
EC-1149
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
● 10A fuse
5. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 2 and vacuum cut valve bypass valve terminal 2. Refer
to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-1150
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
7. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE A
With CONSULT-II
EC
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions. C
Condition VC/V BYPASS/V Air passage continuity between A and B
ON Yes
D
OFF No

E
F
SEF079X
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions. G

12V direct current supply between H
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No
I
J
SEF351Q
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 8.
L
M
>> INSPECTION END
EC-1151
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Description UBS0024M
The vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve are
installed in parallel on the EVAP purge line between the fuel tank and
the EVAP canister.
The vacuum cut valve prevents the intake manifold vacuum from
being applied to the fuel tank.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve responds to signals from the
opened. The vacuum cut valve is then bypassed to apply intake
manifold vacuum to the fuel tank.
PBIB0722E
SEF536Z
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0024N

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0024O
Malfunction is detected when vacuum cut valve bypass valve does not operate properly.
Possible Cause UBS0024P

● Bypass hoses for clogging
● Hose between fuel tank and vacuum cut valve clogged
● Hose between vacuum cut valve and EVAP canister clogged
● EVAP canister
EC-1152
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0024Q
A
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
For best results, perform test at a temperature of 0°C (32°F) or higher. C
WITH CONSULT-II
D
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds. E
5. Select “VC CUT/V BP/V P1491” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-II.
SEF210Y I

J
ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,800 rpm K
L
SEF211Y
M
step 3.
Procedure" .
SEF239Y
EC-1153
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Overall Function Check UBS0024R
Use this procedure to check the overall function of vacuum cut valve
bypass valve. During this check, the 1st trip DTC might not be con-
firmed.
SEF530Q
WITH GST
2. Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from port B .
3. Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from port A .
4. Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out of port A .
6. Blow air in port A and check that air flows freely out of port B .
EC-1154
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC
BBWA0180E
SEF585Y
EC-1155
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

With CONSULT-II
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0760E

Without CONSULT-II
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 7.
SEF914U
EC-1156
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
4. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. EC
NG >> Repair it.
5. CHECK EVAP PURGE PORT C

OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 6.
6. CHECK EVAP CANISTER E

2. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B . F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister. G
PBIB0761E I

J
Check bypass hoses for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
K
NG >> Repair or replace hoses.
EC-1157
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
With CONSULT-II
PBIB0760E
Without CONSULT-II
lowing conditions.
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No
SEF351Q
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

Check vacuum cut valve as follows:
● Plug port C and D with fingers.
● Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from
port B .
● Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from
port A .
● Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out
of port A .
● Open port C and D .
● Blow air in port A check that air flows freely out of port C . SEF379Q
● Blow air in port B check that air flows freely out of port D .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
EC-1158
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
10. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HOSE A
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 11.
C

D
nector.
Water should not exist. E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. F
PBIB0722E
G
1. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected. H
CAUTION:
equipped. I
4. Use pump to apply vacuum and pressure to EVAP control sys- J
CAUTION:
● Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. K
5. Check input voltage between ECM terminal 89 and ground. L

0 kPa (0 mmHg, 0 inHg) 3.0 - 3.6 M
-9.3 kPa (-70 mmHg, -2.76 inHg) 0.4 - 0.6
CAUTION:
onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new
one.
PBIB0731E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
EC-1159
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.

rusted.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
SEF337X
EC-1160
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
15. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-II A
With CONSULT-II
EC
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. C
ON No
D
OFF Yes

E
F
SEF563Z
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions. G

12V direct current supply between H
No
terminal 1 and 2
OFF Yes
I
J
SEF380Z
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 16.
L
1. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. M
2. Perform the Test No. 15 again.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1161
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
DTC P1605 A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710
System Description UBS0024U
The malfunction information related to A/T (Automatic Transaxle) is transferred through the line (circuit) from
TCM (Transmission Control Module) to ECM. Therefore, be sure to erase the malfunction information such as
DTC not only in TCM (Transmission Control Module) but also ECM after the A/T related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0024V
P1605 ● An incorrect signal from TCM (Transmission Control Mod- ● Harness or connectors
ule) is sent to ECM. [The communication line circuit between ECM and
TCM (Transmission Control Module) is open or
shorted.]
● TCM (Transmission Control Module)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0024W
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery is more than 10.5V with the ignition
switch “ON”.
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1162
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0024X
EC
WEC404
SEF586YA
EC-1163
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0024Y

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and TCM harness connec-
tor.
terminal 15.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
LEC306

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1164
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
Component Description UBS0024Z
When the gear position is “P” or “N”, park/neutral position (PNP)

switch is “ON”. EC
ECM detects the park/neutral position when continuity with ground
exists.
C
SEF415Z
E

Shift lever: “P” or “N” ON
Except above OFF
G
H
P1706 ● The signal of the PNP switch is not changed in the process ● Harness or connectors
of engine starting and driving. (The PNP switch circuit is open or shorted.)
● PNP switch
I
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. J
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
L
ing conditions.
M
Position (Selector lever) Known good signal
“N” and “P” position ON

3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. SEF212Y
EC-1165
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
onds.

dure" . SEF213Y
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position switch circuit. During this check, a
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
Condition (Gear position) Voltage (V) (Known-good data)
“P” (A/T only) and “N” position Approx. 0
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
SEF137X
EC-1166
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC
WEC409
SEF587Y
EC-1167
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]

3. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and body ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK PNP SWITCH

Refer to AT-118, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1168
INJECTOR
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
INJECTOR PFP:16600
A
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is EC
duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM C
SEF596K
E

● Engine: After warming up Idle 2.4 - 3.2 msec F
INJ PULSE-B1
● No-load G
B/FUEL SCHDL H
● No-load
EC-1169
INJECTOR
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
BBWA0181E
SEF588Y
EC-1170
INJECTOR
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]

EC
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with C
CONSULT-II.
speed drop. D
SEF190Y F
Without CONSULT-II
G
1. Start engine.
H
MEC703B
K
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2. L
1. Stop engine. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0762E
EC-1171
INJECTOR
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
● 10A fuse

3. Check harness continuity between injector harness connector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 101, 103,
105, 107.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK INJECTOR
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace injector.
PBIB0181E

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS0025A
INJECTOR
Refer to EM-22, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
EC-1172
START SIGNAL
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0025B

EC-1173
START SIGNAL
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0025C
BBWA0182E
SEF589Y
EC-1174
START SIGNAL
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0025D
1. INSPECTION START
EC
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2. C
No >> GO TO 3.

D
With CONSULT-II
E
Condition START SIGNAL F
Ignition switch "ON" OFF
Ignition switch "OFF" ON
OK or NG G
NG >> GO TO 4.
H
PBIB0763E

I
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “START”.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 41 and ground under the J
Condition START SIGNAL
K
Ignition switch "START" Battery voltage
Other positions Approximately 0V
OK or NG L
NG >> GO TO 4.
M
PBIB0764E

● 10A fuse
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1175
FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
FUEL PUMP PFP:17042
System Description UBS0025E
ECM
function
Fuel pump
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed and cylinder number Fuel pump relay
control
startability. If the ECM receives a 180° signal from the camshaft position sensor, it knows that the engine is
rotating, and causes the pump to perform. If the 180° signal is not received when the ignition switch is on, the
engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The
ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the
fuel pump.
Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 5 seconds
Engine running and cranking Operates
When engine is stopped Stops in 1 second
Except as shown above Stops
Component Description UBS0025F
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank.
SEF605X
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0025G

FUEL PUMP RLY
EC-1176
FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC
BBWA0183E
SEF611Z
EC-1177
FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]

2. Pinch fuel feed hose with fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose
for 5 seconds after ignition switch is turned “ON”.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF416Z

2. Disconnect fuel pump relay-1.
LEC363
4. Check voltage between fuel pump relay terminals 1, 5 and

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0644E

● 10A fuse
● 15A fuse
EC-1178
FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
4. CHECK POWER GROUND CIRCUIT A
nector. EC
3. Check harness continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel
pump terminal 3 and body ground, fuel level sensor unit and fuel
pump terminal 1 and fuel pump relay terminal 3. Refer to wiring C
diagram.
Continuity should
exist. D

OK or NG SEF396Z
E
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART F

● Harness for open or short between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump and body ground G
● Harness for open or short between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump and fuel pump relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H

I
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 21 and fuel pump relay connector terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. J
Continuity should
exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
L
NG >> GO TO 7.

M
● Harness connector M58, F26

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
EC-1179
FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
9. CHECK FUEL PUMP
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1180
FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Component Inspection UBS0025J
FUEL PUMP RELAY A

Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5.
Condition Continuity EC
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No current supply No C
D
SEF145X
FUEL PUMP E
1. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.
Resistance: 0.2 - 5.0Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] F
If NG, replace fuel pump.
H
SEF417Z
Removal and Installation UBS0025K
FUEL PUMP I
Refer to FL-7, "QG18DE (CALIF. CA MODEL) AND QR25DE MODEL" .
EC-1181
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Component Description UBS0025L
The power steering oil pressure switch is attached to the power

steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load.
When a power steering load is detected, it signals the ECM. The
ECM adjusts the IACV-AAC valve to increase the idle speed and
adjust for the increased load.
SEF418Z
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0025M

engine
EC-1182
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0025N
EC
WEC416
SEF591YA
EC-1183
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0025O
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
Condition PW/ST SIGNAL indication
Steering is in neutral position OFF
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0646E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
Condition Voltage
When steering wheel is turned quickly Approximately 0V
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0769E

2. Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and terminal 1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1184
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
5. CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. EC

D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS0025P
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH E

tor. F
4. Check continuity between terminals 1 and body ground.
G
Steering wheel is not being turned No
H
SEF164Z
Removal and Installation UBS0025Q
I
J
EC-1185
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Description UBS0025R

air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume
BBIA0220E
SEF099XA
EC-1186
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC
WEC417
SEF592Y
EC-1187
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
1. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION

2. Turn A/C switch and fan control switch “ON”.
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: 0.36 - 3.88V
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0647E

1. Turn A/C switch and fan control switch “OFF”.
2. Stop engine.
BBIA0220E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0085E
EC-1188
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
● Joint connector-2 EC
C
4. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
Refer to Wiring Diagram. E
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. G
● Harness for open or short between TCM and refrigerant pressure sensor I
J
6. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K
Refer to Wiring Diagram. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

EC-1189
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
8. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to MTC-16, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1190
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0025U

Rear window defogger switch and/
ON
or lighting switch “ON”
LOAD SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON C
Rear window defogger switch and
OFF
lighting switch “OFF”
EC-1191
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0025V
BBWA0184E
SEF593YA
EC-1192
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC
LEC226
SEF594Y
EC-1193
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0025W
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 5.
2. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL (REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER) CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
Condition "LOAD SIGNAL"
Rear window defogger switch "ON" ON
Rear window defogger switch "OFF" OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 9.
PBIB0103E
3. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL (HEADLAMP LOW BEAM) CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-
II under the following conditions.
Lighting switch "2ND" and "LOW" position ON
Lighting switch "OFF" OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 13.
PBIB0103E
4. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL (HEADLAMP HIGH BEAM) CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-
II under the following conditions.
Lighting switch "2ND" and "HIGH" position ON
Lighting switch "OFF" OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 17.
PBIB0103E
EC-1194
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
5. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL (REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER) CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
Condition Voltage C
Rear window defogger switch "ON" BATTERY VOLTAGE
Rear window defogger switch "OFF" 0V
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 9.
E
PBIB0648E
6. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL (HEADLAMP LOW BEAM) CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION

F
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 50 and ground under the fol-
lowing conditions. G
Condition Voltage
Lighting switch "2ND" and "LOW" position BATTERY VOLTAGE H
Lighting switch "OFF" 0V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. I
NG >> GO TO 13.
PBIB0648E
J
7. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL (HEADLAMP HIGH BEAM) CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT-II K
lowing conditions.
Condition Voltage L
Lighting switch "2ND" and "HIGH" position BATTERY VOLTAGE
Lighting switch "OFF" 0V
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 17.
PBIB0648E
EC-1195
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
8. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL (FAN CONTROL SWITCH) CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION
lowing conditions.
Condition Voltage
Fan control switch "ON" BATTERY VOLTAGE
Fan control switch "OFF" 0V
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 21.
SEF006P

1. Start engine.
2. Turn “ON” the rear window defogger switch.
3. Check the rear windshield. Is the rear windshield heated up?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 10.
No >> Refer to GW-17, "REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER" .
10. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect rear window defogger relay.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and rear window defogger relay terminals 5 and 7
under the following conditions.
PBIB0649E
CONDITION CONTINUITY
1 Should not exist.
2 Should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
EC-1196
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
● Harness connectors M58, F26 EC
● Diode M55
● Harness for open and short between ECM and rear window defogger relay
C
12. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT D

E
>> INSPECTION END
13. CHECK HEADLAMP LOW BEAM FUNCTION F
1. Start engine.
2. Turn the lighting switch “2ND” and “LOW” position. G
3. Check that headlamp low beams are illuminated.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14. H
NG >> Refer to LT-6, "HEADLAMP (FOR USA)" .
14. CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT I

1. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect lighting switch harness connectors. J
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and lighting switch terminal 10 under the following
conditions.
K
PBIB0802E
1 Should exist.
2 Should not exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
EC-1197
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
● Diode M55
● Harness for open and short between ECM and lighting switch

>> INSPECTION END
17. CHECK HEADLAMP HIGH BEAM FUNCTION

1. Start engine.
2. Turn the lighting switch “2ND” and “HIGH” position.
3. Check that headlamp high beams are illuminated.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Refer to LT-6, "HEADLAMP (FOR USA)" .
18. CHECK HEADLAMP HIGH BEAM INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT (FOR USA)
1. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect lighting switch harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and lighting switch terminal 9 under the following
conditions.
PBIB0803E
1 Should exist.
2 Should not exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.
NG >> GO TO 19.
EC-1198
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
● Harness connectors E108, M19 EC
● Diode-1 M52
● Diode-3 M55
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
Perform EC-711, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . E
>> INSPECTION END

F
21. CHECK FAN CONTROL SWITCH FUNCTION
1. Start engine. G
2. Turn “ON” the fan control switch.
3. Check the blower fan motor. Is the blower fan motor operating?
Yes or No H
Yes >> GO TO 22.
No >> Refer to MTC-37, "1. Check Blower" .
I
22. CHECK FAN CONTROL SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. J
3. Disconnect fan control switch harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 51 and fan control switch terminal 6.
K
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG >> GO TO 23. M

● Harness for open and short between ECM and fan control switch

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1199
MIL & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
MIL & DATA LINK CONNECTORS PFP:24814
Wiring Diagram UBS0025X
BBWA0185E
EC-1200
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
Description UBS0025Y
EC
SEF444Y
G
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the H
engine is operating.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the engine operates, the flow I
rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is proportionally regulated as
the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and idling. J
EC-1201
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
SEF503Z
EC-1202
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
EC
SEF515Z
EC-1203
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Component Inspection UBS0025Z
EVAP CANISTER
2. Blow air into port A and check that air flows freely through port
B.
SEF501Z
Tightening Torque
SEF502Z
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
NOTE:
Refer to fuel filler cap adapter instruction manual before performing
following inspection.
Pressure:
15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 -
2.90 psi)
Vacuum:
−6.0 to −3.4 kPa (−0.061 to −0.035 kg/cm2 , − SEF445Y
0.87 to −0.48 psi)

CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If
an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on.
SEF943S

Refer to EC-1152, "DTC P1491 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE" .
Refer to EC-922, "DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE" .
EC-1204
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Refer to EC-816, "DTC P0181, P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR" . A
EVAP SERVICE PORT

Positive pressure is delivered to the EVAP system through the EVAP EC
SEF462UC
E
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage UBS00260
CAUTION:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. F
● Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system. G
NOTE:
Improper installation of adapter to the service port may cause a leak.
WITH CONSULT-II H
2. Also attach the pressure pump and hose.
I
4. Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT”
J
K
L
PEF917U
6. Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure M

7. Remove the EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure
pump.
PEF838U
EC-1205
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
8. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-1202,
"EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
9. If the check result is NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning
parts. If OK, touch “BACK” on CONSULT-II screen.
12. Restart engine and let it idle for 90 seconds.
SEF200U
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port and pressure pump with pressure
gauge to the EVAP service port.
2. Apply battery voltage to between the terminals of both EVAP canister vent control valve and vacuum cut
valve bypass valve to make a closed EVAP system.
3. To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to
2.76 kPa (0.014 to 0.028 kg/cm2 , 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
4. Remove the EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure pump.
5. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-1202, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
6. If the check result is NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. If OK, stop applying battery voltage to
EVAP canister vent control valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve.
SEF401Z
EC-1206
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
System Description UBS00261
EC
SEF206VA
G
inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut valve, RCV and refueling vapor line to the EVAP can- H
during driving. I
WARNING: J
● Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in workshop.
● Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area. K
CAUTION:
● Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures: L
M
EC-1207
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
SYMPTOM: FUEL ODOR FROM EVAP CANISTER IS STRONG.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
SEF596U
>> GO TO 4.

NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
SEF829T

EC-1208
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
6. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE A
With CONSULT-II
EC
– Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel level sensor unit retainer where the hose was removed and C
3. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to closed as follows. D
the tank.
4. Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows. E
– Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel level sensor unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one. F
sensor unit retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable. G
SEF505Z
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-1209
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Without CONSULT-II
– Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer.
3. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to closed as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B ), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
– Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer with fuel level sensor unit.
SEF505Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-1210
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
8. CHECK REFUELING CONTROL VALVE A
2. Check air continuity between hose ends A and B .
Blow air into the hose end B . Air should flow freely into the fuel tank. EC
4. Apply pressure to both hose ends A and B [20 kPa (150 mmHg, 5.91 inHg)] using a pressure pump and
a suitable 3-way connector. Check that there is no leakage. C
SEF505Z I
OK or NG
NG >> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank. J
WHILE REFUELING.
K

1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached. L
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 6.
SEF596U
EC-1211
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
>> GO TO 4.

NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
SEF829T

6. CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-1212
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Blow air into the hose end B . Air should flow freely into the fuel tank. EC
a suitable 3-way connector. Check that there is no leakage. C
SEF505Z I
OK or NG
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 10. J
EC-1213
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
With CONSULT-II
– Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel level sensor unit retainer where the hose was removed and
3. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck closed as follows.
the tank.
4. Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck open as follows.
SEF505Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-1214
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
10. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
– Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer. C

3. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck closed as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B ), and check that the air flows freely into D
the tank.
4. Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck open as follows.
– Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector. E
– Put fuel tank upside down. F
G
SEF505Z
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 11.
11. CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
12. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
EC-1215
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
1. Make sure that fuel is drained from the tank.
When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing
OK or NG
with fuel tank.
SEF665U
EC-1216
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
Description UBS00263
EC
SEF921W
G
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake collector.
manifold. H
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air duct into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through the I
hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction. J
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not meet the requirement. This is because some
of the flow will go through the hose connection to the intake collector under all conditions.
Component Inspection UBS00264 K
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through L
placed over the valve inlet.
M
SEF244Q
EC-1217
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
VENTILATION HOSE
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.
SET277
EC-1218
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
A
Fuel Pressure Regulator UBS00265
Fuel pressure at idling kPa (kg/cm2 , psi) Approximately 350 (3.57, 51)
EC
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing UBS00266
Target idle speed*1 rpm No-load*2 (in “P” or “N” position) 800±50
(Engine is warmed up to normal operating C
temperature)
Air conditioner: ON rpm In “P” or “N” position 850 or more
Ignition timing*1 In “P” or “N” position 9°±5° BTDC D
Throttle position sensor idle position V 0.15 - 0.85
*1: Throttle position sensor harness connector connected
E
*2: Under the following conditions:
● Electrical load: OFF (Lights & rear window defogger)
F
● Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Mass Air Flow Sensor UBS00267
G
Supply voltage V Battery voltage (11 - 14)
Output voltage V 1.0 - 1.7*
Mass air flow 1.4 - 4.0 at idle* H
(Using CONSULT-II or GST) g·m/sec 5.0 - 10.0 at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and idling under no-load.
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor UBS00268

I

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 J
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
K
EGR Temperature Sensor UBS00269
EGR temperature Voltage Resistance

°C (°F) V MΩ L
0 (32) 4.56 0.62 - 1.05
50 (122) 2.25 0.065 - 0.094
M
100 (212) 0.59 0.011 - 0.015
Fuel Pump UBS0026A
IACV-AAC Valve UBS0026B
Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Ω Approximately 22
Injector UBS0026C
Resistor UBS0026D
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Ω 4-8
EC-1219
[QG18DE (CALIF CA)]
Throttle Position Sensor UBS0026E
Voltage (at normal operating temperature, engine off, ignition

Throttle valve conditions
switch ON, throttle opener disengaged)
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater UBS0026F
Calculated Load Value UBS0026G
Calculated load value %

(Using CONSULT-II or GST)
At idle 20.0 - 35.5
At 2,500 rpm 17.0 - 30.0
Intake Air Temperature Sensor UBS0026H

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 0.27 - 0.38
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Valve UBS0026I
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater UBS0026J
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) UBS0026K
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor UBS0026L

20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
Heated Oxygen Sensor 3 Heater UBS0026M
EC-1220
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR25DE]
A
Alphabetical Index UBS0026N
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, EC
U1001. Refer to EC-1348, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
DTC*1
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms) CONSULT-II Reference page C
2 ECM*3
GST*
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 0731 AT-517
D
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 0732 AT-522
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 0733 AT-527
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 0734 AT-532 E
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 0744 AT-544
APP SEN 1/CIRC*5 P0227 0227 EC-1482

F
APP SEN 1/CIRC*5 P0228 0228 EC-1482
APP SEN 2/CIRC*5 P1227 1227 EC-1684
APP SEN 2/CIRC*5 P1228 1228 EC-1684 G
APP SENSOR*5 P0226 0226 EC-1475

ASCD BRAKE SW P1572 1572 EC-1752 H
ASCD SW P1564 1564 EC-1745
ASCD VHL SPD SEN P1574 1574 EC-1761
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 0710 AT-501 I
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 EC-1767
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 6 EC-1348
1000* J
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 6 EC-1348
1001*
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 EC-1497
K
CLOSED LOOP-B1 P1148 1148 EC-1659
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 EC-1504
CTP LEARNING P1225 1225 EC-1680 L
CTP LEARNING P1226 1226 EC-1682
CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 EC-1488
M

ECM P0605 0605 EC-1593
ECM BACK UP/CIRC P1065 1065 EC-1600
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT*5 P0117 0117 EC-1382
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT*5 P0118 0118 EC-1382

ECT SENSOR P0125 0125 EC-1387
ENG OVER TEMP P0217 0217 EC-1448
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 EC-1661
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 0725 AT-513
ETC ACTR*5 P1121 1121 EC-1614
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC*5 P1122 1122 EC-1616
EC-1221
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR25DE]
DTC*1
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms) ECM*3
GST*2
ETC MOT*5 P1128 1128 EC-1628
ETC MOT PWR*5 P1124 1124 EC-1623
ETC MOT PWR*5 P1126 1126 EC-1623

EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 0455 EC-1557
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 0441 EC-1514
EVAP SMALL LEAK P0442 0442 EC-1520
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0452 0452 EC-1542
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0453 0453 EC-1549
EVAP VERY SML LEAK P0456 0456 EC-1565
EVAP VERY SML LEAK P1456 1456 EC-1717
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0182 0182 EC-1444
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0183 0183 EC-1444
FTT SENSOR P0181 0181 EC-1442
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH P0460 0460 EC-1574
FUEL LEVEL SEN/CIRC P1464 1464 EC-1726
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 0461 EC-1579
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0462 0462 EC-1581
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0463 0463 EC-1581
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 EC-1430
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 EC-1436
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 EC-1395
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 0133 EC-1401
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 EC-1410
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 1143 EC-1633
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 1144 EC-1639
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0031 0031 EC-1354
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0032 0032 EC-1354
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 EC-1417
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 EC-1423
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 1146 EC-1645
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 1147 EC-1652
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 EC-1359
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 EC-1359
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 0112 EC-1377
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0113 0113 EC-1377
IAT SENSOR P0127 0127 EC-1390
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 EC-1351
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 1111 EC-1610
ISC SYSTEM P0506 0506 EC-1589
ISC SYSTEM P0507 0507 EC-1591
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 EC-1493
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 EC-1493
EC-1222
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR25DE]
DTC*1
Items
Reference page
A
(CONSULT-II screen terms) CONSULT-II
ECM*3
GST*2
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 0745 AT-552
EC
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0101 0101 EC-1364
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*5 P0102 0102 EC-1371

C
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*5 P0103 0103 EC-1371
MAF SENSOR*5 P1102 1102 EC-1604

MIL/CIRC P0650 0650 EC-1596 D
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 EC-1488
NATS MALFUNCTION P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 EC-1273
E
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING No DTC Flashing*4 EC-1274
MAY BE REQUIRED.
NO DTC IS DETECTED. F
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 1760 AT-574 G
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 1706 EC-1763
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 0705 AT-495
H
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 EC-1529
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0445 0445 EC-1529
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P1444 1444 EC-1694 I
5 P1229 1229 EC-1690
SENSOR POWER/CIRC*
SFT SOL A/CIRC*5 P0750 0750 AT-558

J
SFT SOL B/CIRC*5 P0755 0755 AT-563
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 0740 AT-539
THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 0128 EC-1393 K
TP SEN 1/CIRC*5 P0222 0222 EC-1469
TP SEN 1/CIRC*5 P0223 0223 EC-1469 L

5 P1223 1223 EC-1674
TP SEN 2/CIRC*
TP SEN 2/CIRC*5 P1224 1224 EC-1674

M
TP SENSOR*5 P0221 0221 EC-1462
TPV SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 1705 AT-568
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 EC-1510
VC CUT/V BYPASS/V P1491 1491 EC-1736
VC/V BYPASS/V P1490 1490 EC-1729
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*7 P0720 0720 AT-508
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*7 P0500 0500 EC-1585

VENT CONTROL VALVE P0447 0447 EC-1535
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), these numbers are controlled by NISSAN.
*4: When engine is running.
EC-1223
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR25DE]
*6: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
*7: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
DTC No. Index UBS0026O
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-1348, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
DTC*1
Items
ECM* 3 (CONSULT-II screen terms)
GST*2
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
No DTC Flashing*4 FURTHER TESTING EC-1274
MAY BE REQUIRED.
U1000 1000*6 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-1348
U1001 1001*6 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-1348

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 EC-1351
P0031 0031 HO2S1 HTR (B1) EC-1354
P0032 0032 HO2S1 HTR (B1) EC-1354
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) EC-1359
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) EC-1359
P0101 0101 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT EC-1364
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*5 EC-1371
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*5 EC-1371

P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-1377
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-1377
P0117 0117 5 EC-1382

ECT SEN/CIRCUIT*
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT*5 EC-1382
P0125 0125 ECT SENSOR EC-1387

P0127 0127 IAT SENSOR EC-1390
P0128 0128 THERMSTAT FNCTN EC-1393
P0132 0132 HO2S1 (B1) EC-1395
P0133 0133 HO2S1 (B1) EC-1401
P0134 0134 HO2S1 (B1) EC-1410
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) EC-1417
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) EC-1423
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 EC-1430
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 EC-1436
P0181 0181 FTT SENSOR EC-1442
P0182 0182 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-1444
P0183 0183 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-1444
P0217 0217 ENG OVER TEMP EC-1448
P0221 0221 5 EC-1462
TP SENSOR*
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC*5 EC-1469
EC-1224
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR25DE]
DTC*1
Items
Reference page
A
CONSULT-II 3 (CONSULT-II screen terms)
ECM*
GST*2
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC*5 EC-1469
EC
P0226 0226 5 EC-1475
APP SENSOR*
P0227 0227 APP SEN 1/CIRC*5 EC-1482
C
P0228 0228 APP SEN 1/CIRC*5 EC-1482
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE EC-1488
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE EC-1488 D
P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE EC-1488
E
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-1493
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-1493 F
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-1497
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-1504
G
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 EC-1510
P0441 0441 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON EC-1514
P0442 0442 EVAP SMALL LEAK EC-1520 H
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-1529
P0447 0447 VENT CONTROL VALVE EC-1535 I
P0452 0452 EVAP SYS PRES SEN EC-1542
P0453 0453 EVAP SYS PRES SEN EC-1549
J
P0455 0455 EVAP GROSS LEAK EC-1557
P0456 0456 EVAP VERY SML LEAK EC-1565
P0460 0460 FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH EC-1574 K
P0461 0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR EC-1579
P0462 0462 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC EC-1581
L
P0463 0463 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC EC-1581
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*7 EC-1585
P0506 0506 ISC SYSTEM EC-1589 M

P0507 0507 ISC SYSTEM EC-1591
P0605 0605 ECM EC-1593
P0650 0650 MIL/CIRC EC-1596
P0705 0705 PNP SW/CIRC AT-495
P0710 0710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC AT-501
P0720 0720 7 AT-508
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*
P0725 0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG AT-513
P0731 0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN AT-517
P0732 0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN AT-522
P0733 0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN AT-527
P0734 0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN AT-532
P0740 0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC AT-539
P0744 0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN AT-544
EC-1225
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR25DE]
DTC*1
Items
ECM* 3 (CONSULT-II screen terms)
GST*2
P0745 0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC AT-552
P0750 0750 SFT SOL A/CIRC*5 AT-558
P0755 0755 SFT SOL B/CIRC*5 AT-563

P1065 1065 ECM BACK UP/CIRC EC-1600
P1102 1102 5 EC-1604
MAF SENSOR*
P1111 1111 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 EC-1610
P1121 1121 ETC ACTR*5 EC-1614
P1122 1122 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC*5 EC-1616
P1124 1124 ETC MOT PWR*5 EC-1623
P1126 1126 ETC MOT PWR*5 EC-1623
P1128 1128 5 EC-1628

ETC MOT*
P1143 1143 HO2S1 (B1) EC-1633
P1144 1144 HO2S1 (B1) EC-1639
P1146 1146 HO2S2 (B1) EC-1645
P1147 1147 HO2S2 (B1) EC-1652
P1148 1148 CLOSED LOOP-B1 EC-1659
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP EC-1661
P1223 1223 TP SEN 2/CIRC*5 EC-1674
P1224 1224 TP SEN 2/CIRC*5 EC-1674

P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING EC-1680
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING EC-1682
P1227 1227 APP SEN 2/CIRC*5 EC-1684
P1228 1228 APP SEN 2/CIRC*5 EC-1684
P1229 1229 5 EC-1690

SENSOR POWER/CIRC*
P1446 1446 VENT CONTROL VALVE EC-1702
P1448 1448 VENT CONTROL VALVE EC-1709
P1456 1456 EVAP VERY SML LEAK EC-1717
P1464 1464 FUEL LEVEL SEN/CIRC EC-1726
P1490 1490 VC/V BYPASS/V EC-1729
P1491 1491 VC CUT/V BYPASS/V EC-1736
P1564 1564 ASCD SW EC-1745
P1572 1572 ASCD BRAKE SW EC-1752
P1574 1574 ASCD VHL SPD SEN EC-1761
P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 NATS MALFUNCTION EC-1273
P1705 1705 TPV SEN/CIRC A/T AT-568
P1706 1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT EC-1763
P1760 1760 O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC AT-574
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT EC-1767
EC-1226
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR25DE]
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), these numbers are controlled by NISSAN.
*4: When engine is running. A
*7: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
EC
EC-1227
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
BELT PRE-TENSIONER” UBS0026P
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
tors.
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T UBS0026Q
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MIL) to warn the driver
of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
● Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery ground cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to light up.
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-49, "HAR-
NESS CONNECTOR" .
● Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precaution UBS0026R

running.
● Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery
ground cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM
because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition
switch is turned off.
● Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then
disconnect battery ground cable.
SEF289H
EC-1228
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
● If battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to A
the initial ECM values.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial values.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the cable is dis- EC
C
SEF707Y
D
● When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it
securely with a lever as far as it will go as shown at right.
E
G
SEF908W
● When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or H

break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM I
pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
● Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) J
damage to ICs.
● Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in)
K
away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control sys- PBIB0090E
tem malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded

operation of ICs, etc.
● Keep engine control system parts and harness dry. L
● Before replacing ECM, perform “ECM Terminals and Refer-
ence Value” inspection and make sure ECM functions prop-
erly. Refer to EC-1304 . M
● Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
gent.
● Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
ous problems. MEF040D
● Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),

crankshaft position sensor (POS).
EC-1229
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
“DTC Confirmation Procedure” or “Overall Function
Check”.
pleted.
SEF217U

Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
● Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
the ground.
SEF348N

● Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
BBIA0081E
EC-1230
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
● Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unneces- A
sarily.
EC
SEF709Y
D
● When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure
tronic control systems depending on installation location. E
control units.
– Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away F
– Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing- G
wave radio can be kept smaller.
SEF708Y
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis UBS0026S
H
When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following:

● GI-13, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams" I
● PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" for power distribution circuit
● GI-10, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES" J
● GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident"
EC-1231
PREPARATION
[QR25DE]
Special Service Tools UBS0026T
Tool number
Description
Tool name
KV10117100 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensors
Heated oxygen sensor with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut
wrench
S-NT379
KV10114400 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensors

Heated oxygen sensor a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
wrench
S-NT636
Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
(J-45356) pressure
S-NT815
Commercial Service Tools UBS0026U
Tool name (Kent-

Description
Moore No.)
Quick connector re- Removing fuel tube quick connectors in engine
lease room
(Available in SEC. 164 of PARTS CATALOG: Part
No. 16441 6N210)
PBIC0198E

ie: (J41416)
S-NT703
EVAP service port Applying positive pressure through EVAP service

adapter port
ie: (J41413-OBD)
S-NT704
EC-1232
PREPARATION
[QR25DE]
Tool name (Kent-
Description
Moore No.) A
Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant tempera-
ture sensor
EC
C
S-NT705
Oxygen sensor thread Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before

cleaner installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti- D
ie: (J-43897-18) seize lubricant shown below.
(J-43897-12) a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirco-
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita- E
nia Oxygen Sensor
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

F
ie: (PermatexTM when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specifica-
tion MIL-A-907) G
S-NT779
EC-1233
[QR25DE]
System Diagram UBS0026V
PBIB0821E
EC-1234
[QR25DE]
Vacuum Hose Drawing UBS0026W
EC
BBIA0050E
Refer to EC-1234, "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System.
EC-1235
[QR25DE]
System Chart UBS0026X

● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel injection & mixture ratio control Fuel injectors
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Electronic ignition system Power transistor
● Mass air flow sensor Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay
ASCD vehicle speed control Electric throttle control actuator
On board diagnostic system MIL (On the instrument panel)
● Accelerator pedal position sensor Power valve control VIAS control solenoid valve
● Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater control Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
● Intake air temperature sensor Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
● Power steering oil pressure switch EVAP canister purge volume control
EVAP canister purge flow control
● Ignition switch solenoid valve
● Battery voltage Air conditioning cut control Air conditioner relay
● Knock sensor Cooling fan control Cooling fan relays
● Stop lamp switch
● ASCD steering switch
● ASCD brake switch
● ASCD clutch switch
● Fuel level sensor*1
● EVAP control system pressure sensor ● EVAP canister vent control valve
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS for EVAP system
● Fuel tank temperature sensor*1 ● Vacuum cut valve bypass valve
● Heated oxygen sensor 2 *2

● TCM (Transmission control module) *3
● Electrical load signal
*2: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*3: The signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
EC-1236
[QR25DE]
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System UBS0026Y
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART A

ECM
function
EC
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed and piston position
C
Throttle position sensor Throttle position D
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Fuel injec-
tion & mix-
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position Fuel injectors
ture ratio E
Ignition switch Start signal control
Battery Battery voltage F
Heated oxygen sensor 2 * Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
G
*: Under normal conditions, this sensor is not for engine control operation. H
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the I
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from both the crankshaft position sensor and the mass air
flow sensor. J
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below. K
<Fuel increase>
● During warm-up
L
● Hot-engine operation M
● When selector lever is changed from “N” to “D” (A/T models)
<Fuel decrease>
EC-1237
[QR25DE]
PBIB0121E
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses
heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor if the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM
adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about heated
oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-1395 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal
air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
Open Loop Control
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
● Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit
● Insufficient activation of heated oxygen sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
● During warm-up
● After shifting from “N” to “D” (A/T models)
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from heated oxygen
sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to
the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as orig-
inally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot film) and characteristic changes
during operation (i.e., injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
the two ratios.
value. The signal from heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared
to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an
increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
EC-1238
[QR25DE]
A
EC
SEF337W D
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used E
F
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating. G
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds. H
Electronic Ignition (EI) System UBS0026Z

ECM
I
function
J
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed and piston position
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature K
Ignition
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position timing con- Power transistor
trol L
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position M
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the map shown.
camshaft position sensor signal. Computing this information, ignition
signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
e.g., N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec
A °BTDC
● At starting SEF742M
● During warm-up
● At idle
EC-1239
[QR25DE]
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
Air Conditioning Cut Control UBS00270

Throttle position sensor Throttle valve opening angle
Engine speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Air conditioner
Air conditioner relay
cut control
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
● When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
● When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
● When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) UBS00271

ECM func-
tion
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Neutral position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Fuel cut
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Fuel injectors
control
Engine speed
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 1,800 rpm with no load (for example, in neutral and engine speed over 1,800
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under “Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System”, EC-
1237 .
EC-1240
[QR25DE]
CAN communication UBS00272
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other EC
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
C
F
SKIA0884E

T: Transmit R: Receive G
Signals ECM TCM
Accelerator pedal position signal T R
Output shaft revolution signal R T H
A/T self-diagnosis signal R T
EC-1241
[QR25DE]
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check UBS00273
IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
With GST
IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used.
Method A
1. Slide the harness protector of ignition coil No. 1 to clear the wires.
BBIA0089E
Method B
1. Remove No. 1 ignition coil.
BBIA0004E
EC-1242
[QR25DE]
high-tension wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to this A
wire.
EC
BBIA0076E
G
SEF166Y

H
BBIA0005E
K
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment UBS00274
PREPARATION
1. Make sure that the following parts are in good order. L
● Battery
● Ignition system
● Engine oil and coolant levels M

● Fuses
● ECM harness connector
● Vacuum hoses
● Air intake system

● Fuel pressure
● Engine compression
● Throttle valve
● Evaporative emission system
2. On air conditioner equipped models, checks should be carried out while the air conditioner is “OFF”.
3. On automatic transmission equipped models, when checking idle rpm, ignition timing and mixture ratio,
checks should be carried out while shift lever is in “N” position.
EC-1243
[QR25DE]
SEC154D
EC-1244
[QR25DE]
A
1. INSPECTION START
– Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut C
D
– Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. E
– Headlamp switch is OFF. SEF983U
– Air conditioner switch is OFF.

indicator points the middle of gauge. G
SEF976U
J
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. L
M
SEF977U
>> GO TO 3.
EC-1245
[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
SEF978U

M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1 minute.
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING

1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-1253, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 5.
5. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

Perform EC-1253, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 6.
EC-1246
[QR25DE]
Perform EC-1253, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
CMPLT or INCMP EC
CMPLT >> GO TO 7.
2. GO TO 4. C

D
With CONSULT-II
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. E
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm
F
Without CONSULT-II
2. Check idle speed. G
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position) H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 8. I

● Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-1504 .
● Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-1497 .
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace. L
2. GO TO 4.
9. CHECK ECM FUNCTION M

1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a problem, but
this is the rarely the case.)
>> GO TO 4.
EC-1247
[QR25DE]
1. Run engine at idle.
M/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC
A/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 11.

1. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 12.

>> GO TO 13.

Perform EC-1253, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
CMPLT or INCMP
CMPLT >> GO TO 14.
2. GO TO 4.

With CONSULT-II
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm
Without CONSULT-II
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 17.
EC-1248
[QR25DE]
EC
M/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC
OK or NG C
NG >> GO TO 16. D

Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-121, "TIMING CHAIN" . E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> 1. Repair the timing chain installation. F
2. GO TO 4.

● Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-1504 . H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18. I
NG >> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
J
K
L
>> GO TO 4.
19. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 SIGNAL M
With CONSULT-II
3. Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (The engine is
warmed up to normal operating temperature.), check that the
monitor fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more than 5 times
during 10 seconds.
OK or NG
NG (Monitor fluctuates less than 5 times.)>>GO TO 28. SEF646Y
EC-1249
[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine and set ECM to Self-diagnostic mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor). Refer to EC-1274,
"HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
2. Start engine and run it at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
3. Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (The engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.),
check that the MIL comes on more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
OK or NG
NG (MIL does not come on)>>GO TO 21.
NG (MIL comes on less than 5 times)>>GO TO 28.
21. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HARNESS

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect battery ground cable.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 and heated oxygen sensor 1 terminal 1. Refer to EC-
1397, "Wiring Diagram" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace harness between ECM and heated oxygen sensor 1.
2. GO TO 4.

>> GO TO 23.

>> GO TO 24.

CMPLT or INCMP
CMPLT (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 25.
CMPLT (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 26.
2. GO TO 4.
EC-1250
[QR25DE]
25. CHECK “CO”% A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points the middle of gauge.
EC
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn “ON”.
3. Select “ENG COOLANT TEMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Set “ENG COOLANT TEMP” to 5°C (41°F) by touching “DWN”
C
and “Qd”.
5. Start engine and rev it (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times
under no-load, then run engine at idle speed.
D
6. Check “CO”%.
Idle CO: 0.3 − 9.5% and engine runs smoothly.
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 28.
NG >> GO TO 27.
SEF172Y
F
26. CHECK “CO”%
Without CONSULT-II G
1. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of gauge.
H
I
5. Start engine and rev it (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times
under no-load, then run engine at idle speed.
6. Check “CO”%.
J
Idle CO: 0.3 − 9.5% and engine runs smoothly.
7. After checking “CO”%, turn ignition switch “OFF”, disconnect the
resistor from the terminals of engine coolant temperature sensor K
harness connector, and then connect engine coolant tempera-
ture sensor harness connector to engine coolant temperature SEF982UA
sensor. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 28.
NG >> GO TO 27. M
27. RECONNECT HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HARNESS CONNECTOR
2. Reconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
>> GO TO 31.
28. REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

1. Stop engine.

EC-1251
[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points the middle of gauge.
check that the monitor fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 31.

Without CONSULT-II
1. Set ECM to Self-diagnostic mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor). Refer to EC-1275, "How to Set
Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Monitor)" .
check that the MIL comes on more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 31.

● Check fuel pressure regulator and repair or replace if necessary. Refer to EC-1255, "Fuel Pressure
Check" .
● Check mass air flow sensor and its circuit, and repair or replace if necessary. Refer to EC-1364 , EC-1371
and EC-1604 .
● Check injector and its circuit, and repair or replace if necessary. Refer to EC-1791 .
● Check engine coolant temperature sensor and its circuit, and repair or replace if necessary. Refer to EC-
1382 and EC-1387 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 33.
2. GO TO 32.

After this inspection, unnecessary DTC might be displayed.
Erase the stored memory in ECM and TCM. Refer to EC-1271, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED
DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
>> GO TO 4.
EC-1252
[QR25DE]
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to EC
>> GO TO 4. C
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning UBS00275
DESCRIPTION
D
“Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning” is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accel-
erator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time
harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
E
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 2 seconds. F
3. Turn ignition switch “OFF” wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” wait at least 10 seconds. G
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning UBS00276
DESCRIPTION
H
“Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning” is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve
by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
I
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
3. Turn ignition switch “OFF” wait at least 10 seconds.
Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Idle Air Volume Learning UBS00277 K
DESCRIPTION
“Idle Air Volume Learning” is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the spe-
cific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions: L
● Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
M
PREPARATION
Before performing “Idle Air Volume Learning”, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
● PNP switch: ON
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to light
only small lamps.
For A/T models with CONSULT-II, drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/
For A/T models without CONSULT-II and M/T models, drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
EC-1253
[QR25DE]
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
2. Perform EC-1253, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
order.
SEF452Y
SEF454Y
7. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-II screen. If

“INCMP” is displayed, “Idle Air Volume Learning” will not be car-
ried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the problem
by referring to the “Diagnostic Procedure” below.
8. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle
speed and ignition timing are within the specifications.
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Ignition timing M/T: 15±5° BTDC SEF455Y
A/T: 15±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
● It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
● It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
order.
EC-1254
[QR25DE]
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch “ON” and wait 3 seconds.
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. A
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
EC
8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops
blinking and turned ON.
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL goes off.
C
11. Wait 20 seconds.
D
SEC897C
G
12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications.
ITEM SPECIFICATION H
Ignition timing M/T: 15±5° BTDC I
A/T: 15±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, the result will be incomplete. In this case,
find the cause of the problem by referring to the “Diagnostic Procedure” below. J
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows: K
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage. L
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condi-
It is useful to perform EC-1335, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" . M
5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the
– Engine stalls.
– Erroneous idle.
Fuel Pressure Check UBS00278

NOTE:
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres-
sure cannot be completely released because L31 models do not have fuel return system.
With CONSULT-II
EC-1255
[QR25DE]
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT”
3. Start engine.
pressure.
SEF214Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuel pump fuse.
2. Start engine.
pressure.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
LEC298
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

CAUTION:
● The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for
other purposes.
● Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick
connector maintains sealability with O-rings inside.
● Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/
C, etc.) Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine loads and changes
in manifold vacuum.
2. Prepare fuel hose and fuel hose clamp for fuel pressure check, and connect fuel pressure gauge.
● Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector).
● To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use moderately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
● Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it.
● Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
3. Remove fuel hose. Refer to EM-93, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

● Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.
● Do not remove fuel hose from quick connector.
● Keep the original fuel hose to be free from intrusion of dust or foreign substances with a suitable cover.
4. Install the fuel pressure gauge as shown in the figure.

● Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth moist-
ened with gasoline.
● Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel tube
and No.1 spool.
● Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches the
No.1 spool on fuel tube.
● Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439
N4710 or 16439 40U00).
● When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps. PBIB0669E
● When reconnecting fuel hose, check the original fuel hose for
damage and abnormality.
EC-1256
[QR25DE]
● Install hose clamp to the position within 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08 A
in).
Tightening torque:
EC
1 - 1.5 N·m (0.1 - 0.15 kg-m, 9 - 13 in-lb)
● Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
5. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose C
with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel
tube does not come off.
6. Turn ignition switch “ON”, and check for fuel leakage. BBIA0111E
D
7. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
8. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
● Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false E
readings.
● During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.
F
2
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.7 kg/cm , 51 psi)
9. If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step.
G
● Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging

H
● Fuel pump
● Fuel pressure regulator for clogging
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator. I

If NG, repair or replace.
EC-1257
[QR25DE]
Introduction UBS00279
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Mode 7 of SAE J1979
Calibration ID Mode 9 of SAE J1979
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC 1st trip DTC SRT code Test value
data Frame data
CONSULT-II × × × × × —
GST × ×*1 × — × ×
ECM × ×*2 — — — —
*2: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-1288
.)
Two Trip Detection Logic UBS0027A
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
1st trip 2nd trip 2nd trip
Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip
Lighting Lighting display-
Blinking Blinking displaying displaying displaying
up up ing
Coolant overtemperature enrich-

— × — — × — — —
Misfire (Possible three way cata-
lyst damage) — DTC: P0300 - × — — — — — × —
P0304 is being detected
Misfire (Possible three way cata-
lyst damage) — DTC: P0300 - — — × — — × — —
P0304 is being detected
Closed loop control
— × — — × — — —
— DTC: P1148
Fail-safe items (Refer to EC-1288
— × — — × — × —
.)
Except above — — — × — × × —
EC-1258
[QR25DE]
Emission-related Diagnostic Information UBS0027B
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS A
DTC*1 *2 Test value/

Items Reference
CONSULT-II SRT code Test limit 1st trip DTC
(CONSULT-II screen terms) ECM page EC
GST (GST only)
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000*6 — — × EC-1348
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*6 — — × EC-1348 C

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 — — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED. D
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 — — × EC-1351
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0031 0031 × × ×* 5 EC-1354
E
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0032 0032 × × ×*5 EC-1354
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 × × ×*5 EC-1359
× × F
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 ×*5 EC-1359
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0101 0101 — — × EC-1364
3 P0102 0102 — — — EC-1371
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT* G
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*3 P0103 0103 — — — EC-1371
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 0112 — — × EC-1377
H
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0113 0113 — — × EC-1377
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT*3 P0117 0117 — — — EC-1382
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT*3 P0118 0118 — — — EC-1382 I

ECT SENSOR P0125 0125 — — × EC-1387
IAT SENSOR P0127 0127 — — × EC-1390
J
THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 0128 — — × EC-1393
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 × × ×*5 EC-1395
K
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 0133 × × ×*5 EC-1401
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 × × ×*5 EC-1410
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 × × ×* 5 EC-1417 L

HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 × × ×*5 EC-1423
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 — — × EC-1430 M
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 — — × EC-1436
FTT SENSOR P0181 0181 — — × EC-1442
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0182 0182 — — × EC-1444
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0183 0183 — — × EC-1444
ENG OVER TEMP P0217 0217 — — — EC-1448
TP SENSOR*3 P0221 0221 — — — EC-1462
TP SEN 1/CIRC*3 P0222 0222 — — — EC-1469
TP SEN 1/CIRC*3 P0223 0223 — — — EC-1469
APP SENSOR*3 P0226 0226 — — — EC-1475
APP SEN 1/CIRC*3 P0227 0227 — — — EC-1482
APP SEN 1/CIRC*3 P0228 0228 — — — EC-1482
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 — — × EC-1488
EC-1259
[QR25DE]
Items Reference
CONSULT-II SRT code Test limit 1st trip DTC
(CONSULT-II screen terms) ECM page
GST (GST only)
CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 — — × EC-1488

CYL 2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 — — × EC-1488
CYL 3 MISFIRE P0303 0303 — — × EC-1488
CYL 4 MISFIRE P0304 0304 — — × EC-1488
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 — — × EC-1493
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 — — × EC-1493
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 — — × EC-1497
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 — — × EC-1504
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 × × ×*5 EC-1510
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 0441 × × ×*5 EC-1514
EVAP SMALL LEAK P0442 0442 × × ×*5 EC-1520

PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 — — × EC-1529
VENT CONTROL VALVE P0447 0447 — — × EC-1535
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0452 0452 — — × EC-1542
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0453 0453 — — × EC-1549
EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 0455 — × ×*5 EC-1557
EVAP VERY SML LEAK P0456 0456 ×*4 × ×*5 EC-1565
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH P0460 0460 — — × EC-1574

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 0461 — — × EC-1579
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0462 0462 — — × EC-1581
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0463 0463 — — × EC-1581
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*7 P0500 0500 — — × EC-1585
ISC SYSTEM P0506 0506 — — × EC-1589

ISC SYSTEM P0507 0507 — — × EC-1591
ECM P0605 0605 — — × EC-1593
MIL/CIRC P0650 0650 — — × EC-1596
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 0705 — — × AT-495
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 0710 — — × AT-501
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*7 P0720 0720 — — × AT-508
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 0725 — — × AT-513

A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 0731 — — × AT-517
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 0732 — — × AT-522
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 0733 — — × AT-527
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 0734 — — × AT-532
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 0740 — — × AT-539
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 0744 — — × AT-544
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 0745 — — × AT-552
SFT SOL A/CIRC*3 P0750 0750 — — × AT-558
SFT SOL B/CIRC*3 P0755 0755 — — × AT-563

ECM BACK UP/CIRC P1065 1065 — — × EC-1600
EC-1260
[QR25DE]
Items
SRT code Test limit 1st trip DTC
Reference A
(CONSULT-II screen terms) CONSULT-II page
ECM (GST only)
GST
MAF SENSOR*3 P1102 1102 — — — EC-1604

EC
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 1111 — — × EC-1610
ETC ACTR*3 P1121 1121 — — — EC-1614

C
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC*3 P1122 1122 — — — EC-1616
ETC MOT PWR*3 P1124 1124 — — × EC-1623
ETC MOT PWR*3 P1126 1126 — — — EC-1623 D
ETC MOT*3 P1128 1128 — — — EC-1628
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 1143 × × ×*5 EC-1633 E

HO2S1 (B1) P1144 1144 × × ×*5 EC-1639
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 1146 × × ×*5 EC-1645

F
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 1147 × × ×*5 EC-1652
CLOSED LOOP-B1 P1148 1148 — — — EC-1659
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 — — × EC-1661 G
TP SEN 2/CIRC*3 P1223 1223 — — — EC-1674
TP SEN 2/CIRC*3 P1224 1224 — — — EC-1674 H

CTP LEARNING P1225 1225 — — × EC-1680
CTP LEARNING P1226 1226 — — × EC-1682
I
3 P1227 1227 — — — EC-1684
APP SEN 2/CIRC*
APP SEN 2/CIRC*3 P1228 1228 — — — EC-1684
SENSOR POWER/CIRC*3 P1229 1229 — — — EC-1690 J

K
EVAP VERY SML LEAK P1456 1456 ×*4 × ×*5 EC-1717
L
FUEL LEVEL SEN/CIRC P1464 1464 — — × EC-1726
VC/V BYPASS/V P1490 1490 — — × EC-1729
VC CUT/V BYPASS/V P1491 1491 — — × EC-1736 M
ASCD SW P1564 1564 — — × EC-1745
ASCD BRAKE SW P1572 1572 — — × EC-1752
ASCD VHL SPD SEN P1574 1574 — — × EC-1761
TPV SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 1705 — — × AT-568
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 1706 — — × EC-1763
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 1760 — — × AT-574
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 — — × EC-1767
*4: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG.
*7: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur at the same time, the MIL illuminates.
EC-1261
[QR25DE]
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in EC-1271, "HOW
TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-1259, "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION ITEMS" . These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/
component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-II.
therefore does not warn the driver of a problem. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the vehicle
data as specified in “Work Flow” procedure Step II, refer to EC-1283, "WORK FLOW" . Then perform “DTC
Confirmation Procedure” or “Overall Function Check” to try to duplicate the problem. If the malfunction is dupli-
cated, the item requires repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
WITH CONSULT-II
WITH GST
CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P1148, P1706, etc.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
NO TOOLS
The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0340, 1148, 1706, etc.
These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN.
● Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST or the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indi-
cate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to nor-
mal. CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if
available) is recommended.
tion is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times
SEC745C
EC-1262
[QR25DE]
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem- A
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, base fuel schedule and intake
air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data. EC
details, see EC-1318, "Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data" .
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the C
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no D
lowing priorities to update the data.
Priority Items E
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172
2 Except the above items (Includes A/T related items) F
G
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st H
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory. I
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-1259, "EMISSION-RELATED
DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS" .
J
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Mode 1 of SAE J1979.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of K
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”. L
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased. M
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
NOTE:
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
EC-1263
[QR25DE]
SRT Item
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
Perfor-
SRT item Corresponding DTC
mance Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”
(CONSULT-II indication) No.
Priority*1
CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420
EVAP SYSTEM 1 EVAP control system P0442
2 EVAP control system P0456, P1456
2 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441
HO2S 2 Heated oxygen sensor 1 P0132
HO2S HTR 2 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater P0031, P0032
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0037, P0038
*1: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for
models with CONSULT-II.
SRT Set Timing

SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
Example
Diagnosis
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
P0402 — — — —
NG
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
EC-1264
[QR25DE]
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above A
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indi-
EC
cate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following C
reasons:
● The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
● The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results. D
● If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”. E
NOTE:
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”. F
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page. G
EC-1265
[QR25DE]
SEF170Z
*1 EC-1262 *2 EC-1266 *3 EC-1267

WITH CONSULT-II
Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with
CONSULT-II.
For items whose SRT codes are set, a “CMPLT” is displayed on the
CONSULT-II screen; for items whose SRT codes are not set,
“INCMP” is displayed.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for SRT code is shown at right.
“INCMP” means the self-diagnosis is incomplete and SRT is not set.
“CMPLT” means the self-diagnosis is complete and SRT is set.
WITH GST
Selecting Mode 1 with GST (Generic Scan Tool) SEF949Z
EC-1266
[QR25DE]
How to Set SRT Code
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each A
WITH CONSULT-II
Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on “Performance Priority” in the table EC
on EC-1264, "SRT Item" .
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page. The C
EC-1267
[QR25DE]
Driving Pattern
PBIB0123E
EC-1268
[QR25DE]
ing habits, etc. A
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the
shortest.
EC
within zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
● Sea level
C
● Flat road
● Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
● Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. D
nosis may also be performed.
Pattern 1: E
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 93 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
● The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than F
70°C (158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 93 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
● The engine is started at the fuel tank temperature of warmer than 0°C (32°F) (where the voltage
G
Pattern 2:
● When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be con-
ducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended. H
Pattern 3:
● The driving pattern outlined in *2 must be repeated at least 3 times.
Pattern 4: I
● If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again. J
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
(56 MPH) again. K
1. Decelerate vehicle to 0 km/h (0 MPH) and let engine idle.
2. Repeat driving pattern shown at right at least 10 times. L
– During acceleration, hold the accelerator pedal as steady as
possible.
*3: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised. M
SEF414S

Set the selector lever in the “D” position with the overdrive switch turned ON.
Suggested Upshift Speeds for M/T Models
Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear. These suggestions relate to fuel
economy and vehicle performance. Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions, the weather
and individual driving habits.
EC-1269
[QR25DE]
MODELS WITH 5-SPEED
For normal acceleration in low altitude areas For quick acceleration in low altitude areas and
[less than 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]: high altitude areas [over 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]:
Gear change ACCEL shift point km/h (MPH) CRUISE shift point km/h (MPH) km/h (MPH)
1st to 2nd 24 (15) 24 (15) 25 (15)
2nd to 3rd 40 (25) 29 (18) 40 (25)
3rd to 4th 58 (36) 48 (30) 65 (40)
4th to 5th 64 (40) 62 (39) 75 (45)

Gear Km/h (MPH)
1st 55 (35)
2nd 95 (60)
3rd 135 (85)
4th —
5th —
MODELS WITH 6-SPEED

Gear change Km/h (MPH)
1st to 2nd 24 (15)
2nd to 3rd 40 (25)
3rd to 4th 64 (40)
4th to 5th 72 (45)
5th to 6th 80 (50)

Gear Km/h (MPH)
1st 45 (25)
2nd 80 (50)
3rd 130 (80)
4th —
5th —
6th —
items).
played on the GST screen.
EC-1270
[QR25DE]
Test value (GST display) A
TID CID
01H 01H Max. ×
CATALYST Three way catalyst function EC
02H 81H Min. ×
EVAP control system (Small leak) 05H 03H Max. ×
EVAP control system purge flow C
EVAP SYSTEM 06H 83H Min. ×
monitoring
EVAP control system (Very small leak) 07H 03H Max. ×
09H 04H Max. × D
0AH 84H Min. ×
Heated oxygen sensor 1 0BH 04H Max. ×
E
0CH 04H Max. ×
HO2S 0DH 04H Max. ×
19H 86H Min. × F
1AH 86H Min. ×
1BH 06H Max. ×
1CH 06H Max. × G
29H 08H Max. ×
2AH 88H Min. ×
HO2S HTR H
2DH 0AH Max. ×
2EH 8AH Min. ×
I
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF- J
If DTCs are displayed for both ECM and TCM (Transmission control module), they need to be erased individu-
ally from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module).
K
NOTE:
10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again. L
M
twice.
EC-1271
[QR25DE]
SEF966X

NOTE:
How to Erase DTC ( No Tools)
1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once.
2. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to
EC-1274, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
approx. 24 hours.
– Diagnostic trouble codes
– 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
– Freeze frame data
– 1st trip freeze frame data
EC-1272
[QR25DE]
– System readiness test (SRT) codes
– Test values A
– Others
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures. EC
NVIS (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS) UBS0027C
● If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in C

the “ON” position or “NATS MALFUNCTION” is displayed
on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” screen, perform self-diagnostic
results mode with CONSULT-II using NATS program card.
D
Refer to BL-96, "NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM — NATS)" .
● Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NVIS (NATS) is dis-
played before touching “ERASE” in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” E
● When replacing ECM, initialization of NVIS (NATS) system
and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs must be SEF543X F
carried out with CONSULT-II using NATS program card.
Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner. Regarding the procedures of NVIS
(NATS) initialization and NVIS (NATS) ignition key ID registration, refer to CONSULT-II operation G
manual, IVIS/NVIS.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) UBS0027D
DESCRIPTION H
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON with-
out the engine running. This is a bulb check. I
If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-24, "WARNING LAMPS" ,
or see EC-1596 .
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off. J
detected an engine system malfunction.
K
SEF217U
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION

L
The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions.
EC-1273
[QR25DE]
Mode Status
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit.
Engine stopped

detection logic), the MIL will light up to inform the driver
the 1st trip.
● “Coolant overtemperature enrichment protection”
● Fail-safe mode
Mode II Ignition switch in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
“ON” position RESULTS
Engine stopped
Engine running HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 This function allows the fuel mixture condition (lean or
MONITOR rich), monitored by heated oxygen sensor 1, to be read.
MIL Flashing Without DTC

If the ECM is in Diagnostic Test Mode II, MIL may flash when engine is running. In this case, check ECM diag-
nostic test mode. EC-1274, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes, and details of the above functions are described later.EC-
1274, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
● Diagnostic trouble codes
● 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
● Freeze frame data
● 1st trip freeze frame data
● System readiness test (SRT) codes
● Test values
● Others
HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
NOTE:
● It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
● It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
● Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned “OFF”.
EC-1274
[QR25DE]
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch “ON” and wait 3 seconds. A
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
EC
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts
blinking.
C
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
PBIB0092E
G
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Monitor)
1. Set the ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-1275, "How to Set Diagnos-
tic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" . H
2. Start Engine.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor).
ECM will start heated oxygen sensor 1 monitoring from the bank 1 sensor.
I
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-1275, "How to Set Diagnostic
Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" . J
2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds.
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
3. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed. K
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK
In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to DI-
24, "WARNING LAMPS" or see EC-1596 . L
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING

MIL Condition M
OFF No malfunction.
These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL
illuminates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are
displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These uniden-
tified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-II or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to
read a code.
EC-1275
[QR25DE]
SEF952W
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds
consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC “0000” refers to no
malfunction. (See EC-1221, "INDEX FOR DTC" )
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to EC-
1275, "How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
● If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory after approx 24 hours.
● Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR
In this mode, the MIL displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heated
oxygen sensor 1.
MIL Fuel mixture condition in the exhaust gas Air fuel ratio feedback control condition
ON Lean
Closed loop system
OFF Rich
*Remains ON or OFF Any condition Open loop system
*: Maintains conditions just before switching to open loop.
To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up until
engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.
Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load conditions. Then make sure that the
MIL comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no-load.
OBD System Operation Chart UBS0027E
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
● When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to EC-1258, "Two Trip Detection
Logic" .
EC-1276
[QR25DE]
● The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times with no malfunction. The drive is counted only when
the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting, A
● The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A)
without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and EC
RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-II will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
C
SUMMARY CHART
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other D
80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A) E
display)
*1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B) F
(clear)
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected. G
EC-1277
[QR25DE]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE
<EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
SEF392S
be stored in ECM.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
EC-1278
[QR25DE]
TION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A
<Driving Pattern B>
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. EC
● The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”) C
<Driving Pattern C>

Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows: D
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition: E
● When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), “T” should be higher than or
equal to 70°C (158°F). F
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F) G
(158°F) H
● The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80. I
is stored in ECM.
J
EC-1279
[QR25DE]
“MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
SEF393S
be stored in ECM.
EC-1280
[QR25DE]
DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A
<Driving Pattern A>
EC
G
AEC574
● The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction. H
<Driving Pattern B>
I
J
K
EC-1281
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction UBS0027F
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con-
same time, it is important that there are no problems such as vac-
tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent problems are
ment of good parts.
MEF036D
be performed. Follow the “Work Flow” on EC-1283 .
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
ple on EC-1286 should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” problems first. This
SEF233G
SEF234G
EC-1282
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
WORK FLOW
Flow Chart A
EC
SEF510ZF
*1 EC-1288 *2 If time data of “SELF-DIAG *3 If the incident cannot be verified, per-

RESULTS” is other than “0” or “[1t]”, form EC-1339, "TROUBLE DIAGNO-
perform EC-1339, "TROUBLE DIAG- SIS FOR INTERMITTENT
NOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- INCIDENT" .
DENT" .
*4 If the on board diagnostic system *5 If malfunctioning part cannot be *6 EC-1268
cannot be performed, check main detected, perform EC-1339, "TROU-
power supply and ground circuit. BLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMIT-
Refer to EC-1340, "POWER SUPPLY TENT INCIDENT" .
CIRCUIT FOR ECM" .
*7 EC-1335
EC-1283
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
STEP DESCRIPTION
STEP I
“DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET”, EC-1285 .
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II or GST) the (1st trip) DTC and the
(1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the DTC and the data. (Refer to EC-1271 .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st
trip) freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
STEP II If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-1339, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer.
(The “Symptom Matrix Chart” will be useful. See EC-1294 .)
Also check related service bulletins for information.
The “DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET” and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II
STEP III to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-1339, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Try to detect the (1st trip) DTC by driving in (or performing) the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Check and read the
(1st trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II or GST.
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)
mode and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP IV
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-1339, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
In case the “DTC Confirmation Procedure” is not available, perform the “Overall Function Check” instead. The (1st
trip) DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified “check” is an effective alternative.
The “NG” result of the “Overall Function Check” is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-1289 .) If CONSULT-II is available,
STEP V
perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II and proceed to the “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS – SPECIFI-
CATION VALUE”. (Refer to EC-1335 .) (If malfunction is detected, proceed to “PARER/REPLACE”.) Then perform
inspections according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-1294 .)
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) “Harness Layouts”.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in “DATA MONITOR
(AUTO TRIG)” mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-1304 , EC-1329 .
STEP VI
The “Diagnostic Procedure” in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to “Circuit Inspection” in
GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-1339, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
DENT" .
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the “DTC Confirmation Procedure” and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident
STEP VII is still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a method different from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM
and TCM (Transmission control module). (Refer to EC-1271, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" and AT-435, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" .)
EC-1284
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Description A
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
bleshooting faster and more accurate. EC
In general, each customer feels differently about a problem. It is
tomer complaint. C
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples: D
● Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel
to evaporate into the atmosphere. E
EC-1285
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Worksheet Sample
MTBL0017
DTC Inspection Priority Chart UBS0027G
chart.
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 and/or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000 and U1001. Refer to EC-1348 .
EC-1286
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
A
1 ● U1000 U1001 CAN communication line
● P0101 P0102 P0103 P1102 Mass air flow sensor
● P0112 P0113 P0127 Intake air temperature sensor
EC
● P0117 P0118 P0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor
● P0181 P0182 P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor
C
● P0221 P0222 P0223 P1223 P1224 P1225 P1226 Throttle position sensor
● P0226 P0227 P0228 P1227 P1228 Accelerator pedal position sensor
● P0327 P0328 Knock sensor D
● P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
● P0460 P0461 P0462 P0463 P1464 Fuel level sensor E
● P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
● P0605 ECM
● P1229 Sensor power supply F
● P1610-P1615 NATS
● P1706 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch
2 ● P0031 P0032 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater G
● P0037 P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
● P0132 P0133 P0134 P1143 P1144 Heated oxygen sensor 1
● P0138 P0139 P1146 P1147 Heated oxygen sensor 2 H
● P0217 Coolant overtemperature enrichment protection
● P0441 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring
● P0444 P0445 P1444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve I
● P0447 P1446 P1448 EVAP canister vent control valve
● P0452 P0453 EVAP control system pressure sensor
● P0506 P0507 Idle speed control system J
● P0650 MIL
● P0705-P0725, P0740-P0755, P1705 P1760 A/T related sensors and solenoid valves
● P1065 ECM power supply K
● P1111 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
● P1122 Electric throttle control function
● P1124 P1126 Throttle control motor relay
L
● P1128 Throttle control actuator
● P1490 P1491 Vacuum cut valve bypass valve
M
● P1805 Brake switch
3 ● P0011 Intake valve timing control
● P0171 P0172 Fuel injection system function
● P0300 - P0304 Misfire
● P0420 Three way catalyst function
● P0442 P0456 P1456 EVAP control system (SMALL LEAK, VERY SMALL LEAK)
● P0455 EVAP control system (GROSS LEAK)
● P0731 - P0734 A/T function
● P1121 Electric throttle control actuator
● P1148 Closed loop control
● P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
● P1564 ASCD steering switch
● P1572 ASCD brake switch
● P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor
EC-1287
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Fail-safe Chart UBS0027H
The ECM enters fail-safe mode, if any of the following malfunctions is detected. When the ECM enters the fail-
safe mode, the MIL illuminates.
P0103
P1102
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
P0118 ture sensor circuit ignition switch “ON” or “START”.
Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-
Condition
II display)
Just as ignition switch is turned
40°C (104°F)
ON or Start
More than approx. 4 minutes after
80°C (176°F)
ignition ON or Start
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cool-
ing fan operates while engine is running.
P0221 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
P0222 in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0223 The ECM regulates an opening speed of approx. 5 seconds to an opening of 10
P1223 degrees.
P1224 So, the acceleration will be poor.
P0226 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
P0227 sensor in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0228 The ECM regulates an opening speed of approx. 5 seconds to an opening of 10
P1227 degrees.
P1228 So, the acceleration will be poor.
P1121 Electric throttle control actu- While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops,
ator the engine stalls.
(ECM detect the throttle The engine can restart in “N” or “P” position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000
valve is stuck open.) rpm or more.
P1122 Electric throttle control func- ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
tion fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1124 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1126 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1128 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
EC-1288
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Basic Inspection UBS0027I
– Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut C
D
– Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. E
– Headlamp switch is OFF. SEF983U
– Air conditioner switch is OFF.

indicator points the middle of gauge. G
SEF976U
J
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. L
M
SEF977U
>> GO TO 3.
EC-1289
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
SEF978U

M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1 minute.
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 4.

1. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 5.

1. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 6.
EC-1290
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Which is the result CMPLT or
INCMP EC
CMPLT or INCMP
CMPLT >> GO TO 7. C
2. GO TO 4.
7. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN D
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. E
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm F
Without CONSULT-II
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. I
NG >> GO TO 8.

K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. L
2. GO TO 4.
M
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-1273, "NVIS
(Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS)" .
>> GO TO 4.
EC-1291
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
M/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 11.

1. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 12.

1. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 13.

Which is the result CMPLT or
INCMP
CMPLT or INCMP
CMPLT >> GO TO 14.
2. GO TO 4.

With CONSULT-II
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm
Without CONSULT-II
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 17.
EC-1292
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
EC
M/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC
OK or NG C
NG >> GO TO 16.
D
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-121, "TIMING CHAIN" .
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 17.
2. GO TO 4. F

G
● Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-1497 . H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace. I
2. GO TO 4.
18. CHECK ECM FUNCTION J

K
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-1273, "NVIS
(Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS)" .
L
>> GO TO 4.
EC-1293
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Symptom Matrix Chart UBS0027J
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-1255
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-1848
tem
EC-1614,
EC-1616 ,
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-1623 ,
EC-1628
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-1289
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-1340
EC-1364,
Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-1371 ,
EC-1604
EC-1382,
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 1 2
EC-1387
EC-1462,
EC-1469 ,
EC-1674 ,
Throttle position sensor circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-1680 ,
EC-1682 ,
EC-1690
EC-1475,
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1 2 2 EC-1482 ,
EC-1684
EC-1395,
EC-1401 ,
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-1410 ,
EC-1633 ,
EC-1639
Knock sensor circuit 2 2 3 EC-1493
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-1497
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 2 2 EC-1504
EC-1294
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
SYMPTOM
A


EC


Reference C
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E

Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-1585 F
Power steering oil pressure switch circuit 2 3 3 3 3 EC-1806
EC-1593,
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 G
EC-1600
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir-
3 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-1610
cuit
H
VIAS control solenoid valve circuit 1 EC-1783
PNP switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-1763
Start signal circuit 2 EC-1797 I
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 3 3 4 EC-1811
Electrical load signal circuit 3 3 3 3 EC-1816
J
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 MTC-21
K
EC-1295
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Fuel Fuel tank FL-10
5 EM-106,
FL-2
Vapor lock 5 —
Valve deposit —
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gaso- 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
—
line, Low octane)
Air Air duct EM-91
Air cleaner EM-91
(Mass air flow sensor —electric EM-91
5 5 5 5 5 5
throttle control actuator)
5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control actuator EM-93
Air leakage from intake manifold/
EM-93
Collector/Gasket
Cranking Battery SC-4
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Alternator circuit SC-22
Starter circuit 3 SC-9
Signal plate/Flywheel/Drive plate 6 EM-142
PNP switch MT-77, MT-
4 136 or AT-
495
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-129
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-142
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
EC-1296
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
SYMPTOM
A


EC


Reference C
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E

Valve Timing chain EM-121 F
mecha-
Camshaft EM-111
nism
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-121
G
Intake valve
3 EM-129
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/ H
Gasket EM-98, EX-
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
3
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil EM-100, I
tion filter/Oil gallery LU-19 , LU-
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 18
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-16 J
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap CO-32
Thermostat 5 CO-30
K
Water pump CO-28
Water gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 5 CO-25
Cooling fan 5 CO-37 L
Coolant level (low)/Contaminated
CO-26
coolant
NVIS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System — EC-1273 or M
1 1
NATS) BL-96
EC-1297
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Engine Control Component Parts Location UBS0027K
BBIA0221E
EC-1298
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
EC
BBIA0121E
EC-1299
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
BBIA0222E
EC-1300
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
EC
BBIA0123E
EC-1301
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Circuit Diagram UBS0027L
BBWA0556E
EC-1302
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
EC
BBWA0209E
EC-1303
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout UBS0027M
SEF970W
ECM Terminals and Reference Value UBS0027N
PREPARATION
tower).
● Remove front strut tower bar. Refer to FSU-5, "FRONT SUS-
PENSION ASSEMBLY" .
BBIA0099E
● Remove quick connector on the ventilation hose.
JEF096Y
● Remove ECM fixing bolts and pull it out all the way.
SEF097Y
EC-1304
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
A
EC
SEF504Y
D
● Remove ECM with the harness from the cover.
E
G
SEF098Y
2. Remove ECM harness protector. H

I

J
MEC486B
ECM INSPECTION TABLE L

CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- M
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 7.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition.
2 R/L ● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
heater
PBIB0519E

EC-1305
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
● After driving for 2 minutes at a speed of 70
Heated oxygen sensor 2 km/h (43 MPH) or more.
4 P/B
heater [Ignition switch “ON”]
10 [Ignition switch “ON”]

(With- ● For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch
out 0 - 1.0V
“ON”
NVIS)
B/P Fuel pump relay [Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(With ● More than 1 seconds after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
NVIS) switch “ON”.
EVAP canister vent con- BATTERY VOLTAGE
trol valve (11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
12 R Counter current return [Ignition switch “ON”]
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
EVAP canister purge

PBIB0050E
13 PU/W volume control solenoid
valve
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
100 seconds after starting engine)
PBIB0520E

18 OR/L MIL [Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
ECM relay “OFF”
20 W/G
(Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● 3 seconds passed after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch “OFF”
EC-1306
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm. EC
0 - 1.0V
● After driving for 2 minutes at a speed of 70
Heated oxygen sensor 2 km/h (43 MPH) or more.
4 P/B
heater [Ignition switch “ON”] C
● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm. D
10 [Ignition switch “ON”] E

(With- ● For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch
out 0 - 1.0V
“ON”
NVIS)
B/P Fuel pump relay [Engine is running] F
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(With ● More than 1 seconds after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
NVIS) switch “ON”. G
EVAP canister vent con- BATTERY VOLTAGE
trol valve (11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE H
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) I
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed J
EVAP canister purge

13 PU/W volume control solenoid PBIB0050E K
valve
Approximately 10V
L
[Engine is running]
100 seconds after starting engine)
M
PBIB0520E

[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
ECM relay “OFF”
20 W/G
(Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● 3 seconds passed after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch “OFF”
EC-1307
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
21 BR Ignition signal No. 1

22 PU Ignition signal No. 2 PBIB0521E
23 L/R Ignition signal No. 3

0 - 0.2V
24 GY/R Ignition signal No. 4
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
PBIB0522E

VIAS control solenoid ● Idle speed (11 - 14V)
25 Y/G
valve [Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
● Engine speed is above 5,000 rpm
[Engine is running]
26 L/W Air conditioner relay (Compressor operates)

[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
● Cooling fan is high speed operating
33 L CAN communication line [Ignition switch “ON”] Output voltage varies with the
communication status.
34 Y CAN communication line [Ignition switch “ON”] Output voltage varies with the
communication status.
6 - 7V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
PBIB0523E
36 L/OR Tachometer
6 - 7V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0524E
EC-1308
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
● Cooling fan is not operating. (11 - 14V) EC
37 LG/R Cooling fan relay (Low)
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
● Cooling fan is operating.
C
[Ignition switch “ON”] Approximately 0V
39 SB ASCD CRUISE lamp ● CRUISE switch is depressed at first time → ↓
second time BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
D
Approximately 0V
● Brake pedal fully released
40 R/G Stop lamp switch
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE E
● Brake pedal depressed (11 - 14V)

41 B/Y Start signal
[Ignition switch “START”] 9 - 14V F
(11 - 14V) G
● Shift lever position is “P” or “N” (A/T models), Approximately 0V
“Neutral” (M/T models). H
43 G/OR PNP switch A/T models
(11 - 14V) I
● Except the above gear position M/T models
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V J
K
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Power steering oil ● Steering wheel is being turned
46 G
pressure switch [Engine is running] L
Approximately 5V
● Steering wheel is not being turned
[Engine is running]
● SET switch is “ON”. Approximately 0V M
47 Y/B ASCD SET lamp ● ASCD control is operating.
● ASCD control is not operating. (11 - 14V)

50 L/G Data link connector Approximately 5V
Electrical load signal ● Rear window defogger switch is “ON” (11 - 14V)
52 L/W (Rear window defogger
signal) [Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 0V
● Rear window defogger switch is “OFF”
Electrical load signal ● Lighting switch is “2ND” position (11 - 14V)
53 R/W
(Headlamp signal) [Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 0V
● Lighting switch is “OFF”
EC-1309
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
Approximately 5V
● Brake pedal is depressed Approximately 0V
● Clutch pedal is depressed (M/T models)
56 P/L ASCD brake switch
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Brake pedal is fully released
(11 - 14V)
● Clutch pedal is fully released (M/T models)
[Engine is running]
58 B Sensors' ground ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
● Idle speed
59 B/R
108 B
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
62 ● Idle speed
(With
NVIS)
Camshaft position sen- PBIB0525E
71 R
sor (PHASE)
(With- 1.0 - 4.0V
out
NVIS)
[Engine is running]
PBIB0526E
Approximately 3V
[Engine is running]
62 ● Idle speed
(With-
out
Crankshaft position PBIB0527E
NVIS) R
sensor (POS)
71 Approximately 3V
(With
NVIS)
[Engine is running]
PBIB0528E
EC-1310
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 2.3V
63 EC
(With-
out [Engine is running]
NVIS) R/W Vehicle speed sensor ● Lift up the vehicle
81 ● Vehicle speed is 40 km/h (25MPH) C
(With
NVIS)
PBIB0531E
D
Accelerator pedal posi-
64 R/G tion sensor 2 power [Ignition switch “ON”] Approximately 2.5V
supply
65 R Sensor's power supply [Ignition switch “ON”] Approximately 5V E
(Buck-up) (11 - 14V)
Approximately 0 - 4.8V F
sensor
tank temperature.
● Idle speed
72 OR/L Mass air flow sensor
[Engine is running] H
I
● Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
J
Throttle position ● Accelerator pedal fully released
73 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch “ON”]
Less than 4.75V K
[Ignition switch “ON”] L
Less than 4.75V
Throttle position ● Accelerator pedal fully released M
74 G
More than 0.36V
0.41 - 0.71V
Accelerator pedal posi- ● Accelerator pedal fully released
75 W
tion sensor 1 [Ignition switch “ON”]
More than 4.2V
0.21 - 0.36V
76 R/B
More than 2.1V
[Engine is running]
77 B/W Fuel level sensor ground Approximately 0V
● Idle speed
EC-1311
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
80 W/L ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
ground
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Refrigerant pressure ● Warm-up condition
83 L 1.0 - 4.0V
sensor ● Both A/C switch and blower switch are “ON”.
(Compressor operates.)
84 Y/G [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with
sensor
intake air temperature.
Accelerator pedal
86 G [Ignition switch “ON”] Approximately 0V
position sensor 2 ground
87 G/R Fuel level sensor [Ignition switch “ON”] Output voltage varies with fuel
level.
EVAP control system
88 B/R [Ignition switch “ON”] Approximately 1.8 - 4.8V
pressure sensor
Approximately 4.0V
● ASCD steering switch is “OFF”.
Approximately 0.5V
● CRUISE switch is “ON”.
89 G ASCD steering switch Approximately 1V
● CANCEL switch is “ON”.
Approximately 2V
● SET/COAST switch is “ON”.
Approximately 3V
● ACCEL/RES switch is “ON”.
0.41 - 0.71V
90 W
tion sensor signal output [Ignition switch “ON”]
More than 4.2V
[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodi-
92 W/G Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
cally change)
Engine coolant tempera-
93 Y [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with
ture sensor
engine coolant temperature.
[Engine is running]
95 W Heated oxygen sensor 2 ● Warm-up condition 0 - Approximately 1.0V
EC-1312
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) EC
[Engine is running]
C
● Idle speed

102 R/W Injector No. 2 PBIB0529E D
103 R/Y Injector No. 3 BATTERY VOLTAGE
104 R/L Injector No. 4
(11 - 14V)
E
[Engine is running]
F
PBIB0530E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed
H
Approximately 9V
Intake valve timing con-
107 G
trol solenoid valve [Engine is running]
I
J
PBIB0532E
109 R/G BATTERY VOLTAGE

111 R/G (11 - 14V) K
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Throttle control motor [Ignition switch “OFF”]
112 OR (11 - 14V)
relay
[Ignition switch “ON”] 0 - 1.0V L
Throttle control motor BATTERY VOLTAGE
113 R [Ignition switch “ON”]
relay power supply (11 - 14V)
0 - 14V M

Throttle control motor ● Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
114 L
(Open) ● Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
● Accelerator pedal is depressing
PBIB0533E
EC-1313
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Throttle control motor [Engine is running]

115 B Approximately 0V
0 - 14V

116 P
(Close) ● Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
● Accelerator pedal is releasing
PBIB0534E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
CONSULT-II Function UBS0027O
FUNCTION
Work support
can be read and erased quickly.*
Input/Output of the specification for Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the
Data monitor (SPEC)
other data monitor items can be read.
Active test
Function test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
● Diagnostic trouble codes
● 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
● Freeze frame data
● 1st trip freeze frame data
● System readiness test (SRT) codes
● Test values
● Others
EC-1314
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
A
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC DTC & SRT

RESULTS DATA CONFIRMATION
Item WORK DATA
MONI- ACTIVE
EC
SUP- FREEZE MONI- DTC
TOR TEST SRT WORK
(SPEC) STATUS SUP-
2
DATA* PORT C
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) × × × ×
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) × × ×
D
Mass air flow sensor × × ×
Engine coolant temperature sensor × × × × ×
Heated oxygen sensor 1 × × × × × E
Vehicle speed sensor × × × ×
Accelerator pedal position sensor × × × F
× × ×

Fuel tank temperature sensor × × × ×
G
EVAP control system pressure
× × ×
sensor
Intake air temperature sensor × × × H
INPUT
Knock sensor ×
Refrigerant pressure sensor × ×
Ignition switch (start signal) × × I
(accelerator pedal position sensor × ×
signal) J
Air conditioner switch × ×
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch × × ×
K
Stop lamp switch × × ×
Power steering oil pressure switch × ×
Battery voltage × × L
Load signal × ×
Fuel level sensor × × ×
ASCD steering switch × × ×
M
ASCD brake switch × × ×
EC-1315
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC DTC & SRT
RESULTS DATA CONFIRMATION
Item WORK DATA
MONI- ACTIVE DTC
SUP- FREEZE MONI-
TOR TEST SRT WORK
(SPEC) STATUS SUP-
DATA*2 PORT
Injectors × × ×
Power transistor (Ignition timing) × × ×
Throttle control motor relay × × ×

Throttle control motor ×

× × × × ×
trol solenoid valve
Air conditioner relay × ×
OUTPUT
Fuel pump relay × × × ×

Cooling fan relay × × × ×
EVAP canister vent control valve × × × ×
Vacuum cut valve bypass valve × × × × ×
Intake valve timing control solenoid
× × × ×
valve
VIAS control solenoid valve × × ×
Calculated load value × × ×
X: Applicable
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-1263 .
CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE

2. Connect “CONSULT-II” to data link connector, which is located
under LH dash panel.
LAT136
PBR455D
EC-1316
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
A
EC
SEF995X
D
procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual. E
G
SEF824Y
WORK SUPPORT MODE

H
Work Item
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE ● FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DUR- When releasing fuel pressure I
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN ● THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE When learning the idle air volume J
ECM.
SELF-LEARNING CONT ● THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL When clearing the coefficient of
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF- self-learning control value K
FICIENT.
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE OPEN THE VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE AND When detecting EVAP vapor leak
CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN point of EVAP system L
● IGN SW “ON”
M
● NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYS-
TEM
● FUEL TANK TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0°C (32°F).
● WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING “EVAP SYS-
TEM CLOSE”
UNDER THE CONDITION EXCEPT ABOVE, CONSULT-
II WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY APPROPRI-
ATE INSTRUCTION.
NOTE:
WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-II MAY DISPLAY
EC-1317
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* ● IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* ● IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition tim-
ing
After adjustment, confirm target
ignition timing with a timing light.

Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of “DTC and 1st trip DTC”, refer to EC-1221, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
Freeze frame data
Description
item*
DIAG TROUBLE
● The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”. (Refer
CODE
to EC-1221, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
[PXXXX]
● “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
FUEL SYS-B1 “MODE 2”: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
“MODE 3”: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enrichment)
COOLANT TEMP [°C]
or [°F]
● “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRIM-B1 [%] ● The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
S-FUEL TRIM-B1 [%] ● The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule.
ENGINE SPEED
[rpm]
VHCL SPEED [km/h]
or [mph]
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE [°C]
or [°F]
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
EC-1318
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
DATA MONITOR MODE
Monitored Item A
×: Applicable
CAN
ECM
MAIN DIAG EC
Monitored item INPUT
SIG- SUP- Description Remarks
[Unit] SIG-
NALS PORT
NALS
MNTR
C
● Accuracy becomes poor if engine
● Indicates the engine speed computed speed drops below the idle rpm.
from the signals of the crankshaft posi-
ENG SPEED [rpm] × × ● If the signal is interrupted while the
tion sensor (POS) and camshaft posi-
engine is running, an abnormal D
tion sensor (PHASE).
value may be indicated.
● The signal voltage of the mass air flow ● When the engine is stopped, a
sensor is displayed. certain value is indicated. E
×
F
rection.
● When the engine is stopped, a
● The mean value of the air-fuel ratio certain value is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] × feedback correction factor per cycle is G
● This data also includes the data
indicated. for the air-fuel ratio learning con-
trol.
● When the engine coolant tempera- H
● The engine coolant temperature (deter- ture sensor is open or short-cir-
COOLAN TEMP/S mined by the signal voltage of the cuited, ECM enters fail-safe mode.
× ×
[°C] or [°F] engine coolant temperature sensor) is The engine coolant temperature
displayed. determined by the ECM is dis-
I
played.
HO2S1 (B1) [V] × × J
HO2S2 (B1) [V] × ×
● Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 sig- ● After turning ON the ignition K

nal during air-fuel ratio feedback control: switch, “RICH” is displayed until
RICH ... means the mixture became air-fuel mixture ratio feedback
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) “rich”, and control is being affected control begins.
× × L
[RICH/LEAN] toward a leaner mixture. ● When the air-fuel ratio feedback is
LEAN ... means the mixture became clamped, the value just before the
“lean”, and control is being affected clamping is displayed continu-
toward a rich mixture. ously. M
● Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 sig-
nal:
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) after three way catalyst is relatively ● When the engine is stopped, a
×
[RICH/LEAN] small. certain value is indicated.
LEAN ... means the amount of oxygen
after three way catalyst is relatively
large.
× ×
[km/h] or [mph] vehicle speed signal is displayed.
BATTERY VOLT ● The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-
× ×
[V] played.
ACCEL SEN 1 [V] × × ● The accelerator pedal position sensor
ACCEL SEN 2 [V] × signal voltage is displayed.
THRTL SEN 1 [V] × × ● The throttle position sensor signal volt-

THRTL SEN 2 [V] × age is displayed.
EC-1319
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
CAN
ECM
MAIN DIAG
[Unit] SIG-
NALS PORT
NALS
MNTR
● The fuel temperature (determined by the
FUEL T/TEMP SE
× signal voltage of the fuel tank tempera-
[°C] or [°F]
ture sensor) is displayed.
● The intake air temperature (determined
INT/A TEMP SE
× × by the signal voltage of the intake air
[°C] or [°F]
temperature sensor) is indicated.
EVAP SYS PRES ● The signal voltage of EVAP control sys-
×
[V] tem pressure sensor is displayed.
ABSOL PRES/SE ● The signal voltage of EVAP control sys-
×
[V] tem pressure sensor is displayed.
FUEL LEVEL SE ● The signal voltage of the fuel level sen-
×
[V] sor is displayed.
● After starting the engine, [OFF] is
START SIGNAL ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
× × displayed regardless of the starter
[ON/OFF] starter signal.
signal.
CLSD THL POS
× × puted by ECM according to the acceler-
[ON/OFF]
ator pedal position sensor signal.
AIR COND SIG
[ON/OFF]
P/N POSI SW
× × park/neutral position (PNP) switch sig-
[ON/OFF]
nal.
● [ON/OFF] condition of the power steer-
PW/ST SIGNAL ing oil pressure switch as determined by
× ×
[ON/OFF] the power steering oil pressure signal is
indicated.
electrical load signal.
ON ... Rear window defogger switch is
LOAD SIGNAL
× × ON and/or lighting switch is in 2nd posi-
[ON/OFF]
tion.
OFF ... Both rear window defogger
switch and lighting switch are OFF.
IGNITION SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from igni-
× ×
[ON/OFF] tion switch.
HEATER FAN SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
×
[ON/OFF] heater fan switch signal.
BRAKE SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
×
[ON/OFF] stop lamp switch signal.
● Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse ● When the engine is stopped, a
INJ PULSE-B1
× width compensated by ECM according certain computed value is indi-
[msec]
to the input signals. cated.
IGN TIMING ● Indicates the ignition timing computed ● When the engine is stopped, a
×
[BTDC] by ECM according to the input signals. certain value is indicated.
CAL/LD VALUE [%] value of the current airflow divided by
peak airflow.
MASS AIRFLOW
[g·m/s]
the mass air flow sensor.
EC-1320
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
CAN
ECM
MAIN DIAG A
[Unit] SIG-
NALS PORT
NALS
MNTR
EC
PURG VOL C/V computed by the ECM according to the
[%] input signals. C
value increases.
INT/V TIM (B1) ● Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft D
[°CA] advanced angle.
● The control condition of the intake valve
timing control solenoid valve (deter- E
mined by ECM according to the input
signals) is indicated.
INT/V SOL (B1) [%]
ON ... intake valve timing control is oper-
ating. F
OFF ... Intake valve timing control is not
operating.
● The control condition of the VIAS control
G
solenoid valve (determined by ECM
according to the input signals) is indi-
VIAS S/V cated.
[ON/OFF] ON ... VIAS control solenoid valve is H
operating.
OFF ... VIAS control solenoid valve is
not operating.
● The air conditioner relay control condi- I
AIR COND RLY
[ON/OFF]
the input signals) is indicated.
● Indicates the fuel pump relay control J
FUEL PUMP RLY
× condition determined by ECM according
[ON/OFF]
● The control condition of the vacuum cut K
valve bypass valve (determined by ECM
VC/V BYPASS/V according to the input signals) is indi-
[ON/OFF] cated.
ON ... Open L
OFF ... Closed
ter vent control valve (determined by M
VENT CONT/V ECM according to the input signals) is
[ON/OFF] indicated.
ON ... Closed
OFF ... Open
● Indicates the throttle control motor relay
THRTL RELAY
control condition determined by the
[ON/OFF]
● Indicates the condition of the cooling fan
(determined by ECM according to the
COOLING FAN input signals).
[HI/LOW/OFF] HI ... High speed operation
OFF ... Stop
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF]
EC-1321
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
CAN
ECM
MAIN DIAG
[Unit] SIG-
NALS PORT
NALS
MNTR
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF]
learning
IDL A/V LEARN
been performed yet.
[YET/CMPLT/
INCMP]
TRVL AFTER MIL
● Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
[km] or [mile]
● Indicates the heated oxygen sensor 1
O2SEN HTR DTY
heater control value computed by the
[%]
AC PRESS SEN ● The signal voltage from the refrigerant
[V] pressure sensor is displayed.
● The vehicle speed computed from the
VHCL SPEED SE
vehicle speed signal sent from TCM is
[km/h] or [mph]
displayed.
SET VHCL SPD
● The preset vehicle speed is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph]
MAIN SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
[ON/OFF] CRUISE switch signal.
CANCEL SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CAN-
[ON/OFF] CEL switch signal.
RESUME/ACC SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
[ON/OFF] ACCEL/RES switch signal.
SET SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
[ON/OFF] COAST/SET switch signal.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
BRAKE SW1 SW
ASCD brake switch signal, and ASCD
[ON/OFF]
clutch switch signal (M/T models).
BRAKE SW2 SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop
[ON/OFF] lamp switch signal.
● Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON ... Vehicle speed is maintained at
the ASCD set speed.
VHCL SPD CUT
CUT ...Vehicle speed increased to
[NON/CUT]
excessively high compared with the
ASCD set speed, and ASCD operation
is cut off.
● Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON ... Vehicle speed is maintained at
the ASCD set speed.
LO SPEED CUT
CUT ...Vehicle speed decreased to
[NON/CUT]
excessively low compared with the
ASCD set speed, and ASCD operation
is cut off.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D
AT OD MONITOR
according to the input signal from the
[ON/OFF]
TCM.
EC-1322
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
CAN
ECM
MAIN DIAG A
[Unit] SIG-
NALS PORT
NALS
MNTR
EC
AT OD CANCEL ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D
[ON/OFF] cancel signal sent from the TCM.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of
CRUISE LAMP
CRUISE lamp determined by the ECM
C
[ON/OFF]
according to the input signals.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET
SET LAMP D
lamp determined by the ECM according
[ON/OFF]
Voltage [V]
Frequency ● Only “#” is displayed if item is E
[msec], [Hz] or [%] unable to be measured.
DUTY-HI ● Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse ● Figures with “#”s are temporary
width measured by the probe. ones. They are the same figures F
DUTY-LOW as an actual piece of data which
PLS WIDTH-HI was just previously measured.
PLS WIDTH-LOW
G
CAN COMM
×
[OK/NG]
CAN CIRC 1 H
×
[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 2
×
[OK/UNKWN]
I
CAN CIRC 3
× ● These items are not displayed in
[OK/UNKWN] ● Indicates the communication condition
“SELECTION FROM MENU”
CAN CIRC 4 of CAN communication line.
× mode. J
[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 5
×
[OK/UNKWN]
K
CAN CIRC 6
×
[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 7
× L
[OK/UNKWN]
NOTE:
M
Monitored Item
ECM
Main
signals
signals
ENG SPEED [rpm] × from the signal of the crankshaft position
sensor (POS).
● The signal voltage of the mass air flow ● When engine is running specification
EC-1323
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
ECM
Main
signals
signals
B/FUEL SCHDL injection pulse width programmed into ● When engine is running specification
rection.
● When engine is running specification
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] × back correction factor per cycle is indi-
cated. ● This data also includes the data for the
NOTE:
ACTIVE TEST MODE

Test Item
● Engine: Return to the original ● Harness and connectors
FUEL INJEC- trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
● Fuel injectors
TION ● Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM.
tion using CONSULT-II. ● Heated oxygen sensor 1

trouble condition
IGNITION TIM- If trouble symptom disappears, see ● Perform “Idle Air Volume Learn-
● Timing light: Set
ING CHECK ITEM. ing”.
● Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-II.
● Engine: After warming up, idle ● Harness and connectors

POWER BAL- ● A/C switch “OFF” ● Fuel injectors
ANCE ● Shift lever “N” ● Power transistor
● Ignition switch: ON ● Harness and connectors

COOLING FAN ● Turn the cooling fan “ON” and Cooling fan moves and stops. ● Cooling fan relay
“OFF” with CONSULT-II. ● Cooling fan motor
● Engine: Return to the original ● Harness and connectors

stopped)
FUEL PUMP Fuel pump relay makes the operat- ● Harness and connectors
● Turn solenoid valve “ON” and Solenoid valve makes an operating ● Harness and connectors
VIAS SOL VALVE
“OFF” with CONSULT-II and lis- sound. ● Solenoid valve
ten for operating sound.
PURG VOL ● Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to ● Harness and connectors
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. ● Solenoid valve
SULT-II.
EC-1324
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
A
FUEL/T TEMP
SEN
stopped) EC
VENT CON- Solenoid valve makes an operating ● Harness and connectors
TROL/V ● Turn solenoid valve “ON” and sound. ● Solenoid valve
listen to operating sound. C
stopped)
Solenoid valve makes an operating ● Harness and connectors
VC/V BYPASS/V ● Turn solenoid valve “ON” and sound. ● Solenoid valve D
trouble condition
● Harness and connectors E
V/T ASSIGN If trouble symptom disappears, see
ANGLE CHECK ITEM. ● Intake valve timing control sole-
● Change intake valve timing using
noid valve
CONSULT-II.
F
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE
SRT STATUS Mode
For details, refer to EC-1263, "SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE" . G
H
PURGE FLOW P0441 EC-1514 I
EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442* EC-1520
EVAP SYSTEM EVAP V/S SML LEAK P0456/P1456 EC-1565, EC-1717
J
PURG VOL CN/V P1444 EC-1694
VC CUT/V BP/V P1491 EC-1736
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 Refer to corresponding EC-1401 K
trouble diagnosis for
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 DTC. EC-1410
HO2S1
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 EC-1633
L
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 EC-1639
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 EC-1423
H02S2 HO2S2 (B1) P1146 EC-1645 M
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 EC-1652
*: DTC P1442 does not apply to QR25DE Sentra models, but appears in DTC Work Support Mode screens for other Sentra Models.

Description
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching “SETTING” in “DATA MONITOR”
mode.
EC-1325
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
● The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen
in real time.
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, “MONI-
TOR” in “DATA MONITOR” screen is changed to “Recording
Data ... xx%” as shown at right, and the data after the mal-
function detection is recorded. Then when the percentage
reached 100%, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is displayed. If
“STOP” is touched on the screen during “Recording Data ...
xx%”, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is also displayed.
SEF705Y
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the
recording speed can be changed by “TRIGGER POINT” and
“Recording Speed”. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION MAN-
UAL.
● DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed
automatically on CONSULT-II screen even though a malfunc-
tion is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though
a malfunction is detected.
SEF707X
Operation
1. “AUTO TRIG”
● While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, be sure
to select to “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected.
● While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, compo-
nents and harness in the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/
1st trip DTC will be displayed. (Refer to “Incident Simulation Tests” in GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient
Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .)
2. “MANU TRIG”
● If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is selected, reset CONSULT-II to “MANU
TRIG”. By selecting “MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for fur-
ther diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
EC-1326
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
EC
PBIB0197E
I
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function UBS0027P
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has J
8 different functions explained below.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol.
ual. K
SEF139P
M
FUNCTION
and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
MODE 2 (FREEZE DATA) the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-1263, "FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP
FREEZE FRAME DATA" .
MODE 3 DTCs
by ECM.
EC-1327
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
This mode can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes:
MODE 4 CLEAR DIAG INFO ● Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (MODE 1)
● Clear on board monitoring test results (MODE 6 and 7)
This mode enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-related pow-
tions.
This mode can close EVAP system in ignition switch “ON” position (Engine stopped).
When this mode is performed, the following parts can be opened or closed.
● Engine running

2. Connect “GST” to data link connector, which is located under LH
dash panel near the fuse box cover.
LAT136
4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in

shown.)
SEF398S
EC-1328
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
5. Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service proce-
dure. A
tool maker.
EC
SEF416S
D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0027Q
Remarks:
● Specification data are reference values.
● Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector. E
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in
spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM
according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
F
ENG SPEED ● Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT-II CONSULT-II value. G
value.
● Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 1.1 - 1.5V
MAS A/F SE-B1 H
● Shift lever: N 2,500 rpm Approx. 1.6 - 2.0V
● No-load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 2.5 - 3.5 msec I
● Shift lever: N
B/FUEL SCHDL
● Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 2.5 - 3.5 msec
● No-load J
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
A/F ALPHA-B1 ● Engine: After warming up 54% - 155%
rpm
HO2S1 (B1) ● Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm
Revving engine from idle to 3,000 L
rpm quickly.
LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Changes more than 5 times dur- M
rpm
ing 10 seconds.
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
rpm quickly.
● Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the CON- Almost the same speed as the
VEH SPEED SE
SULT-II value. CONSULT-II value
ACCEL SEN1 ● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.41 - 0.71V
ACCEL SEN2 (engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 4.2V
Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN1
THRTL SEN2 ● Shift lever:
D (A/T model) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
1st (M/T model)
ABSOL PRES/SE ● Ignition switch: ON Approx. 4.4V
EC-1329
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON
CLSD THL POS ● Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
the engine ON
Shift lever:
P or N (A/T model) ON
P/N POSI SW ● Ignition switch: ON Neutral (M/T model)
Shift lever: Except above OFF
Steering wheel is in neutral position.
● Engine: After warming up, idle OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL (Forward direction)
the engine
Steering wheel is turned. ON
Rear window defogger switch is ON
ON
and/or lighting switch is in 2nd.
LOAD SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch is OFF
OFF
and lighting switch is OFF.
IGNITION SW ● Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON
● Engine: After warming up, idle Heater fan is operating. ON

HEATER FAN SW
the engine Heater fan is not operating OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
● Shift lever: N
INJ PULSE-B1
● No-load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 10° - 20° BTDC
● Shift lever: N
IGN TIMING
● Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC
● No-load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 10% - 35%
● Shift lever: N
CAL/LD VALUE
● Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 10% - 35%
● No-load
● Shift lever: N
MASS AIRFLOW
● Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
● No-load
● Shift lever: N
PURG VOL C/V
● Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 20 - 30%
● No-load
● Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
● Shift lever: N
INT/V TIM (B1)
● Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0° - 20°CA
● No-load
EC-1330
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
A
● Shift lever: N
INT/V SOL (B1)
● Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 25% - 60%
EC
● No-load
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON C
Idle OFF
VIAS S/V ● Engine: After warming up
More than 5,000 rpm ON D
● For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY ● Engine running or cranking
● Except above conditions OFF
E
VC/V BYPAS S/V ● Ignition switch: ON OFF

F
THRTL RELAY ● Ignition switch: ON ON
OFF
(201°F) or less G
● Engine: After warming up, idle Engine coolant temperature is
COOLING FAN the engine between 95°C (203°F) and 104°C LOW
H
HIGH
(221°F) or more
ON I
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm [After driving for 2 minutes at a speed of J
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) 70 km/h (43 MPH) or more]
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has 0 - 65,535 km K
TRVL AFTER MIL ● Ignition switch: ON
turned ON. (0 - 40,723 mile)
● Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than 80°C
O2SEN HTR DTY (176°F) Approx. 50% L
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
● Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Approx. 0V
AC PRESS SEN ● Engine: Idle M
1.0 - 4.0V
● Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the CON- Almost the same speed as the
VEH SPEED SE
SULT-II value. CONSULT-II value
The preset vehicle speed is dis-
SET VHCL SPD ● Engine: Running ASCD: Operating
played.
CRUISE switch: Depressed ON
MAIN SW ● Ignition switch: ON
CRUISE switch: Released OFF
CANCEL switch: Depressed ON
CANCEL SW ● Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Released OFF
ACCEL/RES switch: Depressed ON
RESUME/ACC SW ● Ignition switch: ON
ACCEL/RES switch: Released OFF
COAST/SET switch: Depressed ON
SET SW ● Ignition switch: ON
COAST/SET switch: Released OFF
EC-1331
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Brake pedal: Fully released ON
BRAKE SW1 ● Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
BRAKE SW2 ● Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
CRUISE switch is depressed at first
CRUISE LAMP ● Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
time → second time
● CRUISE switch: ON SET switch pressed ON
SET LAMP ● When vehicle is between

40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h ASCD control is canceled. OFF
(89 MPH)
CAN COMM OK
CAN CIRC 1 OK
CAN CIRC 2 OK
CAN CIRC 3 UNKWN
CAN CIRC 4 UNKWN
CAN CIRC 5 UNKWN
CAN CIRC 6 UNKWN
CAN CIRC 7 UNKWN
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode UBS0027R
CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1, THRTL SEN 1
Below is the data for “CLSD THL POS”, “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” when depressing the accelera-
tor pedal with the ignition switch “ON” and with selector lever in “D” position (A/T models) or with shift lever in
“1st” position (M/T models).
The signal of “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise
after “CLSD THL POS” is changed from “ON” to “OFF”.
PBIB0198E
ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for “ENG SPEED”, “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “THRTL SEN 1”, “HO2S2 (B1)”, “HO2S1 (B1)” and
“INJ PULSE-B1” when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine suffi-
ciently.
EC-1332
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
A
EC
SEF241Y
EC-1333
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
PBIB0668E
EC-1334
[QR25DE]
A
Description UBS0027S
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MONI- EC
TOR (SPEC)” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
“DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the C
MIL.
rection)
● A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
● MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor) E
Testing Condition UBS0027T

2
● Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
G
● Transmission: Warmed-up*1
● Electrical load: Not applied*2 H
*1: For A/T models with CONSULT-II, after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive
vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F). I
For A/T models without CONSUT-II and M/T models, after the engine is warmed up to normal operating tem-
perature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
*2: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are “OFF”. Steering wheel is straight J
ahead.
Inspection Procedure UBS0027U
K
NOTE:
Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-1289, "Basic Inspection" .
L
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-
B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II.
M
SEF601Z
EC-1335
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0027V
SEF613ZD
EC-1336
[QR25DE]
EC
SEF768Z
EC-1337
[QR25DE]
SEF615ZA
EC-1338
[QR25DE]
A
Description UBS0027W
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occur-
Common I/I Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow Situation
D
II The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than “0” or “[1t]”.
IV (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. E
VI The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the problem area.

F
1. INSPECTION START
TION" . G
>> GO TO 2.
H
2. CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection. I
Refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , “Incident Simulation Tests”.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. J
3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT K

Perform GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , “Incident Simulation Tests”.
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS M
Refer to GI-23, "How to Check Terminal" , “HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS”, “How to Check Enlarged Con-
tact Spring of Terminal”.
OK or NG
EC-1339
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS0027Y
BBWA0557E
EC-1340
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- A
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC
COLOR
NO.
Counter current BATTERY VOLTAGE
return (11 - 14V)
C
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “OFF”] 0 - 1.0V
ECM relay ● For 3 seconds after turning ignition switch “OFF”
20 W/G D
(Self shut-off) [Ignition switch “OFF”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than 3 seconds passed after turning igni- (11 - 14V)
tion switch “OFF”
E
(11 - 14V)
F
109 R/G Power supply for BATTERY VOLTAGE
111 R/G ECM (11 - 14V)
EC-1341
[QR25DE]
BBWA0211E
EC-1342
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
59 B/R
106 B
ECM ground Engine ground C
● Idle speed
108 B
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0027Z

D
1. INSPECTION START
Start engine. E
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 9. F
No >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

G
SULT-II or tester. H
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
J
PBIB0535E
K
L
● Fuse block (J/B) connectors E112, M1 M
● 10A fuse
EC-1343
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
6. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

BBIA0100E
2. Check voltage between ECM relay terminals 1, 6 and ground

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
SEF859T

● 15 fuses
● Harness for open or short between ECM relay and battery
EC-1344
[QR25DE]
8. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
EC
OK or NG C
OK >> Go to EC-1772, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
D
9. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 12, 109, 111 and ground E
Voltage: After turning ignition switch “OFF”, battery
F
voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
drop approximately 0V.
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO H
13. PBIB0927E
10. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

I
L
BBIA0100E
2. Check voltage between ECM relay terminal 3 and ground with M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
SEF860T
EC-1345
[QR25DE]
● Harness or connectors E9, F47
● Harness for open or short between ECM relay and 15A fuse
12. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND ECM FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and ECM relay terminals as follows.
ECM terminal ECM relay terminal
12 7
109, 111 5

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
13. CHECK ECM RELAY

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
14. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and ground

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1346
[QR25DE]
ECM RELAY A
2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
EC
Yes
terminals1 and 2
C
OFF No
3. If NG, replace ECM relay.
D
PBIB0077E
EC-1347
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QR25DE]
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
U1000 ● ECM cannot communicate to other control
1000 unit. ● Harness or connectors
CAN communication
(CAN communication line is open or
U1001 line ● ECM cannot communicate for more than the shorted)
1001 specified time.

EC-1348
[QR25DE]
EC
BBWA0212E
EC-1349
[QR25DE]
1. INSPECTION START
2. Select “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Print out the CONSULT-II screen.
PBIB0941E
>> Go to LAN-3, "CAN SYSTEM" .
EC-1350
[QR25DE]
A
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator EC
Engine speed
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Intake valve Intake valve timing control
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature timing control solenoid valve C
PBIB0540E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake J
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to K
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
L
● Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA M
● Shift lever: N
INT/V TIM (B1)
● Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0° - 20°CA
● No-load
● Shift lever: N
INT/V SOL (B1)
● No-load
EC-1351
[QR25DE]
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
name
P0011 Intake valve timing There is a gap between angle of target and ● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
0011 control performance phase-control angle degree. ● Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
portion of the camshaft
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction is detected.
Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
● If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P1111, first perform trouble diagnosis for “DTC P1111”. See
EC-1610 .
● If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF“ and
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
onds.
ENG SPEED 1,700 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLANT TEMPS 70 - 105°C (158 - 221°F)
Selector lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
SEF174Y

dure" .
WITH GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0028A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
EC-1352
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. EC
3. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE) C

● Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
D
● Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. E
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.
F
PBIB0565E
4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT G

For wiring diagram refer to CKP sensor (POS) EC-1499 and CMP sensor (PHASE) EC-1505 . H
>> INSPECTION END

I
EC-1353
[QR25DE]
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER PFP:22690
Description UBS0028B
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Heated oxygen sensor 1
Engine coolant tempera- heater control
Engine coolant temperature sensor
ture
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine
is started.
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 ON
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0028C

ON
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
● Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than 80°C
O2SEN HTR DTY (176°F) Approx. 50%
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0028D
Trouble diagnosis
name
The current amperage in the heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal ● Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0031 range.
sensor 1 heater open or shorted.)
0031 (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to
control circuit low
ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Heater oxygen sensor 1 heater
heater.)
The current amperage in the heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal ● Harness or connectors
P0032 range.
sensor 1 heater shorted.)
0032 (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to
control circuit high
ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Heater oxygen sensor 1 heater
heater.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0028E
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1354
[QR25DE]
with CONSULT-II. A
dure" . EC
SEF058Y
D
WITH GST
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds. E
5. Start engine and run it for at least 6 seconds at idle speed. F
● When using GST, “DTC Confirmation Procedure” should be performed twice as much as when G
H
EC-1355
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS0028F
BBWA0218E
EC-1356
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 7.0V
C
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition.
Heated oxygen sen-
2 R/L ● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm. D
sor 1 heater
PBIB0519E

F
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0028G
1. CHECK HO2S1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

G
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”. H
BBIA0011E
K
Voltage: Battery voltage L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. M
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0112E

● 15A fuse
EC-1357
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK HO2S1 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 2 and HO2S1 terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS0028H
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER

Terminal No. Resistance
2 and 3 2.3 - 4.3 Ω at 25°C (77°F)
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist)

CAUTION:
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-
18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
SEF249Y
Removal and Installation UBS0028I

Refer to EM-98, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .
EC-1358
[QR25DE]
A
Description UBS0028J
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator EC
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Heated oxygen sensor 2
Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) heater control
C
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater D
Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 ON
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0028K

F
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm [After driving for 2 minutes at a speed
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) of 70 km/h (43 MPH) or more]
G
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0028L

H
Trouble diagnosis
name
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- ● Harness or connectors I

P0037 sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
sensor 2 heater open or shorted.)
0037 (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM
control circuit low
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) ● Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater
J
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- ● Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
P0038
sensor 2 heater (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to shorted.)
0038
control circuit high ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2 K
heater.) ● Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0028M

L
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION: M
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
3. Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
EC-1359
[QR25DE]
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
1. Start engine.
5. Start engine.
EC-1360
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS0028N
EC
BBWA0219E
EC-1361
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
● After driving for 2 minutes at a speed of 70 km/h
Heated oxygen sen- (43 MPH) or more.
4 P/B
sor 2 heater [Ignition switch “ON”]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0028O
1. CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

BBIA0011E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0112E

● 15A fuse
EC-1362
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 4 and HO2S2 terminal 2. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. D
4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER E

OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT G

H
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS0028P
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER I

Terminal No. Resistance J
2 and 3 2.3 - 4.3 Ω at 25°C (77°F)
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist) K

CAUTION: L
M
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-
18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
SEF249Y
Removal and Installation UBS0028Q

Refer to EX-3, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .
EC-1363
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR PFP:22680
Component Description UBS0028R
SEC266C
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0028S

MAS A/F SE-B1
● No-load
● Shift lever: N
CAL/LD VALUE
● No-load
● Shift lever: N
MASS AIRFLOW
● No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0028T
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM (The sensor circuit is open or
A) shorted.)
under light load driving condition.
Mass air flow sensor cir- ● Mass air flow sensor
P0101
cuit range/performance ● Harness or connectors
0101
problem (The sensor circuit is open or
A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM shorted.)
B)
under heavy load driving condition.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0028U
Perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A” first.

If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B”.
NOTE:
NOTE:
If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch “ON”)
instead of running engine at idle speed.
EC-1364
[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. A
EC
dure" .
C
D
SEF174Y
With GST E
CAUTION: F
With CONSULT-II
G
H
5. Increases engine speed to about 4,000 rpm. I
increases.
J
SEF243Y
EC-1365
[QR25DE]
onds.
THRTL SEN 1 More than 3V
THRTL SEN 2 More than 3V
Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will help
Driving location
maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1368, "Diagnostic Proce- PBIB0199E
dure" .
Overall Function Check UBS0028V

With GST
3. Check the mass air flow sensor signal with “MODE 1”.
4. Check for linear mass air flow sensor signal value rise in
response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.
SEF534P
EC-1366
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS0028W
EC
BBWA0213E
EC-1367
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Sensor's power sup-
65 R [Ignition switch “ON”] Approximately 5V
ply
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
ground
● Idle speed
1. INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (A or B) is duplicated?
A or B
A >> GO TO 3.
B >> GO TO 2.

Check the following for connection.
● Air duct
● Vacuum hoses
● Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

>> GO TO 4.
BBIA0008E
EC-1368
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector.
EC
D
BBIA0101E
3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminals 2, 4 and ground E

Terminal Voltage
2 Approximately 5V
F
4 Battery voltage
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0076E H

● Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM relay
J
6. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. L
3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 80.
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-1369
[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS0028Y

signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage V
Ignition switch “ON” (Engine stopped.) Approx. 1.0
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
1.1 - 1.5
temperature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal
1.6 - 2.0
operating temperature.)
PBIB0537E
*: Check for liner voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm.
4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
a. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
b. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
c. Perform steps 2 and 3 again.
6. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
Removal and Installation UBS0028Z

Refer to EM-91, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .
EC-1370
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR PFP:22680
A
sures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake EC
intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss. C
detects the air flow by means of this current change. D
SEC266C
E

MAS A/F SE-B1 G
● No-load
H
● Shift lever: N
CAL/LD VALUE
● No-load
I
● Shift lever: N
MASS AIRFLOW
● Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/s J
● No-load
K
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
Trouble diagnosis
name
L
P0102 Mass air flow sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0102 circuit low input sent to ECM. ● Intake air leaks
M
P0103 Mass air flow sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0103 circuit high input sent to ECM.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
NOTE:
EC-1371
[QR25DE]
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
With CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
With GST
With CONSULT-II
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
SEF058Y
With GST
EC-1372
[QR25DE]
EC
BBWA0213E
EC-1373
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
ground
● Idle speed
1. INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated?
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.

Check the following for connection.
● Air duct
● Vacuum hoses
● Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

>> GO TO 4.
BBIA0008E
EC-1374
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
EC
D
BBIA0101E
3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminals 2, 4 and ground E

Terminal Voltage
2 Approximately 5V
F
4 Battery voltage
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0076E H

● Harness for open or short between ECM relay and mass air flow sensor
J
6. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-1375
[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

>> INSPECTION END


signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage V
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
1.1 - 1.5
temperature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal
1.6 - 2.0
operating temperature.)
PBIB0537E
4,000 rpm.
4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
c. Perform steps 2 and 3 again.

EC-1376
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR PFP:22630
A
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor.
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to EC
the ECM.
decreases in response to the temperature rise. C
SEC266C
E
<Reference data>
Intake air
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ F
temperature °C (°F)
−10 (14) 4.43 7.9 - 9.3
25 (77) 3.32 1.9 - 2.1 G
80 (176) 1.23 0.31 - 0.37
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground. H
CAUTION: SEF012P
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output

voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM termi- I
nals, such as the ground.
J
Trouble diagnosis
name
Intake air tempera- K
P0112 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
ture sensor circuit
0112 sent to ECM. ● Harness or connectors
low input
Intake air tempera-
P0113 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ● Intake air temperature sensor L
ture sensor circuit
0113 sent to ECM.
high input
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0029A M

NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF058Y
EC-1377
[QR25DE]
WITH GST
EC-1378
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS0029B
EC
BBWA0214E
EC-1379
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0029C
1. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor
is built-into) harness connector.
BBIA0101E
4. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 5 and ground.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0066E
2. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1380
[QR25DE]
Component Inspection UBS0029D

1. Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor termi-
EC
Intake air temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
25 (77) 1.9 - 2.1
2. If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature C
sensor).
D
SEC266C
SEF012P
H
Removal and Installation UBS0029E
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR I

EC-1381
[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS0029F

SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
CAUTION:
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0029G

Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
Engine coolant
P0117 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
temperature sen-
0117 sent to ECM.
sor circuit low input ● Harness or connectors
Engine coolant (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0118 temperature sen- An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ● Engine coolant temperature sensor
0118 sor circuit high sent to ECM.
input
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
EC-1382
[QR25DE]
A
or “START”.
Engine coolant temperature decided
EC
Condition
(CONSULT-II display)
Engine coolant temper- Just as ignition switch is turned ON or Start 40°C (104°F)
ature sensor circuit C
More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or
80°C (176°F)
Start
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above D
while engine is running.
E
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0029H
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at F
WITH CONSULT-II
H
SEF058Y
K
WITH GST
L
EC-1383
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS0029I
BBWA0215E
EC-1384
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0029J
1. CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness EC
connector.
C
BBIA0010E
E
4. Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester. F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 2.
in harness or connectors. H
PBIB0080E
I
2. CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECT sensor terminal 2 and engine ground.
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

● Harness for open or short between engine coolant temperature sensor and ECM
● Harness for open or short between engine coolant temperature sensor and TCM

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1385
[QR25DE]
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS0029K

terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
PBIB0081E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal
93 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

Removal and Installation UBS0029L

Refer to CO-30, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" .
EC-1386
[QR25DE]
A
Description UBS0029M
NOTE:
If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or EC
P0118. Refer to EC-1382 .
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine C
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to D
E
SEF594K
F
<Reference data>
G
Engine coolant
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 H
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 I
J
CAUTION:
K
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0029N
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause L
● Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not ● Harness or connectors
Insufficient engine cool- practical, even when some time has passed (High resistance in the circuit)
P0125 after starting the engine.
ant temperature for
0125 ● Engine coolant temperature sensor M
closed loop fuel control ● Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for
closed loop fuel control. ● Thermostat
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0029O
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1387
[QR25DE]
If it is above 10°C (50°F), the test result will be OK.
be OK.
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0029P

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION

When the engine is cold [lower than 70°C (158°F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine
coolant does not flow.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS0029Q

PBIB0081E
EC-1388
[QR25DE]
<Reference data>
A
Engine coolant
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
EC
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 C
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor. D
Removal and Installation UBS0029R
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR E

EC-1389
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR PFP:22630
Component Description UBS0029S
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor.
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
SEC266C
<Reference data>
Intake air
−10 (14) 4.43 7.9 - 9.3
25 (77) 3.32 1.9 - 2.1
80 (176) 1.23 0.31 - 0.37
CAUTION: SEF012P
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output

voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM termi-
nals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0029T
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is ● Harness or connectors

P0127 Intake air temperature (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signal
0127 too high
from engine coolant temperature sensor. ● Intake air temperature sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0029U
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90°C (194°F)
a. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC-1390
[QR25DE]
b. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
c. Check the engine coolant temperature. A
d. If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 90°C (194°F),
● Perform the following steps before engine coolant tempera- EC
ture is above 90°C (194°F).
4. Start engine.
5. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 con- SEF058Y
secutive seconds. D
WITH GST E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0029V
F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
H
Refer to EC-1339, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . I
Refer to EC-1379, "Wiring Diagram" .
>> INSPECTION END J

Component Inspection UBS0029W
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor termi- K
Intake air temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
L
25 (77) 1.9 - 2.1
2. If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor). M
SEC266C
SEF012P
EC-1391
[QR25DE]
Removal and Installation UBS0029X

EC-1392
[QR25DE]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0029Y
enough. EC
This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat stuck open.
C
The engine coolant temperature does not
P0128 ● Leakage from sealing portion of thermo-
Thermostat function reach to specified temperature even though
0128 stat
the engine has run long enough.
● Engine coolant temperature sensor D
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0029Z
NOTE: E
WITH CONSULT-II G
come on. H
3. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II. I
If it is above 60°C (140°F), stop engine and cool down the J
engine to less than 60°C (140°F), then retry from step 2.
5. Drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following
conditions. K

SEF176Y
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1393, "Diagnostic Proce- L
dure" .
WITH GST
M
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002A0

OK or NG
EC-1393
[QR25DE]
Component Inspection UBS002A1

PBIB0081E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

Removal and Installation UBS002A2

EC-1394
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
DTC P0132 HO2S1 PFP:22690
A
Component Description UBS002A3

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the EC
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts C
D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002A4 I

HO2S1 (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Changes more than 5 times during K
10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002A5
L
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.
SEF301UA
P0132 Heated oxygen sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
0132 1 circuit high voltage sent to ECM.
EC-1395
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002A6
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
5.
Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
dure" .
SEF174Y
WITH GST
EC-1396
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002A7
EC
BBWA0216E
EC-1397
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL NO. COLOR
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sen- 0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodi-
92 W/G ● Warm-up condition
sor 1 cally change)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002A8

Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0054E
2. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

terminal 1.
BBIA0011E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-1398
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER A
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. C
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 D

OK or NG
E
OK >> GO TO 6.

G
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS002A9
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 H

With CONSULT-II
I
2. Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-
II.
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
J
ing steps.
K
SEF646Y
M

● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
SEF217YA
EC-1399
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Without CONSULT-II
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.
● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.
● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
CAUTION: PBIB0543E

dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor;
use a new one.
Removal and Installation UBS002AA

EC-1400
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002AB

D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002AC I

rpm
LEAN ←→ RICH K
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Changes more than 5 times dur-
rpm
ing 10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002AD L

To judge the malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1, this diagnosis
measures response time of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal. The time
is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback M
control constant, and heated oxygen sensor 1 temperature index.
Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
SEF010V
EC-1401
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0133 Heated oxygen sensor The response of the voltage signal from the ● Fuel pressure
0133 1 circuit slow response sensor takes more than the specified time. ● Injectors
● PCV valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002AE
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
● Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “HO2S1 (B1) P0133” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
SEF338Z

take approximately 20 to 50 seconds.)
step 2.
EC-1402
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1405, "Diagnostic A
Procedure" .
EC
SEF658Y
D
Overall Function Check UBS002AF
trip DTC might not be confirmed. E
WITH GST
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1(B1) signal] and engine ground. F
– The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more G
than 5 times within 10 seconds.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V H
2 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
times: → 0 - 0.3V
4. If NG, go to EC-1405, "Diagnostic Procedure" . I
PBIB0543E
EC-1403
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002AG
BBWA0216E
EC-1404
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI- WIRE
NAL NO. COLOR EC
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen 0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodi-
sensor 1 cally change)
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm. C
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002AH
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS D

E
>> GO TO 2.
F
BBIA0008E
H
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1. I
J
>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0054E L

M
2. Listen for an exhaust air leak before three way catalyst (Mani-
fold).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
SEF099P
EC-1405
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

With CONSULT-II
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1271, "HOW TO ERASE
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? BBIA0101E
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or DTC P0172 (Refer to EC-1430 or EC-1436 ).
No >> GO TO 6.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-1406
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
7. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 and HO2S1 EC
terminal 1.
C
terminal 1 and ground. D
BBIA0011E

5. Also check harness for short to power. E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F

G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. H
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
9. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR I

OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 10.
10. CHECK PCV VALVE K

OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace PCV valve.
11. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002AI

With CONSULT-II
EC-1407
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
II.
ing steps.
SEF646Y

SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Without CONSULT-II
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
PBIB0543E
EC-1408
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m A
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. EC
Removal and Installation UBS002AJ

Refer to EM-98, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" . C
EC-1409
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002AK

SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002AL

rpm
LEAN ←→ RICH
rpm
ing 10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002AM
Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is

not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately
0.3V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is
within 200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks
that this time is not inordinately long.
SEF237U
Heated oxygen sensor ● Harness or connectors

P0134 The voltage from the sensor is constantly (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
1 circuit no activity
0134 approx. 0.3V.
detected ● Heated oxygen sensor 1
EC-1410
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002AN
A
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. C
WITH CONSULT-II
D
2. Select “HO2S1 (B1) P0134” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Let it idle for at least 3 minutes. E
NOTE:
F
PBIB0544E
5. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be dis- H

take approximately 10 to 60 seconds.) I
J
K
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from PBIB0545E
step 2.
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1414, "Diagnostic L
Procedure" .
SEC750C
Overall Function Check UBS002AO
WITH GST
EC-1411
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1 (B1)
signal] and engine ground.
– The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 - 0.4V.
PBIB0543E
EC-1412
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002AP
EC
BBWA0216E
EC-1413
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI- WIRE
NAL NO. COLOR
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen 0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodi-
sensor 1 cally change)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002AQ
1. INSPECTION START
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 or HO2S1 terminal 1 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-1414
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. EC

D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS002AR
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 E

With CONSULT-II
2. Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT- F
II.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow- G
ing steps.
H
SEF646Y
J
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” 5 times in 10 seconds. K
L
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
EC-1415
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
CAUTION: PBIB0543E

use a new one.
Removal and Installation UBS002AS

EC-1416
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002AT
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (Manifold),

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank. EC
tions.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002AU

rpm quickly.
Revving engine from idle to 3,000 G
rpm quickly.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002AV

H
I
2, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during the
various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
J
K
SEF305UA
L
P0138 Heated oxygen sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
0138 2 circuit high voltage sent to ECM. M
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002AW
CAUTION:
NOTE:
EC-1417
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
dure" .
SEF058Y
Overall Function Check UBS002AX
CAUTION:
WITH GST
at least 10 times.
The voltage should be below 1.4V during this procedure.
PBIB0550E
EC-1418
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002AY
EC
BBWA0217E
EC-1419
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI- WIRE
NAL NO. COLOR
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sen-
95 W ● Warm-up condition 0 - Approximately 1.0V
sor 2
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002AZ

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E

3. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and
engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0011E

● Harness for open and short between HO2S2 and engine ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness connectors.
EC-1420
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR25DE]

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 or HO2S2 terminal 1 and ground. C
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. E

F
Check HO2S2 harness connector for water.
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
H
Refer to EC-1421, "Component Inspection" . I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. J

Refer to EC-1339, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . K
>> INSPECTION END

L
Component Inspection UBS002B0

With CONSULT-II M
SEF662Y
EC-1421
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
4. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
PBIB0817E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.63V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.50V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
Without CONSULT-II
at least 10 times.
procedure.
sary.
5. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in “D” posi-
tion with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this PBIB0550E
procedure.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Removal and Installation UBS002B1

EC-1422
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002B2

tions.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002B3

rpm quickly.
rpm quickly.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002B4

H
I
2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's
voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condition
such as fuel-cut. J
K
SEF302U
L
M
P0139 Heated oxygen sensor It takes more time for the sensor to respond ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
0139 2 circuit slow response between rich and lean than the specified time. ● Fuel pressure
● Injectors
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002B5
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1423
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
7. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-II.
PBIB0115E

If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
a. Stop engine and cool down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates less than 70°C (158°F).
b. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
c. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
d. Start engine.
e. Return to step 6 again when the “COOLAN TEMP/S” reaches to 70°C (158°F).
Overall Function Check UBS002B6
CAUTION:
WITH GST
at least 10 times.
essary.
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in “D”
position with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should change at more than 0.06V for 1 second PBIB0550E
EC-1424
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002B7
EC
BBWA0217E
EC-1425
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002B8

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E
EC-1426
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
EC
with CONSULT-II.
C
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
D
E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. F
G
nector.
H
I
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? BBIA0101E
J
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-1430 or EC-1436 .
K
No >> GO TO 3.

L
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and M
engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0011E


EC-1427
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002B9

With CONSULT-II
SEF662Y
EC-1428
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
A
EC
PBIB0817E D
CAUTION: E
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor F
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes. G
H
at least 10 times.
The voltage should be above 0.63V at least once during this I
procedure.
sary. J
K
procedure.
L
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
M
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Removal and Installation UBS002BA

EC-1429
[QR25DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002BB
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ratios.
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and light up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
ECM
function
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Fuel injec-
Heated oxygen sensors 1 Fuel injectors
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) tion control
Trouble diagnosis
name
● Fuel injection system does not operate properly. ● Injectors
P0171 Fuel injection system ● The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too ● Exhaust gas leaks
0171 too lean large. ● Incorrect fuel pressure
(The mixture ratio is too lean.) ● Lack of fuel
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002BC
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SULT-II.
malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-1433, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
has a malfunction, too.
starts, go to EC-1433, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does SEF215Z
not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
WITH GST
EC-1430
[QR25DE]
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. A
nector.
5. Select “MODE 3” with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected. EC
6. Select “MODE 4” with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
8. Select “MODE 7” with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be C
detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-
1433, "Diagnostic Procedure" . BBIA0101E
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 7, the fuel injection system D

has a malfunction.
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-1433, "Diagnostic Procedure"
. E
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
EC-1431
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002BD
BBWA0220E
EC-1432
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002BE

2. Listen for an exhaust air leak before three way catalyst. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace. C
SEF099P
E
2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE

F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 3.
H
3. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (HO2S1) harness connec- I
tor.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 and HO2S1 J
terminal 1.
K
terminal 1 and ground. L
Refer to Wiring Diagram. BBIA0011E

6. Also check harness for short to power. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1255, "Fuel Pressure Check" .
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.7 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Follow the construction of “FUEL PRESSURE CHECK”.
EC-1433
[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec: at idling
4.0 - 10 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
4.0 - 10 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
engine grounds. Refer to EC-1371, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
CONSULT-II.
speed drop.
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
MEC703B
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1791, "INJECTOR CIRCUIT" .
EC-1434
[QR25DE]
7. CHECK INJECTOR A
3. Disconnect injector harness connectors. EC
4. Remove injector gallery assembly. Refer to EM-106, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
The injector harness connectors should remain connected. C
6. Prepare pans or saucers under each injector.
D
out from injectors.
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each injector. E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace injectors from which fuel does not spray out. F
Always replace O-ring with new ones.
G
SEF595Q

H
>> INSPECTION END I
EC-1435
[QR25DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002BF
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensors 1. The
ratios.
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and light up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
ECM
function
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Fuel injec-
Heated oxygen sensors 1 Fuel injectors
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) tion control
Trouble diagnosis
name
● Fuel injection system does not operate properly. ● Injectors
P0172 Fuel injection system ● The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too ● Exhaust gas leaks
0172 too rich large.
(The mixture ratio is too rich.) ● Incorrect fuel pressure
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002BG
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SULT-II.
malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-1439, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
has a malfunction, too.
If engine starts, go to EC-1439, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If SEF215Z
engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and check for foul-
ing, etc.
WITH GST
EC-1436
[QR25DE]
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. A
nector.
5. Select “MODE 3” with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected. EC
6. Select “MODE 4” with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
8. Select “MODE 7” with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be C
detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-
1439, "Diagnostic Procedure" . BBIA0101E
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 7, the fuel injection system D

has a malfunction.
If engine starts, go to EC-1439, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not start, check exhaust and E
intake air leak visually.
EC-1437
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002BH
BBWA0220E
EC-1438
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002BI

2. Listen for an exhaust air leak before three way catalyst. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace. C
SEF099P
E

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. G
3. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H

2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (HO2S1) harness connec-
tor. I
terminal 1. J
K
Refer to Wiring Diagram. BBIA0011E
L
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 4.

At idling: 350 kPa (3.7 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1439
[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
4.0 - 10 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
4.0 - 10 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
CONSULT-II.
speed drop.
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
MEC703B
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1791, "INJECTOR CIRCUIT" .
EC-1440
[QR25DE]
7. CHECK INJECTOR A
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. EC
3. Disconnect injector harness connectors.
The injector harness connectors should remain connected.
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. C
Make sure fuel does not drip from injector. D
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 8.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one. E

F
>> INSPECTION END G
EC-1441
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR PFP:22630
Component Description UBS002BJ
BBIA0109E
<Reference data>
°C (°F) V kΩ
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90
CAUTION:

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002BK
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is ● Harness or connectors
P0181 sent to ECM, compared with the voltage sig- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
sensor circuit range/
0181 nals from engine coolant temperature sensor
performance ● Fuel tank temperature sensor
and intake air temperature sensor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002BL
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” value.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F), the result will
be OK.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 60°C (140°F), go to the following
step.
60°C (140°F).
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1443, "Diagnostic Proce- SEF174Y
dure" .
WITH GST
EC-1442
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002BM
1. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR A

OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 2.
C
Refer to EC-1445, "Wiring Diagram" . D
>> INSPECTION END

E
Component Inspection UBS002BN

1. Remove fuel level sensor unit. F
2. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
terminals 4 and 5 by heating with hot water or heat gun as
shown in the figure. G
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
H
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
If NG, replace fuel level sensor unit.

I
PBIB0931E
Removal and Installation UBS002BO

J
Refer to FL-3, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
K
EC-1443
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR PFP:22630
Component Description UBS002BP
BBIA0109E
<Reference data>
°C (°F) V kΩ
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90
CAUTION:

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002BQ
P0182 Fuel tank temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0182 sensor circuit low input sent to ECM.
P0183 Fuel tank temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
0183 sensor circuit high input sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002BR
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF174Y
WITH GST
EC-1444
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002BS
EC
BBWA0221E
EC-1445
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002BT

nector.
BBIA0109E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0932E


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1446
[QR25DE]
Component Inspection UBS002BU
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR C

terminals 4 and 5 by heating with hot water or heat gun as
D
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 E
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
If NG, replace fuel level sensor unit. F
PBIB0931E
Removal and Installation UBS002BV

G
H
EC-1447
[QR25DE]
PFP:00019
System Description UBS002BW
COOLING FAN CONTROL

Cooling fan
control
OPERATION
PBIB0926E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002BX

the engine ON
EC-1448
[QR25DE]
A
OFF
(201°F) or less
COOLING FAN the engine between 95°C (203°F) and 104°C LOW EC
HIGH
(221°F) or more C
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002BY
This diagnosis checks whether the engine coolant temperature is extraordinary high, even when the load is D
not heavy.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause E
● Cooling fan F
● Thermostat
● Engine coolant temperature sensor G
P0217 Engine coolant over Engine coolant temperature is excessively ● Blocked front end
0217 temperature condition high under normal engine speed. (Improper fitting of nose mask) H
● Crushed vehicle frontal area
(Vehicle frontal is collided but not repaired)
● Blocked air passage by improper installa- I
tion of front fog lamp or fog lamps
● Damaged bumper
J
For more information, refer to EC-1460,
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .
CAUTION: K
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-17, "Changing Engine Oil" .
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to L
Overall Function Check UBS002BZ
M
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the coolant overtemperature enrichment protection check,
WARNING:
EC-1449
[QR25DE]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level and mixture ratio (using coolant tester)
ture ratio.
● If the coolant level in the reservoir and/or radiator is below the
● If the coolant mixture ratio is out of the range of 45 to 55%,
replace the coolant in the following procedure MA-22,
"Changing Engine Coolant" .
a. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed

b. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
c. After checking or replacing coolant, go to step 3 below.
Refer to MTC-21, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" After repair, go to the next step.
a. Set “ENG COOLANT TEMP” to 95°C (203°F) and make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
b. Set “ENG COOLANT TEMP” to 105°C (221°F) and make sure that cooling fan operates at high speed. If
NG, go to EC-1453, "Diagnostic Procedure" . After repair, go to the next step.
a. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature, then grasp radiator upper hose and lower hose and
a. When market fog lamps have been installed, check for damaged fans and clogging in the condenser and
radiator.
b. Check the front end for clogging caused by insects or debris.
c. Check for improper fitting of front-end cover, damaged radiator grille or bumper, damaged vehicle front.
WITH GST
● If the coolant level in the reservoir and/or radiator is below the proper range, and go to EC-1453, "Diag-
nostic Procedure" .
● If the coolant mixture ratio is out of the range of 45 to 55%, replace the coolant in the following proce-
dure MA-22, "Changing Engine Coolant" .
a. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute like pouring coolant
Mixture Ratio" .
b. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
EC-1450
[QR25DE]
c. After checking or replacing coolant, go to step 3 below.
2. Ask the customer if engine coolant has been added. If it has been added, go to EC-1453, "Diagnostic Pro- A
4. Make sure that A/C switch is “OFF” and air conditioner is not operating. If NG, check air conditioner circuit. EC
6. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. C
Be careful not to overheat engine. D
E
a. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature, then grasp radiator upper hose and lower hose and
Be extremely careful not to touch any moving or adjacent parts. F
a. When market fog lamps have been installed, check for damaged fans and clogging in the condenser and
radiator. G
b. Check the front end for clogging caused by insects or debris.
c. Check for improper fitting of front-end cover, damaged radiator grille or bumper, damaged vehicle front.
If NG, take appropriate action and then go to the next step. H
If NG, replace ECT sensor and go to the next step. I
If NG, refer to EC-1289, "Basic Inspection" , and then recheck. J
EC-1451
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002C0
BBWA0431E
EC-1452
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002C1

Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 4.
C
With CONSULT-II D
1. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
E
G
BBIA0113E
3. Select “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON- H

SULT-II and touch “LOW” on the CONSULT-II screen.
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 3.
J
SEF784Z
K
L
With CONSULT-II
2. Reconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
M
4. Select “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-II and touch “HIGH” on the CONSULT-II screen.
5. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at high speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
SEF785Z
EC-1453
[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
BBIA0113E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
SEC163BA

Without CONSULT-II
6. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 oper-
ate at high speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
MEC475B
EC-1454
[QR25DE]
pressure drops.
EC
CAUTION:
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. D
NG >> Check the following for leak. SLC754A
● Hose
● Radiator
E
● Water pump
Refer to CO-28, "WATER PUMP" .
F
G
59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi)
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
I
SLC755A
J
8. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures. K
L
Valve opening temperature: 82°C (180°F) [standard]
Valve lift: More than 8 mm/95°C (0.31 in/203°F)
3. Check if valve is closed at 5°C (9°F) below valve opening tem- M
perature.
For details, refer to CO-30, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT
HOUSING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. SLC343
NG >> Replace thermostat.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
EC-1455
[QR25DE]
>> INSPECTION END
EC-1456
[QR25DE]
PROCEDURE A
A
2. Disconnect cooling fan relay-1. EC
ground with CONSULT-II or tester. C

OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
E
PBIB0951E
F
Check the following. G
● 10A fuse
I
3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT
3. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 5 L
4 and body ground.
4 and body ground.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-1457
[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1458
[QR25DE]
PROCEDURE B
A
2. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3. EC
4. Check voltage between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 terminals 1,
3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. C

OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
E
PBIB0251E
F
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fuse
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fusible links
H
3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT I

2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling J
3. Check harness continuity between the following;
cooling fan relay-2 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2,
K
cooling fan relay-2 terminal 7 and body ground.
L
5. Check harness continuity between the following; BBIA0112E M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-1459
[QR25DE]
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 27 and cooling fan relay-2 terminal 2, cooling fan relay-3
terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

● Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2, -3 and ECM
6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS-2 AND -3

Refer to EC-1461, "COOLING FAN RELAYS-1, -2 AND -3" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS

Refer to EC-1461, "COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END

Main 12 Causes of Overheating UBS002C2

● Blocked bumper
2 ● Coolant mixture ● Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-14, "Anti-freeze
Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
ator filler neck
4 ● Radiator cap ● Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa See CO-9, "CHECKING
2 RADIATOR CAP" .
(0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm , 9 - 14
psi) (Limit)
EC-1460
[QR25DE]
A
ON*2 5 ● Coolant leaks ● Visual No leaks See CO-8, "CHECKING
COOLING SYSTEM FOR
LEAKS" .
ON*2 6 ● Thermostat ● Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot See CO-30, "THERMO- EC
STAT HOUSING" , and
CO-32, "RADIATOR" .
C
DTC P0217 (EC-1448 ).
D

gauge when driving
E
● Coolant overflow to ● Visual No overflow during driving See MA-22, "Changing
reservoir tank and idling Engine Coolant" .
OFF*4 10 ● Coolant return from ● Visual Should be initial level in See CO-26, "CHECKING
F
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank RESERVOIR LEVEL" .
tor
OFF 11 ● Cylinder head ● Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- See EM-129, "CYLIN-
gauge mum distortion (warping) DER HEAD" . G
12 ● Cylinder block and pis- ● Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-129, "CYLIN-
tons walls or piston DER HEAD" .
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON. H
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time. I
Component Inspection UBS002C3
COOLING FAN RELAYS-1, -2 AND -3 J

K
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No current supply No L
M
SEF745U
COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2

check operation.
Terminals
Speed
(+) (−)
Low 1 4
Cooling fan motor
High 1, 2 3, 4

SEF734W
EC-1461
DTC P0221 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P0221 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
Component Description UBS002C4
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002C5

(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN1
1st (M/T model)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002C6
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

● Harness or connector
Throttle position sensor Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM (The TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
P0221 shorted.)
circuit range/perfor- compared with the signals from TP sensor 1
0221
mance problem and TP sensor 2. ● Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates an opening speed of approx. 5 seconds to an opening of 10 degrees.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002C7
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1462
DTC P0221 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. A
EC
SEF058Y
D
WITH GST
E
EC-1463
DTC P0221 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002C8
BBWA0238E
EC-1464
DTC P0221 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI- WIRE
NAL NO. COLOR EC
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed C
D
More than 0.36V
73 W Throttle position sensor 1 E
Less than 4.75V
F
● Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model) G
Less than 4.75V
74 G Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch “ON”] H
More than 0.36V
● Accelerator pedal fully depressed I
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002C9
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS J

2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws. K
>> GO TO 2.
L
BBIA0008E
EC-1465
DTC P0221 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
BBIA0103E
3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0082E

● Harness for open or short between electric throttle control actuator and ECM
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 5 and engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

● Harness for open or short between electric throttle control actuator and TCM
EC-1466
DTC P0221 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 73 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 4, ECM
terminal 74 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 2. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. D
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. F
NG >> GO TO 8.
8. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR G
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.

2. Perform EC-1253, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . H
>> INSPECTION END I

Refer to EC-1339, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . J
>> INSPECTION END

K
Component Inspection UBS002CA

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. L
4. Set selector lever to “D” position (A/T models) or “1st” position (M/T models). M
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 73 (TP sensor 1), 74 (TP
sensor 2) and engine ground under the following conditions.
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
73 Fully released More than 0.36V

(Throttle position sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
74 Fully released Less than 4.75V

(Throttle position sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 0.36V
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step. PBIB0559E

EC-1467
DTC P0221 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Remove and Installation UBS002CB
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-93, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
EC-1468
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
A
Component Description UBS002CC

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to EC
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi- C
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig- D
PBIB0145E
tion.
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002CD

F
(Engine stopped)
G
1st (M/T model)
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002CE

I
P0222 Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor ● Harness or connectors
0222 1 circuit low input 1 is sent to ECM. (The TP sensor 1 circuit is open or
J
shorted.)
P0223 Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sen- ● Electric throttle control actuator
0223 1 circuit high input sor 1 is sent to ECM.
(TP sensor 1)
K
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
L
degrees. M
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002CF
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1469
[QR25DE]
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1470
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002CG
EC
BBWA0236E
EC-1471
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI- WIRE
NAL NO. COLOR
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
More than 0.36V
73 W Throttle position sensor 1
Less than 4.75V
Less than 4.75V
74 G Throttle position sensor 2
More than 0.36V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002CH

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E
EC-1472
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
EC
D
BBIA0103E
3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal E

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
G
PBIB0082E H

J
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K

2. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 5 and engine ground. L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

EC-1473
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 73 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 4.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
8. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002CI

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
4. Set selector lever to “D” position (A/T models) or “1st” position (M/T models).
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 73 (TP sensor 1), 74 (TP



step. PBIB0559E

Remove and Installation UBS002CJ

EC-1474
DTC P0226 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P0226 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
A
Component Description UBS002CK
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera- EC
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. C
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from D
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB0146E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
E
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002CL
F
G
ACCEL SEN1 ● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.41 - 0.71V
ACCEL SEN2 (engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 4.2V
Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON H
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002CM

I
J
● Harness or connector
Accelerator pedal posi- (The APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
P0226 tion sensor circuit or shorted.)
compared with the signals from APP sensor 1
0226 range/performance
and APP sensor 2. ● Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 and K
problem
2
FAIL-SAFE MODE L
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
M
degrees.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002CN
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1475
[QR25DE]
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1476
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002CO
EC
BBWA0254E
EC-1477
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
64 R/G tion sensor 2 power [Ignition switch “ON”] Approximately 2.5V
supply
0.41 - 0.71V
75 W
More than 4.2V
0.21 - 0.36V
76 R/B
More than 2.1V
Accelerator pedal
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002CP

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E
EC-1478
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
D
BBIA0104E
3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminals 1, 2 and ground E

APP sensor terminal Voltage (V)
1 Approximately 2.5
F
2 Approximately 5
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0782E H

J
● Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
4. CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. L
2. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 4, 5 and engine ground.
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
EC-1479
[QR25DE]
● Harness for open or short between TCM and accelerator pedal position sensor
6. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 75 and APP sensor terminal 3, ECM terminal 76 and
APP sensor terminal 6.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

8. CHECK APP SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.

Refer to EC-1340, "POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM" .
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002CQ
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

EC-1480
[QR25DE]
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 75 (APP sensor 1 sig-
nal), 76 (APP sensor 2 signal) and engine ground under the fol- A
lowing conditions.
EC
75 Fully released 0.41 - 0.71V
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1) Fully depressed More than 4.2V
76 Fully released 0.21 - 0.36V C

PBIB0561E
4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step. D

E
Remove and Installation UBS002CR
ACCELERATOR PEDAL F
Refer to ACC-4, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
EC-1481
DTC P0227, P0228 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P0227, P0228 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
Component Description UBS002CS

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
signals.
PBIB0146E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002CT

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.41 - 0.71V

ACCEL SEN1
(engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 4.2V
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002CU

P0227 An excessively low voltage from the APP sen- ● Harness or connectors
tion sensor 1 circuit low
0227 sor 1 is sent to ECM. (The APP sensor 1 circuit is open or
input
shorted.)
P0228 An excessively high voltage from the APP sen- ● Accelerator pedal position sensor
tion sensor 1 circuit high
0228 sor 1 is sent to ECM. (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
input
FAIL-SAFE MODE
degrees.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002CV
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1482
[QR25DE]
EC
SEF058Y
D
WITH GST
E
EC-1483
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002CW
BBWA0252E
EC-1484
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
58 B Sensors' ground ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V C
● Idle speed
64 R/G tion sensor 2 power [Ignition switch “ON”] Approximately 2.5V D
supply
[Ignition switch “ON”] E
0.41 - 0.71V
75 W
More than 4.2V
● Accelerator pedal fully depressed F
0.21 - 0.36V
76 R/B G
More than 2.1V
Accelerator pedal
86 G [Ignition switch “ON”] Approximately 0V H
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002CX

2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws. J
>> GO TO 2.
K
BBIA0008E M
EC-1485
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
connector.
BBIA0104E
3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 2 and ground with

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0811E

4. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

2. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 4 and engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

● Harness for open or short between TCM and accelerator pedal position sensor
EC-1486
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 75 and APP sensor terminal 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7. D

F
8. CHECK APP SENSOR G

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 9.
I
J
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002CY K
nal), 76 (APP sensor 2 signal) and engine ground under the fol-
lowing conditions. M

PBIB0561E
4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.

Remove and Installation UBS002CZ
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
EC-1487
FIRE
[QR25DE]
FIRE PFP:00000
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002D0
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.

1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the first trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to over-
heating, the MIL will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor (POS) signal every 200 engine revo-
lutions for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sen-
sor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire ● Improper spark plug
Multiple cylinder misfire.
0300 detected ● Insufficient compression
P0301 No.1 cylinder misfire ● Incorrect fuel pressure
No. 1 cylinder misfires.
0301 detected ● The injector circuit is open or shorted
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire ● Fuel injectors
0302 detected
● Intake air leak
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire ● The ignition signal circuit is open or
0303 detected shorted
● Lack of fuel
P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire ● Drive plate or flywheel
0304 detected ● Heated oxygen sensor 1
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002D1
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”, and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
EC-1488
FIRE
[QR25DE]
minutes. A
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
NOTE:
Refer to the freeze frame data for the test driving condi- EC
tions.
dure" .
C
PBIB0164E
D
WITH GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002D2 E
1. Start engine and run it at idle speed. F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 2.
H
2. CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace it. J
EC-1489
FIRE
[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
engine speed drop?
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II
speed drop?
BBIA0024E
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> GO TO 7.
4. CHECK INJECTOR
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Check injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-1791,
"INJECTOR CIRCUIT" .
MEC703B
EC-1490
FIRE
[QR25DE]
1. Disconnect ignition coil assembly from rocker cover.
2. Connect a known good spark plug to the ignition coil assembly.
3. Place end of spark plug against a suitable ground and crank engine. EC
4. Check for spark.
OK or NG
C
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits.
Refer to EC-1772, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
D
SEF575Q
6. CHECK SPARK PLUGS F
Remove the spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace spark plug(s) with standard type
one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-27, "Changing H
Spark Plugs (Double Platinum - Tipped Type)" .
SEF156I
J
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-129, "CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE" .
K
Standard: 1,190 kPa (12.1 kg/cm2 , 172 psi)/250 rpm
Minimum: 990 kPa (10.1 kg/cm2 , 144 psi)/250 rpm
Difference between each L
98 kPa (1.0 kg/cm2 , 14 psi)/250 rpm
cylinder:
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 8.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
EC-1491
FIRE
[QR25DE]
A/T 700 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
Target idle speed
M/T 700 ± 50 rpm
A/T 15 ± 5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
Ignition timing
M/T 15 ± 5° BTDC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Follow the “Basic Inspection”.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.

With CONSULT-II
Check mass air flow sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
4.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
4.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.

Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-1294, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.

>> GO TO 14.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1492
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR25DE]
DTC P0327, P0328 KS PFP:22060
A
Component Description UBS002D3

knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from EC
C
BBIA0014E
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002D4
The MIL will not light for knock sensor malfunction.

Trouble Diagnosis F
DTC No. DTC Detected Condition Possible Cause
Name
P0327 Knock sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0327 low input sent to ECM. G
P0328 Knock sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
● Knock sensor
0328 high input sent to ECM.
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002D5
NOTE:
I
TESTING CONDITION:
J
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. K
dure" .
L
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1493
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002D6
BBWA0016E
EC-1494
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed C
1. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I D

E
3. Check resistance between ECM terminal 82 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
F
Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
H
2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
I
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 82 and knock
sensor terminal 1.
J
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0014E
L

M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1495
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR25DE]
>> GO TO 5.
BBIA0008E

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002D8
KNOCK SENSOR
Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more
than 10 MΩ.
Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or phys-
ically damaged. Use only new ones.
SEF478Y
Removal and Installation UBS002D9
KNOCK SENSOR
EC-1496
[QR25DE]
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) PFP:23731
A
Component Description UBS002DA

block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at EC
the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine rev-
olution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth C
cause the gap with the sensor change.
change. D
changes.
PBIB0562E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002DB
Specification data are reference values. F

Almost the same speed as the G
ENG SPEED· ● Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT-II CONSULT-II value.
value.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002DC H
● The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal I
is not detected by the ECM during the first
few seconds of engine cranking.
● The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0335 Crankshaft position
position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM
J
0335 sensor (POS) circuit ● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● Signal plate
● The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is not in the normal pattern during engine K
running.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002DD

L
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION: M
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
onds at idle speed.
dure" .
SEF058Y
EC-1497
[QR25DE]
WITH GST
EC-1498
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002DE
EC
BBWA0222E
EC-1499
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 3V
[Engine is running]
62 ● Idle speed
(With-
out
Crankshaft position PBIB0527E
NVIS) R
sensor (POS)
71 Approximately 3V
(With
NVIS)
[Engine is running]
PBIB0528E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002DF

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E
EC-1500
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness
connector.
D
BBIA0015E
3. Check voltage between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and E

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. G
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0664E
H

I
● Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and ECM
● Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and ECM relay J
K
4. CHECK CKP (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
L
2. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 3 and engine ground.
3. Also check harness for and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

● Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and engine ground
EC-1501
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 62 or 71 and CKP sensor (POS) terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK GEAR TOOTH

Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace the signal plate.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002DG

2. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
PBIB0563E
EC-1502
[QR25DE]
A
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ EC
2 (+) - 3 (-)
6. If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

C
PBIB0564E
D
Removal and Installation UBS002DH

E
EC-1503
[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002DI
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction with

intake valve camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft
position sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
PBIB0562E
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002DJ
● The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
for the first few seconds during engine
cranking. ● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0340 Camshaft position sen- ● Camshaft (Intake)
● The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM
0340 sor (PHASE) circuit
during engine running. ● Starter motor (Refer to SC-9 .)
● The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal ● Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-9 .)
pattern during engine running.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002DK
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
onds at idle speed.
dure" .
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5
seconds.
dure" . SEF013Y
WITH GST
EC-1504
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002DL
EC
BBWA0223E
EC-1505
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
62 ● Idle speed
(With
NVIS)
Camshaft position PBIB0525E
71 R
sensor (PHASE)
(With- 1.0 - 4.0V
out
NVIS)
[Engine is running]
PBIB0526E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002DM

Turn ignition switch to “START” position.
Does the starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-9, "STARTING SYSTEM" .)

>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0008E
EC-1506
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness
connector.
D
BBIA0010E
3. Check voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and E

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0664E
H

I
● Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM
● Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM relay J
K
5. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
L
2. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 3 and engine ground.
3. Also check harness for short to power. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

● Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and engine ground
EC-1507
[QR25DE]
7. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 62 or 72 and CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
9. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)

● Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
● Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.
PBIB0565E

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002DN

2. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
PBIB0563E
EC-1508
[QR25DE]
A
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ EC
2 (+) - 3 (-)
PBIB0564E
D
Removal and Installation UBS002DO

Refer to EM-111, "CAMSHAFT" .
E
EC-1509
[QR25DE]
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION PFP:20905
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002DP
The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of heated oxygen

sensors 1 and 2.
A three way catalyst (Manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of heated oxygen sensors 1 and 2
approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (Manifold)
malfunction is diagnosed.
PBIB0067E
● Three way catalyst (Manifold)
● Exhaust tube
● Three way catalyst (Manifold) does not oper- ● Intake air leaks
P0420 Catalyst system effi- ate properly.
● Fuel injectors
0420 ciency below threshold ● Three way catalyst (Manifold) does not have
enough oxygen storage capacity. ● Fuel injector leaks
● Spark plug
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002DQ
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
● Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
3. Start engine.
4. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecu-
tive minutes then release the accelerator pedal completely.
If “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changed to “COMPLT”, go to step 7
PBIB0822E
EC-1510
[QR25DE]
6. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until
“INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It will take A
approximately 5 minutes).
If not “CMPLT”, stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C
(158°F) and then retest from step 1.
EC
PBIB0823E
D
If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1512, "Diagnostic Pro- E
cedure" .
G
SEF535Z
Overall Function Check UBS002DR

H
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (Manifold). During this check, a 1st
CAUTION:
I
WITH GST
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes. J
3. Set voltmeters probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1 signal]
and engine ground, and ECM terminal 95 [HO2S2 signal] and K
engine ground.
L
PBIB0543E
5. Make sure that the voltage switching frequency (high & low)
between ECM terminal 95 and engine ground is very less than
that of ECM terminal 92 and engine ground.
Switching frequency ratio = A/B
A: Heated oxygen sensor 2 voltage switching frequency
B: Heated oxygen sensor 1 voltage switching frequency
This ratio should be less than 0.75.
If the ratio is greater than above, it means three way catalyst
does not operate properly. Go to EC-1512, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
NOTE: PBIB0550E
If the voltage at terminal 92 does not switch periodically more than 5
times within 10 seconds at step 5, perform trouble diagnosis for “DTC P0133” first. (See EC-1401 .)
EC-1511
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002DS

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

2. Listen for an exhaust air leak before the three way catalyst
(Manifold).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
SEF099P

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

A/T 15° ± 5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
Ignition timing
M/T 15° ± 5° BTDC
A/T 700 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
Target idle speed
M/T 700 ± 50 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Follow the “Basic Inspection”.
EC-1512
[QR25DE]
5. CHECK INJECTORS A
1. Refer to Wiring Diagram for Injectors, EC-1792 .
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 101, 102, 103, 104 and EC
Battery voltage should exist.
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Perform EC-1793, "Diagnostic Procedure" . D
E
PBIB0568E

F
2. Disconnect ignition coil assembly from rocker cover.
3. Connect a known good spark plug to the ignition coil assembly. G
5. Check for spark.
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Check ignition coil with power transistor and their circuit.
Refer to EC-1772, "IGNITION SIGNAL" . I
SEF575Q
K
7. CHECK INJECTOR
L
2. Remove injector assembly.
M
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 8.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.

Trouble is fixed.>>INSPECTION END

Trouble is not fixed.>>Replace three way catalyst (Manifold).
EC-1513
[QR25DE]
System Description UBS002DT
NOTE:
If DTC P0441 is displayed with P0226, P0227, P0228, P1227 or P1228, perform trouble diagnosis for
displayed other DTC.
SEF323U
Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP
trol system pressure sensor to intake manifold vacuum.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002DU
Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow
● EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve stuck closed
and the circuit
● Loose, disconnected or improper con-
EVAP control system does not operate prop- nection of rubber tube
P0441 EVAP control system erly, EVAP control system has a leak between ● Blocked rubber tube
0441 incorrect purge flow intake manifold and EVAP control system pres-
sure sensor.
solenoid valve circuit
● Accelerator pedal position sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002DV
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
● Always perform test at a temperature of 0°C (32°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-II
4. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
EC-1514
[QR25DE]
If “COMPLETED” is displayed, go to step 7. A
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 35 seconds.)
EC
ENG SPEED 500 - 3,800 rpm C
Engine coolant temperature 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)
D
If “TESTING” is not changed for a long time, retry from step 2.
G
PBIB0826E
H
Overall Function Check UBS002DW
Use this procedure to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow monitoring. I
During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
J
2. Start engine (TCS switch “OFF”) and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds. K
5. Set voltmeter probes to ECM terminals 88 (EVAP control system
pressure sensor signal) and ground. L
6. Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed
and note it.
7. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1 M
minute.
Steering wheel Fully turned
Headlamp switch ON
PBIB0827E

8. Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1V less than the value at idle speed (mea-
EC-1515
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002DX

OK or NG
2. CHECK PURGE FLOW

With CONSULT-II
vacuum gauge.
BBIA0114E

CONSULT-II.
PURG VOL CONT/V Vacuum
100.0% Should exist.
0.0% Should not exist.
OK or NG PBIB0828E
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-1516
[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Stop engine.
vacuum gauge. C
2,000 rpm. D

Vacuum should not exist. BBIA0114E
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 4.
G
2. Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection. H
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 5. I
NG >> Repair it.
J
5. CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT
SEF367U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
SEF368U
EC-1517
[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
PBIB0828E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair it.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

Refer to “DTC Confirmation Procedure” for DTC P0452 (EC-1542 ) and P0453 (EC-1549 ).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
EC-1518
[QR25DE]
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. EC
13. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE C
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Replace it.
E
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower. F
>> GO TO 15.
G
H
>> INSPECTION END

I
EC-1519
[QR25DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002DY
NOTE:
SEF323U
● Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to
close.
● Leak is in line between intake manifold
and EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve.
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister
vent control valve.
● EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube)
leaks
EVAP control system ● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP
P0442 EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP control
small leak detected control system pressure sensor
0442 system does not operate properly.
(negative pressure)
● EVAP canister vent control valve and the
circuit
solenoid valve and the circuit
● O-ring of EVAP canister vent control
valve is missing or damaged
● Water separator
EC-1520
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
● Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, A
● Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. EC
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002DZ
NOTE: C
.)
D
TESTING CONDITION:
● Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 to 3/4 full and vehicle is placed E
● Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
WITH CONSULT-II F
3. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. G
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 30°C (32 - 86°F) H
5. Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed. I
NOTE:
DTC P1442 does not apply to QR25DE Sentra models, but appears in DTC Work Support Mode screens
for other Sentra models. J
M
PBIB0829E
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, go to
EC-1289, "Basic Inspection" .
NOTE:
SEC763C
EC-1521
[QR25DE]
WITH GST
NOTE:
1. Start engine.
3. Stop vehicle.
If SRT of EVAP system is not set yet, go to the following step.
If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK.
6. Start engine.
8. Stop vehicle.
If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-1522, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to “Diagnostic Procedure” for DTC P0441, EC-1516 .
If P0441 and P0442 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.
If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK.
If SRT of EVAP system is not set, go to step 6.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF915U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
2. Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-1522
[QR25DE]
Refer to EC-1839, "FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FULLER CAP)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. EC
5. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP C
D
NOTE:
E
BBIA0114E
SEF916U J

Models without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7. K
EC-1523
[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
NOTE:

sure in the system.
PEF917U
Refer to EC-1837, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAW-
ING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U
EC-1524
[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
end of test.) C
F
BBIA0116E
then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter. G
NOTE:
H
to EC-1837, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" . I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
J
SEF200U
8. CHECK WATER SEPARATOR L

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 9.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
EC-1525
[QR25DE]
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 11.
SEF596U

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 12.

With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
PBIB0828E
EC-1526
[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Stop engine.
C
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 15.
E
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-1235, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" . F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose. G

Refer to EC-1534, "Component Inspection" . H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. I

J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18. K
18. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR L

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19. M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.

>> GO TO 21.
EC-1527
[QR25DE]
(ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 25.

>> INSPECTION END

WATER SEPARATOR
NOTE:
SEF829T
EC-1528
VALVE
[QR25DE]
VALVE PFP:14920 A
Description UBS002E2
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC
ECM
function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) C
Engine speed
EVAP can-
Ignition switch Start signal ister purge EVAP canister purge volume
trol E
Accelerator pedal position sensor Closed throttle position
F
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass pas-
sage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP G
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor H
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/ I
J
SEF337U L
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002E3
Specification data are reference values. M

● Shift lever: N
PURG VOL C/V
● No-load
EC-1529
VALVE
[QR25DE]
EVAP canister purge volume (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0444 An excessively low voltage signal is sent
control solenoid valve circuit
0444 to ECM through the valve ● EVAP canister purge volume control
open
solenoid valve
EVAP canister purge volume (The sensor circuit is shorted.)
P0445 An excessively high voltage signal is sent
control solenoid valve circuit
0445 to ECM through the valve ● EVAP canister purge volume control
shorted
solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002E5
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1530
VALVE
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002E6
EC
BBWA0224E
EC-1531
VALVE
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
EVAP canister purge

13 PU/W volume control solenoid PBIB0050E
valve
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
seconds after starting engine)
PBIB0520E
CUIT
harness connector.
BBIA0115E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0148E
EC-1532
VALVE
[QR25DE]
● Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 EC
● 10A fuse
C
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR- D
valve terminal 2. F
G
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 4. H
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION I
With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. J
2. Start engine.
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the K
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. L
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0569E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1533
VALVE
[QR25DE]

With CONSULT-II
(PURG VOL CONT/V value) B
100.0% Yes
0.0% No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
Air passage continuity between A and
Condition
B
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No
PBIB0150E
Removal and Installation UBS002E9

EC-1534
[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002EA
ter and is used to seal the canister vent. EC
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative C
opened. D
SEF381Z
E
H
BBIA0116E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002EB I

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002EC

K
P0447 EVAP canister vent con- An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM (The valve circuit is open or shorted.) L
0447 trol valve circuit open through EVAP canister vent control valve.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002ED M

NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1535
[QR25DE]
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1536
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002EE
EC
BBWA0225E
EC-1537
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002EF
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

With CONSULT-II
2. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0834E
EC-1538
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
EC
BBIA0116E
E
nal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. F

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
H
PBIB0152E
I
● 10A fuse K
● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and fuse
L
SHORT M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
EC-1539
[QR25DE]

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002EG

With CONSULT-II
rusted.
PBIB0933E

Condition
B
ON No
OFF Yes

If NG, go to next step. PBIB0834E
EC-1540
[QR25DE]
8. Perform inspection again. A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
rusted.
C
E
SEF376Z
following conditions. F

Condition
B
G
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes H
PBIB0835E
If NG, go to next step. I
5. Perform inspection again.
J
EC-1541
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:25085
Component Description UBS002EH

purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pres-
nosis.
SEF053V
PBIB0629E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002EI

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002EJ
EVAP control system ● Harness or connectors

P0452 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
pressure sensor low
0452 sent to ECM.
input ● EVAP control system pressure sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002EK
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1542
[QR25DE]
5. Make sure that “FUEL T/TEMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F). A
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1545, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" . EC
SEF194Y
D
WITH GST
2. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 70 (Fuel tank temper- E
4. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. F
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1545, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
G
PBIB0832E
H
EC-1543
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002EL
BBWA0558E
EC-1544
[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
● Idle speed
65 R Sensor's power supply [Ignition switch “ON”] Approximately 5V D
EVAP control system
pressure sensor
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002EM

F
>> GO TO 2. G
I
BBIA0008E
2. CHECK CONNECTOR
J
BBIA0116E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
EC-1545
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0155E

SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-1546
[QR25DE]
7. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND A
SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 88 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal EC
2.
Continuity should exist. C

OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART E

● Harness connectors B1, M14 F
G
9. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR H

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 10.
J
10. CHECK SHIELD CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect harness connector M14.
2. Check the harness continuity between harness connector M14 terminal 5 and ground. K
Continuity should exist. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. M
NG >> GO TO 11.

● harness connectors M59, F27
● Harness for open or short between harness connector M14 and ground

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1547
[QR25DE]
Component Inspection UBS002EN

3. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
ECM terminal 88 and ground under the following conditions.
Applied vacuum kPa
Voltage V
(mmHg, inHg)
-26.7 (-200, -7.87) 2.1 - 2.5V lower than above value
CAUTION:
● Do not apply vacuum below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 PBIB0831E
inHg) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg).

EC-1548
[QR25DE]
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:25085
A
Component Description UBS002EO

purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pres- EC
nosis.
C
SEF053V
H
PBIB0629E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002EP I

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002EQ

K
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) L
EVAP control system ● EVAP canister vent control valve
P0453 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
pressure sensor high M
0453 sent to ECM. ● EVAP canister
input
● Water separator
● Rubber hose from EVAP canister vent
control valve to water separator
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002ER
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1549
[QR25DE]
dure" .
SEF194Y
WITH GST
2. Check that voltage between ECM terminal (Fuel tank tempera-
ture sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2V.
dure" .
PBIB0832E
EC-1550
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002ES
EC
BBWA0558E
EC-1551
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
EVAP control system
pressure sensor
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002ET

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E
2. CHECK CONNECTOR
BBIA0116E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
EC-1552
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. EC
OK or NG
C
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
D
PBIB0155E
E
F
● Joint connector-1 G
>> Repair harness or connectors. H
SHORT I
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6. L

M
EC-1553
[QR25DE]
7. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 88 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal
2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
EC-1554
[QR25DE]
13. CHECK WATER SEPARATOR A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14. EC
14. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER C
D
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 15.
No >> GO TO 17. E
SEF596U
G
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve attached. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17. I
NG >> GO TO 16.

K
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. L

Refer to EC-1339, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . M
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002EU

3. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
EC-1555
[QR25DE]
ECM terminal 88 and ground under the following conditions.
Applied vacuum kPa
Voltage V
(mmHg, inHg)
-26.7 (-200, -7.87) 2.1 - 2.5V lower than above value
CAUTION:
● Do not apply vacuum below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 PBIB0831E
inHg) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg).

EC-1556
[QR25DE]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002EV
NOTE:
If DTC P0455 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (EC-1709 .) EC
This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in EVAP system between the fuel tank and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
C
SEF323U
F
● Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to
G
close.
H
● Leak is in line between intake manifold
and EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve. I
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister
vent control valve.
● EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks J
● EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube)
leaks
EVAP control system has a very large leak
P0455 EVAP control system ● EVAP purge line rubber tube bent.
0455 gross leak detected
such as fuel filler cap fell off, EVAP control sys- K
tem does not operate properly. ● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP
control system pressure sensor
● Loose or disconnected rubber tube L
● EVAP canister vent control valve and the
circuit
solenoid valve and the circuit M
● O-ring of EVAP canister vent control
valve is missing or damaged.
CAUTION:
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002EW
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
EC-1557
[QR25DE]
NOTE:
● If DTC P0455 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (EC-1709 .)
properly.
TESTING CONDITION:
● Open engine hood before conducting the following procedures.
WITH CONSULT-II
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F)
with CONSULT-II.
NOTE:
for other Sentra models.
NOTE:
If “NG” is displayed, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode and
make sure that “EVAP GROSS LEAK [P0455]” is displayed. If it
is displayed, refer to EC-1559, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
P0442, EC-1522 .
SEC763C
WITH GST
NOTE:
1. Start engine.
3. Stop vehicle.
● If SRT of EVAP system is not set yet, go to the following step.
● If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK.

6. Start engine.
8. Stop vehicle.
EC-1558
[QR25DE]
● If P0455 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-1559, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
● If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, for DTC P0442, EC-1522 . A
● If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to “Diagnostic Procedure” for DTC P0441, EC-1516 .
● If P0455, P0441and P0442 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.
EC
● If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK.
● If SRT of EVAP system is not set, go to step 6.

C
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002EX

D
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 2.
F
SEF915U
H
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
J
3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION K

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. L
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

disconnection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
EC-1559
[QR25DE]
>> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

NOTE:
BBIA0114E
SEF916U

EC-1560
[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
EC
with CONSULT-II.
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph. C
NOTE:
D
sure in the system.
E
PEF917U
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. F
ING" .
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 11.
H
SEF200U
EC-1561
[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
end of test.)
BBIA0116E
NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
SEF200U
With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.
PBIB0828E
EC-1562
[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Stop engine.
C
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 13.
E
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-1235, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" . F
OK or NG
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 15. G
14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE H

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with I
valve opening.
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
K
L
PBIB0828E

M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
EC-1563
[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.

(ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1564
[QR25DE]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002EY
If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister EC
EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is opened to depressurize the C
If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P0456 will be detected. D
If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P0442 will be detected.
If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.
E
PBIB0838E
EC-1565
[QR25DE]
● Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP
trol valve.
tem pressure sensor
Evaporative emission ● EVAP system has a very small leak.
P0456 control system very ● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
0456 small leak (negative ● EVAP system does not operate prop-
pressure check) erly.
● EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve and the circuit
ing or damaged
● Water separator
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve
CAUTION:
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002EZ
NOTE:
● If DTC P0456 is displayed with P0442, perform TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P0456 first.
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1566
[QR25DE]
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F) A
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F)
EC
C
5. Select “EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed. D
G
PBIB0837E

If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1568, "Diagnostic Procedure" . H
NOTE:
● If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-II screen, go
to EC-1289, "Basic Inspection" . I
● Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve properly.
J
Overall Function Check UBS002F0
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st
K
CAUTION:
L
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP ser- M
vice port.
3. Also set a vacuum gauge via 3-way connector and a hose.
5. Connect GST and select MODE 8.
6. Using MODE 8 control the EVAP canister vent control valve
isfied. SEF916U

60 seconds and the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (3 mmHg, 0.12 inHg).
8. Disconnect GST.
EC-1567
[QR25DE]
NOTE:

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF915U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1568
[QR25DE]
NOTE: EC
C
D
BBIA0114E
SEF916U
H

Models without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7. I

J
With CONSULT-II
K
NOTE: L

sure in the system. M
PEF917U
ING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U
EC-1569
[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
end of test.)
BBIA0116E
NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
EC-1570
[QR25DE]
Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 14. C
SEF596U
E
F
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 12.

● EVAP canister for damage I
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. J
K
With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine. L
CONT/V” opening to 100.0%. M
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
PBIB0828E
EC-1571
[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 15.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.

Refer to EC-1443, "FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.

>> GO TO 21.
EC-1572
[QR25DE]
(ORVR)" . EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. C

Check signal line and recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, loose- D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23. E
23. CHECK REFUELING CONTROL VALVE F

OK or NG
G
OK >> GO TO 24.

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 25.
J
K
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002F2 L
WATER SEPARATOR
2. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance. M
NOTE:
SEF829T
EC-1573
[QR25DE]
the ECM.
BBIA0081E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002F4
When the vehicle is parked, naturally the fuel level in the fuel tank is stable. It means that output signal of the
fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunc-
tion is detected.
Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal ● Harness or connectors

P0460 Fuel level sensor circuit (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
being varied is sent from the fuel level sensor
0460 noise
to ECM. ● Fuel level sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002F5
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF195Y
WITH GST
EC-1574
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002F6
EC
BBWA0227E
EC-1575
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
level.

nector.
BBIA0109E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0632E

● Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuel level sensor until and fuel pump
EC-1576
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

3. Also check harness for short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. D

● Harness for open or short between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump and body ground
F
5. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT G

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 87 and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 2, H
ECM terminal 77 and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 5.
Continuity should exist. I

OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART K

● Harness connectors M16, B3 L
M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1577
[QR25DE]
Remove and Installation UBS002F8
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

EC-1578
[QR25DE]
A
the ECM.
BBIA0081E
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002FA
Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level.

This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has F
been driven.
The output signal of the fuel level sensor does not ● Harness or connectors G
P0461 Fuel level sensor circuit (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
change within the specified range even though
0461 range/performance
the vehicle has been driven a long distance. ● Fuel level sensor
H
Overall Function Check UBS002FB
DTC might not be confirmed. I
WARNING:
"FUEL TANK" . J
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II K
NOTE:
8 Imp gal) in advance. L
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit. M
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds then turn “ON”.
6. Select “FUEL LEVEL SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
8. Select “FUEL PUMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-
II.
9. Touch “ON” and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-
5/8 Imp gal) and stop it.
12. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and confirm whether
the voltage changes more than 0.03V during step 7 to 11.
If NG, check the fuel level sensor, refer to DI-23, "FUEL LEVEL SEF195Y
SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
EC-1579
[QR25DE]
WITH GST
NOTE:
6. Set voltmeters probe between ECM terminal 87 (fuel level sen-
8. Check voltage between ECM terminal 87 and ground and note
it.
9. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel
tank using proper equipment.
11. Confirm that the voltage between ECM terminal 69 and ground
changes more than 0.03V during step 8 - 10. PBIB0858E
If NG, check component of fuel level sensor, refer to DI-23,

"FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
EC-1580
[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002FC
the ECM.
BBIA0081E
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002FD
One is fuel level sensor power supply circuit, and the other is fuel level sensor ground circuit. F
P0462 Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively low voltage is sent from the G
0462 low input sensor is sent to ECM.
P0463 Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively high voltage is sent from the
0463 high input sensor is sent to ECM. H
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002FE
NOTE: I
TESTING CONDITION:
J
switch “ON”.
WITH CONSULT-II K
3. Wait at least 5 seconds. L
dure" .
M
SEF195Y
WITH GST
EC-1581
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002FF
BBWA0228E
EC-1582
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed C
level.
D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002FG
1. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E

nector. F
BBIA0109E
I
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. K
NG >> GO TO 2.
L
PBIB0632E

● Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
EC-1583
[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 87 and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor.

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS002FH
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

EC-1584
DTC P0500 VSS
[QR25DE]
A
Description UBS002FI
The vehicle speed sensor is installed in the transaxle. It contains a pulse generator which provides a vehicle
speed signal to the combination meter. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM. EC
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002FJ
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from (The vehicle speed sensor circuit is open or
P0500 shorted)
Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM D
0500
even when vehicle is being driven. ● Vehicle speed sensor
● Combination meter
E
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002FK
CAUTION:
F
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION: G
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
H
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-
II should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. I
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. J
onds. K

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F) L
M
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF

dure" . SEF196Y
Overall Function Check UBS002FL
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st
WITH GST
2. Start engine.
The vehicle speed sensor on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
EC-1585
DTC P0500 VSS
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002FM
BBWA0262E
EC-1586
DTC P0500 VSS
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
63 Approximately 2.3V
Without
NVIS
C
(NATS) [Engine is running]
R/W Vehicle speed sensor ● Lift up the vehicle
81
● Vehicle speed is 40 km/h (25MPH) D
With
NVIS
(NATS) PBIB0531E
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002FN
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT F

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and combination meter harness connector. G
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 81 (Models with NVIS) or 63 (Models without NVIS) and
combination meter terminal 14.
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
J
Check the following. K
L
3. CHECK SPEEDOMETER FUNCTION M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-1587
DTC P0500 VSS
[QR25DE]
● Harness for open or short between vehicle speed sensor and ECM
● Harness for open or short between vehicle speed sensor and TCM
OK or NG

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1588
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM PFP:23781
A
Description UBS002FO
NOTE:
If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC dis- EC
played.
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects C
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. D
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002FP
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause F
Idle speed control sys- ● Electric throttle control actuator
P0506 The idle speed is less than the target idle
tem RPM lower than
0506 speed by 100 rpm or more. ● Intake air leak
expected
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002FQ
NOTE:
● If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and H
before conducting “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. For the target idle speed, refer to the EC-1852, I
TESTING CONDITION:
● Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. J
WITH CONSULT-II K
3. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds. L
5. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed. M
dure" .
SEF174Y
WITH GST
EC-1589
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002FR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2. REPLACE ECM
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace ECM.
>> INSPECTION END
EC-1590
[QR25DE]
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM PFP:23781
A
Description UBS002FS
NOTE:
If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC dis- EC
played.
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects C
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. D
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002FT
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause F
Idle speed control sys- ● Electric throttle control actuator
P0507 The idle speed is more than the target idle
tem RPM higher than ● Intake air leak
0507 speed by 200 rpm or more.
expected ● PCV system G
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002FU
NOTE: H
● If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-1253, "Idle Air Volume Learning" , I
before conducting “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. For the target idle speed, refer to the EC-1852,
TESTING CONDITION:
J
WITH CONSULT-II K
3. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds. L
M
dure" .
SEF174Y
WITH GST
EC-1591
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002FV
1. CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. REPLACE ECM
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace ECM.
>> INSPECTION END
EC-1592
DTC P0605 ECM
[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002FW
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine. EC
SEF093X
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002FX
F
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
P0605
Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. ● ECM
0605
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning. G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected. H
Detected items Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
Malfunction A I
degrees) by the return spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002FY
Perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A” first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform J
“PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B”. If there is no problem on “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION
B”, perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C”.
NOTE: K
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A L
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. M
dure" .
SEF058Y
With GST
With CONSULT-II
EC-1593
DTC P0605 ECM
[QR25DE]
3. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds, and then
turn “ON”.
dure" .
SEF058Y
With GST
With CONSULT-II
turn “ON”.
4. Repeat step 3 procedure, 32 times.
dure" .
SEF058Y
With GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002FZ
1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
See EC-1593 .
With GST
See EC-1593 .
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END
EC-1594
DTC P0605 ECM
[QR25DE]
2. REPLACE ECM A
1. Replace ECM.
EC-1273, "NVIS (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS)" . EC
5. Perform EC-1253, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . C
>> INSPECTION END

D
EC-1595
DTC P0650 MIL
[QR25DE]
DTC P0650 MIL PFP:24810
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) is located on the instrument panel. When the ignition switch is turned ON
without engine running, MIL will light up. This is a bulb check. When the engine is started, MIL should go off. If
MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction.
● An excessively high voltage is sent to ECM
through the MIL circuit under the condition
P0650 Malfunction indicator that calls for MIL light up.
(MIL circuit is open or shorted.)
0650 (MIL) control circuit ● An excessively low voltage is sent to ECM
● MIL
through the MIL circuit under the condition
that calls for MIL not to light up.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when both DTC P0650 and another DTC, which calls for MIL to light up, are
detected at the same time.
MIL circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1596
DTC P0650 MIL
[QR25DE]
EC
BBWA0230E
EC-1597
DTC P0650 MIL
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
1. CHECK MIL POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
4. Check voltage between combination meter terminal 41 and

ground with CONSULT-II or tester
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0936E

● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between fuse and combination meter
3. CHECK MIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 18 and combination meter terminal 20.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-1598
DTC P0650 MIL
[QR25DE]
● Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter EC
C
5. CHECK COMBINATION METER
2. Disconnect combination meter harness connectors.
3. Check continuity under the following conditions.
E
PBIB0937E H
CONDITION Combination meter terminal No. (Polarity) Continuity

1 20 (+) - 41 (–) Should exist. I
2 41 (+) - 20 (–) Should not exist.
OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace combination meter. Refer to DI-6, "Combination Meter" .

L
>> INSPECTION END
EC-1599
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QR25DE]
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY PFP:23710
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air vol-
ume learning value memory, etc.
SEF093X
P1065 ECM power supply cir- ECM back up RAM system does not function [ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is
1065 cuit properly. open or shorted.]
● ECM
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
turn “ON”.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 four times.
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1600
[QR25DE]
EC
BBWA0231E
EC-1601
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
(Buck-up) (11 - 14V)
1. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY

SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0573E

● 15A fuse
● Harness for open or short between ECM and battery

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-1602
[QR25DE]
4. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A
With CONSULT-II
EC
C
See EC-1600 .
With GST D
3. Touch “ERASE”. E
See EC-1600 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again? F
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> INSPECTION END G
5. REPLACE ECM
H
1. Replace ECM.
I
5. Perform EC-1253, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . J
>> INSPECTION END

K
EC-1603
[QR25DE]
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR PFP:22680
Component Description UBS002GA
SEC266C
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002GB

MAS A/F SE-B1
● No-load
● Shift lever: N
CAL/LD VALUE
● No-load
● Shift lever: N
MASS AIRFLOW
● No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002GC

Trouble diagnosis
name
Mass air flow sensor ● Harness or connectors

P1102 A voltage from the sensor is constantly (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit range/perfor-
1102 approx.1.0V when engine is running.
mance problem ● Mass air flow sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002GD
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1604
[QR25DE]
3. Start engine and wait 5 seconds at most. A
EC
SEF058Y
D
WITH GST
E
EC-1605
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002GE
BBWA0213E
EC-1606
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
● Idle speed
[Engine is running] D
[Engine is running]
E
ground
● Idle speed
F
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002GF

G
H
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E
EC-1607
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
BBIA0101E
3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminals 2, 4 and ground

Terminal Voltage
2 Approximately 5V
4 Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0076E

● Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM relay
4. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
EC-1608
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. EC

D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS002GG
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR E

3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 72 (Mass air flow sensor F
signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage V
G
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
1.1 - 1.5
operating temperature.) H
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to nor-
1.6 - 2.0
mal operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm* 1.5 - 2.0 to Approx. 4.0 I
PBIB0537E
4,000 rpm.
4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. J
c. Perform steps 2 and 3 again. K
L
Removal and Installation UBS002GH

Refer to EM-91, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" . M
EC-1609
[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002GI
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB0195E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002GJ

● Shift lever: N
INT/V SOL (B1)
● No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002GK
Intake valve timing con- An improper voltage is sent to the ECM (Intake valve timing control solenoid
P1111
trol solenoid valve cir- through intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
1111
cuit valve.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002GL
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Following the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-1610
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002GM
EC
BBWA0232E
EC-1611
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed
Approximately 9V
Intake valve timing
107 G
control solenoid valve [Engine is running]
PBIB0532E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002GN
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

connector.
BBIA0018E
4. Check voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid

valve terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0192E
2. DETECT MALFUNCTION PART

● Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and ECM
● Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and ECM relay
EC-1612
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A
OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 107 and intake valve timing control solenoid valve termi-
nal 1.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. E
4. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-1613, "Component Inspection" . F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. G

H
>> INSPECTION END I

Component Inspection UBS002GO

1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. J
2. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2.
K
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 Approximately 8Ω at 20°C (68°F)
∞Ω L
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist)
M
PBIB0193E
Removal and Installation UBS002GP

EC-1613
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR PFP:16119
Component Description UBS002GQ
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throt-
tle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening
angle properly in response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002GR
Electric throttle control actuator does not func-
A) tion properly due to the return spring malfunc-
tion.
P1121 Electric throttle control Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is
B) ● Electric throttle control actuator
1121 actuator not in specified range.
ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.
C) This self-diagnosis has the one trip detec-
tion logic.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction A or B is detected in the two consecutive trips, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode and the
MIL lights up.
When the malfunction C is detected even in the 1st trip, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode and the MIL lights
up.
The ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position.
Malfunction A
The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
Malfunction C
The engine can restart in “N” or “P” position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002GS
NOTE:
● Perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B” first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be con-
firmed, perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C”.
If there is no problem on “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B”, perform “PROCEDURE
FOR MALFUNCTION C”.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition witch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.
3. Shift selector lever to “D” position (A/T), “1st” position (M/T) and
wait at least 2 seconds.
turn “ON”.
dure" .
SEF058Y
EC-1614
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[QR25DE]
With GST

With CONSULT-II EC
3. Shift selector lever to “D” position (A/T), “1st” position (M/T) and C
wait at least 2 seconds.
4. Shift selector lever to “N” or “P” position.
5. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds. D
SEF058Y
With GST F
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002GT
G
1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Remove the intake air duct. H
2. Check if a foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve
and the housing.
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside. J
K
BBIA0079E
2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR L

M
>> INSPECTION END
EC-1615
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION PFP:16119
Description UBS002GU
NOTE:
If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121 or 1126, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121 or
P1126. Refer to EC-1614 or EC-1623 .
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002GV

P1122 Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not oper- (Throttle control motor circuit is open or
1122 performance problem ate properly. shorted)
● Electric throttle control actuator
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002GW
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1616
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002GX
EC
BBWA0249E
EC-1617
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
112 OR Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
power supply (11 - 14V)
0 - 14V

114 L
PBIB0533E
Throttle control motor [Engine is running]

115 B Approximately 0V
0 - 14V

116 P
PBIB0534E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002GY

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E
EC-1618
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 115 and engine ground.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. D
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I

1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. E
following conditions with CONSULT-II or tester.
F
Ignition switch Voltage
OFF Approximately 0V
Battery voltage G
ON
(11 - 14V)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. H
4. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY I

2. Disconnect throttle control motor relay harness connector. J
BBIA0102E M
3. Check voltage between throttle control motor relay terminals 2, 5

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0575E
EC-1619
[QR25DE]
● 15A fuse
● Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and battery
6. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check continuity between ECM terminal 113 and throttle control motor relay terminal 3.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace throttle control motor relay.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1620
[QR25DE]
10. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT A
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
C
Electric throttle control
ECM terminal Continuity
actuator terminal
114 Should not exist D
3
116 Should exist
114 Should exist BBIA0103E
6
116 Should not exist E

OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 11.
11. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY G
1. Remove the intake air duct.

2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and H
the housing.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. I
control actuator inside.
J
BBIA0079E K
12. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. M
NG >> GO TO 14.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1621
[QR25DE]
Component Inspection UBS002GZ
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY

1. Apply 12V direct current between relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5.
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
3. If NG, replace throttle control motor relay.
PBIB0098E
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
3. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
PBIB0095E
Remove and Installation UBS002H0

EC-1622
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR25DE]
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY PFP:16119
A
Power supply for the Throttle Control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends EC
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
C
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002H2

D
THRTL RELAY ● Ignition switch: ON ON

E
● Harness or connectors F
P1124 Throttle control motor ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
1124 relay circuit short stuck ON. shorted)
● Throttle control motor relay G
ECM detects a voltage of power source for ● Harness or connectors
P1126 Throttle control motor throttle control motor is excessively low. (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
1126 relay circuit open This self-diagnosis has the one trip detec- open)
H
tion logic. ● Throttle control motor relay
FAIL-SAFE MODE
I
When the DTC P1124 is detected in the two consecutive trips, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL
lights up.
When the DTC P1126 is detected even in the 1st trip, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
J
spring. K
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002H4
NOTE: L
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1124 M
TESTING CONDITION:
With CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF058Y
EC-1623
[QR25DE]
With GST
With CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
With GST
EC-1624
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002H5
EC
BBWA0250E
EC-1625
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
112 OR Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
power supply (11 - 14V)
1. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect throttle control motor relay harness connector.
BBIA0102E
3. Check voltage between throttle control motor relay terminal 2, 5

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0575E

● Fuse and fusible link connector E23
● 15A fuse
● Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and battery
EC-1626
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check continuity between ECM terminal 112 and throttle control motor relay terminal 1. E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY H

OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace throttle control motor relay.

K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS002H7
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY L

1. Apply 12V direct current between relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5.
M
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
3. If NG, replace throttle control motor relay.
PBIB0098E
EC-1627
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR PFP:16119
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.

P1128 Throttle control motor ECM detects short both circuits between ECM (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
1128 circuit short and throttle control motor. ● Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002HA
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1628
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002HB
EC
BBWA0251E
EC-1629
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 14V

114 L
PBIB0533E
0 - 14V

116 P
PBIB0534E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002HC

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E
EC-1630
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT A
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
C
Electric throttle control
ECM terminal Continuity
actuator terminal
114 Should not exist D
3
116 Should exist
114 Should exist BBIA0103E
6
116 Should not exist E

OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR G

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.
I
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
K
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. L
M
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS002HD
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
3. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
PBIB0095E
EC-1631
[QR25DE]
Remove and Installation UBS002HE

EC-1632
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002HF

D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002HG I

rpm
LEAN ←→ RICH K
rpm
ing 10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002HH L

high and whether the “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the M
outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF300U
The maximum and minimum voltage from the ● Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P1143 Heated oxygen sensor
sensor are not reached to the specified volt- ● Fuel pressure
1143 1 lean shift monitoring
ages. ● Injectors
EC-1633
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002HI
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
● Before performing following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
NOTE:
PBIB0546E

step 2.
Procedure" .
SEC769C
Overall Function Check UBS002HJ
WITH GST
EC-1634
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1(B1) signal] and engine ground.
3. Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm A
constant under no load.
– The minimum voltage is over 0.1V at least one time. EC
PBIB0543E
D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002HK
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS E

F
>> GO TO 2.
G
BBIA0008E
I
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1. J
Tightening torque:
40 - 50 N·m (4.1 - 5.1 kg-m, 30 - 37 ft-lb)
K
>> GO TO 3.
L
BBIA0054E M
EC-1635
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? BBIA0101E
Yes or No
No >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

For circuit, refer to EC-1397, "Wiring Diagram" .
>> INSPECTION END
EC-1636
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
Component Inspection UBS002HL

With CONSULT-II
2. Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT- EC
II.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow- C
ing steps.
D
SEF646Y
F
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” 5 times in 10 seconds. G
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once. H

I
SEF217YA
SEF648Y M
CAUTION:
Without CONSULT-II
EC-1637
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
CAUTION: PBIB0543E

use a new one.
Removal and Installation UBS002HM

EC-1638
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002HN

D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002HO I

rpm
LEAN ←→ RICH K
rpm
ing 10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002HP L

high. The “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the outputs are M
shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF299U
P1144 Heated oxygen sensor The maximum and minimum voltages from the ● Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
1144 1 rich shift monitoring sensor are beyond the specified voltages. ● Fuel pressure
● Injectors
EC-1639
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002HQ
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
NOTE:
PBIB0548E

step 2.
Procedure" .
SEC772C
Overall Function Check UBS002HR
WITH GST
EC-1640
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1(B1) signal] and engine ground.
3. Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm A
constant under no load.
– The maximum voltage is below 0.8V at least one time.
– The minimum voltage is below 0.35V at least one time. EC
PBIB0543E
D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002HS
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS E

F
>> GO TO 2.
G
BBIA0008E
I
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1. J
K
>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0054E M
EC-1641
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
Yes or No
No >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
BBIA0011E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
EC-1642
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. EC

For circuit, refer to EC-1397, "Wiring Diagram" .
D
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002HT E
With CONSULT-II
II.
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”. G
ing steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen. H
SEF646Y
J

● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes K
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once. L

M
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
EC-1643
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
CAUTION: PBIB0543E

use a new one.
Removal and Installation UBS002HU

EC-1644
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002HV

tions.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002HW

rpm quickly.
rpm quickly.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002HX

H
I
2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is suffi-
ciently low during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
J
K
PBIB0554E
L
P1146
The minimum voltage from the sensor is not
M
2 minimum voltage ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
1146 reached to the specified voltage.
monitoring ● Fuel pressure
● Injectors
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002HY
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1645
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
PBIB0818E

a. Stop engine and cool down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates less than 70°C (158°F).
d. Start engine.
Overall Function Check UBS002HZ
CAUTION:
WITH GST
at least 10 times.
procedure.
essary.
procedure.
EC-1646
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
EC
BBWA0217E
EC-1647
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002I1

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E
EC-1648
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
EC
with CONSULT-II.
C
D
E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
G
nector.
H
I
J
Yes or No
K
No >> GO TO 3.

L
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and M
engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0011E


EC-1649
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002I2

With CONSULT-II
SEF662Y
EC-1650
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
A
EC
PBIB0817E D
CAUTION: E
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor F
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes. G
H
at least 10 times.
The voltage should be above 0.63V at least once during this I
procedure.
sary. J
K
procedure.
L
CAUTION:
M
Removal and Installation UBS002I3

EC-1651
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002I4

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
tions.
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002I5

rpm quickly.
rpm quickly.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002I6

2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is suf-
ficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
PBIB0820E
Heated oxygen sensor ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1147 The maximum voltage from the sensor is not
2 maximum voltage
1147 reached to the specified voltage. ● Fuel pressure
monitoring
● Injectors
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002I7
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1652
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
6. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II. A
EC
PBIB0819E
E
a. Stop engine and cool down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates less than 70°C (158°F). F
G
d. Start engine.
Overall Function Check UBS002I8 H
CAUTION: I
WITH GST J
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] and engine ground. K
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) L
procedure.
essary. M
The voltage should be above 0.63V at least once during this PBIB0550E
procedure.
EC-1653
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
BBWA0217E
EC-1654
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
95 W Heated oxygen sensor 2 ● Warm-up condition 0 - Approximately 1.0V C
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002IA

D
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws. E
>> GO TO 2.
F
H
BBIA0008E
EC-1655
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
Yes or No
No >> GO TO 3.

3. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and
engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0011E

● Harness for open or short between HO2S2 and engine ground

EC-1656
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR25DE]

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 or HO2S2 terminal 1 and ground. C
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. E

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. G
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H

I
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS002IB
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 J

With CONSULT-II
2. Stop vehicle with engine running. K
L
SEF662Y
EC-1657
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
PBIB0817E
CAUTION:
Without CONSULT-II
at least 10 times.
procedure.
sary.
procedure.
CAUTION:
Removal and Installation UBS002IC

EC-1658
[QR25DE]
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL PFP:22690
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002ID

EC
● The heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit is
The closed loop control function does not oper- open or shorted.
P1148 Closed loop control
ate even when vehicle is driving in the speci- C
1148 function ● Heated oxygen sensor 1
fied condition.
● Heated oxygen sensor heater
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002IE D

CAUTION:
E
NOTE:
● Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm during the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. If the engine
speed limit is exceeded, retry the procedure from step 2.
● Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. G
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. H
3. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm and check one of the following.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage should go above 0.70V at least once. I
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage should go below 0.21V at least once.
If the check result is NG, perform EC-1660, "Diagnostic Proce-

dure" . J
If the check result is OK, perform the following step.
4. Let engine idle at least 5 minutes.
5. Maintain the following condition at least 50 consecutive sec- K
onds. SEF682Y
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.8 msec or more

L
VHCL SPEED SE More than 70 km/h (43 MPH) M
During this test, P0134 may be displayed on CONSULT-II screen.

Overall Function Check UBS002IF
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the closed loop control. During this check, a DTC might not
be confirmed.
WITH GST
EC-1659
[QR25DE]
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1 (B1)
signal] and engine ground.
stant under no-load.
● The voltage should go above 0.70V at least once.
● The voltage should go below 0.21V at least once.
PBIB0543E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002IG
Perform trouble diagnosis for “DTC P0133”, EC-1405 .
EC-1660
[QR25DE]
A
System Description UBS002IH
COOLING FAN CONTROL

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator EC
Cooling fan C
control
D
E
OPERATION
M
PBIB0926E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002II

the engine ON
OFF
(201°F) or less
COOLING FAN the engine between 95°C (203°F) and 104°C LOW
HIGH
(221°F) or more
EC-1661
[QR25DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002IJ
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction
is indicated.
(The cooling fan circuit is open or
shorted.)
● Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over- ● Cooling fan
heat). ● Radiator hose
P1217 Engine over tempera- ● Cooling fan system does not operate prop- ● Radiator
1217 ture (Overheat) erly (Overheat).
● Radiator cap
● Engine coolant was not added to the system
using the proper filling method. ● Water pump
● Thermostat
For more information, refer toEC-1672,
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .
CAUTION:
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-17, "Changing Engine Oil" .
Overall Function Check UBS002IK
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF621W

SULT-II.
SEF646X
EC-1662
[QR25DE]
WITH GST
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. A
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-1665, EC
C
3. Start engine.
D
4. Turn air conditioner switch “ON”. SEF621W

6. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed. E
F
tor.
G
10. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor
harness connector.
SEC163BA
H
11. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at
Be careful not to overheat engine. I
MEC475B
EC-1663
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002IL
BBWA0431E
EC-1664
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002IM

Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 4.
C
With CONSULT-II D
E
G
BBIA0113E
3. Select “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON- H

SULT-II and touch “LOW” on the CONSULT-II screen.
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 3.
J
SEF784Z
K
L
With CONSULT-II
M
4. Select “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-II and touch “HIGH” on the CONSULT-II screen.
5. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at high speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
SEF785Z
EC-1665
[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
BBIA0113E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
SEC163BA

Without CONSULT-II
6. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 oper-
ate at high speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
MEC475B
EC-1666
[QR25DE]
pressure drops.
EC
CAUTION:
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. D
NG >> Check the following for leak. SLC754A
● Hose
● Radiator
E
● Water pump
Refer to CO-28, "WATER PUMP" .
F
G
59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi)
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
I
SLC755A
J
8. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures. K
L
82°C (180°F) [standard]
Valve lift: M
perature.
For details, refer to CO-30, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT
HOUSING" . SLC343
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace thermostat.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
EC-1667
[QR25DE]
>> INSPECTION END
EC-1668
[QR25DE]
PROCEDURE A
A
2. Disconnect cooling fan relay-1. EC
ground with CONSULT-II or tester. C

OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
E
PBIB0951E
F
● 10A fuse
I
3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT
3. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 5 L
4 and body ground.
4 and body ground.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-1669
[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1670
[QR25DE]
PROCEDURE B
A
2. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3. EC
4. Check voltage between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 terminals 1,
3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. C

OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
E
PBIB0251E
F
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fuse
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fusible links
H
3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT I

2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling J
3. Check harness continuity between the following;
K
L
5. Check harness continuity between the following; BBIA0112E M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-1671
[QR25DE]
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 27 and cooling fan relay-2 terminal 2, cooling fan relay-3
terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

● Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2, -3 and ECM
6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS-2 AND -3

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END

Main 12 Causes of Overheating UBS002IN

● Blocked bumper
2 ● Coolant mixture ● Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-14, "Anti-freeze
Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
ator filler neck
4 ● Radiator cap ● Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa See CO-27, "CHECKING
2 RADIATOR CAP" .
(0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm , 9 - 14
psi) (Limit)
EC-1672
[QR25DE]
A
ON*2 5 ● Coolant leaks ● Visual No leaks See CO-26, "CHECKING
COOLING SYSTEM FOR
LEAKS" .
ON*2 6 ● Thermostat ● Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot See CO-30, "THERMO- EC
STAT HOUSING" , and
CO-32, "RADIATOR" .
C
DTC P1217 (EC-1661 ).
D

gauge when driving
E
● Coolant overflow to ● Visual No overflow during driving See MA-22, "Changing
reservoir tank and idling Engine Coolant" .
OFF*4 10 ● Coolant return from ● Visual Should be initial level in See CO-26, "CHECKING
F
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank RESERVOIR LEVEL" .
tor
OFF 11 ● Cylinder head ● Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- See EM-129, "CYLIN-
gauge mum distortion (warping) DER HEAD" . G
12 ● Cylinder block and pis- ● Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-129, "CYLIN-
tons walls or piston DER HEAD" .
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON. H
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time. I
Component Inspection UBS002IO
COOLING FAN RELAYS-1, -2 AND -3 J

K
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No current supply No L
M
SEF745U
COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2

check operation.
Terminals
Speed
(+) (−)
Low 1 4
Cooling fan motor
High 1, 2 3, 4

SEF734W
EC-1673
[QR25DE]
DTC P1223, P1224 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
Component Description UBS002IP

PBIB0145E
tion.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002IQ

(Engine stopped)
1st (M/T model)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002IR

P1223 Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor ● Harness or connectors
1223 2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (The TP sensor 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
P1224 Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sen- ● Electric throttle control actuator
1224 2 circuit high input sor 2 is sent to ECM.
(TP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
degrees.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002IS
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1674
[QR25DE]
EC
SEF058Y
D
WITH GST
E
EC-1675
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002IT
BBWA0237E
EC-1676
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch “ON”] D
More than 0.36V
● Accelerator pedal fully released E
73 W Throttle position sensor 1
Less than 4.75V F
G
Less than 4.75V
74 G Throttle position sensor 2 H
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model) I
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002IU

J
K
>> GO TO 2. L
BBIA0008E
EC-1677
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
BBIA0103E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0082E

4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 5 and engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

EC-1678
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

Refer to EC-1679, "Component Inspection" . E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8. F

G
3. Perform EC-1253, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . H
>> INSPECTION END

I
J
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002IV K
2. Perform EC-1253, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . L
4. Set selector lever to “D” position (A/T models) or “1st” position (M/T models).
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 73 (TP sensor 1), 74 (TP M



step. PBIB0559E

Remove and Installation UBS002IW

EC-1679
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002IX

PBIB0145E
tion.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002IY
Closed throttle position
P1225 Closed throttle position learning value is exces- ● Electric throttle control actuator
learning performance
1225 sively low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
problem
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002IZ
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1680
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY A

2. Remove the intake air duct. EC
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 2.
control actuator inside. D
E
BBIA0079E
2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR F

2. Perform EC-1253, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . G
>> INSPECTION END H
Remove and Installation UBS002J1

I
EC-1681
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002J2

PBIB0145E
tion.
Closed throttle position
P1226 Closed throttle position learning is not per- ● Electric throttle control actuator
learning performance
1226 formed successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
problem
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1682
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY A

2. Remove the intake air duct. EC
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 2.
control actuator inside. D
E
BBIA0079E
2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR F

2. Perform EC-1253, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . G
>> INSPECTION END H
Remove and Installation UBS002J6

I
EC-1683
[QR25DE]
DTC P1227, P1228 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
Component Description UBS002J7

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
signals.
PBIB0146E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002J8

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.41 - 0.71V

ACCEL SEN2
(engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 4.2V
These half-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

P1227 An excessively low voltage from the APP sen- ● Harness or connectors
tion sensor 2 circuit low
1227 sor 2 is sent to ECM. (The APP sensor 2 circuit is open or
input
shorted.)
P1228 An excessively high voltage from the APP sen- ● Accelerator pedal position sensor
tion sensor 2 circuit high
1228 sor 2 is sent to ECM. (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)
input
FAIL-SAFE MODE
degrees.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002JA
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1684
[QR25DE]
EC
SEF058Y
D
WITH GST
E
EC-1685
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002JB
BBWA0253E
EC-1686
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
Accelerator pedal position
64 R/G [Ignition switch “ON”] Approximately 2.5V
sensor 2 power supply D
0.41 - 0.71V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal fully released E
75 W
More than 4.2V
F
0.21 - 0.36V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal fully released
76 R/B
More than 2.1V G
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2 ground
H
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002JC

J
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E
M
EC-1687
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
connector.
BBIA0104E
3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 1 and ground with

Voltage: Approximately 2.5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0812E

4. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

2. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

EC-1688
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 76 and APP sensor terminal 6.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7. D

F
8. CHECK APP SENSOR G

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 9.
I
J
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002JD K
nal), 76 (APP sensor 2 signal) and engine ground under the fol-
lowing conditions. M

PBIB0561E
4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.

Remove and Installation UBS002JE
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
EC-1689
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QR25DE]
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY PFP:16119
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002JF

Trouble diagnosis
name
(The TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is shorted.)
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(MAF sensor circuit is shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit
is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM detects a voltage of power source for
● Electric throttle control actuator
1229 circuit short sensor is excessively low or high.
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
● Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1)
● MAF sensor
● Refrigerant pressures sensor
● ECM pin terminal
FAIL-SAFE MODE
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002JG
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1690
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002JH
EC
BBWA0239E
EC-1691
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002JI

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

BBIA0103E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0082E
EC-1692
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS FOR SHORT A
● Harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals
EC
ECM terminal Sensor terminals Reference Wiring Diagram
Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 EC-1464
APP sensor terminal 2 EC-1477 C
65 MAF sensor terminal 2 EC-1367
EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 EC-1544
D
Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-1812
● ECM pin terminal E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F
4. CHECK COMPONENTS
● Accelerator pedal position sensor (Refer to EC-1480, "Component Inspection" .)
● Mass air flow sensor (Refer to EC-1370, "Component Inspection" .)
H
● EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-1548, "Component Inspection" .)
● Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to MTC-21, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .)
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.
J
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
L
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
M
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1693
[QR25DE]
PFP:14920
Description UBS002JJ
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Engine speed
Throttle position sensor Throttle position EVAP canister EVAP canister purge vol-
purge flow control ume control solenoid valve
Accelerator pedal position switch Accelerator pedal position
Vehicle speed sensor
Vehicle speed
(CAN communication line)
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass pas-
sage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
SEF337U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002JK

● Shift lever: N
PURG VOL C/V
● No-load
EC-1694
[QR25DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002JL
A
● EVAP canister purge volume control EC
solenoid valve
The canister purge flow is detected during the (The valve is stuck open.)
EVAP canister purge
P1444 specified driving conditions, even when EVAP
volume control solenoid ● EVAP canister vent control valve C
1444 canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
valve ● EVAP canister
completely closed.
● Hoses
(Hoses are connected incorrectly or
clogged.)
D
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002JM
NOTE: E
WITH CONSULT-II
H
CONSULT-II.
I
6. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-II changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
approximately 10 seconds.)
J
PBIB0839E
M
WITH GST
EC-1695
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002JN
BBWA0224E
EC-1696
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) C
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed D
EVAP canister purge

13 PU/W volume control sole- PBIB0050E
E
noid valve
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running] F
seconds after starting engine)
G
PBIB0520E
H
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002JO
CUIT I

2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve J
harness connector.
K
BBIA0115E M

or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0148E
EC-1697
[QR25DE]
● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair it.

BBIA0116E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
EC-1698
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR A
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 7. EC
C
With CONSULT-II
D
3. Start engine. E
valve opening.
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8. G
H
PBIB0828E
8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE I

OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 9.
9. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING K

2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower. M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-1699
[QR25DE]
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 12.
No >> GO TO 15.
SEF596U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1700
[QR25DE]
Component Inspection UBS002JP
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A

With CONSULT-II
solenoid valve under the following conditions. EC

(PURG VOL CONT/V value) B
C
100.0% Yes
0.0% No
D
PBIB0149E
E
Without CONSULT-II
solenoid valve under the following conditions. F
Condition
B
12V direct current supply between G
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No
H
PBIB0150E
Removal and Installation UBS002JQ

I
J
EC-1701
[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002JR
opened.
SEF381Z
BBIA0116E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002JS

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002JT
and the circuit
P1446 EVAP canister vent con- EVAP canister vent control valve remains
● Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister
1446 trol valve close closed under specified driving conditions.
vent control valve
● Water separator
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002JU
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1702
[QR25DE]
3. Start engine. A
a maximum of 15 minutes.
NOTE: EC
dure" . C
PBIB0164E
D
WITH GST
E
EC-1703
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002JV
BBWA0225E
EC-1704
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
C
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002JW
1. CHECK RUBBER TUBE D

E
BBIA0116E
H
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK WATER SEPARATOR J

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 3.
L
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 4.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> GO TO 7.
SEF596U
EC-1705
[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair it.

BBIA0116E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1706
[QR25DE]
Component Inspection UBS002JX
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE A

With CONSULT-II
2. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being EC
rusted.
E
SEF376Z

6. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. F

Condition
B
G
ON No
OFF Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second. H

7. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent I

J
Without CONSULT-II
K
rusted.
PBIB0933E
Condition
B
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes

PBIB0835E
If NG, go to next step.
EC-1707
[QR25DE]
EC-1708
[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002JY
NOTE:
If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0442, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. EC
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized. C
emission control system components. D
opened.
E
SEF381Z
BBIA0116E I
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002JZ
Specification data are reference values. J

K
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002K0
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause L
and the circuit M
P1448 EVAP canister vent con- EVAP canister vent control valve remains ● Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister
1448 trol valve open opened under specified driving conditions. vent control valve
● Water separator
NOTE:
● If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0442, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
EC-1709
[QR25DE]
● Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
COOLAN TEMP/S 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE 0 - 30°C (32 - 86°F)
with CONSULT-II.
NOTE:
for other Sentra models.
PBIB0829E
NOTE:
7. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds, then turn “ON”.
SEC763C

CONSULT-II.
10. Touch “ON” and “OFF” alternately.
PBIB0834E
EC-1710
[QR25DE]
A
VENT CONTROL/V B
ON No
EC
OFF Yes

If the result is OK, go to “Diagnostic Procedure” for DTC P0442, C
EC-1522 .
PBIB0933E
D
Overall Function Check UBS002K2
check, a DTC might not be confirmed. E
WITH GST
2. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector. F
3. Verify the following.
Condition Air passage continuity G
No
terminals 1 and 2
No supply Yes H

EC-1522 . I
PBIB0835E
EC-1711
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002K3
BBWA0225E
EC-1712
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
C
1. CHECK RUBBER TUBE D

E
BBIA0116E
H
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE J

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 3.
L
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 4.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> GO TO 7.
SEF596U
EC-1713
[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair it.

BBIA0116E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1714
[QR25DE]
Component Inspection UBS002K5
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE A

With CONSULT-II
2. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being EC
rusted.
E
PBIB0933E

6. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. F

Condition
B
G
ON No
OFF Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second. H

7. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent I

J
Without CONSULT-II
K
rusted.
PBIB0933E
Condition
B
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes

PBIB0835E
If NG, go to next step.
EC-1715
[QR25DE]
EC-1716
[QR25DE]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002K6
This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve, using of vapor pressure in the fuel tank. EC
solenoid valve. The EVAP control system pressure sensor can now monitor the pressure inside the fuel tank.
If pressure increases, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the vacuum cut valve and EVAP canis- C
I
PBIB0838E
EC-1717
[QR25DE]
● Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP
trol valve.
tem pressure sensor
Evaporative emission ● EVAP system has a very small leak.
P1456 control system very ● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
1456 small leak (positive ● EVAP system does not operate prop-
pressure check) erly.
● EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve and the circuit
ing or damaged
● Water separator
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1718
[QR25DE]
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F) A
EC
C
5. Select “EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
D
G
PBIB0837E

H
NOTE:
● If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-II screen, go
to EC-1289, "Basic Inspection" .
● Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
I
valve properly.
Overall Function Check UBS002K8
J
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st
K
CAUTION:
● Do not start engine. L
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP ser-
vice port. M
3. Also set a vacuum gauge via 3-way connector and a hose.
5. Connect GST and select MODE 8.
6. Using MODE 8 control the EVAP canister vent control valve
isfied. SEF916U

60 seconds and the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (3 mmHg, 0.12 inHg).
8. Disconnect GST.
EC-1719
[QR25DE]
NOTE:

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF915U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1720
[QR25DE]
NOTE: EC
C
D
BBIA0114E
SEF916U
H

Models without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7. I

J
With CONSULT-II
K
NOTE: L

sure in the system. M
PEF917U
ING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U
EC-1721
[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
end of test.)
BBIA0116E
NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

Refer to “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, EC-1709 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
EC-1722
[QR25DE]
Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 14. C
SEF596U
E
F
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 12.

● EVAP canister for damage I
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. J
K
With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine. L
CONT/V” opening to 100.0%. M
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
PBIB0828E
EC-1723
[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 15.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.

>> GO TO 21.
EC-1724
[QR25DE]
(ORVR)" . EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. C

Check signal line and recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, loose- D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23. E
23. CHECK REFUELING CONTROL VALVE F

OK or NG
G
OK >> GO TO 24.

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 25.
J
K
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002KA L
WATER SEPARATOR
2. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance. M
NOTE:
SEF829T
EC-1725
[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002KB
the ECM.
BBIA0081E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002KC

This diagnosis indicates the latter to detect open circuit malfunction.
P1464 Fuel level sensor circuit ● Harness or connectors
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
1464 ground signal (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002KD
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF195Y
WITH GST
EC-1726
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002KE
EC
BBWA0229E
EC-1727
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
level.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002KF
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 77 and body ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

● Harness for open and short between ECM and body ground
>> Replace open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS002KG
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

EC-1728
[QR25DE]
A
Description UBS002KH
The vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve are installed in parallel on the EVAP purge line EC
between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister.
The vacuum cut valve prevents the intake manifold vacuum from being applied to the fuel tank.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve is a solenoid type valve and generally remains closed. It opens only for on
board diagnosis. C
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an ON (ground)
signal, the valve is opened. The vacuum cut valve is then bypassed to apply intake manifold vacuum to the
fuel tank. D
G
BBIA0116E

H
SEF323U K
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002KI
Specification data are reference values. L

M
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002KJ
P1490 Vacuum cut valve An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM (The vacuum cut valve bypass valve cir-
1490 bypass valve circuit through vacuum cut valve bypass valve. cuit is open or shorted)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002KK
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle
speed.
EC-1729
[QR25DE]
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1730
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002KL
EC
BBWA0240E
EC-1731
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002KM
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

With CONSULT-II
2. Select “VC/V BYPASS/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
valve bypass valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0840E
EC-1732
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALUE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
EC
BBIA0116E
E
1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. F

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
H
PBIB0148E
I
● Fuel block (J/B) connector M1
● 10A fuse K
L
5. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 8 and vacuum cut valve bypass valve terminal 2. Refer
to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
EC-1733
[QR25DE]

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002KN

With CONSULT-II
PBIB0840E
VC/V BYPASS/V B
ON Yes
OFF No

If NG, replace vacuum cut valve bypass valve.
PBIB0149E
EC-1734
[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the fol- A
lowing conditions.
Condition EC
B
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
C
No supply No

If NG, replace vacuum cut valve bypass valve. D
PBIB0150E
EC-1735
[QR25DE]
Description UBS002KO
The vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve are installed in parallel on the EVAP purge line
between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister.
The vacuum cut valve prevents the intake manifold vacuum from being applied to the fuel tank.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve is a solenoid type valve and generally remains closed. It opens only for on
board diagnosis.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an ON (ground)
signal, the valve is opened. The vacuum cut valve is then bypassed to apply intake manifold vacuum to the
fuel tank.
BBIA0116E
SEF323U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002KP

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002KQ
● Bypass hoses for clogging
P1491 Vacuum cut valve Vacuum cut valve bypass valve does
1491 bypass valve not operate properly. ● Hose between fuel tank and vacuum cut valve
clogged
● Hose between vacuum cut valve and EVAP canister
clogged
● EVAP canister
EC-1736
[QR25DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002KR
A
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5 to 30°C (41 to 86°F). C
WITH CONSULT-II
D
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds. E
5. Select “VC CUT/V BP/V P1491” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-II.
7. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 30 seconds.)
ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,800 rpm G
H

I
PBIB0841E L
M
Overall Function Check UBS002KS
Use this procedure to check the overall function of vacuum cut valve bypass valve. During this check, the 1st
WITH GST
EC-1737
[QR25DE]
port B .
port A .
4. Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out
of port A .
SEF530Q
EC-1738
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002KT
EC
BBWA0240E
EC-1739
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002KU
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

With CONSULT-II
PBIB0842E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.
EC-1740
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE OPERATION A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
C
7. Supply battery voltage to the terminal. D
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 7.
F
G
PBIB0635E
4. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE H

OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair it.
5. CHECK EVAP PURGE PORT J

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 6.
L
2. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B . M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
PBIB0761E

Check bypass hoses for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses.
EC-1741
[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
EC-1742
[QR25DE]
Component Inspection UBS002KV
VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE C

With CONSULT-II
2. Turn ignition switch ON. D
G
PBIB0840E
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the H
VC/V BYPASS/V B I
ON Yes
OFF No
J
PBIB0149E
K
Without CONSULT-II
lowing conditions. L

Condition
B
M
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No

PBIB0150E
EC-1743
[QR25DE]
VACUUM CUT VALVE
Check vacuum cut valve as follows:
1. Plug port C and D with fingers.
port B .
port A .
4. Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out
of port A .
5. Open port C and D .
6. Blow air in port A check that air flows freely out of port C . SEF379Q
7. Blow air in port B check that air flows freely out of port D .
8. If NG, replace vacuum cut valve.
EC-1744
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QR25DE]
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH PFP:25551
A
Component Description UBS002KW
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for

each button. ECM reads voltage variation of switch, and determines EC
which button is operated.
Refer to EC-1850, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE
(ASCD)" for the ASCD function.
C
BBIA0119E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002KX

● CRUISE switch pressed ON
MAIN SW ● Ignition switch: ON
● CRUISE switch released OFF
G
● CANCEL switch pressed ON
CANCEL ● Ignition switch: ON
● CANCEL switch released OFF
● ACCEL/RES switch pressed ON H
RESUME/ACC SW ● Ignition switch: ON
● ACCEL/RES switch released OFF
● COAST/SET switch pressed ON
SET SW ● Ignition switch: ON I
● COAST/SET switch released OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002KY
NOTE: J
If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to
EC-1593 .
Trouble Diagnosis K
Name
● An excessively high voltage signal from the
ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM. L
● ECM detects that input signal from the (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
P1564 ASCD steering
ASCD steering switch is out of the specified
1564 switch ● ASCD steering switch
range.
● ECM M
● ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch
is stuck ON.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002KZ
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1745
[QR25DE]
4. Press “CRUISE” switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it
and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Press “ACCEL/RES” switch for at least 10 seconds, then
release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Press “COAST/SET” switch for at least 10 seconds, then
release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Press “CANCEL” switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it
and wait at least 10 seconds. SEF058Y

dure" .
WITH GST
EC-1746
[QR25DE]
EC
BBWA0258E
EC-1747
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
Approximately 4V
● ASCD steering switch is “OFF”.
Approximately 0.5V
● CRUISE switch is “ON”.
89 G ASCD steering switch Approximately 1V
● CANCEL switch is “ON”.
Approximately 2V
● COAST/SET switch is “ON”.
Approximately 3V
● ACCEL/RES switch is “ON”.
EC-1748
[QR25DE]
1. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT A
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “MAIN SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW”, “SET SW” and “CAN-
CEL SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions. C
Switch Monitor item Condition Indication

Pressed ON D
CUISE MAIN SW
Released OFF
Pressed ON
COAST/SET SET SW E
Released OFF
SEC006D
Pressed ON
ACCEL/RES RESUME/ACC SW
Released OFF F
Pressed ON
CANCEL CANCEL SW
Released OFF
G
Without CONSULT-II
H
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 89 and ground with press-
ing each button.
Switch Condition Voltage [V] I
Pressed Approx. 0.5
CRUISE
Released Approx. 4.0
J
Pressed Approx. 2.0
COAST/SET
Pressed Approx. 3.0 K
ACCEL/RES PBIB0854E
Pressed Approx. 1.0
CANCEL L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. M
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Disconnect ASCD steering switch harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ASCD steering switch termi-
nal 1 and ECM terminal 58. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. BBIA0119E
EC-1749
[QR25DE]
● Harness connectors M102, M401
● Spiral cable
● Harness for open and short between ECM and ASCD steering switch
4. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 89 and ASCD steering switch terminal 4.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

● Harness connectors M102, M401
● Spiral cable
● Harness for open and short between ECM and ASCD steering switch
6. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace ASCD steering switch.

Refer to EC-1616, "DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION" .
>> INSPECTION END

ASCD STEERING SWITCH

1. Disconnect ASCD steering switch.
EC-1750
[QR25DE]
2. Check continuity between ASCD steering switch terminals 1 and
4 with pushing each switch. A
Switch Condition Resistance [Ω]
Pressed Approx. 4,000
CRUISE SW EC
Released Approx. 0
Pressed Approx. 660
COAST/SET SW
Released Approx. 0 C
Pressed Approx. 1,000
ACCEL/RES SW PBIB0934E
Released Approx. 0
D
Pressed Approx. 250
CANCEL SW
Released Approx. 0
If NG, replace ASCD steering switch. E
EC-1751
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH PFP:25320
Component Description UBS002L3
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned

OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of
the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
BBIA0117E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002L4

BRAKE SW1 ● Brake pedal fully released ON

(ASCD brake switch) ● Brake pedal depressed OFF
BRAKE SW2 ● Brake pedal fully released OFF

(stop lamp switch) ● Brake pedal depressed ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002L5
NOTE:
If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605 or P1805, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605
or P1805. Refer to EC-1593 or EC-1767 .
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
(The stop lamp switch circuit is open or
shorted.)
(The ASCD brake switch circuit is open or
shorted.)
ON signals from the stop lamp switch and the (The ASCD clutch switch circuit is open or
P1572 shorted.)
ASCD brake switch ASCD brake switch are sent to ECM at the
1572
same time. ● Stop lamp switch
● ASCD brake switch
● ASCD clutch switch
● Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
● Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation
● Incorrect ASCD clutch switch installation
● ECM
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002L6
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 3 and 4 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
EC-1752
[QR25DE]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. A
3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.
EC
C
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the following step.
4. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition. D

Selector lever Suitable position E
Depress the brake pedal for more than
Driving location five seconds so as not to come off from
the above-mentioned condition.
F
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. G
EC-1753
[QR25DE]
BBWA0259E
EC-1754
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
● Brake pedal fully released C

56 P/L ASCD brake switch E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
F
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I

G
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON- H
SULT-II.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.
M/T models I
CONDITION INDICATION
When clutch pedal or brake pedal is depressed OFF
J
When clutch pedal and brake pedal are fully released ON
A/T models
CONDITION INDICATION SEC011D
K
When brake pedal is depressed OFF
When brake pedal is fully released ON
L
Without CONSULT-II
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 56 and ground under the M
M/T models
CONDITION VOLTAGE
When clutch pedal or brake pedal is depressed Approximately 0V
When clutch pedal and brake pedal are fully released Battery voltage
A/T models
CONDITION VOLTAGE
When brake pedal is depressed Approximately 0V PBIB0855E
When brake pedal is fully released Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG (M/T models) >>GO TO 3.
NG (A/T models) >>GO TO 4.
EC-1755
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT-II
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
When brake pedal is released OFF
When brake pedal is depressed ON
SEC013D
Without CONSULT-II
lowing conditions.
CONDITION VOLTAGE
When brake pedal is released Approximately 0V
When brake pedal is depressed Battery voltage
PBIB0935E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 13.
3. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
BBIA0118E
4. Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and

ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-II or
tester.
CONDITION VOLTAGE
When brake pedal is released Battery voltage
When brake pedal is depressed Approx. 0V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
EC-1756
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
BBIA0117E
E
4. Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and
F
OK or NG
OK (M/T models)>>GO TO 6. G
OK (A/T models)>>GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 5.
H
PBIB0857E

● Fuse block (J/B) connector M1 J
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
K
6. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L

2. Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 2 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 1. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
EC-1757
[QR25DE]
7. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 56 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD brake switch
9. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

Refer to EC-1760, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 56 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD clutch switch
12. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Replace ASCD clutch switch.
EC-1758
[QR25DE]
13. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
EC
BBIA0105E
E
3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal + and ground
with CONSULT -II or tester.
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15. G
NG >> GO TO 14.
H
PBIB0938E

● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and fuse
K
15. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 40 and stop lamp switch terminal – . M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 16.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch
EC-1759
[QR25DE]
17. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.

>> INSPECTION END

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

3. Check continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2
When brake pedal is fully released. Should exist.
When brake pedal is depressed. Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-11,

"BRAKE PEDAL AND BRACKET" , and perform step 3 again.
SEC023D
ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH (FOR M/T MODELS)

3. Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2
When clutch pedal is fully released. Should exist.
When clutch pedal is depressed. Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD clutch switch installation, refer to CL-23,

"CLUTCH SYSTEM" , and perform step 3 again.
SEC024D
STOP LAMP SWITCH

3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals + and –
When brake pedal is fully released. Should not exist.
When brake pedal is depressed. Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-11,

"BRAKE PEDAL AND BRACKET" , and perform step 3 again.
PBIB0118E
EC-1760
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR PFP:31036
A
Component Description UBS002LA
The ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals. One is sent from combination meter, and the other is
from TCM (Transmission control module) via CAN communication line. The ECM uses these signals for ASCD EC
control. Refer to EC-1850, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for ASCD functions.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002LB
C
NOTE:
● If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-1348, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
● If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. D
Refer to EC-1585, "DTC P0500 VSS" .
● If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605.
Refer to EC-1593, "DTC P0605 ECM" . E
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
F
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)
● Harness or connectors G
(The combination meter circuit is open or
P1574 ASCD vehicle speed ECM detects a difference between two vehicle
shorted.)
1574 sensor speed signals is out of the specified range.
● TCM H
● Combination meter
● ECM I
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002LC
CAUTION: J
NOTE:
K
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 3 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. L
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
M
3. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25MPH).
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1761
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002LD
1. CHECK DTC WITH TCM

Check DTC with TCM. Refer to AT-433, "ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
2. CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT

Refer to DI-23, "VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

Check combination meter function.
Refer to DI-3, "METERS AND GAUGES" .
>> INSPECTION END
EC-1762
[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002LE
When the shift lever position is “P” (A/T models only) or “N”, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is “ON”.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the “ON” signal) exists. EC
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002LF

C
Shift lever:
P or N (A/T model) ON D
P/N POSI SW ● Ignition switch: ON Neutral (M/T model)
Shift lever: Except above OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002LG

E
● Harness or connectors F
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) [The park/neutral position (PNP) switch
P1706 Park/neutral position
switch is not changed in the process of engine circuit is open or shorted.]
1706 switch
starting and driving.
● Park/neutral position (PNP) switch G
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002LH
CAUTION: H
NOTE:
I
WITH CONSULT-II
ing conditions. K
Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal
“N” and “P” position ON
L

If OK, go to following step. M
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. SEF212Y

onds.

dure" . SEF213Y
EC-1763
[QR25DE]
Overall Function Check UBS002LI
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
WITH GST
Condition (Gear position) Voltage V (Known good data)
“P” (A/T models only) and “N” position Approx. 0
A/T models: Battery voltage
M/T: Approximately 5V
PBIB0578E
EC-1764
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002LJ
EC
BBWA0241E
EC-1765
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
● Shift lever position is “P” or “N” (A/T models), Approximately 0V
“Neutral” (M/T models).
43 G/OR PNP switch A/T models
(11 - 14V)
● Except the above gear position M/T models
Approximately 5V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002LK

3. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and body ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK PNP SWITCH

Refer to AT-495, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" (A/T models), MT-136, "POSITION
SWITCH" (6M/T models) or MT-77, "POSITION SWITCH" (5M/T models).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1766
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH PFP:25320
A
Description UBS002LL
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving. EC
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002LM

C
BRAKE SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON D
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002LN
E
P1805 A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for an (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or
1805
Brake switch
extremely long time while the vehicle is driving. shorted.) F
● Stop lamp switch
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002LO G

WITH CONSULT-II
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds. H
3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-II.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1769, "Diagnostic Proce- I
dure" .
SEF058Y
L
WITH GST
M
EC-1767
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002LP
BBWA0559E
EC-1768
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002LQ
1. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT

E
2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
Brake pedal Stop lamp F
Fully released Not illuminated
Depressed Illuminated
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2. H
2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. I
BBIA0105E L

M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0938E
EC-1769
[QR25DE]
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and fuse
4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 40 and stop
lamp switch terminal – .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
BBIA0105E

● Harness connectors E28, M7

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1770
[QR25DE]
Component Inspection UBS002LR
STOP LAMP SWITCH A

EC
D
BBIA0105E
2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals + and – E

F
Brake pedal fully released Should not exist.
Brake pedal depressed Should exist.
If NG, adjust brake pedal installation, refer to BR-11, "BRAKE G

PEDAL AND BRACKET" , and perform step 2 again.
PBIB0939E H
EC-1771
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
IGNITION SIGNAL PFP:22448
Component Description UBS002LS

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the
BBIA0106E
EC-1772
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002LT
EC
BBWA0233E
EC-1773
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
ECM relay “OFF”
20 W/G
(Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than 3 seconds passed after turning (11 - 14V)
ignition switch “OFF”
109 R/G BATTERY VOLTAGE
111 R/G (11 - 14V)
EC-1774
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
EC
BBWA0234E
EC-1775
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
21 BR Ignition signal No. 1 PBIB0521E
22 PU Ignition signal No. 2

0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0522E
EC-1776
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
EC
BBWA0235E
EC-1777
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
23 L/R Ignition signal No. 3 PBIB0521E
24 GY/R Ignition signal No. 4

0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0522E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002LU
1. CHECK ENGINE START

Is engine running?
Yes or No
No >> GO TO 4.

With CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
2. Make sure that all circuits do not produce a momentary engine
speed drop.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 8.
PBIB0133E
EC-1778
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Let engine idle.
EC
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 21, 22, 23, 24
and ground with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below. C
PBIB0521E
E
PBIB0579E
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 8. F
4. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

G
with CONSULT-II or tester. H
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Go to EC-1340, "POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR
ECM" .
J
PBIB0580E
K
Check voltage between ECM terminal 12 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester. L
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Go to EC-1340, "POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR
ECM" .
PBIB0136E
EC-1779
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK CONDENSER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 12 and condenser terminal + , condenser terminal –
and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK CONDENSER
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V

BBIA0106E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.
PBIB0138E

● Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ECM relay
● Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ECM
EC-1780
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
10. CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
2. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and engine ground.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. D
11. CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 21, 22, 23, 24 and ignition coil terminal 1.
F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 12.
H
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
J
Refer to EC-1339, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . K
>> INSPECTION END

L
Component Inspection UBS002LV

M
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
Terminal No. Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2 Except 0 or ∞
1 and 3
Except 0
2 and 3
PBIB0847E
CONDENSER
EC-1781
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as + and – .
Resistance: Above 1 MΩ at 25°C (77°F)
PBIB0848E
Removal and Installation UBS002LW

Refer to EM-103, "IGNITION COIL" .
EC-1782
VIAS
[QR25DE]
VIAS PFP:14956
A
Description UBS002LX
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM EC
function
Throttle position sensor Throttle position C
Accelerator pedal position sensor Closed throttle position
VIAS
Ignition switch Start signal VIAS control solenoid valve
control
D
Engine speed
E
PBIB0843E
K
When the engine is running at low or medium speed, the power valve is fully closed. Under this condition, the
effective suction port length is equivalent to the total length of the intake manifold collector's suction port
including the intake valve. This long suction port provides increased air intake which results in improved suc-
tion efficiency and higher torque generation. L
The surge tank and one-way valve are provided. When engine is running at high speed, the ECM sends the
signal to the VIAS control solenoid valve. This signal introduces the intake manifold vacuum into the power
valve actuator and therefore opens the power valve to two suction passages together in the collector. M
Under this condition, the effective port length is equivalent to the length of the suction port provided indepen-
dently for each cylinder. This shortened port length results in enhanced engine output with reduced suction
resistance under high speeds.
Power Valve
The power valve is installed in intake manifold collector and used to
control the suction passage of the variable induction air control sys-
tem. It is set in the fully closed or fully opened position by the power
valve actuator operated by the vacuum stored in the surge tank. The
vacuum in the surge tank is controlled by the VIAS control solenoid
valve.
BBIA0022E
EC-1783
VIAS
[QR25DE]
VIAS Control Solenoid Valve
The VIAS control solenoid valve cuts the intake manifold vacuum
signal for power valve control. It responds to ON/OFF signals from
the ECM. When the solenoid is off, the vacuum signal from the
intake manifold is cut. When the ECM sends an ON signal the coil
pulls the plunger downward and feeds the vacuum signal to the
power valve actuator.
BBIA0022E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002LY

Idle OFF
VIAS S/V ● Engine: After warming up
More than 5,000 rpm ON
EC-1784
VIAS
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002LZ
EC
BBWA0243E
EC-1785
VIAS
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
VIAS control solenoid ● Idle speed (11 - 14V)
25 Y/G
valve [Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
● Engine speed is above 5,000 rpm
EC-1786
VIAS
[QR25DE]
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. EC
2. Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
C
PBIB0844E
3. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve “ON” and “OFF”, and make F
sure that power valve actuator rod moves.
BBIA0023E
I
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
2. Rev engine quickly up to above 5,000 rpm and make sure that
power valve actuator rod moves.
K
M
BBIA0023E
OK or NG
NG (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
NG (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3.
EC-1787
VIAS
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE
With CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator.
3. Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
4. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve “ON” and “OFF”, and check
vacuum existence under the following conditions.
VIAS SOL VALVE Vacuum
ON Should exist.
OFF Should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> Repair or replace power valve actuator. PBIB0844E
NG >> GO TO 4.
3. CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE

Without CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator.
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Apply 12V of direct current between VIAS control solenoid valve
terminals 1 and 2.
5. Check vacuum existence under the following conditions.
Condition Vacuum
12V direct current supply Should exist.
No supply Should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> Repair or replace power valve actuator.

1. Stop engine.
2. Check hoses and tubes between intake manifold and power
valve actuator for crack, clogging, improper connection or dis-
connection. Refer to EC-1235, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair hoses or tubes.
SEF109L
5. CHECK VACUUM TANK

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace vacuum tank.
EC-1788
VIAS
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector.
BBIA0022E
E
4. Check voltage between VIAS control solenoid valve terminal 1
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. G
NG >> GO TO 7.
H
PBIB0173E

● Harness connectors E9, F47 J
● 10A fuse
● Harness continuity between fuse and VIAS control solenoid valve K

L
8. CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 25 and VIAS control solenoid valve terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
9. CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve.
EC-1789
VIAS
[QR25DE]
>> INSPECTION END

VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT-II
3. Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Condition Air passage continuity Air passage continuity
VIAS SOL VALVE between A and B between A and C
ON Yes No
OFF No Yes
PBIB0177E
With GST
lowing conditions.
Air passage continuity Air passage continuity
Condition
between A and B between A and C
12V direct current supply
Yes No
between terminals 1 and 2
No supply No Yes

MEC488B
VACUUM TANK
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to vacuum tank.
2. Connect a vacuum pump to the port A of vacuum pump.
3. Apply vacuum and make sure that vacuum exists at the port B .
PBIB0846E
VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

EC-1790
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
INJECTOR CIRCUIT PFP:16600
A
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is EC
duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM C
SEF375Z
E

● Shift lever: N
B/FUEL SCHDL G
● No-load
H
● Shift lever: N
INJ PULSE-B1
● No-load
I
EC-1791
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002M5
BBWA0244E
EC-1792
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) C
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed D

102 R/W Injector No. 2 PBIB0529E
E
103 R/Y Injector No. 3 BATTERY VOLTAGE
104 R/L Injector No. 4
(11 - 14V)
F
[Engine is running]
G
PBIB0530E
H
1. INSPECTION START I
Turn ignition switch to “START”.

Is any cylinder ignited? J
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3. K
EC-1793
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
CONSULT-II.
speed drop.
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
MEC703B
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 3.
EC-1794
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
BBIA0024E
E
Voltage: Battery voltage F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
NG >> GO TO 4.
H
PBIB0582E

J
● Harness connectors F12, F101
● Fuse block (J/B) connector M1 K
● 10A fuse
L
5. CHECK INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M

3. Check harness continuity between injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 101, 102, 103, 104.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
EC-1795
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
● Harness connectors F12, F101
● Harness for open or short between injector and ECM
7. CHECK INJECTOR
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace injector.

>> INSPECTION END

INJECTOR
Resistance: 12.1 - 12.9Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
PBIB0181E
INJECTOR
EC-1796
START SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
A

EC-1797
START SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002MA
BBWA0245E
EC-1798
START SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
41 B/Y Start signal
[Ignition switch “START”] 9 - 14V C
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002MB D

1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II? E
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3. F
With CONSULT-II G
SULT-II under the following conditions. H
Condition START SIGNAL

Ignition switch “ON” OFF I
Ignition switch “START” ON
OK or NG
J
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0182E
K
Without CONSULT-II L
lowing conditions.
Condition Voltage M
Ignition switch “START” Battery voltage
Other positions Approximately 0V
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0583E

Turn ignition switch “OFF”, then turn it to “START”.
Does starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Refer to SC-9, "STARTING SYSTEM" .
EC-1799
START SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
5. CHECK FUSE
2. Disconnect 10A fuse.
3. Check if 10A fuse is OK.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace 10A fuse.
6. CHECK START SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ignition switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 41 and fuse block (J/B), ignition switch and fuse block
(J/B). Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

● Fuse block (J/B) connectors M2, E103
● Harness for open or short between ignition switch and fuse block (J/B)
● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse block (J/B)

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1800
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT PFP:17042
A
Description UBS002MC
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM EC
Function
Engine speed Fuel pump
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel pump relay
control C
startability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and cam- D
shaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the
engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump
operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel E
pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second. F
Engine running and cranking Operates.
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds.
G
Except as shown above Stops.
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank. H
BBIA0081E K
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002MD
Specification data are reference values. L

● For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch ON
ON M
FUEL PUMP RLY ● Engine running or cranking
● Except above conditions OFF
EC-1801
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002ME
BBWA0246E
EC-1802
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI- WIRE
NAL NO. COLOR EC
Without
● For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch “ON” 0 - 1.0V
NVIS
(NATS) [Engine is running] C
B/P Fuel pump relay
With BATTERY VOLTAGE
NVIS ● More than 1 seconds after turning ignition switch (11 - 14V) D
(NATS) “ON”.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002MF

E
F
2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel hose for 1
second after ignition switch is turned “ON”.
OK or NG G
NG >> GO TO 2.
H
I
BBIA0110E
2. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

J
2. Disconnect fuel pump relay.
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”. K
LEC363
4. Check voltage between fuel pump relay terminals 1, 5 and

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0657E
EC-1803
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
● Fuse block (J/B) connector B4
● 10A fuse
● 15A fuse
4. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
nector.
3. Check harness continuity between fuel pump relay terminal 3
and fuel pump terminal 1, fuel pump terminal 3 and body
ground.
OK or NG
BBIA0109E
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 or 29 and fuel pump relay terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-1804
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
8. CHECK FUEL PUMP A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. EC

D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS002MG
FUEL PUMP RELAY E

Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5 under the following con-
ditions.
F
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
G
H
PBIB0098E
FUEL PUMP
I
terminals 1 and 3.
J
Resistance: Approximately 1.0Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
PBIB0928E
Removal and Installation UBS002MH M

FUEL PUMP
EC-1805
[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002MI
The power steering oil pressure switch is attached to the power steering high-pressure tube and detects a
power steering load. When a power steering load is detected, it signals the ECM. The ECM controls the elec-
tric throttle control actuator and adjusts the throttle valve opening angle to increase the engine speed and
adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002MJ

engine
EC-1806
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002MK
EC
BBWA0247E
EC-1807
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Power steering oil ● Steering wheel is being turned
46 G
pressure switch [Engine is running]
Approximately 5V
● Steering wheel is not being turned
EC-1808
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002ML

Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
C
With CONSULT-II D
1. Start engine.
SULT-II under the following conditions. E
Steering in neutral position OFF
F
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4. G
PBIB0646E
H
1. Start engine.
following conditions. J
Condition Voltage
When steering wheel is turned quickly Approximately 0V
K
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END L
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF148X
M
3. Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and power steering oil pressure switch terminal + .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
EC-1809
[QR25DE]
Check the harness for open or short between ECM and power steering oil pressure switch.
6. CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002MM

tor.
3. Start engine.
4. Check continuity between power steering oil pressure switch ter-
minal + and body ground.
Steering wheel is not being turned No
PBIB0853E
Removal and Installation UBS002MN

EC-1810
[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002MO

air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume EC
C
H
BBIA0223E
SEF099X L
EC-1811
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002MP
BBWA0248E
EC-1812
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
83 L Refrigerant pressure sensor 1.0 - 4.0V
● Both A/C switch and blower switch are “ON”.
(Compressor operates.) E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002MQ
1. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION F

2. Turn A/C switch and blower switch “ON”. G
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: 1.0 - 4.0V H
OK or NG
I
NG >> GO TO 2.
J
PBIB0659E
EC-1813
[QR25DE]
1. Turn A/C switch and blower switch “OFF”.
2. Stop engine.
BBIA0223E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF509Y

EC-1814
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. D

F
● Harness for open or short between TCM and refrigerant pressure sensor
G
6. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H
Refer to Wiring Diagram. I

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7. K

L
M

OK or NG
OK >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
Removal and Installation UBS002MR

Refer to MTC-85, "REFRIGERANT LINES" .
EC-1815
[QR25DE]
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002MS

Rear window defogger switch is
ON and/or lighting switch is in ON
LOAD SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON 2nd.
Rear window defogger switch is
OFF
OFF and lighting switch is OFF.
EC-1816
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002MT
EC
BBWA0560E
EC-1817
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Electrical load signal ● Rear window defogger system activated (11 - 14V)
52 L/W (Rear window defogger
signal) [Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 0V
● Rear window defogger system not activated
Electrical load signal ● Lighting switch is “2ND” position (11 - 14V)
53 R/W
(Headlamp signal) [Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 0V
● Lighting switch is “OFF”
Diagnostic Procedure for Lighting Switch UBS002MU
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
Lighting switch “ON” at 2nd position ON
Lighting switch “OFF” OFF
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0103E

Without CONSULT-II
Condition Voltage
Lighting switch “ON” at 2nd position BATTERY VOLTAGE
Lighting switch “OFF” 0V
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0070E
EC-1818
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK HEADLAMP FUNCTION A
1. Start engine.
2. Turn the lighting switch “ON” at 2nd position.
3. Check that headlamps are illuminated. EC
OK or NG
OK (Models for USA)>>GO TO 5.
OK (Models for Canada)>>GO TO 7. C
NG >> Refer to LT-6, "HEADLAMP (FOR USA)" or LT-10, "HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) — DAYTIME
LIGHT SYSTEM —" .
D
5. CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Stop engine.
E
3. Disconnect lighting switch harness connectors.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 53 and lighting switch terminal 9, 10 under the following F
conditions.
PBIB0929E
J
1 Should not exist
2 Should exist K
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 6.

● Diode M55
EC-1819
[QR25DE]
7. CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect lighting switch harness connector E115. (Models for USA)
Disconnect daytime light control unit harness connector. (Models for CANADA)
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 53 and lighting switch terminal 10, daytime light control
unit terminal 6 under the following conditions.
PBIB0930E
1 Should not exist
2 Should exist

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

● Diode M55
● Harness for open and short between ECM and daytime light control unit

>> INSPECTION END

Diagnostic Procedure for Rear Window Defogger EBS00G4A
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
EC-1820
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION A
With CONSULT-II
EC
Condition LOAD SIGNAL C
Rear defogger system activated ON
Rear defogger system not activated OFF
D
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
E
PBIB0103E

F
Without CONSULT-II
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 52 and ground under the G
Condition Voltage
H
Rear window defogger system activated BATTERY VOLTAGE
Rear window defogger system not activated 0V
OK or NG I
NG >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0214E
J

K
1. Start engine.
2. Activate the rear window defogger system.
3. Check that rear window defogger system is operating. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Refer to GW-24, "Trouble Diagnoses (Without Power Door Locks)" , or GW-26, "Trouble Diag- M
noses (With Power Door Locks)" .
EC-1821
[QR25DE]
5. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect rear window defogger relay connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM connector terminal 52
and rear window defogger relay connector terminals 5 and 7.
Terminals
(+) (-)
Continuity
Terminal Terminal
Connector Connector
(Wire color) (Wire color)
F54 52 (L/W) B6 5 (L/R) Yes
F54 52 (L/W) B6 7 (L/R) Yes
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. BBIA0215E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

● Harness for open and short between ECM and rear window defogger relay.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1822
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH PFP:25320
A
Component Description UBS002MV
When depress on the brake pedal, ASCD brake switch is turned

OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of EC
the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal)
C
BBIA0117E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002MW

BRAKE SW1 ● Brake pedal fully released ON
(ASCD brake switch) ● Brake pedal depressed OFF
G
BRAKE SW2 ● Brake pedal fully released OFF
(Stop lamp switch) ● Brake pedal depressed ON
EC-1823
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002MX
BBWA0260E
EC-1824
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V

56 P/L ASCD brake switch E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
F
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002MY
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I

G
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON- H
SULT-II.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.
M/T models I
When clutch pedal or brake pedal is depressed OFF
J
When clutch pedal and brake pedal are fully released ON
A/T models
CONDITION INDICATION SEC011D
K
When brake pedal is depressed OFF
When brake pedal is fully released ON
L
Without CONSULT-II
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 56 and ground under the M
M/T models
CONDITION VOLTAGE
When clutch pedal or brake pedal is depressed Approximately 0V
When clutch pedal and brake pedal are fully released Battery voltage
A/T models
CONDITION VOLTAGE
When brake pedal is depressed Approximately 0V PBIB0855E
When brake pedal is fully released Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG (M/T models) >>GO TO 3.
NG (A/T models) >>GO TO 4.
EC-1825
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT-II
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
When brake pedal is released OFF
When brake pedal is depressed ON
SEC013D
Without CONSULT-II
lowing conditions.
CONDITION VOLTAGE
When brake pedal is released Approximately 0V
When brake pedal is depressed Battery voltage
PBIB0935E
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 13.
3. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT

BBIA0118E
4. Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and

ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-II or
tester.
CONDITION VOLTAGE
When brake pedal is released Battery voltage
When brake pedal is depressed Approx. 0V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
EC-1826
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
BBIA0117E
E
4. Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and
F
OK or NG
OK (M/T models)>>GO TO 6. G
OK (A/T models)>>GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 5.
H
PBIB0857E

● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
K
6. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L

2. Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 2 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 1. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
EC-1827
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 56 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD brake switch
9. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 56 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD clutch switch
12. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Replace ASCD clutch switch.
EC-1828
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
13. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
EC
BBIA0105E
E
with CONSULT -II or tester.
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15. G
NG >> GO TO 14.
H
PBIB0938E

● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and fuse
K
15. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 40 and stop lamp switch terminal – . M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 16.

EC-1829
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1830
ASCD INDICATOR
[QR25DE]
ASCD INDICATOR PFP:24814
A
Component Description UBS002MZ
ASCD indicator lamp illuminates to indicate ASCD operation status. Lamp has two indicators, CRUISE and
SET, and is integrated in combination meter. EC
CRUISE indicator illuminates when CRUISE switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON to indicated that
ASCD system is ready for operation.
SET indicator illuminates when following conditions are met.
C
● CRUISE indicator is illuminated.
● SET switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of ASCD set-
ting.
D
SET indicator remains lit during ASCD control.
Refer to EC-1850, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for the ASCD function.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002N0 E
Specification data are reference value.
F
● CRUISE switch is depressed
CRUISE LAMP ● Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
at first time → second time
● CRUISE switch: ON ● SET switch pressed ON
G
SET LAMP ● When vehicle speed is
between 40 km/h (25 MPH) ● ASCD control is canceled OFF
and 144 km/h (89 MPH)
H
EC-1831
ASCD INDICATOR
[QR25DE]
BBWA0426E
EC-1832
ASCD INDICATOR
[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch “ON”] Approximately 0V C
39 SB ASCD CRUISE lamp ● CRUISE switch is depressed at first time → ↓
second time BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)
● SET switch is “ON”. Approximately 0V
47 Y/B ASCD SET lamp ● ASCD control is operating.
● ASCD control is not operating. (11 - 14V)

F
Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions.
G
ASCD INDICATOR CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● CRUISE switch is depressed
CRUISE lamp ● Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
at first time → second time H
● CRUISE switch: ON ● SET switch pressed ON
SET lamp ● When vehicle speed is

between 40 km/h (25 MPH) ● ASCD control is canceled OFF I
and 144 km/h (89 MPH)
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END J
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK COMBINATION METER OPERATION K

Does combination meter operate normally?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3. L
No >> Check combination meter circuit. Refer to DI-6, "Combination Meter" .
3. CHECK ASCD INDICATOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M

2. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal Combination meter terminal
39 22
47 7

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-1833
ASCD INDICATOR
[QR25DE]
● Harness for open and short between ECM and combination meter
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors

Check continuity under the following conditions.
CONDITION Combination meter terminal No. (Polarity) Continuity
7 (+) - 41 (–)
1 Should exist.
22 (+) - 41 (–)
41 (+) - 7 (–)
2 Should not exist.
41 (+) - 22 (–)
PBIB0940E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace combination meter. Refer to DI-6 .

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1834
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
[QR25DE]
DATA LINK CONNECTOR PFP:24814
A
EC
BBWA0255E
EC-1835
[QR25DE]
Description UBS002N4
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
SEF569XA
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
EC-1836
[QR25DE]
A
EC
BBIA0051E
EC-1837
[QR25DE]
WEC362
EC-1838
[QR25DE]
EVAP CANISTER A
EC
2. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B .
D
SEF428T
Tightening Torque E
F
H
AEC778A
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FULLER CAP)
1. Wipe clean valve housing. I
SEF445Y
L

M
Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa
(0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.4 kPa
(−0.061 to −0.035 kg/cm2 , −0.87 to −0.48 psi)
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incor-
rect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on. SEF943S

Refer to EC-1734 .
Refer to EC-1534 .
Refer to EC-1443 .
EC-1839
[QR25DE]
EVAP SERVICE PORT
Positive pressure is delivered to the EVAP system through the EVAP
SEF462UC
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage UBS002N6
CAUTION:
● Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.
NOTE:
● Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause a leak.
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Also attach the pressure pump and hose to the EVAP service port adapter.
4. Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT
MODE” with CONSULT-II.
PEF838U
6. Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure

7. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure
pump.
PEF917U
EC-1840
[QR25DE]
ORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" . A
EC
SEF200U
D
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP ser-
vice port.
E
2. Also attach the pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP
service port adapter.
SEF462UC
H
3. Apply battery voltage to between the terminals of both EVAP canister vent control valve and vacuum cut
valve bypass valve to make a closed EVAP system.
I
BBIA0116E
L
4. To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to
2.76 kPa (0.014 to 0.028 kg/cm2 , 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
5. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure pump. M
6. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-1837, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
EC-1841
[QR25DE]
System Description UBS002N7
SEF206VA
inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut valve, RCV and refueling vapor line to the EVAP can-
during driving.
WARNING:
● Put a “CAUTION: INFLAMMABLE” sign in workshop.
● Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
CAUTION:
● Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures:
EC-1842
[QR25DE]
SYMPTOM: FUEL ODOR FROM EVAP CANISTER IS STRONG. A

1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached. EC
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
D
E
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 6.
F
SEF596U
H
Replace EVAP canister with a new one. I
>> GO TO 4.
J
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace water separator. L
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection. M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
EC-1843
[QR25DE]
WHILE REFUELING.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 6.
SEF596U

>> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

6. CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-1844
[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. EC
9. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE C

OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 10.
10. CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE E
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 11.
G
11. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
I
1. Make sure that fuel is drained from the tank. J
When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing K
OK or NG L
with fuel tank.
M
SEF665U
WATER SEPARATOR
EC-1845
[QR25DE]
NOTE:
SEF829T
REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE

With CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-10, "FUEL TANK" .
a. Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer.
b. Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other
side to a fuel container.
c. Drain fuel using “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
the tank.
a. Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
b. Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
c. Put fuel tank upside down.
d. Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel
gauge retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
SEF246Y
With GST
1. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-10, "FUEL TANK" .
a. Remove fuel gauge retainer.
b. Drain fuel from the tank using a hand pump into a fuel container.
EC-1846
[QR25DE]
the tank. A
a. Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
b. Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit. EC
c. Put fuel tank upside down.
d. Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel C
gauge retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
I
SEF246Y
REFUELING CONTROL VALVE

1. Remove fuel filler cap. J
Blow air into the hose end B . Air should flow freely into the fuel tank.
3. Blow air into hose end A and check there is no leakage. K
a suitable 3-way connector. Check that there is no leakage.
L
SEF246Y
EC-1847
[QR25DE]
Description UBS002NA
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB0492E
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.

manifold. During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the
PCV valve. Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of venti-
lating air. The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air
passes through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. Under full-throttle condition, the manifold
vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve. The flow goes through the hose connection
in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi-
tions.
SEF559A
Component Inspection UBS002NB

properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
placed over valve inlet.
SEC137A
EC-1848
[QR25DE]
PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks. A
EC
S-ET277
D
EC-1849
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
[QR25DE]
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) PFP:18930
System Description UBS002NC

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
ASCD brake switch Brake pedal operation
Stop lamp switch Brake pedal operation
ASCD clutch switch (MT models) Clutch pedal operation
ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch operation Electric throttle control
ASCD vehicle speed control
actuator
Park/Neutral position (PNP)
Gear position
switch (AT models)
Combination meter Vehicle speed
TCM Power train revolution
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM

Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions.
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/
h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH).
ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed.
Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE indicator and SET indicator in combination meter. If any
malfunction occurs in ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.
SET OPERATION
Press ASCD CRUISE switch (Main switch). (The CRUISE indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89
MPH), press SET switch. (Then SET indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
ACCEL OPERATION
If the RESUME/ACCEL switch is depressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until the
switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
● CANCEL switch is depressed
● Brake pedal is depressed
● A/T selector lever is shifted to P or N position (A/T models)
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.
COAST OPERATION
When the SET/COAST switch is depressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the
switch is released. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
RESUME OPERATION
When the RESUME/ACCEL switch is depressed after cancel operation other than depressing MAIN switch is
performed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must
meet following conditions.
● Brake pedal is released.
● Clutch pedal is released (M/T models)
● A/T selector lever is in other than P and N position (A/T models)
● Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH)
EC-1850
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002ND
ASCD STEERING SWITCH A

Refer to EC-1745 .
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH EC
Refer to EC-1752 .
ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-1752 . C
STOP LAMP SWITCH

Refer to EC-1752 .
D
Refer to EC-1614 .
E
ASCD INDICATOR
Refer to EC-1831 .
F
EC-1851
[QR25DE]
Fuel Pressure UBS002NE
Fuel pressure at idle Approximately 350 kPa (3.7kg/cm2 , 51psi)
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing UBS002NF
Target idle speed No-load*1 (in “P” or N” position) 700±50 rpm

Air conditioner: ON In “P” or N” position 800 rpm or more
Ignition timing In “P” or N” position 15°±5° BTDC
*1: Under the following conditions:
● Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
● Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Calculated Load Value UBS002NG
Calculated load value % (Using CONSULT-II or GST)

At idle 10 - 35
At 2,500 rpm 10 - 35
Mass Air Flow Sensor UBS002NH
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 - 14V)

Output voltage at idle 1.0 - 1.5*V
1.4 - 4.0 g·m/sec at idle*
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-II or GST)
4.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no-load.
Intake Air Temperature Sensor UBS002NI

25 (77) 1.9 - 2.1
80 (176) 0.31 - 0.37
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor UBS002NJ

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater UBS002NK
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 2.3 - 4.3Ω
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater UBS002NL
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) UBS002NM

Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) UBS002NN

Throttle Control Motor UBS002NO
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 1 - 15Ω
EC-1852
[QR25DE]
Injector UBS002NP
A
Fuel Pump UBS002NQ
EC
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 1.0Ω
EC-1853
[QR25DE]
EC-1854

Engine Control System: Section

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Engine Control System: Section

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

B ENGINE

CLOSED LOOP-B1 P1148 EC-479

P0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 EC-341

● Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

● When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it

● When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

system malfunctions due to receiving external noise,

● Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.

● When installing C.B., ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure

Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis UBS001C6

When you read Wiring diagrams, refer to the following:

KV10114400 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sen- E

Commercial Service Tools UBS001C8

Tool name Description J

Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Two types of systems are used.

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Ignition switch Start signal

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART D

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART L

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed

Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check UBS001CG

4. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING

6. REPLACE IACV-AAC VALVE

7. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING

11. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

13. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING

14. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN

15. CHECK ECM FUNCTION

17. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION C

Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-28, "Installation" .

With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 19.

20. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 2) SIGNAL

22. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

24. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 1) SIGNAL

25. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 1) SIGNAL J

27. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 1) HARNESS

28. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 2) HARNESS

29. REPAIR OR REPLACE

to engine coolant temperature sensor.

32. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 SIGNAL

A/T: 9°±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)

1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.

– Blown fuses related to the IACV-AAC valve system.

Fuel Pressure Check UBS001CJ

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS A

CLOSED LOOP-B1 P1148 — — X EC-479

DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA

*1 EC-64 *2 EC-69 *3 EC-69

*3: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.

Suggested Maximum Speed in Each Gear

HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION F

Diagnostic Test Mode I — Bulb Check

It is much more difficult to diagnose a problem that occurs intermit-

– Rear window defogger switch is OFF. F

2. CHECK THROTTLE OPENER OPERATION-I

3. CHECK THROTTLE OPENER FIXING BOLTS L

5. CHECK VACUUM SOURCE FOR THROTTLE OPENER

1 EC-64 2 EC-69 *3 EC-69